solas - kashtidl.kashti.ir/standard/solas.pdf · solas consolidated edition, 2002 consolidated text...

SOLASConsolidated Edition, 2002

Consolidated text ofthe International Convention forthe Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,and its Protocol of 1988:articles, annexes and certificates

Incorporating all amendmentsin effect from 1 July 2002

BInternational Maritime OrganizationLondon, 2002

Published by the

INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION

4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR

First edition, 1992

Second edition, 1997

Third edition, 2001

Fourth edition, ????

Printed in the United Kingdom by ????

2 4 6 8 10 9 7 5 3 1

ISBN 92-801-????-?

IMO PUBLICATION

Sales number: IMO-110E

Copyright # IMO 2001

All rights reserved.No part of this publication may, for sales purposes,

be produced, stored in a retrieval system or transmittedin any form or by any means, electronic, electrostatic,magnetic tape, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise,

without prior permission in writing from theInternational Maritime Organization.

Foreword

Introduction

1 The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS),1974, currently in force, was adopted on 1 November 1974 by theInternational Conference on Safety of Life at Sea, which was convened bythe International Maritime Organization (IMO), and entered into force on25 May 1980. It has since been amended twice by means of protocols:

.1 by the Protocol adopted on 17 February 1978 by theInternational Conference on Tanker Safety and PollutionPrevention (1978 SOLAS Protocol), which entered into forceon 1 May 1981; and

.2 by the Protocol adopted on 11 November 1988 by theInternational Conference on the Harmonized System of Surveyand Certification (1988 SOLAS Protocol), which entered intoforce on 3 February 2000 and replaced and abrogated the 1978Protocol, as between Parties to the 1988 Protocol.

2 In addition, the 1974 SOLAS Convention has been amended bymeans of resolutions adopted either by IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee(MSC) in its expanded form specified in SOLAS article VIII or byConferences of SOLAS Contracting Governments, also specified in articleVIII, as follows:

.1 by the 1981 amendments, which were adopted by resolutionMSC.1(XLV) and entered into force on 1 September 1984;

.2 by the 1983 amendments, which were adopted by resolutionMSC.6(48) and entered into force on 1 July 1986;

.3 by the April 1988 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.11(55) and entered into force on 22 October1989;

.4 by the October 1988 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.12(56) and entered into force on 29 April1990;

.5 by the November 1988 amendments, which were adopted byresolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting Governments toSOLAS, 1974, on the Global Maritime Distress and SafetySystem and entered into force on 1 February 1992;

.6 by the 1989 amendments, which were adopted by resolutionMSC.13(57) and entered into force on 1 February 1992;

iii

.7 by the 1990 amendments, which were adopted by resolutionMSC.19(58) and entered into force on 1 February 1992;

.8 by the 1991 amendments, which were adopted by resolutionMSC.22(59) and entered into force on 1 January 1994;

.9 by the April 1992 amendments, which were adopted byresolutions MSC.24(60) and MSC.26(60) and entered intoforce on 1 October 1994;

.10 by the December 1992 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.27(61) and entered into force on 1 October1994;

.11 by the May 1994 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.31(63) and entered into force on 1 January1996 (annex 1) and on 1 July 1998 (annex 2);

.12 by the May 1994 amendments, which were adopted byresolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting Governmentsto SOLAS, 1974, which entered into force on 1 January 1996(annex 1) and on 1 July 1998 (annex 2);

.13 by the December 1994 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.42(64) and entered into force on 1 July 1996;

.14 by the May 1995 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.46(65) and entered into force on 1 January1997;

.15 by the November 1995 amendments, which were adopted byresolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting Governments toSOLAS, 1974, and entered into force on 1 July 1997;

.16 by the June 1996 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.47(66) and entered into force on 1 July 1998;

.17 by the December 1996 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.57(67) and entered into force on 1 July 1998;

.18 by the June 1997 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.65(68) and entered into force on 1 July 1999;

.19 by the November 1997 amendments which were adopted byresolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting Governments toSOLAS 1974 and entered into force on 1 July 1999;

.20 by the May 1998 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.69(69) and entered into force on 1 July 2002;

.21 by the May 1999 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.87(71) and entered into force on 1 January2001;

iv

International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

.22 by the May 2000 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.91(72) and entered into force on 1 January2002; and

.23 by the November 2000 amendments, which were adopted byresolution MSC.99(73) and entered into force on 1 July 2002.

3 The 1988 SOLAS Protocol has been amended by the May 2000amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.92(72) and enteredinto force on 1 January 2002.

Content of the consolidated text

4 This publication contains a consolidated text of the 1974 SOLASConvention, the 1988 SOLAS Protocol, and all subsequent amendmentsthereto up to and including the November 2000 amendments. Theresulting text has been compiled by the IMO Secretariat and is intended toprovide an easy reference to SOLAS requirements applicable as on 1 July2002.

5 The publication has been arranged in two parts:

.1 part 1, which contains the 1974 SOLAS Convention and 1988SOLAS Protocol articles, requirements and certificates; and

.2 part 2, which contains resolution A.883(21) on the Global anduniform implementation of the harmonized system of surveyand certification (HSSC), a list of certificates and documents* tobe carried on board ships and a list of resolutions adopted by theaforementioned SOLAS Conferences.

6 The operational requirements contained in this consolidated text are,in general, applicable to all ships, whilst the requirements for shipconstruction and equipment apply to ships constructed on or after thedates specified in the various regulations. To identify construction andequipment requirements applicable to ships constructed before 2001,previous texts of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, the 1988 SOLAS Protocoland the amendments to the Convention should be consulted. For instance,special requirements for existing passenger ships are contained only in part Fof chapter II-2 of the original 1974 SOLAS Convention but neither inchapter II-2 of the 1981 amendments nor in this consolidated text.

7 Those provisions of chapter I and of the appendix to the annex to the1974 SOLAS Convention which have been modified by the 1988 SOLASProtocol are indicated by the symbol&P88 . No similar symbol is shown for

Foreword

* The list of certificates includes brief descriptions of the purpose of all certificates anddocuments specified therein for the purpose of assisting shore staff, officials and shipmasters inevaluating the documents and certificates, which are necessary for port State control and for thesmooth operation of ships in ports.

v

provisions of the 1974 SOLAS Convention which were modified by the1978 SOLAS Protocol because, whilst, in respect of chapter I of theConvention, the provisions thereof have been replaced and abrogated by the1988 SOLAS Protocol, as between Parties to the Protocol, for provisions inother chapters of the Convention, they have been superseded by SOLASamendments subsequently adopted.

8 In general, this publication reproduces the text of the 1974 SOLASConvention and the 1988 SOLAS Protocol and includes the modificationsand amendments thereto given in their authentic texts. In addition, itincludes some minor editorial changes, which, while not altering thesubstance, aim at achieving a degree of consistency between the texts of the1974 SOLAS Convention and the 1988 SOLAS Protocol and the variousSOLAS amendments. In particular:

.1 while the decimal numbering system is used for paragraphs andsubparagraphs of regulations in chapters II-1, II-2, III, IV, V, VIand VII, which were completely rewritten in the 1981, 1983,1988, 1991 and 2000 amendments, the original numberingsystem is retained in chapters I and VIII;

.2 the references to regulations, paragraphs and chapters in thetexts adopted in the 1981 and subsequent amendments use anabbreviated form (e.g. ‘‘regulation II-2/55.5’’), whereas theoriginal reference system is retained in unamended regulations(e.g. ‘‘regulation 5 of this chapter’’, ‘‘paragraph (a) of thisregulation’’, etc.);

.3 the term tons gross tonnage has been replaced by the term grosstonnage in view of the Assembly’s decision (resolutionA.493(XII)) that the term tons gross tonnage used in IMOinstruments should be considered as having the same meaning asgross tonnage as determined under the 1969 Tonnage Conven-tion; and

.4 metric values of the SI system have been used in accordancewith resolution A.351(IX).

Status of footnotes

9 The footnotes given in this consolidated text (which do not, as notedby the MSC, form part of the Convention but are inserted for ease ofreference) refer to codes, guidelines and recommendations relating to aparticular text and were updated by the Secretariat at the time ofpublication. In addition, certain explanatory footnotes have been insertedbased on relevant texts of codes, guidelines, recommendations and otherdecisions of the MSC. In all cases, the reader must make use of the latestversions of the referenced texts, bearing in mind that such texts may havebeen revised or superseded by updated material since publication of thisconsolidated edition of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended.

vi


Contents

Part 1

Articles of the International Convention forthe Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Articles of the Protocol of 1988 relating tothe International Convention for the Safetyof Life at Sea, 1974 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Consolidated text of the annex to the InternationalConvention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,and the 1988 Protocol relating thereto

Chapter I General provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Chapter II-1 Construction – Structure, subdivision andstability, machinery and electrical installations . 37

Chapter II-2 Construction – Fire protection, fire detectionand fire extinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Chapter III Life-saving appliances and arrangements . . . . . 285

Chapter IV Radiocommunications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Chapter V Safety of navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Chapter VI Carriage of cargoes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

Chapter VII Carriage of dangerous goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Chapter VIII Nuclear ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Chapter IX Management for the safe operation of ships . . . 423

Chapter X Safety measures for high-speed craft . . . . . . . . 429

Chapter XI Special measures to enhance maritime safety . . 433

Chapter XII Additional safety measures for bulk carriers . . . 437

Appendix Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

vii

Administrator

Contents Part 2

Administrator

Maritime Safety Committee Circulars

Part 2

Annex 1 Resolution A.883(21): Global and uniformimplementation of the harmonized system of surveyand certification (HSSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

Annex 2 Certificates and documents required to be carriedon board ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

Annex 3 List of resolutions adopted by the SOLAS Conferences 529

viii


Part 1

Articles of the International Convention forthe Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

THE CONTRACTING GOVERNMENTS

BEING DESIROUS of promoting safety of life at sea by establishing in acommon agreement uniform principles and rules directed thereto,

CONSIDERING that this end may best be achieved by the conclusion of aConvention to replace the International Convention for the Safety of Life atSea, 1960, taking account of developments since that Convention wasconcluded,

HAVE AGREED as follows:

Article IGeneral obligations under the Convention

(a) The Contracting Governments undertake to give effect to theprovisions of the present Convention and the annex thereto, which shallconstitute an integral part of the present Convention. Every reference to thepresent Convention constitutes at the same time a reference to the annex.

(b) The Contracting Governments undertake to promulgate all laws,decrees, orders and regulations and to take all other steps which may benecessary to give the present Convention full and complete effect, so as toensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, a ship is fit for the servicefor which it is intended.

Article IIApplication

The present Convention shall apply to ships entitled to fly the flag of Statesthe Governments of which are Contracting Governments.

3

Article IIILaws, regulations

The Contracting Governments undertake to communicate to and depositwith the Secretary-General of the Inter-Governmental Maritime Con-sultative Organization* (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the Organization’’):

(a) a list of non-governmental agencies which are authorized to act intheir behalf in the administration of measures for safety of life at sea forcirculation to the Contracting Governments for the information of theirofficers;

(b) the text of laws, decrees, orders and regulations which shall have beenpromulgated on the various matters within the scope of the presentConvention;

(c) a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates issued under theprovisions of the present Convention for circulation to the ContractingGovernments for the information of their officers.

Article IVCases of force majeure

(a) A ship, which is not subject to the provisions of the presentConvention at the time of its departure on any voyage, shall not becomesubject to the provisions of the present Convention on account of anydeviation from its intended voyage due to stress of weather or any other caseof force majeure.

(b) Persons who are on board a ship by reason of force majeure or inconsequence of the obligation laid upon the master to carry shipwrecked orother persons shall not be taken into account for the purpose of ascertainingthe application to a ship of any provisions of the present Convention.

Article VCarriage of persons in emergencies

(a) For the purpose of evacuating persons in order to avoid a threat to thesecurity of their lives a Contracting Government may permit the carriage ofa larger number of persons in its ships than is otherwise permissible underthe present Convention.


* The name of the Organization was changed to ‘‘International Maritime Organization’’ (IMO)by virtue of amendments to the Organization’s Convention which entered into force on22 May 1982.

4

(b) Such permission shall not deprive other Contracting Governments ofany right of control under the present Convention over such ships whichcome within their ports.

(c) Notice of any such permission, together with a statement of thecircumstances, shall be sent to the Secretary-General of the Organization bythe Contracting Government granting such permission.

Article VIPrior treaties and conventions

(a) As between the Contracting Governments, the present Conventionreplaces and abrogates the International Convention for the Safety of Life atSea which was signed in London on 17 June 1960.

(b) All other treaties, conventions and arrangements relating to safety oflife at sea, or matters appertaining thereto, at present in force betweenGovernments parties to the present Convention shall continue to have fulland complete effect during the terms thereof as regards:

(i) ships to which the present Convention does not apply;

(ii) ships to which the present Convention applies, in respect ofmatters for which it has not expressly provided.

(c) To the extent, however, that such treaties, conventions or arrange-ments conflict with the provisions of the present Convention, theprovisions of the present Convention shall prevail.

(d) All matters which are not expressly provided for in the presentConvention remain subject to the legislation of the Contracting Govern-ments.

Article VIISpecial rules drawn up by agreement

When in accordance with the present Convention special rules are drawnup by agreement between all or some of the Contracting Governments,such rules shall be communicated to the Secretary-General of theOrganization for circulation to all Contracting Governments.

Article VIIIAmendments

(a) The present Convention may be amended by either of the proceduresspecified in the following paragraphs.

Articles III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII

5

(b) Amendments after consideration within the Organization:

(i) Any amendment proposed by a Contracting Government shallbe submitted to the Secretary-General of the Organization, whoshall then circulate it to all Members of the Organization and allContracting Governments at least six months prior to itsconsideration.

(ii) Any amendment proposed and circulated as above shall bereferred to the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organizationfor consideration.

(iii) Contracting Governments of States, whether or not Membersof the Organization, shall be entitled to participate in theproceedings of the Maritime Safety Committee for theconsideration and adoption of amendments.

(iv) Amendments shall be adopted by a two-thirds majority of theContracting Governments present and voting in the MaritimeSafety Committee expanded as provided for in subparagraph (iii)of this paragraph (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the expandedMaritime Safety Committee’’) on condition that at least onethird of the Contracting Governments shall be present at thetime of voting.

(v) Amendments adopted in accordance with subparagraph (iv) ofthis paragraph shall be communicated by the Secretary-Generalof the Organization to all Contracting Governments foracceptance.

(vi) (1) An amendment to an article of the Convention or tochapter I of the annex shall be deemed to have beenaccepted on the date on which it is accepted by two thirdsof the Contracting Governments.

(2) An amendment to the annex other than chapter I shall bedeemed to have been accepted

(aa) at the end of two years from the date on which it iscommunicated to Contracting Governments foracceptance; or

(bb) at the end of a different period, which shall not beless than one year, if so determined at the time of itsadoption by a two-thirds majority of the Contract-ing Governments present and voting in the ex-panded Maritime Safety Committee.

However, if within the specified period either more thanone third of Contracting Governments, or ContractingGovernments the combined merchant fleets of whichconstitute not less than fifty per cent of the gross tonnage


6

of the world’s merchant fleet, notify the Secretary-Generalof the Organization that they object to the amendment, itshall be deemed not to have been accepted.

(vii) (1) An amendment to an article of the Convention or tochapter I of the annex shall enter into force with respect tothose Contracting Governments which have accepted it,six months after the date on which it is deemed to havebeen accepted, and with respect to each ContractingGovernment which accepts it after that date, six monthsafter the date of that Contracting Government’s accep-tance.

(2) An amendment to the annex other than chapter I shallenter into force with respect to all Contracting Govern-ments, except those which have objected to the amend-ment under subparagraph (vi)(2) of this paragraph andwhich have not withdrawn such objections, six monthsafter the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted.However, before the date set for entry into force, anyContracting Government may give notice to theSecretary-General of the Organization that it exemptsitself from giving effect to that amendment for a period notlonger than one year from the date of its entry into force,or for such longer period as may be determined by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Governments presentand voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Committee atthe time of the adoption of the amendment.

(c) Amendment by a Conference:

(i) Upon the request of a Contracting Government concurred inby at least one third of the Contracting Governments, theOrganization shall convene a Conference of ContractingGovernments to consider amendments to the present Conven-tion.

(ii) Every amendment adopted by such a Conference by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present andvoting shall be communicated by the Secretary-General of theOrganization to all Contracting Governments for acceptance.

(iii) Unless the Conference decides otherwise, the amendment shallbe deemed to have been accepted and shall enter into force inaccordance with the procedures specified in subparagraphs(b)(vi) and (b)(vii) respectively of this article, provided thatreferences in these paragraphs to the expanded Maritime SafetyCommittee shall be taken to mean references to the Con-ference.

Article VIII

7

(d) (i) A Contracting Government which has accepted an amendmentto the annex which has entered into force shall not be obliged toextend the benefit of the present Convention in respect of thecertificates issued to a ship entitled to fly the flag of a State theGovernment of which, pursuant to the provisions of subpara-graph (b)(vi)(2) of this article, has objected to the amendmentand has not withdrawn such an objection, but only to the extentthat such certificates relate to matters covered by the amend-ment in question.

(ii) A Contracting Government which has accepted an amendmentto the annex which has entered into force shall extend thebenefit of the present Convention in respect of the certificatesissued to a ship entitled to fly the flag of a State the Governmentof which, pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph (b)(vii)(2)of this article, has notified the Secretary-General of theOrganization that it exempts itself from giving effect to theamendment.

(e) Unless expressly provided otherwise, any amendment to the presentConvention made under this article, which relates to the structure of a ship,shall apply only to ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similarstage of construction, on or after the date on which the amendment entersinto force.

(f) Any declaration of acceptance of, or objection to, an amendment orany notice given under subparagraph (b)(vii)(2) of this article shall besubmitted in writing to the Secretary-General of the Organization, whoshall inform all Contracting Governments of any such submission and thedate of its receipt.

(g) The Secretary-General of the Organization shall inform all Contract-ing Governments of any amendments which enter into force under thisarticle, together with the date on which each such amendment enters intoforce.

Article IXSignature, ratification, acceptance, approvaland accession

(a) The present Convention shall remain open for signature at theHeadquarters of the Organization from 1 November 1974 until 1 July 1975and shall thereafter remain open for accession. States may become parties tothe present Convention by:

(i) signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance orapproval; or


8

(ii) signature subject to ratification, acceptance or approval,followed by ratification, acceptance or approval; or

(iii) accession.

(b) Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall be effected by thedeposit of an instrument to that effect with the Secretary-General of theOrganization.

(c) The Secretary-General of the Organization shall inform the Govern-ments of all States which have signed the present Convention or acceded toit of any signature or of the deposit of any instrument of ratification,acceptance, approval or accession and the date of its deposit.

Article XEntry into force

(a) The present Convention shall enter into force twelve months after thedate on which not less than twenty-five States, the combined merchantfleets of which constitute not less than fifty per cent of the gross tonnage ofthe world’s merchant shipping, have become parties to it in accordance witharticle IX.

(b) Any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accessiondeposited after the date on which the present Convention enters into forceshall take effect three months after the date of deposit.

(c) After the date on which an amendment to the present Convention isdeemed to have been accepted under article VIII, any instrument ofratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to theConvention as amended.

Article XIDenunciation

(a) The present Convention may be denounced by any ContractingGovernment at any time after the expiry of five years from the date onwhich the Convention enters into force for that Government.

(b) Denunciation shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument ofdenunciation with the Secretary-General of the Organization who shallnotify all the other Contracting Governments of any instrument ofdenunciation received and of the date of its receipt as well as the date onwhich such denunciation takes effect.

(c) A denunciation shall take effect one year, or such longer period as maybe specified in the instrument of denunciation, after its receipt by theSecretary-General of the Organization.

Articles IX, X, XI

9

Article XIIDeposit and registration

(a) The present Convention shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the Organization who shall transmit certified true copies thereofto the Governments of all States which have signed the present Conventionor acceded to it.

(b) As soon as the present Convention enters into force, the text shall betransmitted by the Secretary-General of the Organization to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for registration and publication, inaccordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.

Article XIIILanguages

The present Convention is established in a single copy in the Chinese,English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text being equallyauthentic. Official translations in the Arabic, German and Italian languagesshall be prepared and deposited with the signed original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned,* being duly authorized by theirrespective Governments for that purpose, have signed the presentConvention.

DONE AT LONDON this first day of November one thousand nine hundredand seventy-four.


* Signatures omitted.

10

Protocol of 1988 relating to the InternationalConvention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

THE PARTIES TO THE PRESENT PROTOCOL,

BEINGPARTIES to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,done at London on 1 November 1974,

RECOGNIZING the need for the introduction into the above-mentionedConvention of provisions for survey and certification harmonized withcorresponding provisions in other international instruments,

CONSIDERING that this need may best be met by the conclusion of aProtocol relating to the International Convention for the Safety of Life atSea, 1974,

HAVE AGREED as follows:

Article IGeneral obligations

1 The Parties to the present Protocol undertake to give effect to theprovisions of the present Protocol and the annex hereto, which shallconstitute an integral part of the present Protocol. Every reference to thepresent Protocol constitutes at the same time a reference to the annex hereto.

2 As between the Parties to the present Protocol, the provisions of theInternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended,(hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the Convention’’) shall apply subject to themodifications and additions set out in the present Protocol.

3 With respect to ships entitled to fly the flag of a State which is not aParty to the Convention and the present Protocol, the Parties to the presentProtocol shall apply the requirements of the Convention and the presentProtocol as may be necessary to ensure that no more favourable treatment isgiven to such ships.

Article IIPrior treaties

1 As between the Parties to the present Protocol, the present Protocolreplaces and abrogates the Protocol of 1978 relating to the Convention.

11

2 Notwithstanding any other provisions of the present Protocol, anycertificate issued under, and in accordance with, the provisions of theConvention and any supplement to such certificate issued under, and inaccordance with, the provisions of the Protocol of 1978 relating to theConvention which is current when the present Protocol enters into force inrespect of the Party by which the certificate or supplement was issued, shallremain valid until it expires under the terms of the Convention or theProtocol of 1978 relating to the Convention, as the case may be.

3 A Party to the present Protocol shall not issue certificates under, andin accordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for theSafety of Life at Sea, 1974, as adopted on 1 November 1974.

Article IIICommunication of information

The Parties to the present Protocol undertake to communicate to, anddeposit with, the Secretary-General of the International MaritimeOrganization (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the Organization’’):

(a) the text of laws, decrees, orders and regulations and otherinstruments which have been promulgated on the variousmatters within the scope of the present Protocol;

(b) a list of nominated surveyors or recognized organizations whichare authorized to act on their behalf in the administration ofmeasures for safety of life at sea for circulation to the Parties forinformation of their officers, and a notification of the specificresponsibilities and conditions of the authority delegated tothose nominated surveyors or recognized organizations; and

(c) a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates issuedunder the provision of the present Protocol.

Article IVSignature, ratification, acceptance, approvaland accession

1 The present Protocol shall be open for signature at the Headquartersof the Organization from 1 March 1989 to 28 February 1990 and shallthereafter remain open for accession. Subject to the provisions of paragraph3, States may express their consent to be bound by the present Protocol by:

(a) signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance orapproval; or

(b) signature subject to ratification, acceptance or approval,followed by ratification, acceptance or approval; or

(c) accession.

12

Protocol of 1988 relating to SOLAS 1974

2 Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall be effected by thedeposit of an instrument to that effect with the Secretary-General of theOrganization.

3 The present Protocol may be signed without reservation, ratified,accepted, approved or acceded to only by States which have signed withoutreservation, ratified, accepted, approved or acceded to the Convention.

Article VEntry into force

1 The present Protocol shall enter into force twelve months after thedate on which both the following conditions have been met:

(a) not less than fifteen States, the combined merchant fleets ofwhich constitute not less than fifty per cent of the gross tonnageof the world’s merchant shipping, have expressed their consentto be bound by it in accordance with article IV, and

(b) the conditions for the entry into force of the Protocol of 1988relating to the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966,have been met,

provided that the present Protocol shall not enter into force before1 February 1992.

2 For States which have deposited an instrument of ratification,acceptance, approval or accession in respect of the present Protocol afterthe conditions for entry into force thereof have been met but prior to thedate of entry into force, the ratification, acceptance, approval or accessionshall take effect on the date of entry into force of the present Protocol orthree months after the date of deposit of the instrument, whichever is thelater date.

3 Any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accessiondeposited after the date on which the present Protocol enters into force shalltake effect three months after the date of deposit.

4 After the date on which an amendment to the present Protocol isdeemed to have been accepted under article VI, any instrument ofratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to thepresent Protocol as amended.

Article VIAmendments

The procedures set out in article VIII of the Convention shall apply toamendments to the present Protocol, provided that:

Articles III, IV, V, VI

13

(a) references in that article to the Convention and to ContractingGovernments shall be taken to mean references to the presentProtocol and to the Parties to the present Protocol respectively;

(b) amendments to the articles of the present Protocol and to theAnnex thereto shall be adopted and brought into force inaccordance with the procedure applicable to amendments to thearticles of the Convention or to chapter I of the annex thereto;and

(c) amendments to the appendix to the annex to the presentProtocol may be adopted and brought into force in accordancewith the procedure applicable to amendments to the annex tothe Convention other than chapter I.

Article VIIDenunciation

1 The present Protocol may be denounced by any Party at any time afterthe expiry of five years from the date on which the present Protocol entersinto force for that Party.

2 Denunciation shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument ofdenunciation with the Secretary-General of the Organization.

3 A denunciation shall take effect one year, or such longer period as maybe specified in the instrument of denunciation, after its receipt by theSecretary-General of the Organization.

4 A denunciation of the Convention by a Party shall be deemed to be adenunciation of the present Protocol by that Party. Such denunciation shalltake effect on the same date as denunciation of the Convention takes effectaccording to paragraph (c) of article XI of the Convention.

Article VIIIDepositary

1 The present Protocol shall be deposited with the Secretary-General ofthe Organization (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the depositary’’).

2 The depositary shall:

(a) inform the Governments of all States which have signed thepresent Protocol or acceded thereto of:

(i) each new signature or deposit of an instrument ofratification, acceptance, approval or accession, togetherwith the date thereof;

(ii) the date of entry into force of the present Protocol;

14

Protocol of 1988 relating to SOLAS 1974

(iii) the deposit of any instrument of denunciation of thepresent Protocol together with the date on which it wasreceived and the date on which the denunciation takeseffect;

(b) transmit certified true copies of the present Protocol to theGovernments of all States which have signed the presentProtocol or acceded thereto.

3 As soon as the present Protocol enters into force, a certified true copythereof shall be transmitted by the depositary to the Secretariat of theUnited Nations for registration and publication in accordance with Article102 of the Charter of the United Nations.

Article IXLanguages

The present Protocol is established in a single original in the Arabic,Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text beingequally authentic. An official translation into the Italian language shall beprepared and deposited with the signed original.

DONE AT LONDON this eleventh day of November one thousand ninehundred and eighty-eight.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned*, being duly authorized by theirrespective Governments for that purpose, have signed the present Protocol.

Articles VII, VIII, IX

* Signatures omitted.

15

Consolidated text ofthe annex to the 1974 SOLAS Convention

CHAPTER IGeneral provisions

Part A – Application, definitions, etc. Page

1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

2 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3 Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

4 Exemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

5 Equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Part B – Surveys and certificates

&P88 6 Inspection and survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

&P88 7 Surveys of passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

&P88 8 Surveys of life-saving appliances and otherequipment of cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

&P88 9 Surveys of radio installations of cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

&P88 10 Surveys of structure, machinery and equipmentof cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

&P88 11 Maintenance of conditions after survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

&P88 12 Issue or endorsement of certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

&P88 13 Issue or endorsement of certificates by another Government 30

&P88 14 Duration and validity of certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

&P88 15 Forms of certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

&P88 16 Availability of certificates and records of equipment . . . . . . 33

17

17 Acceptance of certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

18 Qualification of certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

&P88 19 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

20 Privileges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Part C – Casualties

21 Casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

18

Chapter I: General provisions

Part AApplication, definitions, etc.

Regulation 1Application

(a) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the present regulations applyonly to ships engaged on international voyages.

(b) The classes of ships to which each chapter applies are more preciselydefined, and the extent of the application is shown, in each chapter.

Regulation 2Definitions

For the purpose of the present regulations, unless expressly providedotherwise:

(a) Regulations means the regulations contained in the annex to thepresent Convention.

(b) Administration means the Government of the State whose flag the shipis entitled to fly.

(c) Approved means approved by the Administration.

(d) International voyage means a voyage from a country to which thepresent Convention applies to a port outside such country, or conversely.

(e) A passenger is every person other than:

(i) the master and the members of the crew or other personsemployed or engaged in any capacity on board a ship on thebusiness of that ship; and

(ii) a child under one year of age.

(f) A passenger ship is a ship which carries more than twelve passengers.

(g) A cargo ship is any ship which is not a passenger ship.

Part A: Application, definitions, etc. Regulations 1, 2

19

(h) A tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulkof liquid cargoes of an inflammable* nature.

(i) A fishing vessel is a vessel used for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus orother living resources of the sea.

(j) A nuclear ship is a ship provided with a nuclear power plant.

&P88 (k) New ship means a ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similarstage of construction on or after 25 May 1980.

(l) Existing ship means a ship which is not a new ship.

(m) A mile is 1,852 m or 6,080 ft.

&P88 (n) Anniversary date means the day and the month of each year which willcorrespond to the date of expiry of the relevant certificate.

Regulation 3Exceptions

(a) The present regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise, do notapply to:

(i) Ships of war and troopships.

(ii) Cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage.

(iii) Ships not propelled by mechanical means.

(iv) Wooden ships of primitive build.

(v) Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade.

(vi) Fishing vessels.

(b) Except as expressly provided in chapter V, nothing herein shall applyto ships solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and the RiverSt Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to WestPoint, Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island, the 63rdmeridian.

* ‘‘Inflammable’’ has the same meaning as ‘‘flammable’’.

20


Regulation 4Exemptions*

(a) A ship which is not normally engaged on international voyages butwhich, in exceptional circumstances, is required to undertake a singleinternational voyage may be exempted by the Administration from any ofthe requirements of the present regulations provided that it complies withsafety requirements which are adequate in the opinion of the Administra-tion for the voyage which is to be undertaken by the ship.

(b) The Administration may exempt any ship which embodies features ofa novel kind from any of the provisions of chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV ofthese regulations the application of which might seriously impede researchinto the development of such features and their incorporation in shipsengaged on international voyages. Any such ship shall, however, complywith safety requirements which, in the opinion of that Administration, areadequate for the service for which it is intended and are such as to ensure theoverall safety of the ship and which are acceptable to the Governments ofthe States to be visited by the ship. The Administration which allows anysuch exemption shall communicate to the Organization particulars of sameand the reasons therefor which the Organization shall circulate to theContracting Governments for their information.

Regulation 5Equivalents

(a) Where the present regulations require that a particular fitting,material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carriedin a ship, or that any particular provision shall be made, the Administrationmay allow any other fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof,to be fitted or carried, or any other provision to be made in that ship, if it issatisfied by trial thereof or otherwise that such fitting, material, appliance orapparatus, or type thereof, or provision, is at least as effective as that requiredby the present regulations.

(b) Any Administration which so allows, in substitution, a fitting,material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provision, shallcommunicate to the Organization particulars thereof together with a reporton any trials made and the Organization shall circulate such particulars toother Contracting Governments for the information of their officers.

Part A: Application, definitions, etc. Regulations 3, 4, 5

* Refer to SLS.14/Circ.115, as amended, on the issue of exemption certificates under the 1974SOLAS Convention and amendments thereto.

21

Part BSurveys and certificates*

&P88 Regulation 6Inspection and survey

(a) The inspection and survey of ships, so far as regards the enforcementof the provisions of the present regulations and the granting of exemptionstherefrom, shall be carried out by officers of the Administration. TheAdministration may, however, entrust the inspections and surveys either tosurveyors nominated for the purpose or to organizations recognized by it.

(b) An Administration nominating surveyors or recognizing organizationsto conduct inspections and surveys as set forth in paragraph (a) shall as aminimum empower any nominated surveyor or recognized organization to:

(i) require repairs to a ship;

(ii) carry out inspections and surveys if requested by the appropriateauthorities of a port State.

The Administration shall notify the Organization of the specific respon-sibilities and conditions of the authority delegated to nominated surveyorsor recognized organizations.

(c) When a nominated surveyor or recognized organization determinesthat the condition of the ship or its equipment does not correspondsubstantially with the particulars of the certificate or is such that the ship isnot fit to proceed to sea without danger to the ship, or persons on board,such surveyor or organization shall immediately ensure that correctiveaction is taken and shall in due course notify the Administration. If suchcorrective action is not taken the relevant certificate should be withdrawnand the Administration shall be notified immediately; and, if the ship is inthe port of another Party, the appropriate authorities of the port State shallalso be notified immediately. When an officer of the Administration, anominated surveyor or a recognized organization has notified theappropriate authorities of the port State, the Government of the port Stateconcerned shall give such officer, surveyor or organization any necessaryassistance to carry out their obligations under this regulation. When

* Refer to ‘‘Global and uniform implementation of the harmonized system of survey andcertification (HSSC)’’ and to the ‘‘Survey guidelines under the harmonized system of surveyand certification’’ adopted by the Organization by resolutions A.883(21) and A.746(18)respectively.

22


applicable, the Government of the port State concerned shall ensure that theship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea, or leave port for the purpose ofproceeding to the appropriate repair yard, without danger to the ship orpersons on board.

(d) In every case, the Administration shall fully guarantee the complete-ness and efficiency of the inspection and survey, and shall undertake toensure the necessary arrangements to satisfy this obligation.

&P88 Regulation 7Surveys of passenger ships*

(a) A passenger ship shall be subject to the surveys specified below:

(i) an initial survey before the ship is put in service;

(ii) a renewal survey once every 12 months, except whereregulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;

(iii) additional surveys, as occasion arises.

(b) The surveys referred to above shall be carried out as follows:

(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the ship’sstructure, machinery and equipment, including the outside ofthe ship’s bottom and the inside and outside of the boilers. Thissurvey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, materialsand scantlings of the structure, boilers and other pressure vesselsand their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery,electrical installation, radio installations including those usedin life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire safety systems andappliances, life-saving appliances and arrangements, shipbornenavigational equipment, nautical publications, means of embar-kation for pilots and other equipment fully comply with therequirements of the present regulations, and of the laws, decrees,orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by theAdministration for ships of the service for which it is intended.The survey shall also be such as to ensure that the workmanshipof all parts of the ship and its equipment is in all respectssatisfactory, and that the ship is provided with the lights, shapes,means of making sound signals and distress signals as required bythe provisions of the present regulations and the InternationalRegulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;

(ii) the renewal survey shall include an inspection of the structure,boilers and other pressure vessels, machinery and equipment,including the outside of the ship’s bottom. The survey shall be

Part B: Surveys and certificates Regulations 6, 7

* Refer to resolution A.794(19) on surveys and inspections of ro–ro passenger ships and MSC/Circ. 956, Guidelines for unscheduled inspections of ro–ro passenger ships by flag States.

23

such as to ensure that the ship, as regards the structure, boilers andother pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliarymachinery, electrical installation, radio installations includingthose used in life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire safetysystems and appliances, life-saving appliances and arrangements,shipborne navigational equipment, nautical publications, means ofembarkation for pilots and other equipment is in satisfactorycondition and is fit for the service for which it is intended, and thatit complies with the requirements of the present regulations and ofthe laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a resultthereof by the Administration. The lights, shapes, means ofmaking sound signals and distress signals carried by the ship shallalso be subject to the above-mentioned survey for the purpose ofensuring that they comply with the requirements of the presentregulations and of the International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea in force;

(iii) an additional survey either general or partial, according to thecircumstances, shall be made after a repair resulting frominvestigations prescribed in regulation 11, or whenever anyimportant repairs or renewals are made. The survey shall be suchas to ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have beeneffectively made, that the material and workmanship of suchrepairs or renewals are in all respects satisfactory, and that the shipcomplies in all respects with the provisions of the presentregulations and of the International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea in force, and of the laws, decrees, orders andregulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration;

(c) (i) the laws, decrees, orders and regulations referred to in paragraph(b) of this regulation shall be in all respects such as to ensurethat, from the point of view of safety of life, the ship is fit for theservice for which it is intended;

(ii) they shall among other things prescribe the requirements to beobserved as to the initial and subsequent hydraulic or otheracceptable alternative tests to which the main and auxiliaryboilers, connections, steam pipes, high pressure receivers andfuel tanks for internal combustion engines are to be submittedincluding the test procedures to be followed and the intervalsbetween two consecutive tests.

&P88 Regulation 8Surveys of life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships

(a) The life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships of500 gross tonnage and upwards as referred to in paragraph (b)(i) shall besubject to the surveys specified below:

24



(ii) a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration butnot exceeding 5 years, except where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and(g) is applicable;

(iii) a periodical survey within three months before or after thesecond anniversary date or within three months before or afterthe third anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety EquipmentCertificate which shall take the place of one of the annualsurveys specified in paragraph (a)(iv);

(iv) an annual survey within 3 months before or after eachanniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certifi-cate;

(v) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships inregulation 7(b)(iii).

(b) The surveys referred to in paragraph (a) shall be carried out as follows:

(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the firesafety systems and appliances, life-saving appliances andarrangements except radio installations, the shipborne naviga-tional equipment, means of embarkation for pilots and otherequipment to which chapters II-1, II-2, III and V apply toensure that they comply with the requirements of the presentregulations, are in satisfactory condition and are fit for theservice for which the ship is intended. The fire control plans,nautical publications, lights, shapes, means of making soundsignals and distress signals shall also be subject to the above-mentioned survey for the purpose of ensuring that they complywith the requirements of the present regulations and, whereapplicable, the International Regulations for Preventing Colli-sions at Sea in force;*

(ii) the renewal and periodical surveys shall include an inspection ofthe equipment referred to in paragraph (b)(i) to ensure that itcomplies with the relevant requirements of the presentregulations and the International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea in force, is in satisfactory condition and is fit forthe service for which the ship is intended;

(iii) the annual survey shall include a general inspection of theequipment referred to in paragraph (b)(i) to ensure that it hasbeen maintained in accordance with regulation 11(a) and that itremains satisfactory for the service for which the ship isintended.

Part B: Surveys and certificates Regulation 8

* Refer to the Record of approved cargo ship safety equipment (SLS.14/Circ.1).

25

(c) The periodical and annual surveys referred to in paragraphs (a)(iii) and(a)(iv) shall be endorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate.

&P88 Regulation 9Surveys of radio installations of cargo ships

(a) The radio installations, including those used in life-saving appliances,of cargo ships to which chapters III and IV apply shall be subject to thesurveys specified below:


(ii) a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration butnot exceeding five years, except where regulation 14(b), (e), (f)and (g) is applicable;

(iii) a periodical survey within three months before or after eachanniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate;

(iv) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships inregulation 7(b)(iii).

(b) The surveys referred to in paragraph (a) shall be carried out as follows:

(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the radioinstallations of cargo ships, including those used in life-savingappliances, to ensure that they comply with the requirements ofthe present regulations;

(ii) the renewal and periodical surveys shall include an inspection ofthe radio installations of cargo ships, including those used in life-saving appliances, to ensure that they comply with therequirements of the present regulations.

(c) The periodical surveys referred to in paragraph (a)(iii) shall beendorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate.

&P88 Regulation 10Surveys of structure, machinery and equipmentof cargo ships

(a) The structure, machinery and equipment (other than items in respectof which a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate and a Cargo Ship SafetyRadio Certificate are issued) of a cargo ship as referred to in paragraph (b)(i)shall be subject to the surveys and inspections specified below:

26


(i) an initial survey including an inspection of the outside of theship’s bottom before the ship is put in service;*

(ii) a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration butnot exceeding 5 years, except where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and(g) is applicable;

(iii) an intermediate survey within three months before or after thesecond anniversary date or within three months before or afterthe third anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety ConstructionCertificate, which shall take the place of one of the annualsurveys specified in paragraph (a)(iv);

(iv) an annual survey within 3 months before or after eachanniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety ConstructionCertificate;

(v) a minimum of two inspections of the outside of the ship’sbottom during any five year period, except where regulation14(e) or (f) is applicable. Where regulation 14(e) or (f) isapplicable, this five year period may be extended to coincidewith the extended period of validity of the certificate. In all casesthe interval between any two such inspections shall not exceed36 months;

(vi) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships inregulation 7(b)(iii).

(b) The surveys and inspections referred to in paragraph (a) shall becarried out as follows:

(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of thestructure, machinery and equipment. This survey shall be suchas to ensure that the arrangements, materials, scantlings andworkmanship of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels,their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery includingsteering gear and associated control systems, electrical installa-tion and other equipment comply with the requirements of thepresent regulations, are in satisfactory condition and are fit forthe service for which the ship is intended and that the requiredstability information is provided. In the case of tankers such asurvey shall also include an inspection of the pump-rooms,cargo, bunker and ventilation piping systems and associatedsafety devices;

(ii) the renewal survey shall include an inspection of the structure,machinery and equipment as referred to in paragraph (b)(i) toensure that they comply with the requirements of the present


* Refer to the circular concerning inspection of the outside of the ship’s bottom(PSLS.2/Circ.5).

27

regulations, are in satisfactory condition and are fit for theservice for which the ship is intended;

(iii) the intermediate survey shall include an inspection of thestructure, boilers and other pressure vessels, machinery andequipment, the steering gear and the associated control systemsand electrical installations to ensure that they remain satisfactoryfor the service for which the ship is intended. In the case oftankers, the survey shall also include an inspection of the pump-rooms, cargo, bunker and ventilation piping systems andassociated safety devices and the testing of insulation resistanceof electrical installations in dangerous zones;

(iv) the annual survey shall include a general inspection of thestructure, machinery and equipment referred to in paragraph(b)(i), to ensure that they have been maintained in accordancewith regulation 11(a) and that they remain satisfactory for theservice for which the ship is intended;

(v) the inspection of the outside of the ship’s bottom and the surveyof related items inspected at the same time shall be such as toensure that they remain satisfactory for the service for which theship is intended.

(c) The intermediate and annual surveys and the inspections of theoutside of the ship’s bottom referred to in paragraphs (a)(iii), (a)(iv) and(a)(v) shall be endorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.

&P88 Regulation 11Maintenance of conditions after survey

(a) The condition of the ship and its equipment shall be maintained toconform with the provisions of the present regulations to ensure that theship in all respects will remain fit to proceed to sea without danger to theship or persons on board.

(b) After any survey of the ship under regulations 7, 8, 9 or 10 has beencompleted, no change shall be made in the structural arrangements,machinery, equipment and other items covered by the survey, without thesanction of the Administration.

(c) Whenever an accident occurs to a ship or a defect is discovered, eitherof which affects the safety of the ship or the efficiency or completeness of itslife-saving appliances or other equipment, the master or owner of the shipshall report at the earliest opportunity to the Administration, the nominatedsurveyor or recognized organization responsible for issuing the relevantcertificate, who shall cause investigations to be initiated to determinewhether a survey, as required by regulations 7, 8, 9 or 10, is necessary. If theship is in a port of another Contracting Government, the master or owner

28


shall also report immediately to the appropriate authorities of the port Stateand the nominated surveyor or recognized organization shall ascertain thatsuch a report has been made.

&P88 Regulation 12Issue or endorsement of certificates*

(a) (i) a certificate called a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall beissued after an initial or renewal survey to a passenger ship whichcomplies with the relevant requirements of chapters II-1, II-2,III, IV and V and any other relevant requirements of the presentregulations;

(ii) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate {

shall be issued after an initial or renewal survey to a cargo shipwhich complies with the relevant requirements of chapters II-1and II-2 (other than those relating to fire safety systems andappliances and fire control plans) and any other relevantrequirements of the present regulations;

(iii) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate {

shall be issued after an initial or renewal survey to a cargo shipwhich complies with the relevant requirements of chapters II-1,II-2, III and V and any other relevant requirements of thepresent regulations;

(iv) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate shall beissued after an initial or renewal survey to a cargo ship whichcomplies with the relevant requirements of chapter IV and anyother relevant requirements of the present regulations;

(v) (1) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Certificate may beissued after an initial or renewal survey to a cargo ship whichcomplies with the relevant requirements of chapters II-1, II-2, III, IV and V and any other relevant requirements of thepresent regulations, as an alternative to the certificatesreferred to in paragraph (a)(ii), (a)(iii) and (a)(iv);

(2) whenever in this chapter reference is made to a Cargo ShipSafety Construction Certificate, Cargo Ship Safety Equip-ment Certificate or Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate, itshall apply to a Cargo Ship Safety Certificate, if it is used asan alternative to these certificates.


* Refer to resolution A.791(19) on application of the International Convention on TonnageMeasurement of Ships, 1969, to existing ships.{ Refer to the circular concerning issue of supplements and attachments (PSLS.2/Circ.1).

29

(vi) the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, the Cargo Ship SafetyEquipment Certificate, the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificateand the Cargo Ship Safety Certificate, referred to in subpara-graphs (i), (iii), (iv) and (v), shall be supplemented by a Recordof Equipment;

(vii) when an exemption is granted to a ship under and in accordancewith the provisions of the present regulations, a certificate calledan Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to thecertificates prescribed in this paragraph;

(viii) the certificates referred to in this regulation shall be issued orendorsed either by the Administration or by any person ororganization authorized by it. In every case, that Administrationassumes full responsibility for the certificates.

(b) A Contracting Government shall not issue certificates under, and inaccordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for theSafety of Life at Sea, 1960, 1948 or 1929, after the date on which acceptanceof the present Convention by the Government takes effect.

&P88 Regulation 13Issue or endorsement of certificates byanother Government

A Contracting Government may, at the request of the Administration,cause a ship to be surveyed and, if satisfied that the requirements of thepresent regulations are complied with, shall issue or authorize the issue ofcertificates to the ship and, where appropriate, endorse or authorize theendorsement of certificates on the ship in accordance with the presentregulations. Any certificate so issued shall contain a statement to the effectthat it has been issued at the request of the Government of the State the flagof which the ship is entitled to fly, and it shall have the same force andreceive the same recognition as a certificate issued under regulation 12.

&P88 Regulation 14Duration and validity of certificates

(a) A Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued for a period notexceeding 12 months. A Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, CargoShip Safety Equipment Certificate and Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificateshall be issued for a period specified by the Administration which shall notexceed five years. An Exemption Certificate shall not be valid for longerthan the period of the certificate to which it refers.

(b) (i) notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a), when therenewal survey is completed within three months before the

30


expiry date of the existing certificate, the new certificate shall bevalid from the date of completion of the renewal survey to:

(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months fromthe date of expiry of the existing certificate;

(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from thedate of expiry of the existing certificate;

(ii) when the renewal survey is completed after the expiry date ofthe existing certificate, the new certificate shall be valid from thedate of completion of the renewal survey to:

(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months fromthe date of expiry of the existing certificate;

(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from thedate of expiry of the existing certificate;

(iii) when the renewal survey is completed more than three monthsbefore the expiry date of the existing certificate, the newcertificate shall be valid from the date of completion of therenewal survey to:

(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months fromthe date of completion of the renewal survey;

(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from thedate of completion of the renewal survey.

(c) If a certificate other than a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate is issuedfor a period of less than five years, the Administration may extend thevalidity of the certificate beyond the expiry date to the maximum periodspecified in paragraph (a), provided that the surveys referred to inregulations 8, 9 and 10 applicable when a certificate is issued for a periodof 5 years are carried out as appropriate.

(d) If a renewal survey has been completed and a new certificate cannot beissued or placed on board the ship before the expiry date of the existingcertificate, the person or organization authorized by the Administration mayendorse the existing certificate and such a certificate shall be accepted asvalid for a further period which shall not exceed 5 months from the expirydate.

(e) If a ship at the time when a certificate expires is not in a port in whichit is to be surveyed, the Administration may extend the period of validity ofthe certificate but this extension shall be granted only for the purpose ofallowing the ship to complete its voyage to the port in which it is to besurveyed, and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable todo so. No certificate shall be extended for a period longer than threemonths, and a ship to which an extension is granted shall not, on its arrivalin the port in which it is to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such


31

extension to leave that port without having a new certificate. When therenewal survey is completed, the new certificate shall be valid to:

(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from thedate of expiry of the existing certificate before the extension wasgranted;

(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding 5 years from the date ofexpiry of the existing certificate before the extension wasgranted.

(f) A certificate issued to a ship engaged on short voyages which has notbeen extended under the foregoing provisions of this regulation may beextended by the Administration for a period of grace of up to one monthfrom the date of expiry stated on it. When the renewal survey is completed,the new certificate shall be valid to:

(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from thedate of expiry of the existing certificate before the extension wasgranted;

(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding 5 years from the date ofexpiry of the existing certificate before the extension wasgranted.

(g) In special circumstances, as determined by the Administration, a newcertificate need not be dated from the date of expiry of the existingcertificate as required by paragraphs (b)(ii), (e) or (f). In these specialcircumstances, the new certificate shall be valid to:

(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from thedate of completion of the renewal survey;

(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date ofcompletion of the renewal survey.

(h) If an annual, intermediate or periodical survey is completed before theperiod specified in the relevant regulations then:

(i) the anniversary date shown on the relevant certificate shall beamended by endorsement to a date which shall not be more thanthree months later than the date on which the survey wascompleted;

(ii) the subsequent annual, intermediate or periodical surveyrequired by the relevant regulations shall be completed at theintervals prescribed by these regulations using the newanniversary date;

(iii) the expiry date may remain unchanged provided one or moreannual, intermediate or periodical surveys, as appropriate, arecarried out so that the maximum intervals between the surveysprescribed by the relevant regulations are not exceeded.

32


(i) A certificate issued under regulation 12 or 13 shall cease to be valid inany of the following cases:

(i) if the relevant surveys and inspections are not completed withinthe periods specified under regulations 7(a), 8(a), 9(a) and 10(a);

(ii) if the certificate is not endorsed in accordance with the presentregulations;

(iii) upon transfer of the ship to the flag of another State. A newcertificate shall only be issued when the Government issuing thenew certificate is fully satisfied that the ship is in compliancewith the requirements of regulation 11(a) and (b). In the case ofa transfer between Contracting Governments, if requestedwithin three months after the transfer has taken place, theGovernment of the State whose flag the ship was formerlyentitled to fly shall, as soon as possible, transmit to theAdministration copies of the certificates carried by the shipbefore a transfer and, if available, copies of the relevant surveyreports.

&P88 Regulation 15Forms of certificates and records of equipment

The certificates and records of equipment shall be drawn up in the formcorresponding to the models given in the appendix to the annex to thepresent Convention. If the language used is neither English nor French, thetext shall include a translation into one of these languages.*

&P88 Regulation 16Availability of certificates

The certificates issued under regulations 12 and 13 shall be readily availableon board for examination at all times.

Regulation 17Acceptance of certificates

Certificates issued under the authority of a Contracting Government shallbe accepted by the other Contracting Governments for all purposes coveredby the present Convention. They shall be regarded by the other ContractingGovernments as having the same force as certificates issued by them.

Part B: Surveys and certificates Regulations 15, 16, 17

* Refer to resolution A.561(14) on translation of the text of certificates.

33

Regulation 18Qualification of certificates

(a) If in the course of a particular voyage a ship has on board a number ofpersons less than the total number stated in the Passenger Ship SafetyCertificate and is in consequence, in accordance with the provisions of thepresent regulations, free to carry a smaller number of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances than that stated in the certificate, an annex may be issuedby the Government, person or organization referred to in regulation 12 or13 of this chapter.

(b) This annex shall state that in the circumstances there is noinfringement of the provisions of the present regulations. It shall beannexed to the certificate and shall be substituted for it in so far as the life-saving appliances are concerned. It shall be valid only for the particularvoyage for which it is issued.

&P88 Regulation 19Control*

(a)Every ship when in a port of another Contracting Government is subject tocontrol by officers duly authorized by such Government in so far as thiscontrol is directed towards verifying that the certificates issued underregulation 12 or regulation 13 are valid.

(b) Such certificates, if valid, shall be accepted unless there are cleargrounds for believing that the condition of the ship or of its equipment doesnot correspond substantially with the particulars of any of the certificates orthat the ship and its equipment are not in compliance with the provisions ofregulation 11(a) and (b).

(c) In the circumstances given in paragraph (b) or where a certificate hasexpired or ceased to be valid, the officer carrying out the control shall takesteps to ensure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea or leavethe port for the purpose of proceeding to the appropriate repair yardwithout danger to the ship or persons on board.

(d) In the event of this control giving rise to an intervention of any kind,the officer carrying out the control shall forthwith inform, in writing, theConsul or, in his absence, the nearest diplomatic representative of the Statewhose flag the ship is entitled to fly of all the circumstances in whichintervention was deemed necessary. In addition, nominated surveyors orrecognized organizations responsible for the issue of the certificates shall also

* Refer to the Procedures for port State control adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.787(19), as amended by resolution A.882(21).

34


be notified. The facts concerning the intervention shall be reported to theOrganization.

(e) The port State authority concerned shall notify all relevant informa-tion about the ship to the authorities of the next port of call, in addition toparties mentioned in paragraph (d), if it is unable to take action as specifiedin paragraphs (c) and (d) or if the ship has been allowed to proceed to thenext port of call.

(f) When exercising control under this regulation all possible efforts shallbe made to avoid a ship being unduly detained or delayed. If a ship isthereby unduly detained or delayed it shall be entitled to compensation forany loss or damage suffered.

Regulation 20Privileges

The privileges of the present Convention may not be claimed in favour ofany ship unless it holds appropriate valid certificates.

Part B: Surveys and certificates Regulations 18, 19, 20

35

Part CCasualties

Regulation 21Casualties

(a) Each Administration undertakes to conduct an investigation of anycasualty occurring to any of its ships subject to the provisions of the presentConvention when it judges that such an investigation may assist indetermining what changes in the present regulations might be desirable.*

(b) Each Contracting Government undertakes to supply the Organizationwith pertinent information concerning the findings of such investigations.No reports or recommendations of the Organization based upon suchinformation shall disclose the identity or nationality of the ships concernedor in any manner fix or imply responsibility upon any ship or person.

* Refer to the following resolutions adopted by the Organization:

Resolution A.173(ES.IV): Participation in official inquiries into marine casualties.

Resolution A.203(VII): Recommendation on the conclusion of agreements andarrangements between States on the question of access and employment of foreign sea-borne salvage equipment in territorial waters.

Resolution A.322(IX): The conduct of investigations into casualties.

Resolution A.440(XI): Exchange of information for investigations into marinecasualties.

Resolution A.442(XI): Personnel and material resource needs of Administrations forthe investigation of casualties and contraventions of conventions.

Resolution A.637(16): Co-operation in maritime casualty investigations.

Resolution A.849(20): Code for the investigation of marine casualties and incidents,as amended by resolution A.884(21).

Refer also to:

MSC/Circ.539/Add.2: Reports on casualty statistics concerning fishing vessels andfishermen at sea.

MSC/Circ.827: Reports on marine casualties and incidents. Harmonized reportingprocedures – Reports required under SOLAS regulation I/21 and MARPOL 73/78articles 8 and 12.

36


CHAPTER II-1Construction – Structure,

subdivision and stability, machineryand electrical installations

Part A – General Page

1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

2 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

3 Definitions relating to parts C, D and E. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Part A-1 – Structure of ships

3-1 Structural, mechanical and electrical requirements for ships 47

3-2 Corrosion prevention of seawater ballast tanks . . . . . . . . 47

3-3 Safe access to tanker bows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

3-4 Emergency towing arrangements on tankers . . . . . . . . . . 48

3-5 New installation of materials containing asbestos . . . . . . . 48

Part B – Subdivision and stability

4 Floodable length in passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

5 Permeability in passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

6 Permissible length of compartments in passenger ships . . . 52

7 Special requirements concerning passenger ship subdivision . 57

8 Stability of passenger ships in damaged condition . . . . . . 59

8-1 Stability of ro–ro passenger ships in damaged condition . . 64

8-2 Special requirements for ro–ro passenger shipscarrying 400 persons or more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

8-3 Special requirements for passenger ships, other thanro–ro passenger ships, carrying 400 persons or more . . . . 65

9 Ballasting of passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

37

10 Peak and machinery space bulkheads,shaft tunnels, etc., in passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

11 Peak and machinery space bulkheads andstern tubes in cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

12 Double bottoms in passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

12-1 Double bottoms in cargo ships other than tankers . . . . . . 69

12-2 Access to spaces in the cargo area of oil tankers. . . . . . . . 70

13 Assigning, marking and recording of subdivisionload lines for passenger ships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

14 Construction and initial testing of watertight bulkheads,etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

15 Openings in watertight bulkheads in passenger ships . . . . 72

16 Passenger ships carrying goods vehiclesand accompanying personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

17 Openings in the shell plating of passengerships below the margin line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

17-1 Openings in the shell plating below the bulkhead deckof passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships. . 83

18 Construction and initial tests of watertight doors,sidescuttles, etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships . . . . . 83

19 Construction and initial tests of watertight decks, trunks,etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

20 Watertight integrity of passenger shipsabove the margin line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

20-1 Closure of cargo loading doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

20-2 Watertight integrity from the ro–ro deck(bulkhead deck) to spaces below . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

20-3 Access to ro–ro decks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

20-4 Closure of bulkheads on the ro–ro deck . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

21 Bilge pumping arrangements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

22 Stability information for passenger shipsand cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

23 Damage control plans in passenger ships. . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

23-1 Damage control in dry cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

38

Chapter II-1: Construction – structure, stability, installations

23-2 Integrity of the hull and superstructure,damage prevention and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

24 Marking, periodical operation and inspectionof watertight doors, etc., in passenger ships. . . . . . . . . . . 95

25 Entries in log of passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Part B-1 – Subdivision and damage stability of cargo ships

25-1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

25-2 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

25-3 Required subdivision index R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

25-4 Attained subdivision index A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

25-5 Calculation of the factor pi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

25-6 Calculation of the factor si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

25-7 Permeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

25-8 Stability information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

25-9 Openings in watertight bulkheadsand internal decks in cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

25-10 External openings in cargo ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Part C – Machinery installations

26 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

27 Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

28 Means of going astern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

29 Steering gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

30 Additional requirements for electricand electrohydraulic steering gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

31 Machinery controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

32 Steam boilers and boiler feed systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

33 Steam pipe systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

34 Air pressure systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Contents

39

35 Ventilating systems in machinery spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

36 Protection against noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

37 Communication between navigation bridgeand machinery space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

38 Engineers’ alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

39 Location of emergency installationsin passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Part D – Electrical installations

40 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

41 Main source of electrical power and lighting systems . . . . 123

42 Emergency source of electrical powerin passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

42-1 Supplementary emergency lightingfor ro–ro passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

43 Emergency source of electrical power in cargo ships . . . . 131

44 Starting arrangements for emergency generating sets . . . . 135

45 Precautions against shock, fire and otherhazards of electrical origin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Part E – Additional requirements for periodicallyunattended machinery spaces

46 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

47 Fire precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

48 Protection against flooding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

49 Control of propulsion machineryfrom the navigation bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

50 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

51 Alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

52 Safety systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

53 Special requirements for machinery,boiler and electrical installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

54 Special consideration in respectof passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

40


Part AGeneral


1.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to shipsthe keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction onor after 1 July 1986.

1.2 For the purpose of this chapter, the term a similar stage of constructionmeans the stage at which:

.1 construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and

.2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50tonnes or one per cent of the estimated mass of all structuralmaterial, whichever is less.

1.3 For the purpose of this chapter:

.1 the expression ships constructed means ships the keels of whichare laid or which are at a similar stage of construction;

.2 the expression all ships means ships constructed before, on orafter 1 July 1986;

.3 a cargo ship, whenever built, which is converted to a passengership shall be treated as a passenger ship constructed on the dateon which such a conversion commences.

2 Unless expressly provided otherwise, for ships constructed before1 July 1986 the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which areapplicable under chapter II-1 of the International Convention for the Safetyof Life at Sea, 1974, as amended by resolution MSC.1(XLV), are compliedwith.

3.1 All ships which undergo repairs, alterations, modifications andoutfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least therequirements previously applicable to these ships. Such ships if constructedbefore 1 July 1986 shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements for shipsconstructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as they did beforeundergoing such repairs, alterations, modifications or outfitting. Repairs,

Part A: General Regulation 1

41

alterations and modifications of a major character* and outfitting relatedthereto shall meet the requirements for ships constructed on or after 1 July1986 in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.{

3.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 3.1, passenger shipswhich undergo repairs, alterations and modifications to meet therequirements of regulation 8-1 shall not be deemed to have undergonerepairs, alterations and modifications of a major character.

4 The Administration of a State may, if it considers that the shelterednature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application ofany specific requirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary,exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships entitledto fly the flag of that State which, in the course of their voyage, do notproceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

5 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades forthe carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrimtrade, the Administration of the State whose flag such ships are entitled tofly, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with therequirements of this chapter, may exempt such ships from thoserequirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:

.1 the rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger ShipsAgreement, 1971; and

.2 the rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements forSpecial Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.


For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:

1.1 Subdivision load line is a waterline used in determining the subdivisionof the ship.

1.2 Deepest subdivision load line is the waterline which corresponds to thegreatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which areapplicable.

2 Length of the ship is the length measured between perpendiculars takenat the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.

* Refer to MSC/Circ.650 on interpretation of alterations and modifications of a majorcharacter.{ Refer to MSC/Circ.609 on interpretation of regulation II-1/1.3 of the 1974 SOLASConvention.

42


3 Breadth of the ship is the extreme width from outside of frame tooutside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.

4 Draught is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidshipsto the subdivision load line in question.

5 Bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transversewatertight bulkheads are carried.

6 Margin line is a line drawn at least 76 mm below the upper surface ofthe bulkhead deck at side.

7 Permeability of a space is the percentage of that space which can beoccupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the marginline shall be measured only to the height of that line.

8 Machinery space is to be taken as extending from the moulded base lineto the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertightbulkheads, bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliarypropulsion machinery, boilers serving the needs of propulsion, and allpermanent coal bunkers. In the case of unusual arrangements, theAdministration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.

9 Passenger spaces are those spaces which are provided for theaccommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provisionand mail rooms. For the purposes of regulations 5 and 6, spaces providedbelow the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall beregarded as passenger spaces.

10 In all cases volumes and areas shall be calculated to moulded lines.

11 Weathertight means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrateinto the ship.

12 An oil tanker is the oil tanker defined in regulation 1 of Annex I of theProtocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for thePrevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973.

13 Ro–ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro–ro cargo spaces orspecial category spaces as defined in regulation II-2/3.

Regulation 3Definitions relating to parts C, D and E

For the purpose of parts C, D and E, unless expressly provided otherwise:

1 Steering gear control system is the equipment by which orders aretransmitted from the navigation bridge to the steering gear power units.

Part A: General Regulations 2, 3

43

Steering gear control systems comprise transmitters, receivers, hydrauliccontrol pumps and their associated motors, motor controllers, piping andcables.

2 Main steering gear is the machinery, rudder actuators, steering gearpower units, if any, and ancillary equipment and the means of applyingtorque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant) necessary for effectingmovement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the ship under normalservice conditions.

3 Steering gear power unit is:

.1 in the case of electric steering gear, an electric motor and itsassociated electrical equipment;

.2 in the case of electrohydraulic steering gear, an electric motorand its associated electrical equipment and connected pump;

.3 in the case of other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine andconnected pump.

4 Auxiliary steering gear is the equipment other than any part of the mainsteering gear necessary to steer the ship in the event of failure of the mainsteering gear but not including the tiller, quadrant or components servingthe same purpose.

5 Normal operational and habitable condition is a condition under whichthe ship as a whole, the machinery, services, means and aids ensuringpropulsion, ability to steer, safe navigation, fire and flooding safety, internaland external communications and signals, means of escape, and emergencyboat winches, as well as the designed comfortable conditions of habitabilityare in working order and functioning normally.

6 Emergency condition is a condition under which any services needed fornormal operational and habitable conditions are not in working order due tofailure of the main source of electrical power.

7 Main source of electrical power is a source intended to supply electricalpower to the main switchboard for distribution to all services necessary formaintaining the ship in normal operational and habitable condition.

8 Dead ship condition is the condition under which the main propulsionplant, boilers and auxiliaries are not in operation due to the absence ofpower.

9 Main generating station is the space in which the main source ofelectrical power is situated.

10 Main switchboard is a switchboard which is directly supplied by themain source of electrical power and is intended to distribute electricalenergy to the ship’s services.

44


11 Emergency switchboard is a switchboard which in the event of failure ofthe main electrical power supply system is directly supplied by theemergency source of electrical power or the transitional source ofemergency power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to theemergency services.

12 Emergency source of electrical power is a source of electrical power,intended to supply the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of thesupply from the main source of electrical power.

13 Power actuating system is the hydraulic equipment provided forsupplying power to turn the rudder stock, comprising a steering gearpower unit or units, together with the associated pipes and fittings, and arudder actuator. The power actuating systems may share commonmechanical components, i.e., tiller, quadrant and rudder stock, or com-ponents serving the same purpose.

14 Maximum ahead service speed is the greatest speed which the ship isdesigned to maintain in service at sea at the deepest seagoing draught.

15 Maximum astern speed is the speed which it is estimated the ship canattain at the designed maximum astern power at the deepest seagoingdraught.

16 Machinery spaces are all machinery spaces of category A and all otherspaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam andinternal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oilfilling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioningmachinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces.

17 Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to suchspaces which contain:

.1 internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion; or

.2 internal combustion machinery used for purposes other thanmain propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate atotal power output of not less than 375 kW; or

.3 any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit.

18 Control stations are those spaces in which the ship’s radio or mainnavigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or wherethe fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized.

19 Chemical tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for thecarriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in either:

.1 chapter 17 of the International Code for the Construction andEquipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk


45

adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolutionMSC.4(48), hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the International BulkChemical Code’’, as may be amended by the Organization; or

.2 chapter VI of the Code for the Construction and Equipment ofShips Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk adopted by theAssembly of the Organization by resolution A.212(VII), here-inafter referred to as ‘‘the Bulk Chemical Code’’, as has been ormay be amended by the Organization;

whichever is applicable.

20 Gas carrier is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for thecarriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other products listed in either:

.1 chapter 19 of the International Code for the Construction andEquipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk adoptedby the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.5(48)hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the International Gas Carrier Code’’,as may be amended by the Organization; or

.2 chapter XIX of the Code for the Construction and Equipmentof Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.328(IX), hereinafter referred to as‘‘the Gas Carrier Code’’, as has been or may be amended by theOrganization;

whichever is applicable.

21 Deadweight is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of aship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the load waterlinecorresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight ofthe ship.

22 Lightweight is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel,lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumablestores, and passengers and crew and their effects.

46


Part A-1Structure of ships

Regulation 3-1Structural, mechanical and electrical requirementsfor ships

In addition to the requirements contained elsewhere in the presentregulations, ships shall be designed, constructed and maintained incompliance with the structural, mechanical and electrical requirements ofa classification society which is recognized by the Administration inaccordance with the provisions of regulation XI/1, or with applicablenational standards of the Administration which provide an equivalent levelof safety.

Regulation 3-2Corrosion prevention of seawater ballast tanks

1 This regulation applies to oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed onor after 1 July 1998.

2 All dedicated seawater ballast tanks shall have an efficient corrosionprevention system, such as hard protective coatings or equivalent. Thecoatings should preferably be of a light colour. The scheme for the selection,application and maintenance of the system shall be approved by theAdministration, based on the guidelines adopted by the Organization.*

Where appropriate, sacrificial anodes shall also be used.

Regulation 3-3Safe access to tanker bows

1 For the purpose of this regulation and regulation 3-4, tankers includeoil tankers as defined in regulation 2.12, chemical tankers as defined inregulation VII/8.2 and gas carriers as defined in regulation VII/11.2.

Part A-1: Structure of ships Regulations 3-1, 3-2, 3-3

* Refer to the Guidelines for the selection, application and maintenance of corrosionprevention systems of dedicated seawater ballast tanks adopted by the Organization byresolution A.798(19).

47

2 Every tanker constructed on or after 1 July 1998 shall be providedwith the means to enable the crew to gain safe access to the bow even insevere weather conditions. For tankers constructed before 1 July 1998, suchmeans of access shall be provided at the first scheduled dry-docking after1 July 1998, but not later than 1 July 2001. Such means of access shall beapproved by the Administration based on the guidelines developed by theOrganization.*

Regulation 3-4Emergency towing arrangements on tankers

1 Emergency towing arrangements shall be fitted at both ends on boardevery tanker of not less than 20,000 tonnes deadweight.

2 For tankers constructed on or after 1 July 2002:

.1 the arrangements shall, at all times, be capable of rapiddeployment in the absence of main power on the ship to betowed and easy connection to the towing ship. At least one ofthe emergency towing arrangements shall be pre-rigged readyfor rapid deployment; and

.2 emergency towing arrangements at both ends shall be ofadequate strength taking into account the size and deadweightof the ship, and the expected forces during bad weatherconditions. The design and construction and prototype testingof emergency towing arrangements shall be approved by theAdministration, based on the Guidelines developed by theOrganization.

3 For tankers constructed before 1 July 2002, the design andconstruction of emergency towing arrangements shall be approved by theAdministration, based on the Guidelines developed by the Organization.{

Regulation 3-5New installation of materials containing asbestos

1 This regulation shall apply to materials used for the structure,machinery, electrical installations and equipment covered by the presentConvention.

* Refer to the Guidelines for safe access to tanker bows adopted by the Maritime SafetyCommittee by resolution MSC.62(67).{ Refer to the Guidelines on emergency towing arrangements for tankers adopted by theMaritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.35(63), as may be amended.

48


2 For all ships, new installation of materials which contain asbestos shallbe prohibited except for:

.1 vanes used in rotary vane compressors and rotary vane vacuumpumps;

.2 watertight joints and linings used for the circulation of fluidswhen, at high temperature (in excess of 3508C) or pressure (inexcess of 7 6 106 Pa), there is a risk of fire, corrosion ortoxicity; and

.3 supple and flexible thermal insulation assemblies used fortemperatures above 1,0008C.

Part A-1: Structure of ships Regulations 3-4, 3-5

49

Part BSubdivision and stability*

(Part B applies to passenger ships and to cargoships, as indicated in the regulations)

Regulation 4Floodable length in passenger ships

1 The floodable length at any point of the length of a ship shall bedetermined by a method of calculation which takes into consideration theform, draught and other characteristics of the ship in question.

2 In a ship with a continuous bulkhead deck, the floodable length at agiven point is the maximum portion of the length of the ship, having itscentre at the point in question, which can be flooded under the definiteassumptions set forth in regulation 5 without the ship being submergedbeyond the margin line.

3.1 In the case of a ship not having a continuous bulkhead deck, thefloodable length at any point may be determined to an assumed continuousmargin line which at no point is less than 76 mm below the top of the deck(at side) to which the bulkheads concerned and the shell are carriedwatertight.

3.2 Where a portion of an assumed margin line is appreciably below thedeck to which bulkheads are carried, the Administration may permit alimited relaxation in the watertightness of those portions of the bulkheadswhich are above the margin line and immediately under the higher deck.

Regulation 5Permeability in passenger ships

1.1 The definite assumptions referred to in regulation 4 relate to thepermeability of the spaces below the margin line.

1.2 In determining the floodable length, a uniform average permeability

* Instead of the requirements in this part, the Regulations on subdivision and stability ofpassenger ships as an equivalent to part B of chapter II of the International Convention for theSafety of Life at Sea, 1960, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.265(VIII), may beused, if applied in their entirety.

50


shall be used throughout the whole length of each of the following portionsof the ship below the margin line:

.1 the machinery space as defined in regulation 2;

.2 the portion forward of the machinery space; and

.3 the portion abaft the machinery space.

2.1 The uniform average permeability throughout the machinery spaceshall be determined from the formula:

85þ 10

8>>:a� cv

9>>;where:

a = the volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in regulation 2,which are situated below the margin line within the limits ofthe machinery space;

c = the volume of between-deck spaces below the margin linewithin the limits of the machinery space which are appropriatedto cargo, coal or stores;

v = the whole volume of the machinery space below the marginline.

2.2 Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that theaverage permeability as determined by detailed calculation is less than thatgiven by the formula, the detailed calculated value may be used. For thepurpose of such calculation, the permeability of passenger spaces, as definedin regulation 2, shall be taken as 95, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such value as maybe approved in each case.

3 Except as provided in paragraph 4, the uniform average permeabilitythroughout the portion of the ship forward of or abaft the machinery spaceshall be determined from the formula:

63þ 35av

where:

a = the volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in regulation 2,which are situated below the margin line, forward of or abaft themachinery space; and

v = the whole volume of the portion of the ship below the marginline forward of or abaft the machinery space.

4.1 In the case of special subdivision required in regulation 6.5, theuniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship forward ofor abaft the machinery space shall be:

95� 35bv

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 4, 5

51

where:

b = the volume of the spaces below the margin line and above thetops of floors, inner bottom, or peak tanks, as the case may be,which are appropriated to and used as cargo spaces, coal or oilfuel bunkers, store-rooms, baggage and mail rooms, chainlockers and fresh water tanks, forward of or abaft the machineryspace; and

v = the whole volume of the portion of the ship below the marginline forward of or abaft the machinery space.

4.2 In the case of ships engaged on services where the cargo holds are notgenerally occupied by any substantial quantities of cargo, no part of thecargo spaces is to be included in calculating b.

5 In the case of unusual arrangements the Administration may allow, orrequire, a detailed calculation of average permeability for the portionsforward of or abaft the machinery space. For the purpose of suchcalculation, the permeability of passenger spaces as defined in regulation 2shall be taken as 95, that of spaces containing machinery as 85, that of allcargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel andother tanks at such value as may be approved in each case.

6 Where a between-deck compartment between two watertighttransverse bulkheads contains any passenger or crew space, the whole ofthat compartment, less any space completely enclosed within permanentsteel bulkheads and appropriated to other purposes, shall be regarded aspassenger space. Where, however, the passenger or crew space in question iscompletely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads, only the space soenclosed need be considered as passenger space.

Regulation 6Permissible length of compartmentsin passenger ships

1 Ships shall be as efficiently subdivided as is possible having regard tothe nature of the service for which they are intended. The degree ofsubdivision shall vary with the length of the ship and with the service, insuch manner that the highest degree of subdivision corresponds with theships of greatest length, primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.

2 Factor of subdivision

2.1 The maximum permissible length of a compartment having its centreat any point in the ship’s length is obtained from the floodable length bymultiplying the latter by an appropriate factor called the factor ofsubdivision.

52


2.2 The factor of subdivision shall depend on the length of the ship, andfor a given length shall vary according to the nature of the service for whichthe ship is intended. It shall decrease in a regular and continuous manner,

.1 as the length of the ship increases, and

.2 from a factor A, applicable to ships primarily engaged in thecarriage of cargo, to a factor B, applicable to ships primarilyengaged in the carriage of passengers.

2.3 The variations of the factors A and B shall be expressed by thefollowing formulae (1) and (2) where L is the length of the ship as defined inregulation 2:

A ¼ 58:2L� 60

þ 0:18 (L = 131 m and upwards) (1)

B ¼ 30:3L� 42

þ 0:18 (L = 79 m and upwards) (2)

3 Criterion of service

3.1 For a ship of given length the appropriate factor of subdivision shall bedetermined by the criterion of service numeral (hereinafter called thecriterion numeral) as given by the following formulae (3) and (4) where:

Cs = the criterion numeral;

L = the length of the ship (metres), as defined in regulation 2;

M = the volume of the machinery space (cubic metres), as defined inregulation 2; with the addition thereto of the volume of anypermanent oil fuel bunkers which may be situated above theinner bottom and forward of or abaft the machinery space;

P = the whole volume of the passenger spaces below the marginline (cubic metres), as defined in regulation 2;

V = the whole volume of the ship below the margin line (cubicmetres);

P1 = KN

where:

N = the number of passengers for which the ship is to becertified, and

K = 0.056L

3.2 Where the value of KN is greater than the sum of P and the wholevolume of the actual passenger spaces above the margin line, the figure to betaken as P1 is that sum or two-thirds KN, whichever is the greater.

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulation 6

53

When P1 is greater than P:

Cs ¼ 72M þ 2P1

V þ P1 � P(3)

and in other cases:

Cs ¼ 72M þ 2P

V(4)

3.3 For ships not having a continuous bulkhead deck the volumes are tobe taken up to the actual margin lines used in determining the floodablelengths.

4 Rules for subdivision of ships other thanthose covered by paragraph 5

4.1 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of 131 m in length andupwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by thefactor A given by formula (1); of those having a criterion numeral of 123 ormore by the factor B given by formula (2); and of those having a criterionnumeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linearinterpolation between the factors A and B, using the formula:

F ¼ A� ðA� BÞðCs � 23Þ100

(5)

Nevertheless, where the criterion numeral is equal to 45 or more andsimultaneously the computed factor of subdivision as given by formula (5) is0.65 or less, but more than 0.5, the subdivision abaft the forepeak shall begoverned by the factor 0.5.

4.2 Where the factor F is less than 0.4 and it is shown to the satisfaction ofthe Administration to be impracticable to comply with the factor F in amachinery compartment of the ship, the subdivision of such compartmentmay be governed by an increased factor, which, however, shall not exceed0.4.

4.3 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131 m but notless than 79 m in length having a criterion numeral equal to S, where:

S ¼ 3; 574� 25L13

shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of123 or more by the factor B given by the formula (2); of those having a

54


criterion numeral between S and 123 by the factor F obtained by linearinterpolation between unity and the factor B using the formula:

F ¼ 1� ð1� BÞðCs � SÞ123 � S

(6)

4.4 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131 m but notless than 79 m in length and having a criterion numeral less than S, and ofships of less than 79 m in length shall be governed by the factor unity,unless, in either case, it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration tobe impracticable to comply with this factor in any part of the ship, in whichcase the Administration may allow such relaxation as may appear to bejustified, having regard to all the circumstances.

4.5 The provisions of paragraph 4.4 shall apply also to ships of whateverlength, which are to be certified to carry a number of passengers exceeding12 but not exceeding:

L2

650, or 50, whichever is the less.

5 Special subdivision standards for shipscomplying with regulation III/21.1.2

5.1.1 In the case of ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers, thesubdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by a factor of 0.5 or by thefactor determined according to paragraphs 3 and 4, if less than 0.5.

5.1.2 In the case of such ships of less than 91.5 m in length, if theAdministration is satisfied that compliance with such factor would beimpracticable in a compartment, it may allow the length of thatcompartment to be governed by a higher factor provided the factor usedis the lowest that is practicable and reasonable in the circumstances.

5.2 Where, in the case of any ship whether of less than 91.5 m or not, thenecessity of carrying appreciable quantities of cargo makes it impracticableto require the subdivision abaft the forepeak to be governed by a factor notexceeding 0.5, the standard of subdivision to be applied shall be determinedin accordance with the following subparagraphs .1 to .5, subject to thecondition that where the Administration is satisfied that insistence on strictcompliance in any respect would be unreasonable, it may allow suchalternative arrangement of the watertight bulkheads as appears to be justifiedon merits and will not diminish the general effectiveness of the subdivision.

.1 The provisions of paragraph 3 relating to the criterion numeralshall apply with the exception that in calculating the value of P1

for berthed passengers K is to have the value defined inparagraph 3, or 3.5 m3, whichever is the greater, and forunberthed passengers K is to have the value 3.5 m3.


55

.2 The factor B in paragraph 2 shall be replaced by the factor BBdetermined by the following formula:

BB ¼ 17:6L� 33

þ 0:20 (L = 55 m and upwards)

.3 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of 131 m in lengthand upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall begoverned by the factor A given by formula (1) in paragraph 2.3;of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factorBB given by the formula in paragraph 5.2.2; and of those havinga criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtainedby linear interpolation between the factors A and BB, using theformula:

F ¼ A� ðA� BBÞðCs � 23Þ100

except that if the factor F so obtained is less than 0.5 the factorto be used shall be either 0.5 or the factor calculated accordingto the provisions of paragraph 4.1, whichever is the smaller.

.4 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131 mbut not less than 55 m in length having a criterion numeral equalto S1 where:

S1 ¼3; 712� 25L

19

shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterionnumeral of 123 or more by the factor BB given by the formulain paragraph 5.2.2; of those having a criterion numeral betweenS1 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolationbetween unity and the factor BB using the formula:

F ¼ 1� ð1� BBÞðCs � S1Þ123� S1

except that in either of the two latter cases if the factor soobtained is less than 0.5 the subdivision may be governed by afactor not exceeding 0.5.

.5 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131 mbut not less than 55 m in length and having a criterion numeralless than S1 and of ships of less than 55 m in length shall begoverned by the factor unity, unless it is shown to thesatisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to complywith this factor in particular compartments, in which event theAdministration may allow such relaxations in respect of thosecompartments as appear to be justified, having regard to all thecircumstances, provided that the aftermost compartment and as

56


many as possible of the forward compartments (between theforepeak and the after end of the machinery space) shall be keptwithin the floodable length.

5.3 The special provisions regarding permeability given in regulation 5.4shall be employed when calculating the floodable length curves.

5.4 Where the Administration is satisfied that, having regard to the natureand conditions of the intended voyages compliance with the otherprovisions of this chapter and of chapter II-2 is sufficient, the requirementsof this paragraph need not be complied with.

Regulation 7Special requirements concerning passenger ship subdivision

1 Where in a portion or portions of a ship the watertight bulkheads arecarried to a higher deck than in the remainder of the ship and it is desired totake advantage of this higher extension of the bulkheads in calculating thefloodable length, separate margin lines may be used for each such portion ofthe ship provided that:

.1 the sides of the ship are extended throughout the ship’s length tothe deck corresponding to the upper margin line and allopenings in the shell plating below this deck throughout thelength of the ship are treated as being below a margin line, forthe purposes of regulation 17; and

.2 the two compartments adjacent to the ‘‘step’’ in the bulkheaddeck are each within the permissible length corresponding totheir respective margin lines, and, in addition, their combinedlength does not exceed twice the permissible length based onthe lower margin line.

2.1 A compartment may exceed the permissible length determined by therules of regulation 6 provided the combined length of each pair of adjacentcompartments to which the compartment in question is common does notexceed either the floodable length or twice the permissible length,whichever is the less.

2.2 If one of the two adjacent compartments is situated inside themachinery space, and the second is situated outside the machinery space,and the average permeability of the portion of the ship in which the secondis situated differs from that of the machinery space, the combined length ofthe two compartments shall be adjusted to the mean average permeability ofthe two portions of the ship in which the compartments are situated.

2.3 Where the two adjacent compartments have different factors ofsubdivision, the combined length of the two compartments shall bedetermined proportionately.


57

3 In ships of 100 m in length and upwards, one of the main transversebulkheads abaft the forepeak shall be fitted at a distance from the forwardperpendicular which is not greater than the permissible length.

4 A main transverse bulkhead may be recessed provided that all parts ofthe recess lie inboard of vertical surfaces on both sides of the ship, situated ata distance from the shell plating equal to one fifth the breadth of the ship, asdefined in regulation 2, and measured at right angles to the centreline at thelevel of the deepest subdivision load line. Any part of a recess which liesoutside these limits shall be dealt with as a step in accordance withparagraph 5.

5 A main transverse bulkhead may be stepped provided that it meets oneof the following conditions:

.1 the combined length of the two compartments, separated by thebulkhead in question, does not exceed either 90% of thefloodable length or twice the permissible length, except that, inships having a factor of subdivision greater than 0.9, thecombined length of the two compartments in question shall notexceed the permissible length;

.2 additional subdivision is provided in way of the step to maintainthe same measure of safety as that secured by a plane bulkhead;

.3 the compartment over which the step extends does not exceedthe permissible length corresponding to a margin line taken76 mm below the step.

6 Where a main transverse bulkhead is recessed or stepped, anequivalent plane bulkhead shall be used in determining the subdivision.

7 If the distance between two adjacent main transverse bulkheads, ortheir equivalent plane bulkheads, or the distance between the transverseplanes passing through the nearest stepped portions of the bulkheads, is lessthan 3 m plus 3% of the length of the ship, or 11 m, whichever is the less,only one of these bulkheads shall be regarded as forming part of thesubdivision of the ship in accordance with the provisions of regulation 6.

8 Where a main transverse watertight compartment contains localsubdivision and it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Administrationthat, after any assumed side damage extending over a length of 3 m plus 3%of the length of the ship, or 11 m, whichever is the less, the whole volumeof the main compartment will not be flooded, a proportionate allowancemay be made in the permissible length otherwise required for suchcompartment. In such a case the volume of effective buoyancy assumed onthe undamaged side shall not be greater than that assumed on the damagedside.

58


9 Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.5 or less, the combinedlength of any two adjacent compartments shall not exceed the floodablelength.

Regulation 8Stability of passenger ships in damaged condition*

(Subject to the provisions of regulation 8-1, paragraphs 2.3.1 to 2.3.4,2.4, 5 and 6.2 apply to passenger ships constructed on or after 29 April1990. Paragraphs 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 apply to all passenger ships)

1.1 Sufficient intact stability shall be provided in all service conditions soas to enable the ship to withstand the final stage of flooding of any one maincompartment which is required to be within the floodable length.

1.2 Where two adjacent main compartments are separated by a bulkheadwhich is stepped under the conditions of regulation 7.5.1 the intact stabilityshall be adequate to withstand the flooding of those two adjacent maincompartments.

1.3 Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.5 or less but more than0.33 intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any twoadjacent main compartments.

1.4 Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.33 or less the intactstability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any three adjacentmain compartments.

2.1 The requirements of paragraph 1 shall be determined by calculationswhich are in accordance with paragraphs 3, 4 and 6 and which take intoconsideration the proportions and design characteristics of the ship and thearrangement and configuration of the damaged compartments. In makingthese calculations the ship is to be assumed in the worst anticipated servicecondition as regards stability.

2.2 Where it is proposed to fit decks, inner skins or longitudinalbulkheads of sufficient tightness to seriously restrict the flow of water, theAdministration shall be satisfied that proper consideration is given to suchrestrictions in the calculations.


* Refer to MSC/Circ.541 (as may be revised): Guidance notes on the integrity of floodingboundaries above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships for proper application of regulationsII-1/8 and 20, paragraph 1, of SOLAS 1974, as amended.

59

2.3 The stability required in the final condition after damage, and afterequalization where provided, shall be determined as follows:

2.3.1 The positive residual righting lever curve shall have a minimum rangeof 158 beyond the angle of equilibrium. This range may be reduced to aminimum of 108, in the case where the area under the righting lever curve isthat specified in paragraph 2.3.2, increased by the ratio:

15range

where the range is expressed in degrees.

2.3.2 The area under the righting lever curve shall be at least 0.015 metre-radians, measured from the angle of equilibrium to the lesser of:

.1 the angle at which progressive flooding occurs;

.2 228 (measured from the upright) in the case of one-compart-ment flooding, or 278 (measured from the upright) in the case ofthe simultaneous flooding of two or more adjacent compart-ments.

2.3.3 A residual righting lever is to be obtained within the range of positivestability, taking into account the greatest of the following heeling moments:

.1 the crowding of all passengers towards one side;

.2 the launching of all fully loaded davit-launched survival craft onone side;

.3 due to wind pressure;

as calculated by the formula:

GZ (in metres) ¼ heeling momentdisplacement

þ 0:04

However, in no case is this righting lever to be less than 0.1 m.

2.3.4 For the purpose of calculating the heeling moments in paragraph2.3.3, the following assumptions shall be made:

.1 Moments due to crowding of passengers:

.1.1 four persons per square metre;

.1.2 a mass of 75 kg for each passenger;

.1.3 passengers shall be distributed on available deck areas towardsone side of the ship on the decks where muster stations arelocated and in such a way that they produce the most adverseheeling moment.

60


.2 Moments due to launching of all fully loaded davit-launchedsurvival craft on one side:

.2.1 all lifeboats and rescue boats fitted on the side to which theship has heeled after having sustained damage shall be assumedto be swung out fully loaded and ready for lowering;

.2.2 for lifeboats which are arranged to be launched fully loadedfrom the stowed position, the maximum heeling momentduring launching shall be taken;

.2.3 a fully loaded davit-launched liferaft attached to each davit onthe side to which the ship has heeled after having sustaineddamage shall be assumed to be swung out ready for lowering;

.2.4 persons not in the life-saving appliances which are swung outshall not provide either additional heeling or righting moment;

.2.5 life-saving appliances on the side of the ship opposite to theside to which the ship has heeled shall be assumed to be in astowed position.

.3 Moments due to wind pressure:

.3.1 a wind pressure of 120 N/m2 to be applied;

.3.2 the area applicable shall be the projected lateral area of the shipabove the waterline corresponding to the intact condition;

.3.3 the moment arm shall be the vertical distance from a point atone half of the mean draught corresponding to the intactcondition to the centre of gravity of the lateral area.

2.4 In intermediate stages of flooding, the maximum righting lever shallbe at least 0.05 m and the range of positive righting levers shall be at least 78.In all cases, only one breach in the hull and only one free surface need beassumed.

3 For the purpose of making damage stability calculations the volumeand surface permeabilities shall be in general as follows:

Spaces Permeability

Appropriated to cargo, coal or stores 60Occupied by accommodation 95Occupied by machinery 85Intended for liquids 0 or 95*

Higher surface permeabilities are to be assumed in respect of spaces which,in the vicinity of the damage waterplane, contain no substantial quantity of


* Whichever results in the more severe requirements.

61

accommodation or machinery and spaces which are not generally occupiedby any substantial quantity of cargo or stores.

4 Assumed extent of damage shall be as follows:

.1 longitudinal extent: 3 m plus 3% of the length of the ship, or11 m, whichever is the less. Where the required factor ofsubdivision is 0.33 or less the assumed longitudinal extent ofdamage shall be increased as necessary so as to include any twoconsecutive main transverse watertight bulkheads;

.2 transverse extent (measured inboard from the ship’s side, at rightangles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivisionload line): a distance of one fifth of the breadth of the ship, asdefined in regulation 2; and

.3 vertical extent: from the base line upwards without limit;

.4 if any damage of lesser extent than that indicated in paragraphs4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 would result in a more severe conditionregarding heel or loss of metacentric height, such damage shallbe assumed in the calculations.

5 Unsymmetrical flooding is to be kept to a minimum consistent withefficient arrangements. Where it is necessary to correct large angles of heel,the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting, but in any casewhere controls to cross-flooding fittings are provided they shall be operablefrom above the bulkhead deck. These fittings together with their controlsshall be acceptable to the Administration. The maximum angle of heel afterflooding but before equalization shall not exceed 15 8 . Where cross-floodingfittings are required the time for equalization shall not exceed 15 min.Suitable information concerning the use of cross-flooding fittings shall besupplied to the master of the ship.*

6 The final conditions of the ship after damage and, in the case ofunsymmetrical flooding, after equalization measures have been taken shallbe as follows:

.1 in the case of symmetrical flooding there shall be a positiveresidual metacentric height of at least 50 mm as calculated by theconstant displacement method;

.2 in the case of unsymmetrical flooding, the angle of heel for one-compartment flooding shall not exceed 7 8 . For the simultaneousflooding of two or more adjacent compartments, a heel of 12 8may be permitted by the Administration;

* Refer to the Recommendation on a standard method for establishing compliance with therequirements for cross-flooding arrangements in passenger ships adopted by the Organizationby resolution A.266(VIII).

62


.3 in no case shall the margin line be submerged in the final stage offlooding. If it is considered that the margin line may becomesubmerged during an intermediate stage of flooding, theAdministration may require such investigations and arrange-ments as it considers necessary for the safety of the ship.

7.1 The master of the ship shall be supplied with the data necessary tomaintain sufficient intact stability under service conditions to enable theship to withstand the critical damage. In the case of ships requiring cross-flooding the master of the ship shall be informed of the conditions ofstability on which the calculations of heel are based and be warned thatexcessive heeling might result should the ship sustain damage when in a lessfavourable condition.

7.2 The data referred to in paragraph 7.1 to enable the master to maintainsufficient intact stability shall include information which indicates themaximum permissible height of the ship’s centre of gravity above keel (KG),or alternatively the minimum permissible metacentric height (GM), for arange of draughts or displacements sufficient to include all serviceconditions. The information shall show the influence of various trimstaking into account the operational limits.

7.3 Each ship shall have scales of draughts marked clearly at the bow andstern. In the case where the draught marks are not located where they areeasily readable, or operational constraints for a particular trade make itdifficult to read the draught marks, then the ship shall also be fitted with areliable draught indicating system by which the bow and stern draughts canbe determined.

7.4 On completion of loading of the ship and prior to its departure, themaster shall determine the ship’s trim and stability and also ascertain andrecord that the ship is in compliance with stability criteria in the relevantregulations. The determination of the ship’s stability shall always be made bycalculation. The Administration may accept the use of an electronic loadingand stability computer or equivalent means for this purpose.

8.1 No relaxation from the requirements for damage stability may beconsidered by the Administration unless it is shown that the intactmetacentric height in any service condition necessary to meet theserequirements is excessive for the service intended.

8.2 Relaxations from the requirements for damage stability shall be permit-ted only in exceptional cases and subject to the condition that the Adminis-tration is to be satisfied that the proportions, arrangements and other charac-teristics of the ship are the most favourable to stability after damage which canpractically and reasonably be adopted in the particular circumstances.


63

IMO

See MSC/Circ.688

Regulation 8-1Stability of ro–ro passenger ships in damaged condition*

Ro-ro passenger ships constructed before 1 July 1997 shall comply withregulation 8, as amended by resolution MSC.12(56), not later than the dateof the first periodical survey after the date of compliance prescribed below,according to the value of A/Amax as defined in the annex of the CalculationProcedure to assess the survivability characteristics of existing ro–ropassenger ships when using a simplified method based upon resolutionA.265(VIII), developed by the Maritime Safety Committee at its fifty-ninthsession in June 1991 (MSC/Circ.574).{

Value of A/Amax Date of compliance

less than 85% 1 October 199885% or more but less than 90% 1 October 200090% or more but less than 95% 1 October 200295% or more but less than 97.5% 1 October 200497.5% or more 1 October 2005

Regulation 8-2Special requirements for ro–ro passenger shipscarrying 400 persons or more

Notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 8 and 8-1:

.1 Ro–ro passenger ships certified to carry 400 persons or moreconstructed on or after 1 July 1997 shall comply with theprovisions of paragraph 2.3 of regulation 8, assuming thedamage applied anywhere within the ship’s length L; and

.2 Ro–ro passenger ships certified to carry 400 persons or moreconstructed before 1 July 1997 shall comply with the require-ments of subparagraph .1 not later than the date of the firstperiodical survey after the date of compliance prescribed insubparagraph .2.1, .2.2 or .2.3 which occurs the latest:

.2.1 Value of A/Amax Date of complianceless than 85% 1 October 199885% or more but less than 90% 1 October 200090% or more but less than 95% 1 October 200295% or more but less than 97.5% 1 October 200497.5% or more 1 October 2010

* For the application of specific stability requirements to ro–ro passenger ships, refer toresolution 14 of the 1995 SOLAS Conference.{ Refer to MSC/Circ.649, Interpretations of provisions of resolution MSC.26(60) andMSC/Circ.574.

64


.2.2 Number of persons permitted to be carried1,500 or more 1 October 20021,000 or more but less than 1,500 1 October 2006600 or more but less than 1,000 1 October 2008400 or more but less than 600 1 October 2010

.2.3 Age of the ship equal to or greater than 20 years,

where the age of the ship means the time counted from thedate on which the keel was laid or the date on which it was at asimilar stage of construction or from the date on which theship was converted to a ro–ro passenger ship.

Regulation 8-3Special requirements for passenger ships, other than ro–ropassenger ships, carrying 400 persons or more

Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation 8, passenger ships, other thanro–ro passenger ships, certified to carry 400 persons or more constructed onor after 1 July 2002 shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.3 and2.4 of regulation 8, assuming the damage applied anywhere within theship’s length L.

Regulation 9Ballasting of passenger ships

1 Water ballast should not in general be carried in tanks intended for oilfuel. In ships in which it is not practicable to avoid putting water in oil fueltanks, oily-water separating equipment to the satisfaction of the Admin-istration shall be fitted, or other alternative means, such as discharge to shorefacilities, acceptable to the Administration shall be provided for disposing ofthe oily-water ballast.

2 The provisions of this regulation are without prejudice to theprovisions of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollutionfrom Ships in force.

Regulation 10Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc.,in passenger ships*

1 A forepeak or collision bulkhead shall be fitted which shall bewatertight up to the bulkhead deck. This bulkhead shall be located at a

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, 9, 10

* Refer to MSC/Circ.855, Interpretation of the position of the forward perpendicular for thepurpose of SOLAS regulation II-1/10.

65

IMO

See also MSC/Circ.855

distance from the forward perpendicular of not less than 5% of the length ofthe ship and not more than 3 m plus 5% of the length of the ship.

2 Where any part of the ship below the waterline extends forward of theforward perpendicular, e.g. a bulbous bow, the distances stipulated inparagraph 1 shall be measured from a point either:

.1 at the mid-length of such extension; or

.2 at a distance 1.5% of the length of the ship forward of theforward perpendicular; or

.3 at a distance 3 m forward of the forward perpendicular;

whichever gives the smallest measurement.

3 Where a long forward superstructure is fitted, the forepeak or collisionbulkhead on all passenger ships shall be extended weathertight to the nextfull deck above the bulkhead deck. The extension shall be so arranged as topreclude the possibility of the bow door causing damage to it in the case ofdamage to, or detachment of, a bow door.

4 The extension required in paragraph 3 need not be fitted directlyabove the bulkhead below, provided that all parts of the extension are notlocated forward of the forward limit specified in paragraph 1 or paragraph 2.However, in ships constructed before 1 July 1997:

.1 where a sloping ramp forms part of the extension, the part of theextension, which is more than 2.3 m above the bulkhead deck,may extend no more than 1 m forward of the forward limitsspecified in paragraph 1 or paragraph 2; and

.2 where the existing ramp does not comply with the requirementsfor acceptance as an extension to the collision bulkhead and theposition of the ramp prevents the siting of such extension withinthe limits specified in paragraph 1 or paragraph 2, the extensionmay be sited within a limited distance aft of the aft limit specifiedin paragraph 1 or paragraph 2. The limited distance aft should beno more than is necessary to ensure non-interference with theramp. The extension to the collision bulkhead shall openforward and comply with the requirements of paragraph 3 andshall be so arranged as to preclude the possibility of the rampcausing damage to it in the case of damage to, or detachment of,the ramp.

5 Ramps not meeting the above requirements shall be disregarded as anextension of the collision bulkhead.

6 In ships constructed before 1 July 1997, the requirements ofparagraphs 3 and 4 shall apply not later than the date of the first periodicalsurvey after 1 July 1997.

66


7 An afterpeak bulkhead, and bulkheads dividing the machinery space,as defined in regulation 2, from the cargo and passenger spaces forward andaft, shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck. Theafterpeak bulkhead may, however, be stepped below the bulkhead deck,provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision is not therebydiminished.

8 In all cases stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces ofmoderate volume. The stern gland shall be situated in a watertight shafttunnel or other watertight space separate from the stern tube compartmentand of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, themargin line will not be submerged.

Regulation 11Peak and machinery space bulkheads and stern tubesin cargo ships

(Paragraphs 8 and 9 of this regulation apply to shipsconstructed on or after 1 February 1992)

1 For the purpose of this regulation freeboard deck, length of ship andforward perpendicular have the meanings as defined in the InternationalConvention on Load Lines in force.

2 A collision bulkhead shall be fitted which shall be watertight up to thefreeboard deck. This bulkhead shall be located at a distance from theforward perpendicular of not less than 5% of the length of the ship or 10 m,whichever is the less, and, except as may be permitted by the Adminis-tration, not more than 8% of the length of the ship.

3 Where any part of the ship below the waterline extends forward of theforward perpendicular, e.g. a bulbous bow, the distances stipulated inparagraph 2 shall be measured from a point either:

.1 at the mid-length of such extension; or

.2 at a distance 1.5% of the length of the ship forward of theforward perpendicular; or

.3 at a distance 3 m forward of the forward perpendicular;

whichever gives the smallest measurement.

4 The bulkhead may have steps or recesses provided they are within thelimits prescribed in paragraph 2 or 3. Pipes piercing the collision bulkheadshall be fitted with suitable valves operable from above the freeboard deckand the valve chest shall be secured at the bulkhead inside the forepeak. Thevalves may be fitted on the after side of the collision bulkhead provided thatthe valves are readily accessible under all service conditions and the space inwhich they are located is not a cargo space. All valves shall be of steel,


67

bronze or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron orsimilar material are not acceptable. No door, manhole, ventilation duct orany other opening shall be fitted in this bulkhead.

5 Where a long forward superstructure is fitted the collision bulkheadshall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the freeboard deck.The extension need not be fitted directly above the bulkhead belowprovided it is located within the limits prescribed in paragraph 2 or 3 withthe exemption permitted by paragraph 6 and the part of the deck whichforms the step is made effectively weathertight.

6 Where bow doors are fitted and a sloping loading ramp forms part ofthe extension of the collision bulkhead above the freeboard deck the part ofthe ramp which is more than 2.3 m above the freeboad deck may extendforward of the limit specified in paragraph 2 or 3. The ramp shall beweathertight over its complete length.

7 The number of openings in the extension of the collision bulkheadabove the freeboard deck shall be restricted to the minimum compatiblewith the design and normal operation of the ship. All such openings shall becapable of being closed weathertight.

8 Bulkheads shall be fitted separating the machinery space from cargoand passenger spaces forward and aft and made watertight up to thefreeboard deck.

9 Stern tubes shall be enclosed in a watertight space (or spaces) ofmoderate volume. Other measures to minimize the danger of waterpenetrating into the ship in case of damage to stern tube arrangements maybe taken at the discretion of the Administration.

Regulation 12Double bottoms in passenger ships

1 A double bottom shall be fitted extending from the forepeak bulkheadto the afterpeak bulkhead as far as this is practicable and compatible with thedesign and proper working of the ship.

.1 In ships of 50 m and upwards but less than 61 m in length adouble bottom shall be fitted at least from the machinery spaceto the forepeak bulkhead, or as near thereto as practicable.

.2 In ships of 61 m and upwards but less than 76 m in length adouble bottom shall be fitted at least outside the machineryspace, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or asnear thereto as practicable.

.3 In ships of 76 m in length and upwards, a double bottom shallbe fitted amidships, and shall extend to the fore and after peakbulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

68


2 Where a double bottom is required to be fitted its depth shall be to thesatisfaction of the Administration and the inner bottom shall be continuedout to the ship’s sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turnof the bilge. Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the line ofintersection of the outer edge of the margin plate with the bilge plating isnot lower at any part than a horizontal plane passing through the point ofintersection with the frame line amidships of a transverse diagonal lineinclined at 258 to the base line and cutting it at a point one half the ship’smoulded breadth from the middle line.

3 Small wells constructed in the double bottom in connection withdrainage arrangements of holds, etc., shall not extend downwards more thannecessary. The depth of the well shall in no case be more than the depth less460 mm of the double bottom at the centreline, nor shall the well extendbelow the horizontal plane referred to in paragraph 2. A well extending tothe outer bottom is, however, permitted at the after end of the shaft tunnel.Other wells (e.g. for lubricating oil under main engines) may be permittedby the Administration if satisfied that the arrangements give protectionequivalent to that afforded by a double bottom complying with thisregulation.

4 A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertightcompartments of moderate size used exclusively for the carriage of liquids,provided the safety of the ship, in the event of bottom or side damage, isnot, in the opinion of the Administration, thereby impaired.

5 In the case of ships to which the provisions of regulation 1.5 apply andwhich are engaged on regular service within the limits of a shortinternational voyage as defined in regulation III/3.22, the Administrationmay permit a double bottom to be dispensed with in any part of the shipwhich is subdivided by a factor not exceeding 0.50, if satisfied that thefitting of a double bottom in that part would not be compatible with thedesign and proper working of the ship.

Regulation 12-1Double bottoms in cargo ships other than tankers

(This regulation applies to ships constructed on or after 1 February 1992)

1 A double bottom shall be fitted extending from the collision bulkheadto the afterpeak bulkhead, as far as this is practicable and compatible withthe design and proper working of the ship.

2 Where a double bottom is required to be fitted, its depth shall be tothe satisfaction of the Administration and the inner bottom shall becontinued out to the ship’s side in such a manner as to protect the bottom tothe turn of the bilge.

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 12, 12-1

69

3 Small wells constructed in the double bottom, in connection with thedrainage arrangements of holds, shall not extend in depth more thannecessary. A well extending to the outer bottom, may, however, bepermitted at the after end of the shaft tunnel of the ship. Other wells may bepermitted by the Administration if it is satisfied that the arrangements giveprotection equivalent to that afforded by a double bottom complying withthis regulation.

4 A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertightcompartments used exclusively for the carriage of liquids, provided thesafety of the ship in the event of bottom damage is not, in the opinion of theAdministration, thereby impaired.

Regulation 12-2Access to spaces in the cargo area of oil tankers

1 This regulation applies to oil tankers constructed on or after1 October 1994.

2 Access to cofferdams, ballast tanks, cargo tanks and other spaces in thecargo area shall be direct from the open deck and such as to ensure theircomplete inspection. Access to double bottom spaces may be through acargo pump-room, pump-room, deep cofferdam, pipe tunnel or similarcompartments, subject to consideration of ventilation aspects.

3 For access through horizontal openings, hatches or manholes, thedimensions shall be sufficient to allow a person wearing a self-contained air-breathing apparatus and protective equipment to ascend or descend anyladder without obstruction and also to provide a clear opening to facilitatethe hoisting of an injured person from the bottom of the space. Theminimum clear opening should be not less than 600 mm6600 mm.

4 For access through vertical openings, or manholes providing passagethrough the length and breadth of the space, the minimum clear openingshould be not less than 600 mm6800 mm at a height of not more than600 mm from the bottom shell plating unless gratings or other footholds areprovided.

5 For oil tankers of less than 5,000 tonnes deadweight smallerdimensions may be approved by the Administration in special circum-stances, if the ability to traverse such openings or to remove an injuredperson can be proved to the satisfaction of the Administration.

70


Regulation 13Assigning, marking and recording of subdivisionload lines for passenger ships

1 In order that the required degree of subdivision shall be maintained, aload line corresponding to the approved subdivision draught shall be assignedand marked on the ship’s sides. A ship having spaces which are speciallyadapted for the accommodation of passengers and the carriage of cargoalternatively may, if the owners desire, have one or more additional load linesassigned and marked to correspond with the subdivision draughts which theAdministration may approve for the alternative service conditions.

2 The subdivision load lines assigned and marked shall be recorded inthe Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, and shall be distinguished by thenotation C.1 for the principal passenger condition, and C.2, C.3, etc., forthe alternative conditions.

3 The freeboard corresponding to each of these load lines shall bemeasured at the same position and from the same deck line as the freeboardsdetermined in accordance with the International Convention on Load Linesin force.

4 The freeboard corresponding to each approved subdivision load lineand the conditions of service for which it is approved, shall be clearlyindicated on the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.

5 In no case shall any subdivision load line mark be placed above thedeepest load line in salt water as determined by the strength of the ship orthe International Convention on Load Lines in force.

6 Whatever may be the position of the subdivision load line marks, aship shall in no case be loaded so as to submerge the load line markappropriate to the season and locality as determined in accordance with theInternational Convention on Load Lines in force.

7 A ship shall in no case be so loaded that when it is in salt water thesubdivision load line mark appropriate to the particular voyage andcondition of service is submerged.

Regulation 14Construction and initial testing of watertight bulkheads, etc.,in passenger ships and cargo ships

1 Each watertight subdivision bulkhead, whether transverse or long-itudinal, shall be constructed in such a manner that it shall be capable ofsupporting, with a proper margin of resistance, the pressure due to themaximum head of water which it might have to sustain in the event of

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 12-2, 13, 14

71

damage to the ship but at least the pressure due to a head of water up to themargin line. The construction of these bulkheads shall be to the satisfactionof the Administration.

2.1 Steps and recesses in bulkheads shall be watertight and as strong as thebulkhead at the place where each occurs.

2.2 Where frames or beams pass through a watertight deck or bulkhead,such deck or bulkhead shall be made structurally watertight without the useof wood or cement.

3 Testing main compartments by filling them with water is notcompulsory. When testing by filling with water is not carried out, a hosetest shall be carried out where practicable. This test shall be carried out inthe most advanced stage of the fitting out of the ship. Where a hose test isnot practicable because of possible damage to machinery, electricalequipment insulation or outfitting items, it may be replaced by a carefulvisual examination of welded connections, supported where deemednecessary by means such as a dye penetrant test or an ultrasonic leak testor an equivalent test. In any case a thorough inspection of the watertightbulkheads shall be carried out.

4 The forepeak, double bottoms (including duct keels) and inner skinsshall be tested with water to a head corresponding to the requirements ofparagraph 1.

5 Tanks which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of thesubdivision of the ship, shall be tested for tightness with water to a head upto the deepest subdivision load line or to a head corresponding to two thirdsof the depth from the top of keel to the margin line in way of the tanks,whichever is the greater; provided that in no case shall the test head be lessthan 0.9 m above the top of the tank.

6 The tests referred to in paragraphs 4 and 5 are for the purpose ofensuring that the subdivision structural arrangements are watertight and arenot to be regarded as a test of the fitness of any compartment for the storageof oil fuel or for other special purposes for which a test of a superiorcharacter may be required depending on the height to which the liquid hasaccess in the tank or its connections.

Regulation 15Openings in watertight bulkheads in passenger ships


1 The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be reduced tothe minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship;satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.

72


2.1 Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc., are carried throughwatertight subdivision bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure thewatertight integrity of the bulkheads.

2.2 Valves not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted inwatertight subdivision bulkheads.

2.3 Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in systemswhich penetrate watertight subdivision bulkheads, where deterioration ofsuch systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of thebulkheads.

3.1 No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted:

.1 in the collision bulkhead below the margin line;

.2 in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space froman adjoining cargo space or from a permanent or reserve bunker,except as provided in paragraph 10.1 and in regulation 16.

3.2 Except as provided in paragraph 3.3, the collision bulkhead may bepierced below the margin line by not more than one pipe for dealing withfluid in the forepeak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screwdownvalve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valvechest being secured inside the forepeak to the collision bulkhead. TheAdministration may, however, authorize the fitting of this valve on the afterside of the collision bulkhead provided that the valve is readily accessibleunder all service conditions and the space in which it is located is not a cargospace.

3.3 If the forepeak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids theAdministration may allow the collision bulkhead to be pierced below themargin line by two pipes, each of which is fitted as required by paragraph3.2, provided the Administration is satisfied that there is no practicalalternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to theadditional subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the ship ismaintained.

4.1 Watertight doors fitted in bulkheads between permanent and reservebunkers shall always be accessible, except as provided in paragraph 9.4 forbetween-deck bunker doors.

4.2 Satisfactory arrangements shall be made by means of screens orotherwise to prevent the coal from interfering with the closing of watertightbunker doors.

5 Subject to paragraph 11, not more than one door, apart from thedoors to bunkers and shaft tunnels, may be fitted in each main transversebulkhead within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsionmachinery including boilers serving the needs of propulsion and allpermanent bunkers. Where two or more shafts are fitted, the tunnels shall


73

IMO


be connected by an intercommunicating passage. There shall be only onedoor between the machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shaftsare fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. Allthese doors shall be of the sliding type and shall be so located as to have theirsills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors fromabove the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing themachinery.

6.1 Watertight doors, except as provided in paragraph 10.1 or regulation16, shall be power-operated sliding doors complying with the requirementsof paragraph 7 capable of being closed simultaneously from the centraloperating console at the navigation bridge in not more than 60 s with theship in the upright position.

6.2 The means of operation whether by power or by hand of any power-operated sliding watertight door shall be capable of closing the door withthe ship listed to 158 either way. Consideration shall also be given to theforces which may act on either side of the door as may be experienced whenwater is flowing through the opening applying a static head equivalent to awater height of at least 1 m above the sill on the centreline of the door.

6.3 Watertight door controls, including hydraulic piping and electriccables, shall be kept as close as practicable to the bulkhead in which thedoors are fitted, in order to minimize the likelihood of them being involvedin any damage which the ship may sustain. The positioning of watertightdoors and their controls shall be such that if the ship sustains damage withinone fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in regulation 2, such distancebeing measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepestsubdivision load line, the operation of the watertight doors clear of thedamaged portion of the ship is not impaired.

6.4 All power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be provided withmeans of indication which will show at all remote operating positionswhether the doors are open or closed. Remote operating positions shallonly be at the navigation bridge as required by paragraph 7.1.5 and at thelocation where hand operation above the bulkhead deck is required byparagraph 7.1.4.

6.5 In ships constructed before 1 February 1992, doors which do notcomply with paragraphs 6.1 to 6.4 shall be closed before the voyagecommences, and shall be kept closed during navigation; the time of openingsuch doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall beentered into the log-book.

7.1 Each power-operated sliding watertight door:

.1 shall have a vertical or horizontal motion;

.2 shall, subject to paragraph 11, be normally limited to amaximum clear opening width of 1.2 m. The Administration

74


may permit larger doors only to the extent considered necessaryfor the effective operation of the ship provided that other safetymeasures, including the following, are taken into consideration:

.2.1 special consideration shall be given to the strength of the doorand its closing appliances in order to prevent leakages;

.2.2 the door shall be located outside the damage zone B5;

.2.3 the door shall be kept closed when the ship is at sea, except forlimited periods when absolutely necessary as determined bythe Administration;

.3 shall be fitted with the necessary equipment to open and closethe door using electric power, hydraulic power, or any otherform of power that is acceptable to the Administration;

.4 shall be provided with an individual hand-operated mechanism.It shall be possible to open and close the door by hand at thedoor itself from either side, and in addition, close the door froman accessible position above the bulkhead deck with an all roundcrank motion or some other movement providing the samedegree of safety acceptable to the Administration. Direction ofrotation or other movement is to be clearly indicated at alloperating positions. The time necessary for the complete closureof the door, when operating by hand gear, shall not exceed 90 swith the ship in the upright position;

.5 shall be provided with controls for opening and closing the door bypower from both sides of the door and also for closing the door bypower from the central operating console at the navigation bridge;

.6 shall be provided with an audible alarm, distinct from any otheralarm in the area, which will sound whenever the door is closedremotely by power and which shall sound for at least 5 s but nomore than 10 s before the door begins to move and shallcontinue sounding until the door is completely closed. In thecase of remote hand operation it is sufficient for the audiblealarm to sound only when the door is moving. Additionally, inpassenger areas and areas of high ambient noise the Adminis-tration may require the audible alarm to be supplemented by anintermittent visual signal at the door; and

.7 shall have an approximately uniform rate of closure underpower. The closure time, from the time the door begins tomove to the time it reaches the completely closed position, shallin no case be less than 20 s or more than 40 s with the ship in theupright position.

7.2 The electrical power required for power-operated sliding watertightdoors shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard either directly orby a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck. The


75

associated control, indication and alarm circuits shall be supplied from theemergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution boardsituated above the bulkhead deck and be capable of being automaticallysupplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power requiredby regulation 42.3.1.3 in the event of failure of either the main oremergency source of electrical power.

7.3 Power-operated sliding watertight doors shall have either:

.1 a centralized hydraulic system with two independent powersources each consisting of a motor and pump capable ofsimultaneously closing all doors. In addition, there shall be forthe whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacityto operate all the doors at least three times, i.e. closed–open–closed, against an adverse list of 158. This operating cycle shall becapable of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pumpcut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering thetemperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during itsservice. The power operating system shall be designed tominimize the possibility of having a single failure in the hydraulicpiping adversely affect the operation of more than one door. Thehydraulic system shall be provided with a low-level alarm forhydraulic fluid reservoirs serving the power-operated system and alow gas pressure alarm or other effective means of monitoring lossof stored energy in hydraulic accumulators. These alarms are to beaudible and visual and shall be situated on the central operatingconsole at the navigation bridge; or

.2 an independent hydraulic system for each door with each powersource consisting of a motor and pump capable of opening andclosing the door. In addition, there shall be a hydraulicaccumulator of sufficient capacity to operate the door at leastthree times, i.e. closed–open–closed, against an adverse list of 158.This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when theaccumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall bechosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered bythe installation during its service. A low gas pressure group alarmor other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy inhydraulic accumulators shall be provided at the central operatingconsole on the navigation bridge. Loss of stored energy indicationat each local operating position shall also be provided; or

.3 an independent electrical system and motor for each door witheach power source consisting of a motor capable of opening andclosing the door. The power source shall be capable of beingautomatically supplied by the transitional source of emergencyelectrical power as required by regulation 42.4.2 – in the event offailure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power

76


and with sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times,i.e. closed–open–closed, against an adverse list of 158.

For the systems specified in 7.3.1, 7.3.2 and 7.3.3, provision should bemade as follows:

Power systems for power-operated watertight sliding doors shall beseparate from any other power system. A single failure in the electricor hydraulic power-operated systems excluding the hydraulic actuatorshall not prevent the hand operation of any door.

7.4 Control handles shall be provided at each side of the bulkhead at aminimum height of 1.6 m above the floor and shall be so arranged as toenable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in theopen position without being able to set the power closing mechanism inoperation accidentally. The direction of movement of the handles inopening and closing the door shall be in the direction of door movementand shall be clearly indicated.

7.5 As far as practicable, electrical equipment and components forwatertight doors shall be situated above the bulkhead deck and outsidehazardous areas and spaces.

7.6 The enclosures of electrical components necessarily situated below thebulkhead deck shall provide suitable protection against the ingress of water.*

7.7 Electric power, control, indication and alarm circuits shall be protectedagainst fault in such a way that a failure in one door circuit will not cause afailure in any other door circuit. Short circuits or other faults in the alarm orindicator circuits of a door shall not result in a loss of power operation of thatdoor. Arrangements shall be such that leakage of water into the electricalequipment located below the bulkhead deck will not cause the door to open.

7.8 A single electrical failure in the power operating or control system of apower-operated sliding watertight door shall not result in a closed dooropening. Availability of the power supply should be continuouslymonitored at a point in the electrical circuit as near as practicable to eachof the motors required by paragraph 7.3. Loss of any such power supplyshould activate an audible and visual alarm at the central operating console atthe navigation bridge.

————* Refer to the following IEC publication 529, 1976:

.1 electrical motors, associated circuits and control components; protected to IPX7standard;

.2 door position indicators and associated circuit components; protected to IPX8standard; and

.3 door movement warning signals; protected to IPX6 standard.

Other arrangements for the enclosures of electrical components may be fitted provided theAdministration is satisfied that an equivalent protection is achieved. The water pressure testingof the enclosures protected to IPX8 shall be based on the pressure that may occur at thelocation of the component during flooding for a period of 36 h.


77

8.1 The central operating console at the navigation bridge shall have a‘‘master mode’’ switch with two modes of control: a ‘‘local control’’ modewhich shall allow any door to be locally opened and locally closed after usewithout automatic closure, and a ‘‘doors closed’’ mode which shallautomatically close any door that is open. The ‘‘doors closed’’ mode shallpermit doors to be opened locally and shall automatically reclose the doorsupon release of the local control mechanism. The ‘‘master mode’’ switchshall normally be in the ‘‘local control’’ mode. The ‘‘doors closed’’ modeshall only be used in an emergency or for testing purposes. Specialconsideration shall be given to the reliability of the ‘‘master mode’’ switch.

8.2 The central operating console at the navigation bridge shall beprovided with a diagram showing the location of each door, with visualindicators to show whether each door is open or closed. A red light shallindicate a door is fully open and a green light shall indicate a door is fullyclosed. When the door is closed remotely, the red light shall indicate theintermediate position by flashing. The indicating circuit shall be indepen-dent of the control circuit for each door.

8.3 It shall not be possible to remotely open any door from the centraloperating console.

9.1 All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except thatthey may be opened during navigation as specified in paragraphs 9.2, 9.3 and9.4. Watertight doors of width of more than 1.2 m permitted by paragraph11 may only be opened in the circumstances detailed in that paragraph. Anydoor which is opened in accordance with this paragraph shall be ready to beimmediately closed.

9.2 A watertight door may be opened during navigation to permit thepassage of passengers or crew, or when work in the immediate vicinity ofthe door necessitates it being opened. The door must be immediately closedwhen transit through the door is complete or when the task whichnecessitated it being open is finished.

9.3 Certain watertight doors may be permitted to remain open duringnavigation only if considered absolutely necessary; that is, being open isdetermined essential to the safe and effective operation of the ship’smachinery or to permit passengers normally unrestricted access throughoutthe passenger area. Such determination shall be made by the Administrationonly after careful consideration of the impact on ship operations andsurvivability. A watertight door permitted to remain thus open shall beclearly indicated in the ship’s stability information and shall always be readyto be immediately closed.

9.4 Sliding watertight doors fitted between bunkers in the between-decksbelow the bulkhead deck may sometimes be open at sea for the purpose oftrimming coal. The opening and closing of these doors shall be recorded insuch log-book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

78


10.1 If the Administration is satisfied that such doors are essential,watertight doors of satisfactory construction may be fitted in watertightbulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces. Such doors may be hinged,rolling or sliding doors but shall not be remotely controlled. They shall befitted at the highest level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, butin no case shall the outboard vertical edges be situated at a distance from theshell plating which is less than one fifth of the breadth of the ship, as definedin regulation 2, such distance being measured at right angles to thecentreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line.

10.2 Such doors shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall bekept closed during navigation; the time of opening such doors in port and ofclosing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the log-book.Should any of the doors be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fittedwith a device which prevents unauthorized opening. When it is proposed tofit such doors, the number and arrangements shall receive the specialconsideration of the Administration.

11 Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except inmachinery spaces. Such plates shall always be in place before the shipleaves port, and shall not be removed during navigation except in case ofurgent necessity at the discretion of the master. The times of removal andreplacement of any such portable plates shall be recorded in the log-book,and the necessary precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure thatthe joints are watertight. The Administration may permit not more thanone power-operated sliding watertight door in each main transversebulkhead larger than those specified in paragraph 7.1.2 to be substitutedfor these portable plates, provided these doors are closed before the shipleaves port and remain closed during navigation except in case of urgentnecessity at the discretion of the master. These doors need not meet therequirements of paragraph 7.1.4 regarding complete closure by hand-operated gear in 90 s. The time of opening and closing these doors, whetherthe ship is at sea or in port, shall be recorded in the log-book.

12.1 Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew accommodation tothe stokehold, for piping, or for any other purpose are carried through maintransverse watertight bulkheads, they shall be watertight and in accordancewith the requirements of regulation 19. The access to at least one end ofeach such tunnel or trunkway, if used as a passage at sea, shall be through atrunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above themargin line. The access to the other end of the trunkway or tunnel may bethrough a watertight door of the type required by its location in the ship.Such trunkways or tunnels shall not extend through the first subdivisionbulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead.

12.2 Where it is proposed to fit tunnels piercing main transverse watertightbulkheads, these shall receive the special consideration of the Administra-tion.


79

12.3 Where trunkways in connection with refrigerated cargo and ventila-tion or forced draught trunks are carried through more than one watertightbulkhead, the means of closure at such openings shall be operated by powerand be capable of being closed from a central position situated above thebulkhead deck.

Regulation 16Passenger ships carrying goods vehiclesand accompanying personnel

1 This regulation applies to passenger ships regardless of the date ofconstruction designed or adapted for the carriage of goods vehicles andaccompanying personnel where the total number of persons on board, otherthan those specified in regulation I/2(e)(i) and (ii), exceeds 12.

2 If in such a ship the total number of passengers which includespersonnel accompanying vehicles does not exceed N = 12 + A/25, whereA = total deck area (square metres) of spaces available for the stowage ofgoods vehicles and where the clear height at the stowage position and at theentrance to such spaces is not less than 4 m, the provisions of regulation15.10 in respect of watertight doors apply except that the doors may befitted at any level in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo spaces.Additionally, indicators are required on the navigation bridge to showautomatically when each door is closed and all door fastenings are secured.

3 When applying the provisions of this chapter to such a ship,N shall betaken as the maximum number of passengers for which the ship may becertified in accordance with this regulation.

4 In applying regulation 8 for the worst operating conditions, thepermeability for cargo spaces intended for the stowage of goods vehicles andcontainers shall be derived by calculation in which the goods vehicles andcontainers shall be assumed to be non-watertight and their permeabilitytaken as 65. For ships engaged in dedicated services the actual value ofpermeability for goods vehicles or containers may be applied. In no caseshall the permeability of the cargo spaces in which the goods vehicles andcontainers are carried be taken as less than 60.

Regulation 17Openings in the shell plating of passenger shipsbelow the margin line

1 The number of openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to theminimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.

80


2 The arrangement and efficiency of the means for closing any openingin the shell plating shall be consistent with its intended purpose and theposition in which it is fitted and generally to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

3.1 Subject to the requirements of the International Convention on LoadLines in force, no sidescuttle shall be fitted in such a position that its sill isbelow a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having itslowest point 2.5% of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivisionload line, or 500 mm, whichever is the greater.

3.2 All sidescuttles the sills of which are below the margin line, aspermitted by paragraph 3.1 shall be of such construction as will effectivelyprevent any person opening them without the consent of the master of theship.

3.3.1 Where in a between-decks, the sills of any of the sidescuttles referredto in paragraph 3.2 are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck atside and having its lowest point 1.4 m plus 2.5% of the breadth of the shipabove the water when the ship departs from any port, all the sidescuttles inthat between-decks shall be closed watertight and locked before the shipleaves port, and they shall not be opened before the ship arrives at the nextport. In the application of this paragraph the appropriate allowance for freshwater may be made when applicable.

3.3.2 The time of opening such sidescuttles in port and of closing andlocking them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in such log-book asmay be prescribed by the Administration.

3.3.3 For any ship that has one or more sidescuttles so placed that therequirements of paragraph 3.3.1 would apply when it was floating at itsdeepest subdivision load line, the Administration may indicate the limitingmean draught at which these sidescuttles will have their sills above the linedrawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side, and having its lowest point 1.4 mplus 2.5% of the breadth of the ship above the waterline corresponding tothe limiting mean draught, and at which it will therefore be permissible todepart from port without previously closing and locking them and to openthem at sea on the responsibility of the master during the voyage to the nextport. In tropical zones as defined in the International Convention on LoadLines in force, this limiting draught may be increased by 0.3 m.

4 Efficient hinged inside deadlights so arranged that they can be easilyand effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be fitted to all sidescuttlesexcept that abaft one eighth of the ship’s length from the forward perpen-dicular and above a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side andhaving its lowest point at a height of 3.7 m plus 2.5% of the breadth of theship above the deepest subdivision load line, the deadlights may be portablein passenger accommodation other than that for steerage passengers, unlessthe deadlights are required by the International Convention on Load Lines

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 16, 17

81

in force to be permanently attached in their proper positions. Such portabledeadlights shall be stowed adjacent to the sidescuttles they serve.

5 Sidescuttles and their deadlights which will not be accessible duringnavigation shall be closed and secured before the ship leaves port.

6.1 No sidescuttles shall be fitted in any spaces which are appropriatedexclusively to the carriage of cargo or coal.

6.2 Sidescuttles may, however, be fitted in spaces appropriated alterna-tively to the carriage of cargo or passengers, but they shall be of suchconstruction as will effectively prevent any person opening them or theirdeadlights without the consent of the master.

6.3 If cargo is carried in such spaces, the sidescuttles and their deadlightsshall be closed watertight and locked before the cargo is shipped and suchclosing and locking shall be recorded in such log-book as may be prescribedby the Administration.

7 Automatic ventilating sidescuttles shall not be fitted in the shellplating below the margin line without the special sanction of theAdministration.

8 The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges and other similaropenings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum either bymaking each discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and otherpipes, or in any other satisfactory manner.

9.1 All inlets and discharges in the shell plating shall be fitted withefficient and accessible arrangements for preventing the accidental admissionof water into the ship.

9.2.1 Subject to the requirements of the International Convention on LoadLines in force, and except as provided in paragraph 9.3, each separatedischarge led through the shell plating from spaces below the margin lineshall be provided with either one automatic non-return valve fitted with apositive means of closing it from above the bulkhead deck or with twoautomatic non-return valves without positive means of closing, providedthat the inboard valve is situated above the deepest subdivision load line andis always accessible for examination under service conditions. Where a valvewith positive means of closing is fitted, the operating position above thebulkhead deck shall always be readily accessible and means shall be providedfor indicating whether the valve is open or closed.

9.2.2 The requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines inforce shall apply to discharges led through the shell plating from spacesabove the margin line.

9.3 Machinery space main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges inconnection with the operation of machinery shall be fitted with readilyaccessible valves between the pipes and the shell plating or between the

82


IMO


pipes and fabricated boxes attached to the shell plating. The valves may becontrolled locally and shall be provided with indicators showing whetherthey are open or closed.

9.4 All shell fittings and valves required by this regulation shall be of steel,bronze or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron orsimilar material are not acceptable. All pipes to which this regulation refersshall be of steel or other equivalent material to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

10.1 Gangway, cargo and coaling ports fitted below the margin line shall beof sufficient strength. They shall be effectively closed and secured watertightbefore the ship leaves port, and shall be kept closed during navigation.

10.2 Such ports shall in no case be so fitted as to have their lowest pointbelow the deepest subdivision load line.

11.1 The inboard opening of each ash-chute, rubbish-chute, etc., shall befitted with an efficient cover.

11.2 If the inboard opening is situated below the margin line, the covershall be watertight, and in addition an automatic non-return valve shall befitted in the chute in an easily accessible position above the deepestsubdivision load line. When the chute is not in use both the cover and thevalve shall be kept closed and secured.

Regulation 17-1Openings in the shell plating below the bulkhead deckof passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships

Notwithstanding the requirements of regulation 17, ships constructed on orafter 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements of regulation 17 wherea reference to ‘‘margin line’’ shall be deemed to mean a reference to thebulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships.

Regulation 18Construction and initial tests of watertight doors,sidescuttles, etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships

1 In passenger ships:

.1 the design, materials and construction of all watertight doors,sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports, valves, pipes, ash-chutes and rubbish-chutes referred to in these regulations shallbe to the satisfaction of the Administration;

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 17-1, 18

83

IMO


.2 the frames of vertical watertight doors shall have no groove atthe bottom in which dirt might lodge and prevent the doorclosing properly.

2 In passenger ships and cargo ships each watertight door shall be testedby water pressure to a head up to the bulkhead deck or freeboard deckrespectively. The test shall be made before the ship is put into service, eitherbefore or after the door is fitted.

Regulation 19Construction and initial tests of watertight decks,trunks, etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships

1 Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators shall beof the same strength as watertight bulkheads at corresponding levels. Themeans used for making them watertight, and the arrangements adopted forclosing openings in them, shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.Watertight ventilators and trunks shall be carried at least up to the bulkheaddeck in passenger ships and up to the freeboard deck in cargo ships.

2 In ro–ro passenger ships where a ventilation trunk passing through astructure penetrates the bulkhead deck, the trunk shall be capable ofwithstanding the water pressure that may be present within the trunk, afterhaving taken into account the maximum heel angle allowable duringintermediate stages of flooding, in accordance with regulation 8.5.*

3 In ro–ro passenger ships where all or part of the penetration of thebulkhead deck is on the main ro–ro deck, the trunk shall be capable ofwithstanding impact pressure due to internal water motions (sloshing) ofwater trapped on the ro–ro deck.*

4 In ro–ro passenger ships constructed before 1 July 1997, therequirements of paragraphs 2 and 3 shall apply not later than the date ofthe first periodical survey after 1 July 1997.*{

5 After completion, a hose or flooding test shall be applied to watertightdecks and a hose test to watertight trunks, tunnels and ventilators.

Regulation 20Watertight integrity of passenger ships above the margin line

1 The Administration may require that all reasonable and practicablemeasures shall be taken to limit the entry and spread of water above the

* The Maritime Safety Committee, at its sixty-eighth session, agreed that paragraphs 2, 3 and 4should commence with the words ‘‘In ro–ro passenger ships’’.{ The Maritime Safety Committee, at its sixty-seventh session, agreed that the expression‘‘paragraph 2’’ should be replaced by the expression ‘‘paragraphs 2 and 3’’.

84


bulkhead deck. Such measures may include partial bulkheads or webs. Whenpartial watertight bulkheads and webs are fitted on the bulkhead deck, aboveor in the immediate vicinity of main subdivision bulkheads, they shall havewatertight shell and bulkhead deck connections so as to restrict the flow ofwater along the deck when the ship is in a heeled damaged condition. Wherethe partial watertight bulkhead does not line up with the bulkhead below, thebulkhead deck between shall be made effectively watertight.*

2 The bulkhead deck or a deck above it shall be weathertight. All openingsin the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strengthand shall be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing themweathertight. Freeing ports, open rails and scuppers shall be fitted as necessaryfor rapidly clearing the weather deck of water under all weather conditions.

3 In passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 1997, the open endof air pipes terminating within a superstructure shall be at least 1 m abovethe waterline when the ship heels to an angle of 15 8 , or the maximum angleof heel during intermediate stages of flooding, as determined by directcalculation, whichever is the greater. Alternatively, air pipes from tanksother than oil tanks may discharge through the side of the superstructure.The provisions of this paragraph are without prejudice to the provisions ofthe International Convention on Load Lines in force.

4 Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports and other means forclosing openings in the shell plating above the margin line shall be ofefficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard tothe spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepestsubdivision load line. {

5 Efficient inside deadlights, so arranged that they can be easily andeffectively closed and secured watertight, shall be provided for all sidescuttlesto spaces below the first deck above the bulkhead deck.

Regulation 20-1Closure of cargo loading doors

1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships.{

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 19, 20, 20-1

* Refer to MSC/Circ.541 (as may be amended): Guidance notes on the integrity of floodingboundaries above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships for proper application of regulationsII-1/8 and 20, paragraph 1, of SOLAS 1974, as amended.{ Refer to the Recommendation on strength and securing and locking arrangements of shelldoors on ro–ro passenger ships adopted by the Organization by resolution A.793(19).{ Refer to MSC/Circ.541 (as may be amended): Guidance notes on the integrity of floodingboundaries above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships for proper application of regulationsII-1/8 and 20, paragraph 1, of SOLAS 1974, as amended.

85

2 The following doors, located above the margin line, shall be closedand locked before the ship proceeds on any voyage and shall remain closedand locked until the ship is at its next berth:

.1 cargo loading doors in the shell or the boundaries of enclosedsuperstructures;

.2 bow visors fitted in positions, as indicated in paragraph 2.1;

.3 cargo loading doors in the collision bulkhead;

.4 weathertight ramps forming an alternative closure to thosedefined in paragraphs 2.1 to 2.3 inclusive.

Provided that where a door cannot be opened or closed while the ship is atthe berth, such a door may be opened or left open while the ship approachesor draws away from the berth, but only so far as may be necessary to enablethe door to be immediately operated. In any case, the inner bow door mustbe kept closed.

3 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 2.1 and 2.4, theAdministration may authorize that particular doors can be opened at thediscretion of the master, if necessary for the operation of the ship or theembarking and disembarking of passengers, when the ship is at safeanchorage and provided that the safety of the ship is not impaired.

4 The master shall ensure that an effective system of supervision andreporting of the closing and opening of the doors referred to in paragraph 2is implemented.

5 The master shall ensure, before the ship proceeds on any voyage, thatan entry in the log-book, as required in regulation 25, is made of the time ofthe last closing of the doors specified in paragraph 2 and the time of anyopening of particular doors in accordance with paragraph 3.

Regulation 20-2Watertight integrity from the ro–ro deck (bulkhead deck)to spaces below

1 In ro–ro passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 1997:

.1 subject to the provisions of subparagraphs .2 and .3, all accessesthat lead to spaces below the bulkhead deck shall have a lowestpoint which is not less than 2.5 m above the bulkhead deck;

.2 where vehicle ramps are installed to give access to spaces belowthe bulkhead deck, their openings shall be able to be closedweathertight to prevent ingress of water below, alarmed andindicated to the navigation bridge;

.3 the Administration may permit the fitting of particular accessesto spaces below the bulkhead deck provided they are necessaryfor the essential working of the ship, e.g. the movement of

86


machinery and stores, subject to such accesses being madewatertight, alarmed and indicated to the navigation bridge;

.4 the accesses referred to in subparagraphs .2 and .3 shall be closedbefore the ship leaves the berth on any voyage and shall remainclosed until the ship is at its next berth;

.5 the master shall ensure that an effective system of supervisionand reporting of the closing and opening of such accessesreferred to in subparagraphs .2 and .3 is implemented; and

.6 the master shall ensure, before the ship leaves the berth on anyvoyage, that an entry in the log-book, as required by regulation25, is made of the time of the last closing of the accesses referredto in subparagraphs .2 and .3.

2 In ro–ro passenger ships constructed before 1 July 1997:

.1 all accesses from the ro–ro deck that lead to spaces below thebulkhead deck shall be made weathertight and means shall beprovided on the navigation bridge, indicating whether the accessis open or closed;

.2 all such accesses shall be closed before the ship leaves the berthon any voyage and shall remain closed until the ship is at its nextberth;

.3 notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph .2, theAdministration may permit some accesses to be opened duringthe voyage but only for a period sufficient to permit throughpassage and, if required, for the essential working of the ship; and

.4 the requirements of subparagraph .1 shall apply not later thanthe date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1997.

Regulation 20-3Access to ro–ro decks

In all ro–ro passenger ships, the master or the designated officer shall ensurethat, without the expressed consent of the master or the designated officer,no passengers are allowed access to an enclosed ro–ro deck when the ship isunder way.

Regulation 20-4Closure of bulkheads on the ro–ro deck

1 All transverse or longitudinal bulkheads which are taken into accountas effective to confine the seawater accumulated on the ro–ro deck shall bein place and secured before the ship leaves the berth and remain in place andsecured until the ship is at its next berth.

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 20-2, 20-3, 20-4

87

2 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 1, the Administrationmay permit some accesses within such bulkheads to be opened during thevoyage but only for sufficient time to permit through passage and, ifrequired, for the essential working of the ship.

Regulation 21Bilge pumping arrangements

(Paragraphs 1.6 and 2.9 of this regulation apply to shipsconstructed on or after 1 February 1992)

1 Passenger ships and cargo ships

1.1 An efficient bilge pumping system shall be provided, capable ofpumping from and draining any watertight compartment other than a spacepermanently appropriated for the carriage of fresh water, water ballast, oilfuel or liquid cargo and for which other efficient means of pumping areprovided, under all practical conditions. Efficient means shall be providedfor draining water from insulated holds.

1.2 Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted asindependent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections tothe bilge pumping system.

1.3 All bilge pipes used in or under coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or inboiler or machinery spaces, including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oilfuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other suitable material.

1.4 The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be suchas to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from waterballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from onecompartment to another. Provision shall be made to prevent any deep tankhaving bilge and ballast connections being inadvertently flooded from thesea when containing cargo, or being discharged through a bilge pump whencontaining water ballast.

1.5 All distribution boxes and manually operated valves in connectionwith the bilge pumping arrangements shall be in positions which areaccessible under ordinary circumstances.

1.6 Provision shall be made for the drainage of enclosed cargo spacessituated on the bulkhead deck of a passenger ship and on the freeboard deckof a cargo ship, provided that the Administration may permit the means ofdrainage to be dispensed with in any particular compartment of any ship orclass of ship if it is satisfied that by reason of size or internal subdivision ofthose spaces the safety of the ship is not thereby impaired.

1.6.1 Where the freeboard to the bulkhead deck or the freeboard deck,respectively, is such that the deck edge is immersed when the ship heels

88


more than 58, the drainage shall be by means of a sufficient number ofscuppers of suitable size discharging directly overboard, fitted in accordancewith the requirements of regulation 17 in the case of a passenger ship andthe requirements for scuppers, inlets and discharges of the InternationalConvention on Load Lines in force in the case of a cargo ship.

1.6.2 Where the freeboard is such that the edge of the bulkhead deck or theedge of the freeboard deck, respectively, is immersed when the ship heels 58or less, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces on the bulkhead deck or onthe freeboard deck, respectively, shall be led to a suitable space, or spaces, ofadequate capacity, having a high water level alarm and provided withsuitable arrangements for discharge overboard. In addition it shall beensured that:

.1 the number, size and disposition of the scuppers are such as toprevent unreasonable accumulation of free water;

.2 the pumping arrangements required by this regulation forpassenger ships or cargo ships, as applicable, take account ofthe requirements for any fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system;

.3 water contaminated with petrol or other dangerous substances isnot drained to machinery spaces or other spaces where sourcesof ignition may be present; and

.4 where the enclosed cargo space is protected by a carbon dioxidefire-extinguishing system the deck scuppers are fitted withmeans to prevent the escape of the smothering gas.

2 Passenger ships

2.1 The bilge pumping system required by paragraph 1.1 shall be capableof operation under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether theship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions shall generally befitted except in narrow compartments at the end of the ship where onesuction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additionalsuctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby water in thecompartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Where, for particularcompartments, the Administration is satisfied that the provision of drainagemay be undesirable, it may allow such provision to be dispensed with ifcalculations made in accordance with the conditions laid down inregulations 8.2.1 to 8.2.3 show that the survival capability of the ship willnot be impaired.

2.2 At least three power pumps shall be fitted connected to the bilge main,one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. Where thecriterion numeral is 30 or more, one additional independent power pumpshall be provided.


89

2.3 Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separatewatertight compartments and so arranged or situated that these compart-ments will not be flooded by the same damage. If the main propulsionmachinery, auxiliary machinery and boilers are in two or more watertightcompartments, the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed asfar as is possible throughout these compartments.

2.4 On a ship of 91.5 m in length and upwards or having a criterionnumeral of 30 or more, the arrangements shall be such that at least onepower bilge pump shall be available for use in all flooding conditions whichthe ship is required to withstand, as follows:

.1 one of the required bilge pumps shall be an emergency pump ofa reliable submersible type having a source of power situatedabove the bulkhead deck; or

.2 the bilge pumps and their sources of power shall be sodistributed throughout the length of the ship that at least onepump in an undamaged compartment will be available.

2.5 With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided forpeak compartments only, each required bilge pump shall be so arranged asto draw water from any space required to be drained by paragraph 1.1.

2.6 Each power bilge pump shall be capable of pumping water throughthe required main bilge pipe at a speed of not less than 2 m/s. Independentpower bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall have direct suctionsfrom these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall berequired in any one space. Where two or more such suctions are provided,there shall be at least one on each side of the ship. The Administration mayrequire independent power bilge pumps situated in other spaces to haveseparate direct suctions. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and thosein a machinery space shall be of a diameter not less than that required for thebilge main.

2.7.1 In addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required byparagraph 2.6 a direct suction from the main circulating pump leading to thedrainage level of the machinery space and fitted with a non-return valveshall be provided in the machinery space. The diameter of this direct suctionpipe shall be at least two thirds of the diameter of the pump inlet in the caseof steamships, and of the same diameter as the pump inlet in the case ofmotorships.

2.7.2 Where in the opinion of the Administration the main circulatingpump is not suitable for this purpose, a direct emergency bilge suction shallbe led from the largest available independent power driven pump to thedrainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the samediameter as the main inlet of the pump used. The capacity of the pump soconnected shall exceed that of a required bilge pump by an amount deemedsatisfactory by the Administration.

90


2.7.3 The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend wellabove the engine-room platform.

2.8 All bilge suction piping up to the connection to the pumps shall beindependent of other piping.

2.9 The diameter d of the bilge main shall be calculated according to thefollowing formula. However, the actual internal diameter of the bilge mainmay be rounded off to the nearest standard size acceptable to theAdministration:

d ¼ 25þ 1:68ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiLðBþDÞ

p

where:

d is the internal diameter of the bilge main (millimetres);

L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship (metres) as definedin regulation 2; and

D is the moulded depth of the ship to the bulkhead deck (metres)provided that, in a ship having an enclosed cargo space on thebulkhead deck which is internally drained in accordance with therequirements of paragraph 1.6.2 and which extends for the fulllength of the ship, D shall be measured to the next deck above thebulkhead deck. Where the enclosed cargo spaces cover a lesserlength,D shall be taken as the moulded depth to the bulkhead deckplus lh/L where l and h are the aggregate length and heightrespectively of the enclosed cargo spaces (metres).

The diameter of the bilge branch pipes shall meet the requirements of theAdministration.

2.10 Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by anybilge suction pipe being flooded in the event of the pipe being severed orotherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment.For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of theship than one fifth of the breadth of the ship (as defined in regulation 2 andmeasured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepestsubdivision load line), or is in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fittedto the pipe in the compartment containing the open end.

2.11 Distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connection with the bilgepumping system shall be so arranged that, in the event of flooding, one ofthe bilge pumps may be operative on any compartment; in addition, damageto a pump or its pipe connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawnat one fifth of the breadth of the ship shall not put the bilge system out ofaction. If there is only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, thenecessary valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of beingoperated from above the bulkhead deck. Where in addition to the main


91

bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, itshall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump iscapable of operating on any compartment under flooding condition asspecified in paragraph 2.1; in that case only the valves necessary for theoperation of the emergency system need be capable of being operated fromabove the bulkhead deck.

2.12 All cocks and valves referred to in paragraph 2.11 which can beoperated from above the bulkhead deck shall have their controls at theirplace of operation clearly marked and shall be provided with means toindicate whether they are open or closed.

3 Cargo ships

At least two power pumps connected to the main bilge system shall beprovided, one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. If theAdministration is satisfied that the safety of the ship is not impaired, bilgepumping arrangements may be dispensed with in particular compartments.

Regulation 22Stability information for passenger ships and cargo ships*

1 Every passenger ship regardless of size and every cargo ship having alength, as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in force,of 24 m and upwards, shall be inclined upon its completion and theelements of its stability determined. The master shall be supplied with suchinformation satisfactory to the Administration as is necessary to enable himby rapid and simple processes to obtain accurate guidance as to the stabilityof the ship under varying conditions of service. A copy of the stabilityinformation shall be furnished to the Administration.

2 Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to materially affect thestability information supplied to the master, amended stability informationshall be provided. If necessary the ship shall be re-inclined.

3 At periodical intervals not exceeding five years, a lightweight surveyshall be carried out on all passenger ships to verify any changes in lightshipdisplacement and longitudinal centre of gravity. The ship shall be re-inclined whenever, in comparison with the approved stability information, adeviation from the lightship displacement exceeding 2% or a deviation ofthe longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding 1% of L is found or anticipated.

* Refer to the Code on Intact Stability for All Types of Ships Covered by IMO Instrumentsadopted by the Organization by resolution A.749(18) as amended by resolution MSC.75(69).Refer also to: MSC/Circ.456, Guidelines for the preparation of intact stability information;MSC/Circ.706, Guidance on intact stability of existing tankers during transfer operations; andMSC/Circ.707, Guidance to the master for avoiding dangerous situations in following andquartering seas.

92


4 The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual shipto be dispensed with provided basic stability data are available from theinclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of theAdministration that reliable stability information for the exempted ship canbe obtained from such basic data, as required by paragraph 1.

5 The Administration may also allow the inclining test of an individualship or class of ships especially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore inbulk to be dispensed with when reference to existing data for similar shipsclearly indicates that due to the ship’s proportions and arrangements morethan sufficient metacentric height will be available in all probable loadingconditions.

Regulation 23Damage control plans in passenger ships*

There shall be permanently exhibited, for the guidance of the officer incharge of the ship, plans showing clearly for each deck and hold theboundaries of the watertight compartments, the openings therein with themeans of closure and position of any controls thereof, and the arrangementsfor the correction of any list due to flooding. In addition, bookletscontaining the aforementioned information shall be made available to theofficers of the ship.

Regulation 23-1Damage control in dry cargo ships*


1 There shall be permanently exhibited or readily available on thenavigation bridge, for the guidance of the officer in charge of the ship, a planshowing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertightcompartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and positionof any controls thereof, and the arrangements for the correction of any listdue to flooding. In addition, booklets containing the aforementionedinformation shall be made available to the officers of the ship.{

2 Indicators shall be provided for all sliding doors and for hinged doorsin watertight bulkheads. Indication showing whether the doors are open orclosed shall be given on the navigation bridge. In addition, shell doors andother openings which, in the opinion of the Administration, could lead to

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 22, 23, 23-1

* Refer to MSC/Circ. 919, Guidelines for damage control plans.{ Refer to MSC/Circ.434, Guidelines for the preparation of information on the effect offlooding to be provided to masters of dry cargo ships.

93

major flooding if left open or not properly secured, shall be provided withsuch indicators.

3.1 General precautions shall consist of a listing of equipment, conditionsand operational procedures, considered by the Administration to benecessary to maintain watertight integrity under normal ship operations.

3.2 Specific precautions shall consist of a listing of elements (i.e. closures,security of cargo, sounding of alarms, etc.) considered by the Administra-tion to be vital to the survival of the ship and its crew.

Regulation 23-2Integrity of the hull and superstructure,damage prevention and control

(This regulation applies to all ro–ro passenger ships, except that for shipsconstructed before 1 July 1997, paragraph 2 shall apply not later thanthe date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1997)

1 Indicators shall be provided on the navigation bridge for all shelldoors, loading doors and other closing appliances which, if left open or notproperly secured, could, in the opinion of the Administration, lead toflooding of a special category space or ro–ro cargo space. The indicatorsystem shall be designed on the fail-safe principle and shall show by visualalarms if the door is not fully closed or if any of the securing arrangementsare not in place and fully locked and by audible alarms if such door orclosing appliances become open or the securing arrangements becomeunsecured. The indicator panel on the navigation bridge shall be equippedwith a mode selection function ‘‘harbour/sea voyage’’ so arranged that anaudible alarm is given on the navigation bridge if the ship leaves harbourwith the bow doors, inner doors, stern ramp or any other side shell doorsnot closed or any closing device not in the correct position. The powersupply for the indicator system shall be independent of the power supply foroperating and securing the doors. The indicator systems, approved by theAdministration, which were installed on ships constructed before1 July 1997 need not be changed.

2 Television surveillance and a water leakage detection system shall bearranged to provide an indication to the navigation bridge and to the enginecontrol station of any leakage through inner and outer bow doors, sterndoors or any other shell doors which could lead to flooding of specialcategory spaces or ro–ro cargo spaces.

3 Special category spaces and ro–ro cargo spaces shall be continuouslypatrolled or monitored by effective means, such as television surveillance, sothat any movement of vehicles in adverse weather conditions andunauthorized access by passengers thereto can be detected whilst the shipis under way.

94


4 Documented operating procedures for closing and securing all shelldoors, loading doors and other closing appliances which, if left open or notproperly secured, could, in the opinion of the Administration, lead toflooding of a special category space or ro–ro cargo space, shall be kept onboard and posted at an appropriate place.

Regulation 24Marking, periodical operation and inspectionof watertight doors, etc., in passenger ships

1 This regulation applies to all ships.

2.1 Drills for the operating of watertight doors, sidescuttles, valves andclosing mechanisms of scuppers, ash-chutes and rubbish-chutes shall takeplace weekly. In ships in which the voyage exceeds one week in duration acomplete drill shall be held before leaving port, and others thereafter at leastonce a week during the voyage.

2.2 All watertight doors, both hinged and power operated, in maintransverse bulkheads, in use at sea, shall be operated daily.

3.1 The watertight doors and all mechanisms and indicators connectedtherewith, all valves, the closing of which is necessary to make acompartment watertight, and all valves the operation of which is necessaryfor damage control cross-connections shall be periodically inspected at sea atleast once a week.

3.2 Such valves, doors and mechanisms shall be suitably marked to ensurethat they may be properly used to provide maximum safety.

Regulation 25Entries in log of passenger ships


2 Hinged doors, portable plates, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo andcoaling ports and other openings, which are required by these regulationsto be kept closed during navigation, shall be closed before the ship leavesport. The time of closing and the time of opening (if permissible underthese regulations) shall be recorded in such log-book as may be prescribedby the Administration.

3 A record of all drills and inspections required by regulation 24 shall beentered in the log-book with an explicit record of any defects which may bedisclosed.

Part B: Subdivision and stability Regulations 23-2, 24, 25

95

Part B-1Subdivision and damage stability of cargo ships*

(This part applies to cargo ships constructedon or after 1 February 1992)

Regulation 25-1Application

1 The requirements in this part shall apply to cargo ships over 100 m inlength (Ls) but shall exclude those ships which are shown to comply withsubdivision and damage stability regulations in other instruments{ devel-oped by the Organization. The requirements in this part shall also apply tocargo ships of 80 m in Ls and upwards but not exceeding 100 m in Ls

constructed on or after 1 July 1998.

2 Any reference hereinafter to regulations refers to the set of regulationscontained in this part.

3 The Administration may for a particular ship or group of ships acceptalternative arrangements, if it is satisfied that at least the same degree of safetyas represented by these regulations is achieved. Any Administration whichallows such alternative arrangements shall communicate to the Organizationparticulars thereof.

————* The Maritime Safety Committee, in adopting the regulations contained in part B-1, invitedAdministrations to note that the regulations should be applied in conjunction with theExplanatory notes to the SOLAS regulations on subdivision and damage stability of cargo ships of100 metres in length and over, which were adopted by the Organization by resolution A.684(17),in order to ensure their uniform application. Refer also to resolution MSC.76(69) on Extendedapplication of the Explanatory Notes to the SOLAS regulations on subdivision and damagestability of cargo ships of 100 metres in length and over (resolution A.684(17)).{Ships shown to comply with the following regulations may be excluded from the applicationof part B-1:

.1 Annex I to MARPOL 73/78;

.2 International Bulk Chemical Code;

.3 International Gas Carrier Code;

.4 Guidelines for the design and construction of offshore supply vessels (resolutionA.469(XII));

.5 Code of Safety for Special Purpose Ships (resolution A.534(13), as amended);

.6 Damage stability requirements of regulation 27 of the 1966 Load Line Convention asapplied in compliance with resolutions A.320(IX) and A.514(13), provided that in thecase of ships to which regulation 27(9) applies, main transverse watertight bulkheads, tobe considered effective, are spaced according to paragraph (12)(f) of resolutionA.320(IX).

96


Regulation 25-2Definitions

For the purpose of these regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise:

1.1 Subdivision load line is a waterline used in determining the subdivisionof the ship.

1.2 Deepest subdivision load line is the subdivision load line whichcorresponds to the summer draught to be assigned to the ship.

1.3 Partial load line is the light ship draught plus 60% of the differencebetween the light ship draught and deepest subdivision load line.

2.1 Subdivision length of the ship (Ls) is the greatest projected mouldedlength of that part of the ship at or below deck or decks limiting the verticalextent of flooding with the ship at the deepest subdivision load line.

2.2 Mid-length is the mid-point of the subdivision length of the ship.

2.3 Aft terminal is the aft limit of the subdivision length.

2.4 Forward terminal is the forward limit of the subdivision length.

3 Breadth (B) is the greatest moulded breadth of the ship at or below thedeepest subdivision load line.

4 Draught (d) is the vertical distance from the moulded baseline at mid-length to the waterline in question.

5 Permeability (m) of a space is the proportion of the immersed volumeof that space which can be occupied by water.

Regulation 25-3Required subdivision index R

1 These regulations are intended to provide ships with a minimumstandard of subdivision.

2 The degree of subdivision to be provided shall be determined by therequired subdivision index R, as follows:

.1 for ships over 100 m in Ls:

R = (0.002 + 0.0009Ls)13,

where Ls is in metres; and

.2 for ships of 80 m in Ls and upwards but not exceeding 100 m inlength Ls:

R = 1 – [1/(1 þ Ls

100� Ro

1� Ro

)],

Part B-1: Subdivision and damage stability Regulations 25-1, 25-2, 25-3

97

where Ro is the value R as calculated in accordance with theformula in subparagraph .1.

Regulation 25-4Attained subdivision index A

1 The attained subdivision index A, calculated in accordance with thisregulation, shall not be less than the required subdivision index R,calculated in accordance with paragraph 2 of regulation 25-3.

2 The attained subdivision index A shall be calculated for the ship bythe following formula:

A ¼P

pisi

where:

i represents each compartment or group of compartments underconsideration,

pi accounts for the probability that only the compartment or groupof compartments under consideration may be flooded, disregard-ing any horizontal subdivision,

si accounts for the probability of survival after flooding thecompartment or group of compartments under consideration,including the effects of any horizontal subdivision.

3 In calculating A, level trim shall be used.

4 This summation covers only those cases of flooding which contributeto the value of the attained subdivision index A.

5 The summation indicated by the above formula shall be taken overthe ship’s length for all cases of flooding in which a single compartment ortwo or more adjacent compartments are involved.

6 Wherever wing compartments are fitted, contribution to thesummation indicated by the formula shall be taken for all cases of floodingin which wing compartments are involved; and additionally, for all cases ofsimultaneous flooding of a wing compartment or compartments and theadjacent inboard compartment or compartments, assuming a rectangularpenetration which extends to the ship’s centreline, but excludes damage toany centreline bulkhead.

7 The assumed vertical extent of damage is to extend from the baselineupwards to any watertight horizontal subdivision above the waterline orhigher. However, if a lesser extent will give a more severe result, such extentis to be assumed.

98


8 If pipes, ducts or tunnels are situated within assumed floodedcompartments, arrangements are to be made to ensure that progressiveflooding cannot thereby extend to compartments other than those assumedflooded. However, the Administration may permit minor progressiveflooding if it is demonstrated that its effects can be easily controlled and thesafety of the ship is not impaired.

9 In the flooding calculations carried out according to the regulations,only one breach of the hull need be assumed.

Regulation 25-5Calculation of the factor pi

1 The factor pi shall be calculated according to paragraph 1.1 asappropriate, using the following notations:

x1 = the distance from the aft terminal of Ls to the foremostportion of the aft end of the compartment being considered;

x2 = the distance from the aft terminal of Ls to the aftermostportion of the forward end of the compartment beingconsidered;

E1 =x1Ls

E2 =x2Ls

E = E1 þ E2 – 1

J = E2 – E1

J’ = J – E, if E50

J’ = J þ E, if E50

The maximum nondimensional damage length

Jmax =48Ls, but not more than 0.24.

The assumed distribution density of damage location along the ship’s length

a = 1.2 þ 0.8E, but not more than 1.2.

The assumed distribution function of damage location along the ship’slength

F = 0.4 þ 0.25E (1.2 + a)

y =J

Jmax

p = F1 Jmax

q = 0.4F2( Jmax)2

Part B-1: Subdivision and damage stability Regulations 25-4, 25-5

99

F1 = y2 –y3

3, if y51,

F1 = y –13

otherwise;

F2 =y3

3� y4

12, if y51,

F2 =y2

2� y3þ 112

otherwise.

1.1 The factor pi is determined for each single compartment:

1.1.1 Where the compartment considered extends over the entire shiplength Ls:

pi = 1

1.1.2 Where the aft limit of the compartment considered coincides with theaft terminal:

pi = F þ 0.5ap þ q

1.1.3 Where the forward limit of the compartment considered coincideswith the forward terminal:

pi = 1 – F þ 0.5ap

1.1.4 When both ends of the compartment considered are inside the aft andforward terminals of the ship length Ls:

pi = ap

1.1.5 In applying the formulae of paragraphs 1.1.2, 1.1.3 and 1.1.4, wherethe compartment considered extends over the ‘‘mid-length’’, theseformulae values shall be reduced by an amount determined according tothe formula for q, in which F2 is calculated taking y to be J’/ Jmax.

2 Wherever wing compartments are fitted, the pi-value for a wingcompartment shall be obtained by multiplying the value, as determined inparagraph 3, by the reduction factor r according to paragraph 2.2, whichrepresents the probability that the inboard spaces will not be flooded.

2.1 The pi-value for the case of simultaneous flooding of a wing andadjacent inboard compartment shall be obtained by using the formulae ofparagraph 3, multiplied by the factor (1 – r).

2.2 The reduction factor r shall be determined by the following formulae:

For J50.2bB:

r =bBð2:3þ 0:08

J þ 0:02Þ þ 0:1, if

bB40.2

r = ð 0:016J þ 0:02

þ bBþ 0:36Þ, if

bB40.2

100


For J50.2bBthe reduction factor r shall be determined by linear interpola-

tion between:

r = 1, for J = 0

and

r = as for the case where J50.2bB, for J = 0.2

bB

where:

b = the mean transverse distance in metres measured at rightangles to the centreline at the deepest subdivision load linebetween the shell and a plane through the outermostportion of and parallel to that part of the longitudinalbulkhead which extends between the longitudinal limitsused in calculating the factor pi.

3 To evaluate pi for compartments taken singly the formulae inparagraphs 1 and 2 shall be applied directly.

3.1 To evaluate the pi-values attributable to groups of compartments thefollowing applies:

for compartments taken by pairs:

pi = p12 – p1 – p2pi = p23 – p2 – p3 , etc.

for compartments taken by groups of three:

pi = p123 – p12 – p23 + p2pi = p234 – p23 – p34 + p3 , etc.

for compartments taken by groups of four:

pi = p1234 – p123 – p234 + p23pi = p2345 – p234 – p345 + p34 , etc.

where:

p12, p23, p34, etc.,p123, p234, p345, etc., andp1234, p2345, p3456, etc.

shall be calculated according to the formulae in paragraphs 1 and 2 for asingle compartment whose nondimensional length J corresponds to that of agroup consisting of the compartments indicated by the indices assigned to p.

3.2 The factor pi for a group of three or more adjacent compartmentsequals zero if the nondimensional length of such a group minus thenondimensional length of the aftermost and foremost compartments in thegroup is greater than Jmax.

Part B-1: Subdivision and damage stability Regulation 25-5

101

Regulation 25-6Calculation of the factor si

1 The factor si shall be determined for each compartment or group ofcompartments according to the following:

1.1 In general for any condition of flooding from any initial loadingcondition s shall be:

s = Cffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi0:5ðGZmaxÞðrangeÞ

pwith:

C = 1, if ye4258,

C = 0, if ye4308,

C =

ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi30� �e

5

rotherwise;

GZmax = maximum positive righting lever (metres) within the rangeas given below but not more than 0.1 m;

range = range of positive righting levers beyond the angle ofequilibrium (degrees) but not more than 208; however,the range shall be terminated at the angle where openingsnot capable of being closed weathertight are immersed;

ye = final equilibrium angle of heel (degrees).

1.2 s = 0 where the final waterline taking into account sinkage, heel andtrim, immerses the lower edge of openings through which progressiveflooding may take place. Such opening shall include air-pipes, ventilatorsand openings which are closed by means of weathertight doors or hatchcovers, and may exclude those openings closed by means of watertightmanhole covers and flush scuttles, small watertight hatch covers whichmaintain the high integrity of the deck, remotely operated sliding watertightdoors, access doors and access hatch covers, of watertight integrity, normallyclosed at sea and sidescuttles of the non-opening type. However, if thecompartments so flooded are taken into account in the calculations therequirements of this regulation shall be applied.

1.3 For each compartment or group of compartments si shall be weightedaccording to draught considerations as follows:

si = 0.5sl + 0.5sp

where:

sl is the s-factor at the deepest subdivision load line

sp is the s-factor at the partial load line.

102


2 For all compartments forward of the collision bulkhead, the s-value,calculated assuming the ship to be at its deepest subdivision load line andwith assumed unlimited vertical extent of damage, is to be equal to 1.

3 Wherever a horizontal subdivision is fitted above the waterline inquestion the following applies.

3.1 The s-value for the lower compartment or group of compartmentsshall be obtained by multiplying the value as determined in paragraph 1.1 bythe reduction factor v according to paragraph 3.3, which represents theprobability that the spaces above the horizontal subdivision will not beflooded.

3.2 In cases of positive contribution to index A due to simultaneousflooding of the spaces above the horizontal subdivision, the resulting s-valuefor such a compartment or group of compartments shall be obtained by anincrease of the value as determined by paragraph 3.1 by the s-value forsimultaneous flooding according to paragraph 1.1, multiplied by the factor(1 – v).

3.3 The probability factor vi shall be calculated according to:

vi =H � d

Hmax � dfor the assumed flooding up to the hor-izontal subdivision above the subdivisionload line, where H is to be restricted to aheight of Hmax ,

vi = 1, if the uppermost horizontal subdivision inway of the assumed damaged region isbelow Hmax ,

where:

H is the height of the horizontal subdivision above the baseline (inmetres) which is assumed to limit the vertical extent of damage,

Hmax is the maximum possible vertical extent of damage above thebaseline (in metres), or

Hmax = d + 0.056Ls

�1� Ls

500

�, if Ls4250 m

Hmax = d + 7, if Ls4250 m

whichever is less.

Part B-1: Subdivision and damage stability Regulation 25-6

103

Regulation 25-7Permeability*

For the purpose of the subdivision and damage stability calculations of theregulations, the permeability of each space or part of a space shall be as follows:

Spaces Permeability

Appropriated to stores 0.60Occupied by accommodation 0.95Occupied by machinery 0.85Void spaces 0.95Dry cargo spaces 0.70Intended for liquid 0 or 0.95{

Regulation 25-8Stability information

1 The master of the ship shall be supplied with such reliable informationas is necessary to enable him by rapid and simple means to obtain accurateguidance as to the stability of the ship under varying conditions of service.The information shall include:

.1 a curve of minimum operational metacentric height (GM)versus draught which assures compliance with the relevantintact stability requirements and the requirements of regulations25-1 to 25-6, alternatively a corresponding curve of the maxi-mum allowable vertical centre of gravity (KG) versus draught, orwith the equivalents of either of these curves;

.2 instructions concerning the operation of cross-flooding arrange-ments; and

.3 all other data and aids which might be necessary to maintainstability after damage.

2 There shall be permanently exhibited, or readily available on thenavigation bridge, for the guidance of the officer in charge of the ship, plansshowing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertightcompartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and positionof any controls thereof, and the arrangements for the correction of any listdue to flooding. In addition, booklets containing the aforementionedinformation shall be made available to the officers of the ship.{

* Refer to MSC/Circ.651, Interpretations of regulations of part B-1 of SOLAS chapter II-1.{ Whichever results in the more severe requirements.{ Refer to MSC/Circ. 919, Guidelines for damage control plans.

104


3 In order to provide the information referred to in paragraph 1.1, thelimiting GM (or KG) values to be used, if they have been determined fromconsiderations related to the subdivision index, the limiting GM shall bevaried linearly between the deepest subdivision load line and the partial loadline.* In such cases, for draughts below the partial load line if the minimumGM requirement at this draught results from the calculation of thesubdivision index, then this GM value shall be assumed for lesser draughts,unless the intact stability requirements apply.

Regulation 25-9Openings in watertight bulkheads and internal decksin cargo ships

1 The number of openings in watertight subdivisions is to be kept to aminimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.Where penetrations of watertight bulkheads and internal decks are necessaryfor access, piping, ventilation, electrical cables, etc., arrangements are to bemade to maintain the watertight integrity. The Administration may permitrelaxation in the watertightness of openings above the freeboard deck,provided that it is demonstrated that any progressive flooding can be easilycontrolled and that the safety of the ship is not impaired.

2 Doors provided to ensure the watertight integrity of internal openingswhich are used while at sea are to be sliding watertight doors capable ofbeing remotely closed from the bridge and are also to be operable locallyfrom each side of the bulkhead. Indicators are to be provided at the controlposition showing whether the doors are open or closed, and an audiblealarm is to be provided at the door closure. The power, control andindicators are to be operable in the event of main power failure. Particularattention is to be paid to minimizing the effect of control system failure.Each power-operated sliding watertight door shall be provided with anindividual hand-operated mechanism. It shall be possible to open and closethe door by hand at the door itself from both sides.

3 Access doors and access hatch covers normally closed at sea, intendedto ensure the watertight integrity of internal openings, shall be providedwith means of indication locally and on the bridge showing whether thesedoors or hatch covers are open or closed. A notice is to be affixed to eachsuch door or hatch cover to the effect that it is not to be left open. The useof such doors and hatch covers shall be authorized by the officer of thewatch.

4 Watertight doors or ramps of satisfactory construction may be fitted tointernally subdivide large cargo spaces, provided that the Administration is

Part B-1: Subdivision and damage stability Regulations 25-7, 25-8, 25-9

* Refer to MSC/Circ.651, Interpretations of regulations of part B-1 of SOLAS chapter II-1.

105

satisfied that such doors or ramps are essential. These doors or ramps may behinged, rolling or sliding doors or ramps, but shall not be remotelycontrolled.* Such doors or ramps shall be closed before the voyagecommences and shall be kept closed during navigation; the time of openingsuch doors or ramps in port and of closing them before the ship leaves portshall be entered in the log-book. Should any of the doors or ramps beaccessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device whichprevents unauthorized opening.

5 Other closing appliances which are kept permanently closed at sea toensure the watertight integrity of internal openings shall be provided with anotice which is to be affixed to each such closing appliance to the effect thatit is to be kept closed. Manholes fitted with closely bolted covers need notbe so marked.

Regulation 25-10External openings in cargo ships

1 All external openings leading to compartments assumed intact in thedamage analysis, which are below the final damage waterline, are required tobe watertight.

2 External openings required to be watertight in accordance withparagraph 1 shall be of sufficient strength and, except for cargo hatch covers,shall be fitted with indicators on the bridge.

3 Openings in the shell plating below the deck limiting the verticalextent of damage shall be kept permanently closed while at sea. Should anyof these openings be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with adevice which prevents unauthorized opening.

4 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3, the Administrationmay authorize that particular doors may be opened at the discretion of themaster, if necessary for the operation of the ship and provided that the safetyof the ship is not impaired.

5 Other closing appliances which are kept permanently closed at sea toensure the watertight integrity of external openings shall be provided with anotice affixed to each appliance to the effect that it is to be kept closed.Manholes fitted with closely bolted covers need not be so marked.

* Refer to MSC/Circ.651, Interpretations of regulations of part B-1 of SOLAS chapter II-1.

106


Part CMachinery installations

(Except where expressly provided otherwise part Capplies to passenger ships and cargo ships)

Regulation 26General

1 The machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels, associated pipingsystems and fittings shall be of a design and construction adequate for theservice for which they are intended and shall be so installed and protected asto reduce to a minimum any danger to persons on board, due regard beingpaid to moving parts, hot surfaces and other hazards. The design shall haveregard to materials used in construction, the purpose for which theequipment is intended, the working conditions to which it will be subjectedand the environmental conditions on board.*

2 The Administration shall give special consideration to the reliability ofsingle essential propulsion components and may require a separate source ofpropulsion power sufficient to give the ship a navigable speed, especially inthe case of unconventional arrangements.

3 Means shall be provided whereby normal operation of propulsionmachinery can be sustained or restored even though one of the essentialauxiliaries becomes inoperative. Special consideration shall be given to themalfunctioning of:

.1 a generating set which serves as a main source of electricalpower;

.2 the sources of steam supply;

.3 the boiler feedwater systems;

.4 the fuel oil supply systems for boilers or engines;{

.5 the sources of lubricating oil pressure;

.6 the sources of water pressure;

Part C: Machinery installations Regulations 25-10, 26

* Refer to MSC/Circ. 834, Guidelines for engine-room lay-out, design and arrangement.{ Refer to MSC/Circ.647, Guidelines to minimize leakage from flammable liquid systems, assupplemented by MSC/Circ. 851, Guidelines on engine-room oil fuel systems.

107

.7 a condensate pump and the arrangements to maintain vacuum incondensers;

.8 the mechanical air supply for boilers;

.9 an air compressor and receiver for starting or control purposes;

.10 the hydraulic, pneumatic or electrical means for control in mainpropulsion machinery including controllable pitch propellers.

However, the Administration, having regard to overall safety considera-tions, may accept a partial reduction in propulsion capability from normaloperation.

4 Means shall be provided to ensure that the machinery can be broughtinto operation from the dead ship condition without external aid.

5 All boilers, all parts of machinery, all steam, hydraulic, pneumatic andother systems and their associated fittings which are under internal pressureshall be subjected to appropriate tests including a pressure test before beingput into service for the first time.

6 Main propulsion machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential tothe propulsion and the safety of the ship shall, as fitted in the ship, bedesigned to operate when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angleof list up to and including 158 either way under static conditions and 22.58under dynamic conditions (rolling) either way and simultaneously inclineddynamically (pitching) 7.58 by bow or stern. The Administration maypermit deviation from these angles, taking into consideration the type, sizeand service conditions of the ship.

7 Provision shall be made to facilitate cleaning, inspection andmaintenance of main propulsion and auxiliary machinery including boilersand pressure vessels.

8 Special consideration shall be given to the design, construction andinstallation of propulsion machinery systems so that any mode of theirvibrations shall not cause undue stresses in this machinery in the normaloperating ranges.

9 Non-metallic expansion joints in piping systems, if located in a systemwhich penetrates the ship’s side and both the penetration and the non-metallic expansion joint are located below the deepest load waterline, shallbe inspected as part of the surveys prescribed in regulation I/10(a) andreplaced as necessary, or at an interval recommended by the manufacturer.

10 Operating and maintenance instructions and engineering drawings forship machinery and equipment essential to the safe operation of the shipshall be written in a language understandable by those officers and crewmembers who are required to understand such information in theperformance of their duties.

108


IMO


11 Location and arrangement of vent pipes for fuel oil service, settlingand lubrication oil tanks shall be such that in the event of a broken vent pipethis shall not directly lead to the risk of ingress of seawater splashes orrainwater. Two fuel oil service tanks for each type of fuel used on boardnecessary for propulsion and vital systems or equivalent arrangements shallbe provided on each new ship, with a capacity of at least 8 h at maximumcontinuous rating of the propulsion plant and normal operating load at seaof the generator plant.* This paragraph applies only to ships constructed onor after 1 July 1998.

Regulation 27Machinery

1 Where risk from overspeeding of machinery exists, means shall beprovided to ensure that the safe speed is not exceeded.

2 Where main or auxiliary machinery including pressure vessels or anyparts of such machinery are subject to internal pressure and may be subjectto dangerous overpressure, means shall be provided where practicable toprotect against such excessive pressure.

3 All gearing and every shaft and coupling used for transmission ofpower to machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the ship or forthe safety of persons on board shall be so designed and constructed that theywill withstand the maximum working stresses to which they may besubjected in all service conditions, and due consideration shall be given tothe type of engines by which they are driven or of which they form part.

4 Internal combustion engines of a cylinder diameter of 200 mm or acrankcase volume of 0.6 m3 and above shall be provided with crankcaseexplosion relief valves of a suitable type with sufficient relief area. The reliefvalves shall be arranged or provided with means to ensure that dischargefrom them is so directed as to minimize the possibility of injury topersonnel.

5 Main turbine propulsion machinery and, where applicable, maininternal combustion propulsion machinery and auxiliary machinery shall beprovided with automatic shutoff arrangements in the case of failures such aslubricating oil supply failure which could lead rapidly to completebreakdown, serious damage or explosion. The Administration may permitprovisions for overriding automatic shutoff devices.

Part C: Machinery installations Regulation 27

* Refer to regulation II-2/4.2, ‘‘Arrangements for oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammableoils’’.

109

IMO


Regulation 28Means of going astern*

1 Sufficient power for going astern shall be provided to secure propercontrol of the ship in all normal circumstances.

2 The ability of the machinery to reverse the direction of thrust of thepropeller in sufficient time, and so to bring the ship to rest within areasonable distance from maximum ahead service speed, shall be demon-strated and recorded.

3 The stopping times, ship headings and distances recorded on trials,together with the results of trials to determine the ability of ships havingmultiple propellers to navigate and manoeuvre with one or more propellersinoperative, shall be available on board for the use of the master ordesignated personnel.

4 Where the ship is provided with supplementary means for manoeuvr-ing or stopping, the effectiveness of such means shall be demonstrated andrecorded as referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3.

Regulation 29Steering gear{

1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, every ship shall be providedwith a main steering gear and an auxiliary steering gear to the satisfaction ofthe Administration. The main steering gear and the auxiliary steering gearshall be so arranged that the failure of one of them will not render the otherone inoperative.

2.1 All the steering gear components and the rudder stock shall be ofsound and reliable construction to the satisfaction of the Administration.Special consideration shall be given to the suitability of any essentialcomponent which is not duplicated. Any such essential component shall,where appropriate, utilize antifriction bearings such as ball-bearings, roller-bearings or sleeve-bearings which shall be permanently lubricated orprovided with lubrication fittings.

2.2 The design pressure for calculations to determine the scantlings ofpiping and other steering gear components subjected to internal hydraulicpressure shall be at least 1.25 times the maximum working pressure to be

* Refer to the Recommendation on the provision and the display of manoeuvring informationon board ships (resolution A.601(15)), the Interim standards for ship manoeuvrability (resolu-tion A.751(18)), and the Explanatory notes to the interim standards for ship manoeuvrability(MSC/Circ.644).{ Refer to resolution A.415(XI) on improved steering gear standards for passenger and cargoships and resolution A.416(XI) on examination of steering gears on existing tankers.

110


IMO


expected under the operational conditions specified in paragraph 3.2, takinginto account any pressure which may exist in the low-pressure side of thesystem. At the discretion of the Administration, fatigue criteria shall beapplied for the design of piping and components, taking into accountpulsating pressures due to dynamic loads.

2.3 Relief valves shall be fitted to any part of the hydraulic system whichcan be isolated and in which pressure can be generated from the powersource or from external forces. The setting of the relief valves shall notexceed the design pressure. The valves shall be of adequate size and soarranged as to avoid an undue rise in pressure above the design pressure.

3 The main steering gear and rudder stock shall be:

.1 of adequate strength and capable of steering the ship atmaximum ahead service speed which shall be demonstrated;

.2 capable of putting the rudder over from 358 on one side to 358on the other side with the ship at its deepest seagoing draughtand running ahead at maximum ahead service speed and, underthe same conditions, from 358 on either side to 308 on the otherside in not more than 28 s;

.3 operated by power where necessary to meet the requirements ofparagraph 3.2 and in any case when the Administration requiresa rudder stock of over 120 mm diameter in way of the tiller,excluding strengthening for navigation in ice; and

.4 so designed that they will not be damaged at maximum asternspeed; however, this design requirement need not be proved bytrials at maximum astern speed and maximum rudder angle.

4 The auxiliary steering gear shall be:

.1 of adequate strength and capable of steering the ship at navigablespeed and of being brought speedily into action in anemergency;

.2 capable of putting the rudder over from 158 on one side to 158on the other side in not more than 60 s with the ship at itsdeepest seagoing draught and running ahead at one half of themaximum ahead service speed or 7 knots, whichever is thegreater; and

.3 operated by power where necessary to meet the requirements ofparagraph 4.2 and in any case when the Administration requiresa rudder stock of over 230 mm diameter in way of the tiller,excluding strengthening for navigation in ice.

5 Main and auxiliary steering gear power units shall be:

.1 arranged to restart automatically when power is restored after apower failure; and

Part C: Machinery installations Regulations 28, 29

111

.2 capable of being brought into operation from a position on thenavigation bridge. In the event of a power failure to any one ofthe steering gear power units, an audible and visual alarm shallbe given on the navigation bridge.

6.1 Where the main steering gear comprises two or more identical powerunits, an auxiliary steering gear need not be fitted, provided that:

.1 in a passenger ship, the main steering gear is capable of operatingthe rudder as required by paragraph 3.2 while any one of thepower units is out of operation;

.2 in a cargo ship, the main steering gear is capable of operating therudder as required by paragraph 3.2 while operating with allpower units;

.3 the main steering gear is so arranged that after a single failure inits piping system or in one of the power units the defect can beisolated so that steering capability can be maintained or speedilyregained.

6.2 The Administration may, until 1 September 1986, accept the fitting ofa steering gear which has a proven record of reliability but does not complywith the requirements of paragraph 6.1.3 for a hydraulic system.

6.3 Steering gears, other than of the hydraulic type, shall achieve standardsequivalent to the requirements of this paragraph to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

7 Steering gear control shall be provided:

.1 for the main steering gear, both on the navigation bridge and inthe steering gear compartment;

.2 where the main steering gear is arranged in accordance withparagraph 6, by two independent control systems, both operablefrom the navigation bridge. This does not require duplication ofthe steering wheel or steering lever. Where the control systemconsists of a hydraulic telemotor, a second independent systemneed not be fitted, except in a tanker, chemical tanker or gascarrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards;

.3 for the auxiliary steering gear, in the steering gear compartmentand, if power-operated, it shall also be operable from thenavigation bridge and shall be independent of the control systemfor the main steering gear.

8 Any main and auxiliary steering gear control system operable from thenavigation bridge shall comply with the following:

.1 if electric, it shall be served by its own separate circuit suppliedfrom a steering gear power circuit from a point within thesteering gear compartment, or directly from switchboard

112


IMO


busbars supplying that steering gear power circuit at a point onthe switchboard adjacent to the supply to the steering gearpower circuit;

.2 means shall be provided in the steering gear compartment fordisconnecting any control system operable from the navigationbridge from the steering gear it serves;

.3 the system shall be capable of being brought into operation froma position on the navigation bridge;

.4 in the event of a failure of electrical power supply to the controlsystem, an audible and visual alarm shall be given on thenavigation bridge; and

.5 short circuit protection only shall be provided for steering gearcontrol supply circuits.

9 The electrical power circuits and the steering gear control systemswith their associated components, cables and pipes required by thisregulation and by regulation 30 shall be separated as far as is practicablethroughout their length.

10 A means of communication shall be provided between the navigationbridge and the steering gear compartment.

11 The angular position of the rudder shall:

.1 if the main steering gear is power-operated, be indicated on thenavigation bridge. The rudder angle indication shall beindependent of the steering gear control system;

.2 be recognizable in the steering gear compartment.

12 Hydraulic power-operated steering gear shall be provided with thefollowing:

.1 arrangements to maintain the cleanliness of the hydraulic fluidtaking into consideration the type and design of the hydraulicsystem;

.2 a low-level alarm for each hydraulic fluid reservoir to give theearliest practicable indication of hydraulic fluid leakage. Audibleand visual alarms shall be given on the navigation bridge and inthe machinery space where they can be readily observed; and

.3 a fixed storage tank having sufficient capacity to recharge at leastone power actuating system including the reservoir, where themain steering gear is required to be power-operated. Thestorage tank shall be permanently connected by piping in such amanner that the hydraulic systems can be readily recharged froma position within the steering gear compartment and shall beprovided with a contents gauge.


113

IMO


IMO


13 The steering gear compartments shall be:

.1 readily accessible and, as far as practicable, separated frommachinery spaces; and

.2 provided with suitable arrangements to ensure working access tosteering gear machinery and controls. These arrangements shallinclude handrails and gratings or other nonslip surfaces to ensuresuitable working conditions in the event of hydraulic fluidleakage.

14 Where the rudder stock is required to be over 230 mm diameter inway of the tiller, excluding strengthening for navigation in ice, an alternativepower supply, sufficient at least to supply the steering gear power unitwhich complies with the requirements of paragraph 4.2 and also itsassociated control system and the rudder angle indicator, shall be providedautomatically, within 45 s, either from the emergency source of electricalpower or from an independent source of power located in the steering gearcompartment. This independent source of power shall be used only for thispurpose. In every ship of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, the alternativepower supply shall have a capacity for at least 30 min of continuousoperation and in any other ship for at least 10 min.

15 In every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnageand upwards and in every other ship of 70,000 gross tonnage and upwards,the main steering gear shall comprise two or more identical power unitscomplying with the provisions of paragraph 6.

16 Every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnageand upwards shall, subject to paragraph 17, comply with the following:

.1 the main steering gear shall be so arranged that in the event ofloss of steering capability due to a single failure in any part of oneof the power actuating systems of the main steering gear,excluding the tiller, quadrant or components serving the samepurpose, or seizure of the rudder actuators, steering capabilityshall be regained in not more than 45 s after the loss of onepower actuating system;

.2 the main steering gear shall comprise either:

.2.1 two independent and separate power actuating systems, eachcapable of meeting the requirements of paragraph 3.2; or

.2.2 at least two identical power actuating systems which, actingsimultaneously in normal operation, shall be capable ofmeeting the requirements of paragraph 3.2. Where necessaryto comply with this requirement, interconnection of hydraulicpower actuating systems shall be provided. Loss of hydraulicfluid from one system shall be capable of being detected and

114


IMO


the defective system automatically isolated so that the otheractuating system or systems shall remain fully operational;

.3 steering gears other than of the hydraulic type shall achieveequivalent standards.

17 For tankers, chemical tankers or gas carriers of 10,000 gross tonnageand upwards, but of less than 100,000 tonnes deadweight, solutions otherthan those set out in paragraph 16, which need not apply the single failurecriterion to the rudder actuator or actuators, may be permitted provided thatan equivalent safety standard is achieved and that:

.1 following loss of steering capability due to a single failure of anypart of the piping system or in one of the power units, steeringcapability shall be regained within 45 s; and

.2 where the steering gear includes only a single rudder actuator,special consideration is given to stress analysis for the designincluding fatigue analysis and fracture mechanics analysis, asappropriate, to the material used, to the installation of sealingarrangements and to testing and inspection and to the provisionof effective maintenance. In consideration of the foregoing, theAdministration shall adopt regulations which include theprovisions of the Guidelines for acceptance of non-duplicatedrudder actuators for tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers of10,000 gross tonnage and above but less than 100,000 tonnesdeadweight, adopted by the Organization.*

18 For a tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnageand upwards, but less than 70,000 tonnes deadweight, the Administrationmay, until 1 September 1986, accept a steering gear system with a provenrecord of reliability which does not comply with the single failure criterionrequired for a hydraulic system in paragraph 16.

19 Every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnageand upwards, constructed before 1 September 1984, shall comply, not laterthan 1 September 1986, with the following:

.1 the requirements of paragraphs 7.1, 8.2, 8.4, 10, 11, 12.2, 12.3and 13.2;

.2 two independent steering gear control systems shall be providedeach of which can be operated from the navigation bridge. Thisdoes not require duplication of the steering wheel or steeringlever;


* Adopted by the Organization by resolution A.467(XII).

115

.3 if the steering gear control system in operation fails, the secondsystem shall be capable of being brought into immediateoperation from the navigation bridge; and

.4 each steering gear control system, if electric, shall be served byits own separate circuit supplied from the steering gear powercircuit or directly from switchboard busbars supplying thatsteering gear power circuit at a point on the switchboardadjacent to the supply to the steering gear power circuit.

20 In addition to the requirements of paragraph 19, in every tanker,chemical tanker or gas carrier of 40,000 gross tonnage and upwards,constructed before 1 September 1984, the steering gear shall, not later than1 September 1988, be so arranged that, in the event of a single failure of thepiping or of one of the power units, steering capability can be maintained orthe rudder movement can be limited so that steering capability can bespeedily regained. This shall be achieved by:

.1 an independent means of restraining the rudder; or

.2 fast-acting valves which may be manually operated to isolate theactuator or actuators from the external hydraulic piping togetherwith a means of directly refilling the actuators by a fixedindependent power-operated pump and piping system; or

.3 an arrangement such that, where hydraulic power systems areinterconnected, loss of hydraulic fluid from one system shall bedetected and the defective system isolated either automaticallyor from the navigation bridge so that the other system remainsfully operational.

Regulation 30Additional requirements for electricand electrohydraulic steering gear

1 Means for indicating that the motors of electric and electrohydraulicsteering gear are running shall be installed on the navigation bridge and at asuitable main machinery control position.

2 Each electric or electrohydraulic steering gear comprising one or morepower units shall be served by at least two exclusive circuits fed directlyfrom the main switchboard; however, one of the circuits may be suppliedthrough the emergency switchboard. An auxiliary electric or electrohy-draulic steering gear associated with a main electric or electrohydraulicsteering gear may be connected to one of the circuits supplying this mainsteering gear. The circuits supplying an electric or electrohydraulic steeringgear shall have adequate rating for supplying all motors which can besimultaneously connected to them and may be required to operatesimultaneously.

116


3 Short circuit protection and an overload alarm shall be provided forsuch circuits and motors. Protection against excess current, includingstarting current, if provided, shall be for not less than twice the full loadcurrent of the motor or circuit so protected, and shall be arranged to permitthe passage of the appropriate starting currents. Where a three-phase supplyis used an alarm shall be provided that will indicate failure of any one of thesupply phases. The alarms required in this paragraph shall be both audibleand visual and shall be situated in a conspicuous position in the mainmachinery space or control room from which the main machinery isnormally controlled and as may be required by regulation 51.

4 When in a ship of less than 1,600 gross tonnage an auxiliary steeringgear which is required by regulation 29.4.3 to be operated by power is notelectrically powered or is powered by an electric motor primarily intendedfor other services, the main steering gear may be fed by one circuit from themain switchboard. Where such an electric motor primarily intended forother services is arranged to power such an auxiliary steering gear, therequirement of paragraph 3 may be waived by the Administration if satisfiedwith the protection arrangement together with the requirements ofregulation 29.5.1 and .2 and 29.7.3 applicable to auxiliary steering gear.

Regulation 31Machinery controls

1 Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion and safety ofthe ship shall be provided with effective means for its operation and control.

2 Where remote control of propulsion machinery from the navigationbridge is provided and the machinery spaces are intended to be manned, thefollowing shall apply:

.1 the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of thepropeller shall be fully controllable from the navigation bridgeunder all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring;

.2 the remote control shall be performed, for each independentpropeller, by a control device so designed and constructed thatits operation does not require particular attention to theoperational details of the machinery. Where multiple propellersare designed to operate simultaneously, they may be controlledby one control device;

.3 the main propulsion machinery shall be provided with anemergency stopping device on the navigation bridge which shallbe independent of the navigation bridge control system;

.4 propulsion machinery orders from the navigation bridge shall beindicated in the main machinery control room or at themanoeuvring platform as appropriate;

Part C: Machinery installations Regulations 30, 31

117

IMO


.5 remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possibleonly from one location at a time; at such locations inter-connected control positions are permitted. At each locationthere shall be an indicator showing which location is in controlof the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control betweenthe navigation bridge and machinery spaces shall be possibleonly in the main machinery space or the main machinerycontrol room. This system shall include means to prevent thepropelling thrust from altering significantly when transferringcontrol from one location to another;

.6 it shall be possible to control the propulsion machinery locally,even in the case of failure in any part of the remote controlsystem;

.7 the design of the remote control system shall be such that in caseof its failure an alarm will be given. Unless the Administrationconsiders it impracticable the preset speed and direction ofthrust of the propellers shall be maintained until local control isin operation;

.8 indicators shall be fitted on the navigation bridge for:

.8.1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixedpitch propellers;

.8.2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllablepitch propellers;

.9 an alarm shall be provided on the navigation bridge and in themachinery space to indicate low starting air pressure which shallbe set at a level to permit further main engine startingoperations. If the remote control system of the propulsionmachinery is designed for automatic starting, the number ofautomatic consecutive attempts which fail to produce a startshall be limited in order to safeguard sufficient starting airpressure for starting locally.

3 Where the main propulsion and associated machinery, includingsources of main electrical supply, are provided with various degrees ofautomatic or remote control and are under continuous manual supervisionfrom a control room the arrangements and controls shall be so designed,equipped and installed that the machinery operation will be as safe andeffective as if it were under direct supervision; for this purpose regulations46 to 50 shall apply as appropriate. Particular consideration shall be given toprotect such spaces against fire and flooding.

4 In general, automatic starting, operational and control systems shallinclude provisions for manually overriding the automatic controls. Failureof any part of such systems shall not prevent the use of the manual override.

118


5 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998 shall comply with therequirements of paragraphs 1 to 4, as amended, as follows:

.1 paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:

‘‘1 Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion,control and safety of the ship shall be provided with effectivemeans for its operation and control. All control systems essentialfor the propulsion, control and safety of the ship shall beindependent or designed such that failure of one system doesnot degrade the performance of another system.’’;

.2 in the second and third lines of paragraph 2, the words ‘‘and themachinery spaces are intended to be manned’’ are deleted;

.3 the first sentence of paragraph 2.2 is replaced by the following:

‘‘.2 the control shall be performed by a single control devicefor each independent propeller, with automatic performance ofall associated services, including, where necessary, means ofpreventing overload of the propulsion machinery.’’;

.4 paragraph 2.4 is replaced by the following:

‘‘.4 propulsion machinery orders from the navigation bridgeshall be indicated in the main machinery control room and atthe manoeuvring platform;’’;

.5 a new sentence is added at the end of paragraph 2.6 to read asfollows:

‘‘It shall also be possible to control the auxiliary machinery,essential for the propulsion and safety of the ship, at or near themachinery concerned;’’ and

.6 paragraphs 2.8, 2.8.1 and 2.8.2 are replaced by the following:

‘‘.8 indicators shall be fitted on the navigation bridge, themain machinery control room and at the manoeuvring platform,for:

.8.1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case offixed pitch propellers; and

.8.2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case ofcontrollable pitch propellers;’’.

Regulation 32Steam boilers and boiler feed systems

1 Every steam boiler and every unfired steam generator shall beprovided with not less than two safety valves of adequate capacity. However,having regard to the output or any other features of any boiler or unfiredsteam generator, the Administration may permit only one safety valve to be


119

fitted if it is satisfied that adequate protection against overpressure is therebyprovided.

2 Each oil-fired boiler which is intended to operate without manualsupervision shall have safety arrangements which shut off the fuel supply andgive an alarm in the case of low water level, air supply failure or flamefailure.

3 Water tube boilers serving turbine propulsion machinery shall befitted with a high-water-level alarm.

4 Every steam generating system which provides services essential forthe safety of the ship, or which could be rendered dangerous by the failureof its feedwater supply, shall be provided with not less than two separatefeedwater systems from and including the feed pumps, noting that a singlepenetration of the steam drum is acceptable. Unless overpressure isprevented by the pump characteristics, means shall be provided which willprevent overpressure in any part of the systems.

5 Boilers shall be provided with means to supervise and control thequality of the feedwater. Suitable arrangements shall be provided topreclude, as far as practicable, the entry of oil or other contaminants whichmay adversely affect the boiler.

6 Every boiler essential for the safety of the ship and designed to containwater at a specified level shall be provided with at least two means forindicating its water level, at least one of which shall be a direct reading gaugeglass.

Regulation 33Steam pipe systems

1 Every steam pipe and every fitting connected thereto through whichsteam may pass shall be so designed, constructed and installed as towithstand the maximum working stresses to which it may be subjected.

2 Means shall be provided for draining every steam pipe in whichdangerous water hammer action might otherwise occur.

3 If a steam pipe or fitting may receive steam from any source at a higherpressure than that for which it is designed a suitable reducing valve, reliefvalve and pressure gauge shall be fitted.

Regulation 34Air pressure systems

1 In every ship means shall be provided to prevent overpressure in anypart of compressed air systems and wherever water jackets or casings of air

120


IMO


compressors and coolers might be subjected to dangerous overpressure dueto leakage into them from air pressure parts. Suitable pressure reliefarrangements shall be provided for all systems.

2 The main starting air arrangements for main propulsion internalcombustion engines shall be adequately protected against the effects ofbackfiring and internal explosion in the starting air pipes.

3 All discharge pipes from starting air compressors shall lead directly tothe starting air receivers, and all starting pipes from the air receivers to mainor auxiliary engines shall be entirely separate from the compressor dischargepipe system.

4 Provision shall be made to reduce to a minimum the entry of oil intothe air pressure systems and to drain these systems.

Regulation 35Ventilating systems in machinery spaces

Machinery spaces of category A shall be adequately ventilated so as to ensurethat when machinery or boilers therein are operating at full power in allweather conditions including heavy weather, an adequate supply of air ismaintained to the spaces for the safety and comfort of personnel and theoperation of the machinery. Any other machinery space shall be adequatelyventilated appropriate for the purpose of that machinery space.

Regulation 36Protection against noise*

Measures shall be taken to reduce machinery noise in machinery spaces toacceptable levels as determined by the Administration. If this noise cannotbe sufficiently reduced the source of excessive noise shall be suitablyinsulated or isolated or a refuge from noise shall be provided if the space isrequired to be manned. Ear protectors shall be provided for personnelrequired to enter such spaces, if necessary.

Regulation 37Communication between navigation bridgeand machinery space

1 At least two independent means shall be provided for communicatingorders from the navigation bridge to the position in the machinery space orin the control room from which the engines are normally controlled: one of

Part C: Machinery installations Regulations 33, 34, 35, 36, 37

* Refer to the Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.468(XII).

121

IMO


IMO


these shall be an engine-room telegraph which provides visual indication ofthe orders and responses both in the machinery space and on the navigationbridge. Appropriate means of communication shall be provided to any otherpositions from which the engines may be controlled.

2 For ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994 the followingrequirements apply in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 1:

At least two independent means shall be provided for communicatingorders from the navigation bridge to the position in the machineryspace or in the control room from which the speed and direction ofthrust of the propellers are normally controlled; one of these shall bean engine-room telegraph which provides visual indication of theorders and responses both in the machinery spaces and on thenavigation bridge. Appropriate means of communication shall beprovided from the navigation bridge and the engine-room to anyother position from which the speed or direction of thrust of thepropellers may be controlled.

Regulation 38Engineers’ alarm

An engineers’ alarm shall be provided to be operated from the enginecontrol room or at the manoeuvring platform as appropriate, and shall beclearly audible in the engineers’ accommodation.

Regulation 39Location of emergency installations in passenger ships

Emergency sources of electrical power, fire pumps, bilge pumps exceptthose specifically serving the spaces forward of the collision bulkhead, anyfixed fire-extinguishing system required by chapter II-2 and otheremergency installations which are essential for the safety of the ship, exceptanchor windlasses, shall not be installed forward of the collision bulkhead.

122


IMO


Part DElectrical installations

(Except where expressly provided otherwise part Dapplies to passenger ships and cargo ships)


1 Electrical installations shall be such that:

.1 all electrical auxiliary services necessary for maintaining the shipin normal operational and habitable conditions will be ensuredwithout recourse to the emergency source of electrical power;

.2 electrical services essential for safety will be ensured undervarious emergency conditions; and

.3 the safety of passengers, crew and ship from electrical hazardswill be ensured.

2 The Administration shall take appropriate steps to ensure uniformityin the implementation and application of the provisions of this part inrespect of electrical installations.*

Regulation 41Main source of electrical power and lighting systems

1.1 A main source of electrical power of sufficient capacity to supply allthose services mentioned in regulation 40.1.1 shall be provided. This mainsource of electrical power shall consist of at least two generating sets.

1.2 The capacity of these generating sets shall be such that in the event ofany one generating set being stopped it will still be possible to supply thoseservices necessary to provide normal operational conditions of propulsionand safety. Minimum comfortable conditions of habitability shall also beensured which include at least adequate services for cooking, heating,domestic refrigeration, mechanical ventilation, sanitary and fresh water.

Part D: Electrical installations Regulations 38, 39, 40, 41

* Refer to the recommendations published by the International Electrotechnical Commissionand, in particular, Publication 92 – Electrical Installations in Ships.

123

1.3 The arrangements of the ship’s main source of electrical power shallbe such that the services referred to in regulation 40.1.1 can be maintainedregardless of the speed and direction of rotation of the propulsionmachinery or shafting.

1.4 In addition, the generating sets shall be such as to ensure that with anyone generator or its primary source of power out of operation, theremaining generating sets shall be capable of providing the electrical servicesnecessary to start the main propulsion plant from a dead ship condition. Theemergency source of electrical power may be used for the purpose ofstarting from a dead ship condition if its capability either alone or combinedwith that of any other source of electrical power is sufficient to provide atthe same time those services required to be supplied by regulations 42.2.1 to42.2.3 or 43.2.1 to 43.2.4.

1.5 Where transformers constitute an essential part of the electrical supplysystem required by this paragraph, the system shall be so arranged as toensure the same continuity of the supply as is stated in this paragraph.

2.1 A main electric lighting system which shall provide illuminationthroughout those parts of the ship normally accessible to and used bypassengers or crew shall be supplied from the main source of electricalpower.

2.2 The arrangement of the main electric lighting system shall be suchthat a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the main source of electricalpower, associated transforming equipment, if any, the main switchboardand the main lighting switchboard, will not render the emergency electriclighting system required by regulations 42.2.1 and 42.2.2 or 43.2.1, 43.2.2and 43.2.3 inoperative.

2.3 The arrangement of the emergency electric lighting system shall besuch that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the emergency sourceof electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, theemergency switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard will notrender the main electric lighting system required by this regulationinoperative.

3 The main switchboard shall be so placed relative to one maingenerating station that, as far as is practicable, the integrity of the normalelectrical supply may be affected only by a fire or other casualty in one space.An environmental enclosure for the main switchboard, such as may beprovided by a machinery control room situated within the main boundariesof the space, is not to be considered as separating the switchboards from thegenerators.

4 Where the total installed electrical power of the main generating sets isin excess of 3 MW, the main busbars shall be subdivided into at least twoparts which shall normally be connected by removable links or other

124


IMO


approved means; so far as is practicable, the connection of generating setsand any other duplicated equipment shall be equally divided between theparts. Equivalent arrangements may be permitted to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

5 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998:

.1 in addition to paragraphs 1 to 3, shall comply with thefollowing:

.1.1 where the main source of electrical power is necessary forpropulsion and steering of the ship, the system shall be soarranged that the electrical supply to equipment necessary forpropulsion and steering and to ensure safety of the ship will bemaintained or immediately restored in the case of loss of anyone of the generators in service;

.1.2 load shedding or other equivalent arrangements shall beprovided to protect the generators required by this regulationagainst sustained overload;

.1.3 where the main source of electrical power is necessary forpropulsion of the ship, the main busbar shall be subdividedinto at least two parts which shall normally be connected bycircuit breakers or other approved means; so far as ispracticable, the connection of generating sets and otherduplicated equipment shall be equally divided between theparts; and

.2 need not comply with paragraph 4.

Regulation 42Emergency source of electrical power in passenger ships

(Paragraphs 2.6.1 and 4.2 of this regulation apply to shipsconstructed on or after 1 February 1992)

1.1 A self-contained emergency source of electrical power shall beprovided.

1.2 The emergency source of electrical power, associated transformingequipment, if any, transitional source of emergency power, emergencyswitchboard and emergency lighting switchboard shall be located above theuppermost continuous deck and shall be readily accessible from the opendeck. They shall not be located forward of the collision bulkhead.

1.3 The location of the emergency source of electrical power andassociated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source ofemergency power, the emergency switchboard and the emergency electriclighting switchboards in relation to the main source of electrical power,associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard shall

Part D: Electrical installations Regulation 42

125

IMO


be such as to ensure to the satisfaction of the Administration that a fire orother casualty in spaces containing the main source of electrical power,associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard or inany machinery space of category A will not interfere with the supply,control and distribution of emergency electrical power. As far as practicable,the space containing the emergency source of electrical power, associatedtransforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergencyelectrical power and the emergency switchboard shall not be contiguous tothe boundaries of machinery spaces of category A or those spaces containingthe main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, ifany, or the main switchboard.

1.4 Provided that suitable measures are taken for safeguarding indepen-dent emergency operation under all circumstances, the emergencygenerator may be used exceptionally, and for short periods, to supplynon-emergency circuits.

2 The electrical power available shall be sufficient to supply all thoseservices that are essential for safety in an emergency, due regard being paidto such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. The emergencysource of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting currentsand the transitory nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously atleast the following services for the periods specified hereinafter, if theydepend upon an electrical source for their operation:

2.1 For a period of 36 h, emergency lighting:

.1 at every muster and embarkation station and over the sides asrequired by regulations III/11.4 and III/16.7;

.2 in alleyways, stairways and exits giving access to the muster andembarkation stations, as required by regulation III/11.5;

.3 in all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways and exits,personnel lift cars;

.4 in the machinery spaces and main generating stations includingtheir control positions;

.5 in all control stations, machinery control rooms, and at eachmain and emergency switchboard;

.6 at all stowage positions for firemen’s outfits;

.7 at the steering gear; and

.8 at the fire pump, the sprinkler pump and the emergency bilgepump referred to in paragraph 2.4 and at the starting position oftheir motors.

2.2 For a period of 36 h:

.1 the navigation lights and other lights required by the Interna-tional Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force; and

126


.2 on ships constructed on or after 1 February 1995, the VHF radioinstallation required by regulation IV/7.1.1 and IV/7.1.2; and, ifapplicable:

.2.1 the MF radio installation required by regulations IV/9.1.1,IV/9.1.2, IV/10.1.2 and IV/10.1.3;

.2.2 the ship earth station required by regulation IV/10.1.1; and

.2.3 the MF/HF radio installation required by regulations IV/10.2.1, IV/10.2.2 and IV/11.1.


.1 all internal communication equipment required in an emer-gency;

.2 the shipborne navigational equipment as required by regulationV/12*; where such provision is unreasonable or impracticablethe Administration may waive this requirement for ships of lessthan 5,000 gross tonnage;

.3 the fire detection and fire alarm system, and the fire doorholding and release system; and

.4 for intermittent operation of the daylight signalling lamp, theship’s whistle, the manually operated call points, and all internalsignals that are required in an emergency;

unless such services have an independent supply for the period of 36 h froman accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.


.1 one of the fire pumps required by regulation II-2/4.3.1 and4.3.3;{

.2 the automatic sprinkler pump, if any; and

.3 the emergency bilge pump and all the equipment essential for theoperation of electrically powered remote controlled bilge valves.

2.5 For the period of time required by regulation 29.14 the steering gear ifrequired to be so supplied by that regulation.

2.6 For a period of half an hour:

.1 any watertight doors required by regulation 15 to be power-operated together with their indicators and warning signals;


* This relates to the chapter V in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent in the amendedchapter V is regulation 19.{ These relate to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalents in the amendedchapter II-2 are 10.2.2.2 and 10.2.2.3.

127

.2 the emergency arrangements to bring the lift cars to deck levelfor the escape of persons. The passenger lift cars may be broughtto deck level sequentially in an emergency.

2.7 In a ship engaged regularly on voyages of short duration, theAdministration if satisfied that an adequate standard of safety would beattained may accept a lesser period than the 36 h period specified inparagraphs 2.1 to 2.5 but not less than 12 h.

3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generatoror an accumulator battery, which shall comply with the following:

3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shallbe:

.1 driven by a suitable prime mover with an independent supply offuel having a flashpoint (closed cup test) of not less than 438C;

.2 started automatically upon failure of the electrical supply fromthe main source of electrical power and shall be automaticallyconnected to the emergency switchboard; those services referredto in paragraph 4 shall then be transferred automatically to theemergency generating set. The automatic starting system andthe characteristic of the prime mover shall be such as to permitthe emergency generator to carry its full rated load as quickly asis safe and practicable, subject to a maximum of 45 s; unless asecond independent means of starting the emergency generatingset is provided, the single source of stored energy shall beprotected to preclude its complete depletion by the automaticstarting system; and

.3 provided with a transitional source of emergency electricalpower according to paragraph 4.

3.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulatorbattery, it shall be capable of:

.1 carrying the emergency electrical load without recharging whilemaintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the dischargeperiod within 12% above or below its nominal voltage;

.2 automatically connecting to the emergency switchboard in theevent of failure of the main source of electrical power; and

.3 immediately supplying at least those services specified inparagraph 4.

3.3 The following provisions in paragraph 3.1.2 shall not apply to shipsconstructed on or after 1 October 1994:

Unless a second independent means of starting the emergencygenerating set is provided, the single source of stored energy shall

128


be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automaticstarting system.

3.4 For ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998, where electrical poweris necessary to restore propulsion, the capacity shall be sufficient to restorepropulsion to the ship in conjunction with other machinery, as appropriate,from a dead ship condition within 30 min after blackout.

4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power required byparagraph 3.1.3 shall consist of an accumulator battery suitably located foruse in an emergency which shall operate without recharging whilemaintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge periodwithin 12% above or below its nominal voltage and be of sufficient capacityand so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure of eitherthe main or emergency source of electrical power at least the followingservices, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:

4.1 For half an hour:

.1 the lighting required by paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2;

.2 all services required by paragraphs 2.3.1, 2.3.3 and 2.3.4 unlesssuch services have an independent supply for the periodspecified from an accumulator battery suitably located for usein an emergency.

4.2 Power to operate the watertight doors, as required by regulation15.7.3.3, but not necessarily all of them simultaneously, unless anindependent temporary source of stored energy is provided. Power to thecontrol, indication and alarm circuits as required by regulation 15.7.2 forhalf an hour.

5.1 The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicableto the emergency source of electrical power.

5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, theemergency switchboard shall be located in the same space unless theoperation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.

5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this regulation shallbe installed in the same space as the emergency switchboard. An indicatorshall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in themachinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting eitherthe emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source ofemergency electrical power referred to in paragraph 3.1.3 or 4 are beingdischarged.

5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normaloperation from the main switchboard by an interconnector feeder whichis to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload andshort circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at the


129

emergency switchboard upon failure of the main source of electrical power.Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the interconnectorfeeder is also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least againstshort circuit.

5.5 In order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source ofelectrical power, arrangements shall be made where necessary to disconnectautomatically non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard toensure that power shall be available to the emergency circuits.

6 The emergency generator and its prime mover and any emergencyaccumulator battery shall be so designed and arranged as to ensure that theywill function at full rated power when the ship is upright and when inclinedat any angle of list up to 22.58 or when inclined up to 108 either in the foreor aft direction, or is in any combination of angles within those limits.

7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the completeemergency system and shall include the testing of automatic startingarrangements.

Regulation 42-1Supplementary emergency lighting for ro–ro passenger ships

(This regulation applies to all passenger ships with ro–ro cargospaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation II-2/3,except that for ships constructed before 22 October 1989, thisregulation shall apply not later than 22 October 1990)

1 In addition to the emergency lighting required by regulation 42.2, onevery passenger ship with ro–ro cargo spaces or special category spaces asdefined in regulation II-2/3:

.1 all passenger public spaces and alleyways shall be provided withsupplementary electric lighting that can operate for at least 3 hwhen all other sources of electrical power have failed and underany condition of heel. The illumination provided shall be suchthat the approach to the means of escape can be readily seen.The source of power for the supplementary lighting shall consistof accumulator batteries located within the lighting units that arecontinuously charged, where practicable, from the emergencyswitchboard. Alternatively, any other means of lighting which isat least as effective may be accepted by the Administration. Thesupplementary lighting shall be such that any failure of the lampwill be immediately apparent. Any accumulator battery providedshall be replaced at intervals having regard to the specifiedservice life in the ambient conditions that they are subject to inservice; and

130


.2 a portable rechargeable battery operated lamp shall be provided inevery crew space alleyway, recreational space and every workingspace which is normally occupied unless supplementary emer-gency lighting, as required by subparagraph .1, is provided.

Regulation 43Emergency source of electrical power in cargo ships

1.1 A self-contained emergency source of electrical power shall beprovided.

1.2 The emergency source of electrical power, associated transformingequipment, if any, transitional source of emergency power, emergencyswitchboard and emergency lighting switchboard shall be located above theuppermost continuous deck and shall be readily accessible from the opendeck. They shall not be located forward of the collision bulkhead, exceptwhere permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances.

1.3 The location of the emergency source of electrical power, associatedtransforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency power,the emergency switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard inrelation to the main source of electrical power, associated transformingequipment, if any, and the main switchboard shall be such as to ensure tothe satisfaction of the Administration that a fire or other casualty in the spacecontaining the main source of electrical power, associated transformingequipment, if any, and the main switchboard, or in any machinery space ofcategory A will not interfere with the supply, control and distribution ofemergency electrical power. As far as practicable the space containing theemergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, ifany, the transitional source of emergency electrical power and theemergency switchboard shall not be contiguous to the boundaries ofmachinery spaces of category A or those spaces containing the main sourceof electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the mainswitchboard.

1.4 Provided that suitable measures are taken for safeguarding indepen-dent emergency operation under all circumstances, the emergencygenerator may be used, exceptionally, and for short periods, to supplynon-emergency circuits.

2 The electrical power available shall be sufficient to supply all thoseservices that are essential for safety in an emergency, due regard being paidto such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. The emergencysource of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting currentsand the transitory nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously atleast the following services for the periods specified hereinafter, if theydepend upon an electrical source for their operation:

Part D: Electrical installations Regulation 42-1, 43

131

IMO


2.1 For a period of 3 h, emergency lighting at every muster andembarkation station and over the sides as required by regulations III/11.4and III/16.7.

2.2 For a period of 18 h, emergency lighting:

.1 in all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways and exits,personnel lift cars and personnel lift trunks;

.2 in the machinery spaces and main generating stations includingtheir control positions;

.3 in all control stations, machinery control rooms, and at eachmain and emergency switchboard;

.4 at all stowage positions for firemen’s outfits;

.5 at the steering gear;

.6 at the fire pump referred to in paragraph 2.5, at the sprinklerpump, if any, and at the emergency bilge pump, if any, and atthe starting positions of their motors; and

.7 in all cargo pump-rooms of tankers constructed on or after 1July 2002.


.1 the navigation lights and other lights required by the Interna-tional Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;

.2 on ships constructed on or after 1 February 1995 the VHF radioinstallation required by regulation IV/7.1.1 and IV/7.1.2; and, ifapplicable:

.2.1 the MF radio installation required by regulations IV/9.1.1,IV/9.1.2, IV/10.1.2 and IV/10.1.3;

.2.2 the ship earth station required by regulation IV/10.1.1; and

.2.3 the MF/HF radio installation required by regulations IV/10.2.1,IV/10.2.2 and IV/11.1.


.1 all internal communication equipment as required in anemergency;

.2 the shipborne navigational equipment as required byregulation V/12;* where such provision is unreasonable orimpracticable the Administration may waive this requirementfor ships of less than 5,000 gross tonnage;

.3 the fire detection and fire alarm system; and

.4 intermittent operation of the daylight signalling lamp, the ship’swhistle, the manually operated call points and all internal signalsthat are required in an emergency;

* This relates to the chapter V in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent in the amendedchapter V is regulation 19.

132


unless such services have an independent supply for the period of 18 h froman accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.

2.5 For a period of 18 h one of the fire pumps required by regulationII-2/4.3.1 and 4.3.3* if dependent upon the emergency generator for itssource of power.

2.6.1 For the period of time required by regulation 29.14 the steering gearwhere it is required to be so supplied by that regulation.

2.6.2 In a ship engaged regularly in voyages of short duration, theAdministration if satisfied that an adequate standard of safety would beattained may accept a lesser period than the 18 h period specified inparagraphs 2.2 to 2.5 but not less than 12 h.

3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generatoror an accumulator battery, which shall comply with the following:

3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be:

.1 driven by a suitable prime mover with an independent supply offuel, having a flashpoint (closed cup test) of not less than 438C;

.2 started automatically upon failure of the main source of electricalpower supply unless a transitional source of emergency electricalpower in accordance with paragraph 3.1.3 is provided; where theemergency generator is automatically started, it shall be auto-matically connected to the emergency switchboard; those servicesreferred to in paragraph 4 shall then be connected automatically tothe emergency generator; and unless a second independent meansof starting the emergency generator is provided the single sourceof stored energy shall be protected to preclude its completedepletion by the automatic starting system; and

.3 provided with a transitional source of emergency electricalpower as specified in paragraph 4 unless an emergency generatoris provided capable both of supplying the services mentioned inthat paragraph and of being automatically started and supplyingthe required load as quickly as is safe and practicable subject to amaximum of 45 s.

3.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulatorbattery it shall be capable of:

.1 carrying the emergency electrical load without recharging whilemaintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the dischargeperiod within 12% above or below its nominal voltage;


* These relate to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalents in the amendedchapter II-2 are 10.2.2.2 and 10.2.2.3.

133

.2 automatically connecting to the emergency switchboard in theevent of failure of the main source of electrical power; and

.3 immediately supplying at least those services specified inparagraph 4.

3.3 The following provision in paragraph 3.1.2 shall not apply to shipsconstructed on or after 1 October 1994:

Unless a second independent means of starting the emergencygenerating set is provided, the single source of stored energy shallbe protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automaticstarting system.

3.4 For ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998, where electrical poweris necessary to restore propulsion, the capacity shall be sufficient to restorepropulsion to the ship in conjunction with other machinery, as appropriate,from a dead ship condition within 30 min after blackout.

4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power where requiredby paragraph 3.1.3 shall consist of an accumulator battery suitably locatedfor use in an emergency which shall operate without recharging whilemaintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge periodwithin 12% above or below its nominal voltage and be of sufficient capacityand shall be so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure ofeither the main or the emergency source of electrical power for half an hourat least the following services if they depend upon an electrical source fortheir operation:

.1 the lighting required by paragraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.1. For thistransitional phase, the required emergency electric lighting, inrespect of the machinery space and accommodation and servicespaces may be provided by permanently fixed, individual,automatically charged, relay operated accumulator lamps; and

.2 all services required by paragraphs 2.4.1, 2.4.3 and 2.4.4 unlesssuch services have an independent supply for the periodspecified from an accumulator battery suitably located for usein an emergency.

5.1 The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicableto the emergency source of electrical power.

5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, theemergency switchboard shall be located in the same space unless theoperation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.

5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this regulation shallbe installed in the same space as the emergency switchboard. An indicatorshall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in themachinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting eitherthe emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source ofelectrical power referred to in paragraph 3.2 or 4 are being discharged.

134


5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normaloperation from the main switchboard by an interconnector feeder whichis to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload andshort circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at theemergency switchboard upon failure of the main source of electrical power.Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the interconnectorfeeder is also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least againstshort circuit.

5.5 In order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source ofelectrical power, arrangements shall be made where necessary to disconnectautomatically non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard toensure that electrical power shall be available automatically to theemergency circuits.

6 The emergency generator and its prime mover and any emergencyaccumulator battery shall be so designed and arranged as to ensure that theywill function at full rated power when the ship is upright and when inclinedat any angle of list up to 22.58 or when inclined up to 108 either in the foreor aft direction, or is in any combination of angles within those limits.

7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the completeemergency system and shall include the testing of automatic startingarrangements.

Regulation 44Starting arrangements for emergency generating sets

1 Emergency generating sets shall be capable of being readily started intheir cold condition at a temperature of 08C. If this is impracticable, or iflower temperatures are likely to be encountered, provision acceptable to theAdministration shall be made for the maintenance of heating arrangements,to ensure ready starting of the generating sets.

2 Each emergency generating set arranged to be automatically startedshall be equipped with starting devices approved by the Administration witha stored energy capability of at least three consecutive starts. A secondsource of energy shall be provided for an additional three starts within30 min unless manual starting can be demonstrated to be effective.

2.1 Ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994, in lieu of the provisionof the second sentence of paragraph 2, shall comply with the followingrequirements:

The source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude criticaldepletion by the automatic starting system, unless a secondindependent means of starting is provided. In addition, a second


135

IMO


source of energy shall be provided for an additional three starts within30 min unless manual starting can be demonstrated to be effective.

3 The stored energy shall be maintained at all times, as follows:

.1 electrical and hydraulic starting systems shall be maintained fromthe emergency switchboard;

.2 compressed air starting systems may be maintained by the mainor auxiliary compressed air receivers through a suitable non-return valve or by an emergency air compressor which, ifelectrically driven, is supplied from the emergency switchboard;

.3 all of these starting, charging and energy storing devices shall belocated in the emergency generator space; these devices are notto be used for any purpose other than the operation of theemergency generating set. This does not preclude the supply tothe air receiver of the emergency generating set from the mainor auxiliary compressed air system through the non-return valvefitted in the emergency generator space.

4.1 Where automatic starting is not required, manual starting ispermissible, such as manual cranking, inertia starters, manually chargedhydraulic accumulators, or powder charge cartridges, where they can bedemonstrated as being effective.

4.2 When manual starting is not practicable, the requirements ofparagraphs 2 and 3 shall be complied with except that starting may bemanually initiated.

Regulation 45Precautions against shock, fire and other hazards of electrical origin

1.1 Exposed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which arenot intended to be live but which are liable under fault conditions tobecome live shall be earthed unless the machines or equipment are:

.1 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 50 V direct current or 50 Vroot mean square between conductors; auto-transformers shallnot be used for the purpose of achieving this voltage; or

.2 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 250 V by safety isolatingtransformers supplying only one consuming device; or

.3 constructed in accordance with the principle of doubleinsulation.

1.2 The Administration may require additional precautions for portableelectrical equipment for use in confined or exceptionally damp spaces whereparticular risks due to conductivity may exist.

136


1.3 All electrical apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed as not tocause injury when handled or touched in the normal manner.

2 Main and emergency switchboards shall be so arranged as to give easyaccess as may be needed to apparatus and equipment, without danger topersonnel. The sides and the rear and, where necessary, the front ofswitchboards shall be suitably guarded. Exposed live parts having voltages toearth exceeding a voltage to be specified by the Administration shall not beinstalled on the front of such switchboards. Where necessary, nonconduct-ing mats or gratings shall be provided at the front and rear of theswitchboard.

3.1 The hull return system of distribution shall not be used for anypurpose in a tanker, or for power, heating, or lighting in any other ship of1,600 gross tonnage and upwards.

3.2 The requirement of paragraph 3.1 does not preclude under conditionsapproved by the Administration the use of:

.1 impressed current cathodic protective systems;

.2 limited and locally earthed systems; or

.3 insulation level monitoring devices provided the circulationcurrent does not exceed 30 mA under the most unfavourableconditions.

3.2–1 For ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994, the requirement ofparagraph 3.1 does not preclude the use of limited and locally earthedsystems, provided that any possible resulting current does not flow directlythrough any dangerous spaces.

3.3 Where the hull return system is used, all final subcircuits, i.e. allcircuits fitted after the last protective device, shall be two-wire and specialprecautions shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.

4.1 Earthed distribution systems shall not be used in a tanker. TheAdministration may exceptionally permit in a tanker the earthing of theneutral for alternating current power networks of 3,000 V (line to line) andover, provided that any possible resulting current does not flow directlythrough any of the dangerous spaces.

4.2 When a distribution system, whether primary or secondary, forpower, heating or lighting, with no connection to earth is used, a devicecapable of continuously monitoring the insulation level to earth and ofgiving an audible or visual indication of abnormally low insulation valuesshall be provided.


137

4.3 Ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994, in lieu of the provisionsof paragraph 4.1, shall comply with the following requirements:

.1 Except as permitted by paragraph 4.3.2, earthed distributionsystems shall not be used in a tanker.

.2 The requirement of paragraph 4.3.1 does not preclude the use ofearthed intrinsically safe circuits and in addition, underconditions approved by the Administration, the use of thefollowing earthed systems:

.2.1 power-supplied control circuits and instrumentation circuitswhere technical or safety reasons preclude the use of a systemwith no connection to earth, provided the current in the hull islimited to not more than 5 A in both normal and faultconditions; or

.2.2 limited and locally earthed systems, provided that any possibleresulting current does not flow directly through any of thedangerous spaces; or

.2.3 alternating current power networks of 1,000 V root meansquare (line to line) and over, provided that any possibleresulting current does not flow directly through any of thedangerous spaces.

5.1 Except as permitted by the Administration in exceptional circum-stances, all metal sheaths and armour of cables shall be electricallycontinuous and shall be earthed.

5.2 All electric cables and wiring external to equipment shall be at least ofa flame-retardant type and shall be so installed as not to impair their originalflame-retarding properties. Where necessary for particular applications theAdministration may permit the use of special types of cables such as radiofrequency cables, which do not comply with the foregoing.

5.3 Cables and wiring serving essential or emergency power, lighting,internal communications or signals shall so far as practicable be routed clearof galleys, laundries, machinery spaces of category A and their casings andother high fire risk areas. In ro–ro passenger ships, cabling for emergencyalarms and public address systems installed on or after 1 July 1998 shall beapproved by the Administration having regard to the recommendationsdeveloped by the Organization.* Cables connecting fire pumps to theemergency switchboard shall be of a fire-resistant type where they passthrough high fire risk areas. Where practicable all such cables should be runin such a manner as to preclude their being rendered unserviceable byheating of the bulkheads that may be caused by a fire in an adjacent space.

* Refer to MSC/Circ.808, Recommendation on performance standards for public addresssystems on passenger ships, including cabling.

138


IMO


5.4 Where cables which are installed in hazardous areas introduce the riskof fire or explosion in the event of an electrical fault in such areas, specialprecautions against such risks shall be taken to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

5.5 Cables and wiring shall be installed and supported in such a manner asto avoid chafing or other damage.

5.6 Terminations and joints in all conductors shall be so made as to retainthe original electrical, mechanical, flame-retarding and, where necessary,fire-resisting properties of the cable.

6.1 Each separate circuit shall be protected against short circuit and againstoverload, except as permitted in regulations 29 and 30 or where theAdministration may exceptionally otherwise permit.

6.2 The rating or appropriate setting of the overload protective device foreach circuit shall be permanently indicated at the location of the protectivedevice.

7 Lighting fittings shall be so arranged as to prevent temperature riseswhich could damage the cables and wiring, and to prevent surroundingmaterial from becoming excessively hot.

8 All lighting and power circuits terminating in a bunker or cargo spaceshall be provided with a multiple-pole switch outside the space fordisconnecting such circuits.

9.1 Accumulator batteries shall be suitably housed, and compartmentsused primarily for their accommodation shall be properly constructed andefficiently ventilated.

9.2 Electrical or other equipment which may constitute a source ofignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted in these compartmentsexcept as permitted in paragraph 10.

9.3 Accumulator batteries shall not be located in sleeping quarters exceptwhere hermetically sealed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

10 No electrical equipment shall be installed in any space whereflammable mixtures are liable to collect including those on board tankersor in compartments assigned principally to accumulator batteries, in paintlockers, acetylene stores or similar spaces, unless the Administration issatisfied that such equipment is:

.1 essential for operational purposes;

.2 of a type which will not ignite the mixture concerned;

.3 appropriate to the space concerned; and

.4 appropriately certified for safe usage in the dusts, vapours orgases likely to be encountered.


139

IMO


IMO


IMO


11 In a passenger ship, distribution systems shall be so arranged that fire inany main vertical zone as is defined in regulation II-2/3.9* will not interferewith services essential for safety in any other such zone. This requirementwill be met if main and emergency feeders passing through any such zone areseparated both vertically and horizontally as widely as is practicable.

* This relates to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent in the amendedchapter II-2 is 3.32.

140


Part EAdditional requirements for periodically

unattended machinery spaces

(Part E applies to cargo ships except that regulation 54refers to passenger ships)


1 The arrangements provided shall be such as to ensure that the safety ofthe ship in all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring, is equivalent tothat of a ship having the machinery spaces manned.

2 Measures shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration toensure that the equipment is functioning in a reliable manner and thatsatisfactory arrangements are made for regular inspections and routine teststo ensure continuous reliable operation.

3 Every ship shall be provided with documentary evidence, to thesatisfaction of the Administration, of its fitness to operate with periodicallyunattended machinery spaces.

Regulation 47Fire precautions

1 Means shall be provided to detect and give alarms at an early stage incase of fires:

.1 in boiler air supply casings and exhausts (uptakes); and

.2 in scavenging air belts of propulsion machinery,

unless the Administration considers this to be unnecessary in a particularcase.

2 Internal combustion engines of 2,250 kW and above or havingcylinders of more than 300 mm bore shall be provided with crankcase oilmist detectors or engine bearing temperature monitors or equivalentdevices.

Part E: Additional requirements Regulations 46, 47, 48

141

IMO


Regulation 48Protection against flooding

1 Bilge wells in periodically unattended machinery spaces shall belocated and monitored in such a way that the accumulation of liquids isdetected at normal angles of trim and heel, and shall be large enough toaccommodate easily the normal drainage during the unattended period.

2 Where the bilge pumps are capable of being started automatically,means shall be provided to indicate when the influx of liquid is greater thanthe pump capacity or when the pump is operating more frequently thanwould normally be expected. In these cases, smaller bilge wells to cover areasonable period of time may be permitted. Where automaticallycontrolled bilge pumps are provided, special attention shall be given to oilpollution prevention requirements.

3 The location of the controls of any valve serving a sea inlet, a dischargebelow the waterline or a bilge injection system shall be so sited as to allowadequate time for operation in case of influx of water to the space, havingregard to the time likely to be required in order to reach and operate suchcontrols. If the level to which the space could become flooded with the shipin the fully loaded condition so requires, arrangements shall be made tooperate the controls from a position above such level.

Regulation 49Control of propulsion machineryfrom the navigation bridge

1 Under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring, the speed,direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of the propeller shall be fullycontrollable from the navigation bridge.

1.1 Such remote control shall be performed by a single control device foreach independent propeller, with automatic performance of all associatedservices, including, where necessary, means of preventing overload of thepropulsion machinery.

1.2 The main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergencystopping device on the navigation bridge which shall be independent of thenavigation bridge control system.

2 Propulsion machinery orders from the navigation bridge shall beindicated in the main machinery control room or at the propulsionmachinery control position as appropriate.

3 Remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible onlyfrom one location at a time; at such locations interconnected controlpositions are permitted. At each location there shall be an indicator showing

142


which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer ofcontrol between the navigation bridge and machinery spaces shall bepossible only in the main machinery space or in the main machinery controlroom. The system shall include means to prevent the propelling thrust fromaltering significantly when transferring control from one location toanother.

4 It shall be possible for all machinery essential for the safe operation ofthe ship to be controlled from a local position, even in the case of failure inany part of the automatic or remote control systems.

5 The design of the remote automatic control system shall be such thatin case of its failure an alarm will be given. Unless the Administrationconsiders it impracticable, the preset speed and direction of thrust of thepropeller shall be maintained until local control is in operation.

6 Indicators shall be fitted on the navigation bridge for:

.1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixedpitch propellers; or

.2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllablepitch propellers.

7 The number of consecutive automatic attempts which fail to producea start shall be limited to safeguard sufficient starting air pressure. An alarmshall be provided to indicate low starting air pressure set at a level which stillpermits starting operations of the propulsion machinery.

Regulation 50Communication

A reliable means of vocal communication shall be provided between themain machinery control room or the propulsion machinery control positionas appropriate, the navigation bridge and the engineer officers’ accommoda-tion.

Regulation 51Alarm system

1 An alarm system shall be provided indicating any fault requiringattention and shall:

.1 be capable of sounding an audible alarm in the main machinerycontrol room or at the propulsion machinery control position,and indicate visually each separate alarm function at a suitableposition;

.2 have a connection to the engineers’ public rooms and to each ofthe engineers’ cabins through a selector switch, to ensure

Part E: Additional requirements Regulations 48, 49, 50, 51

143

IMO


IMO


connection to at least one of those cabins. Administrations maypermit equivalent arrangements;

.3 activate an audible and visual alarm on the navigation bridge forany situation which requires action by or attention of the officeron watch;

.4 as far as is practicable be designed on the fail-to-safety principle;and

.5 activate the engineers’ alarm required by regulation 38 if an alarmfunction has not received attention locally within a limited time.

2.1 The alarm system shall be continuously powered and shall have anautomatic change-over to a stand-by power supply in case of loss of normalpower supply.

2.2 Failure of the normal power supply of the alarm system shall beindicated by an alarm.

3.1 The alarm system shall be able to indicate at the same time more thanone fault and the acceptance of any alarm shall not inhibit another alarm.

3.2 Acceptance at the position referred to in paragraph 1 of any alarmcondition shall be indicated at the positions where it was shown. Alarmsshall be maintained until they are accepted and the visual indications ofindividual alarms shall remain until the fault has been corrected, when thealarm system shall automatically reset to the normal operating condition.

Regulation 52Safety systems

A safety system shall be provided to ensure that serious malfunction inmachinery or boiler operations, which presents an immediate danger, shallinitiate the automatic shutdown of that part of the plant and that an alarmshall be given. Shutdown of the propulsion system shall not beautomatically activated except in cases which could lead to serious damage,complete breakdown, or explosion. Where arrangements for overriding theshutdown of the main propelling machinery are fitted, these shall be such asto preclude inadvertent operation. Visual means shall be provided toindicate when the override has been activated.

Regulation 53Special requirements for machinery, boilerand electrical installations

1 The special requirements for the machinery, boiler and electricalinstallations shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and shallinclude at least the requirements of this regulation.


144

2 The main source of electrical power shall comply with the following:

2.1 Where the electrical power can normally be supplied by onegenerator, suitable load-shedding arrangements shall be provided to ensurethe integrity of supplies to services required for propulsion and steering aswell as the safety of the ship. In the case of loss of the generator in operation,adequate provision shall be made for automatic starting and connecting tothe main switchboard of a stand-by generator of sufficient capacity to permitpropulsion and steering and to ensure the safety of the ship with automaticrestarting of the essential auxiliaries including, where necessary, sequentialoperations. The Administration may dispense with this requirement for aship of less than 1,600 gross tonnage, if it is considered impracticable.

2.2 If the electrical power is normally supplied by more than onegenerator simultaneously in parallel operation, provision shall be made, forinstance by load shedding, to ensure that, in case of loss of one of thesegenerating sets, the remaining ones are kept in operation without overloadto permit propulsion and steering, and to ensure the safety of the ship.

3 Where stand-by machines are required for other auxiliary machineryessential to propulsion, automatic change-over devices shall be provided.

4 Automatic control and alarm system

4.1 The control system shall be such that the services needed for theoperation of the main propulsion machinery and its auxiliaries are ensuredthrough the necessary automatic arrangements.

4.2 An alarm shall be given on the automatic change-over.

4.3 An alarm system complying with regulation 51 shall be provided forall important pressures, temperatures and fluid levels and other essentialparameters.

4.4 A centralized control position shall be arranged with the necessaryalarm panels and instrumentation indicating any alarm.

5 Means shall be provided to keep the starting air pressure at therequired level where internal combustion engines are used for mainpropulsion.

Regulation 54Special consideration in respect of passenger ships

Passenger ships shall be specially considered by the Administration as towhether or not their machinery spaces may be periodically unattended andif so whether additional requirements to those stipulated in these regulationsare necessary to achieve equivalent safety to that of normally attendedmachinery spaces.

Part E: Additional requirements Regulations 52, 53, 54

145

IMO


CHAPTER II-2Construction – Fire protection, fire

detection and fire extinction


1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

2 Fire safety objectives and functional requirements . . . . . . 153

3 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Part B – Prevention of fire and explosion

4 Probability of ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

5 Fire growth potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

6 Smoke generation potential and toxicity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Part C – Suppression of fire

7 Detection and alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

8 Control of smoke spread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

9 Containment of fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

10 Fire fighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

11 Structural integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Part D – Escape

12 Notification of crew and passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

13 Means of escape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

147

IMO

For Interpretations of vague expressions and other vague wording in SOLAS Chapter II-2 see MSC/Circ.847, MSC/Circ.847/Corr.1, MSC/Circ.915, MSC/Circ.965 and MSC/Circ.1037

Administrator

MSC/Circ.847

Administrator

MSC/Circ.915

Administrator

MSC/Circ.965

Administrator

MSC/Circ.1037

Administrator

MSC/Circ.847/Corr.1

Part E – Operational requirements

14 Operational readiness and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

15 Instructions, on-board training and drills . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

16 Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Part F – Alternative design and arrangements

17 Alternative design and arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Part G – Special requirements

18 Helicopter facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

19 Carriage of dangerous goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

20 Protection of vehicle, special category and ro–ro spaces . . 277

148

Chapter II-2: Construction – fire protection, detection, extinction

IMO

For Interpretations of vague expressions and other vague wording in SOLAS Chapter II-2 see MSC/Circ.847 and also for regulations 23, 30 ,42 see MSC/Circ.915 and also for regulations 34, 39 see MSC/Circ.965 and also for regulations 4, 9, 10, 13 see MSC/Circ.1037

Administrator

MSC/Circ.847

Administrator

MSC/Circ.915

Administrator

MSC/Circ.965

Administrator

MSC/Circ.1037

Part AGeneral


1 Application

1.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to shipsconstructed on or after 1 July 2002.

1.2 For the purpose of this chapter:

.1 the expression ships constructed means ships the keels of whichare laid or which are at a similar stage of construction;

.2 the expression all ships means ships, irrespective of type,constructed before, on or after 1 July 2002; and


1.3 For the purpose of this chapter, the expression a similar stage ofconstruction means the stage at which:


.2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material,whichever is less.

2 Applicable requirements to existing ships

2.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, for ships constructed before1 July 2002 the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which areapplicable under chapter II-2 of the International Convention for the Safetyof Life at Sea, 1974, as amended by resolutions MSC.1(XLV), MSC.6(48),MSC.13(57), MSC.22(59), MSC.24(60), MSC.27(61), MSC.31(63) andMSC.57(67), are complied with.

2.2 Ships constructed before 1 July 2002 shall also comply with:

.1 paragraphs 3, 6.5 and 6.7 as appropriate;


149

.2 regulations 13.3.4.2 to 13.3.4.5, 13.4.3 and part E, exceptregulations 16.3.2.2 and 16.3.2.3 thereof, as appropriate, notlater than the date of the first survey after 1 July 2002;

.3 regulations 10.4.1.3 and 10.6.4 for new installations only; and

.4 regulation 10.5.6 not later than 1 October 2005 for passengerships of 2,000 gross tonnage and above.

3 Repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting

3.1 All ships which undergo repairs, alterations, modifications andoutfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least therequirements previously applicable to these ships. Such ships, if constructedbefore 1 July 2002, shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements for shipsconstructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as they did beforeundergoing such repairs, alterations, modifications or outfitting.

3.2 Repairs, alterations and modifications which substantially alter thedimensions of a ship or the passenger accommodation spaces, orsubstantially increase a ship’s service life and outfitting related thereto, shallmeet the requirements for ships constructed on or after 1 July 2002 in so faras the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

4 Exemptions

4.1 The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature andconditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specificrequirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt* fromthose requirements individual ships or classes of ships entitled to fly the flagof its State, provided that such ships, in the course of their voyage, do notsail at distances of more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

4.2 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades forthe carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrimtrade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforcecompliance with the requirements of this chapter, may exempt such shipsfrom those requirements, provided that they comply fully with theprovisions of:



* Refer to port State concurrence with SOLAS exemptions (MSC/Circ.606).

150


5 Applicable requirements depending on ship type

Unless expressly provided otherwise:

.1 requirements not referring to a specific ship type shall apply toships of all types; and

.2 requirements referring to ‘‘tankers’’ shall apply to tankers subjectto the requirements specified in paragraph 6 below.

6 Application of requirements for tankers

6.1 Requirements for tankers in this chapter shall apply to tankerscarrying crude oil or petroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding608C (closed cup test), as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus,and a Reid vapour pressure which is below the atmospheric pressure orother liquid products having a similar fire hazard.

6.2 Where liquid cargoes other than those referred to in paragraph 6.1 orliquefied gases which introduce additional fire hazards are intended to becarried, additional safety measures shall be required, having due regard tothe provisions of the International Bulk Chemical Code, as defined inregulation VII/8.1, the Bulk Chemical Code, the International Gas CarrierCode, as defined in regulation VII/11.1, and the Gas Carrier Code, asappropriate.

6.2.1 A liquid cargo with a flashpoint of less than 608C for which a regularfoam fire-fighting system complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code isnot effective, is considered to be a cargo introducing additional fire hazardsin this context. The following additional measures are required:

.1 the foam shall be of alcohol-resistant type;

.2 the type of foam concentrates for use in chemical tankers shallbe to the satisfaction of the Administration, taking into accountthe guidelines developed by the Organization;* and

.3 the capacity and application rates of the foam extinguishingsystem shall comply with chapter 11 of the International BulkChemical Code, except that lower application rates may beaccepted based on performance tests. For tankers fitted withinert gas systems, a quantity of foam concentrate sufficient for20 min of foam generation may be accepted.{

6.2.2 For the purpose of this regulation, a liquid cargo with a vapourpressure greater than 1.013 bar absolute at 37.88C is considered to be acargo introducing additional fire hazards. Ships carrying such substances


* Refer to the Guidelines for performance and testing criteria and surveys of expansion foamconcentrates for fire-extinguishing systems for chemical tankers (MSC/Circ.799).{ Refer to the Information on flashpoint and recommended fire-fighting media for chemicals towhich neither the IBC nor BCH Codes apply (MSC/Circ.553).

151

shall comply with paragraph 15.14 of the International Bulk ChemicalCode. When ships operate in restricted areas and at restricted times, theAdministration concerned may agree to waive the requirements forrefrigeration systems in accordance with paragraph 15.14.3 of theInternational Bulk Chemical Code.

6.3 Liquid cargoes with a flashpoint exceeding 608C other than oilproducts or liquid cargoes subject to the requirements of the InternationalBulk Chemical Code are considered to constitute a low fire risk, notrequiring the protection of a fixed foam extinguishing system.

6.4 Tankers carrying petroleum products with a flashpoint exceeding608C (closed cup test), as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus,shall comply with the requirements provided in regulations 10.2.1.4.4 and10.10.2.3 and the requirements for cargo ships other than tankers, exceptthat, in lieu of the fixed fire-extinguishing system required in regulation10.7, they shall be fitted with a fixed deck foam system which shall complywith the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.

6.5 Combination carriers constructed before, on or after 1 July 2002 shallnot carry cargoes other than oil unless all cargo spaces are empty of oil andgas-freed or unless the arrangements provided in each case have beenapproved by the Administration taking into account the guidelinesdeveloped by the Organization.*

6.6 Chemical tankers and gas carriers shall comply with the requirementsfor tankers, except where alternative and supplementary arrangements areprovided to the satisfaction of the Administration, having due regard to theprovisions of the International Bulk Chemical Code and the InternationalGas Carrier Code, as appropriate.

6.7 The requirements of regulations 4.5.10.1.1 and 4.5.10.1.4 and asystem for continuous monitoring of the concentration of hydrocarbongases shall be fitted on all tankers constructed before 1 July 2002 by the dateof the first scheduled dry-docking after 1 July 2002, but not later than 1 July2005. Sampling points or detector heads shall be located in suitablepositions in order that potentially dangerous leakages are readily detected.When the hydrocarbon gas concentration reaches a pre-set level which shallnot be higher than 10% of the lower flammable limit, a continuous audibleand visual alarm signal shall be automatically effected in the pump-room andcargo control room to alert personnel to the potential hazard. However,existing monitoring systems already fitted having a pre-set level not greaterthan 30% of the lower flammable limit may be accepted.

* Refer to the Guidelines for inert gas systems (MSC/Circ.353), as amended by MSC/Circ.387.

152


Regulation 2Fire safety objectives and functional requirements

1 Fire safety objectives

1.1 The fire safety objectives of this chapter are to:

.1 prevent the occurrence of fire and explosion;

.2 reduce the risk to life caused by fire;

.3 reduce the risk of damage caused by fire to the ship, its cargo andthe environment;

.4 contain, control and suppress fire and explosion in thecompartment of origin; and

.5 provide adequate and readily accessible means of escape forpassengers and crew.

2 Functional requirements

2.1 In order to achieve the fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1, thefollowing functional requirements are embodied in the regulations of thischapter as appropriate:

.1 division of the ship into main vertical and horizontal zones bythermal and structural boundaries;

.2 separation of accommodation spaces from the remainder of theship by thermal and structural boundaries;

.3 restricted use of combustible materials;

.4 detection of any fire in the zone of origin;

.5 containment and extinction of any fire in the space of origin;

.6 protection of means of escape and access for fire fighting;

.7 ready availability of fire-extinguishing appliances; and

.8 minimization of possibility of ignition of flammable cargovapour.

3 Achievement of the fire safety objectives

The fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1 shall be achieved by ensuringcompliance with the prescriptive requirements specified in parts B, C, D, Eor G, or by alternative design and arrangements which comply with part F.A ship shall be considered to meet the functional requirements set out inparagraph 2 and to achieve the fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1when either:


153

.1 the ship’s design and arrangements, as a whole, comply with therelevant prescriptive requirements in parts B, C, D, E or G;

.2 the ship’s design and arrangements, as a whole, have beenreviewed and approved in accordance with part F; or

.3 part(s) of the ship’s design and arrangements have been reviewedand approved in accordance with part F and the remaining partsof the ship comply with the relevant prescriptive requirementsin parts B, C, D, E or G.


For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise, thefollowing definitions shall apply:

1 Accommodation spaces are those spaces used for public spaces, corridors,lavatories, cabins, offices, hospitals, cinemas, game and hobby rooms, barbershops, pantries containing no cooking appliances and similar spaces.

2 ‘‘A’’ class divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads and deckswhich comply with the following criteria:

.1 they are constructed of steel or other equivalent material;

.2 they are suitably stiffened;

.3 they are insulated with approved non-combustible materialssuch that the average temperature of the unexposed side will notrise more than 1408C above the original temperature, nor willthe temperature, at any one point, including any joint, rise morethan 1808C above the original temperature, within the timelisted below:

class ‘‘A-60’’ 60 min




.4 they are so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passageof smoke and flame to the end of the one-hour standard fire test;and

.5 the Administration required a test of a prototype bulkhead ordeck in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code toensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity andtemperature rise.

3 Atriums are public spaces within a single main vertical zone spanningthree or more open decks.

154


4 ‘‘B’’ class divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks,ceilings or linings which comply with the following criteria:

.1 they are constructed of approved non-combustible materials andall materials used in the construction and erection of ‘‘B’’ classdivisions are non-combustible, with the exception that com-bustible veneers may be permitted provided they meet otherappropriate requirements of this chapter;

.2 they have an insulation value such that the average temperatureof the unexposed side will not rise more than 1408C above theoriginal temperature, nor will the temperature at any one point,including any joint, rise more than 2258C above the originaltemperature, within the time listed below:

class ‘‘B-15’’ 15 min

class ‘‘B-0’’ 0 min

.3 they are so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passageof flame to the end of the first half hour of the standard fire test;and

.4 the Administration required a test of a prototype division inaccordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code to ensure that itmeets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise.

5 Bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transversewatertight bulkheads are carried.

6 Cargo area is that part of the ship that contains cargo holds, cargotanks, slop tanks and cargo pump-rooms including pump-rooms,cofferdams, ballast and void spaces adjacent to cargo tanks and also deckareas throughout the entire length and breadth of the part of the ship overthe aforementioned spaces.

7 Cargo ship is a ship as defined in regulation I/2(g).

8 Cargo spaces are spaces used for cargo, cargo oil tanks, tanks for otherliquid cargo and trunks to such spaces.

9 Central control station is a control station in which the followingcontrol and indicator functions are centralized:

.1 fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems;

.2 automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems;

.3 fire door indicator panels;

.4 fire door closure;

.5 watertight door indicator panels;

.6 watertight door closures;

.7 ventilation fans;


155

.8 general/fire alarms;

.9 communication systems including telephones; and

.10 microphones to public address systems.

10 ‘‘C’’ class divisions are divisions constructed of approved non-combustible materials. They need meet neither requirements relative tothe passage of smoke and flame nor limitations relative to the temperaturerise. Combustible veneers are permitted provided they meet the require-ments of this chapter.

11 Chemical tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for thecarriage in bulk of any liquid product of a flammable nature listed inchapter 17 of the International Bulk Chemical Code, as defined inregulation VII/8.1.

12 Closed ro–ro spaces are ro–ro spaces which are neither open ro–rospaces nor weather decks.

13 Closed vehicle spaces are vehicle spaces which are neither open vehiclespaces nor weather decks.

14 Combination carrier is a cargo ship designed to carry both oil and solidcargoes in bulk.

15 Combustible material is any material other than a non-combustiblematerial.

16 Continuous ‘‘B’’ class ceilings or linings are those ‘‘B’’ class ceilings orlinings which terminate at an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class division.

17 Continuously manned central control station is a central control stationwhich is continuously manned by a responsible member of the crew.

18 Control stations are those spaces in which the ship’s radio or mainnavigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or wherethe fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized. Spaces where thefire recording or fire control equipment is centralized are also considered tobe a fire control station.

19 Crude oil is any oil occurring naturally in the earth, whether or nottreated to render it suitable for transportation, and includes crude oil wherecertain distillate fractions may have been removed from or added to.

20 Dangerous goods are those goods referred to in regulation VII/2.

21 Deadweight is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of aship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the load waterlinecorresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight ofthe ship.

156


22 Fire Safety Systems Code means the International Code for Fire SafetySystems as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organizationby resolution MSC.98(73), as may be amended by the Organization,provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and takeeffect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the presentConvention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annexother than chapter I thereof.

23 Fire Test Procedures Code means the International Code for Applicationof Fire Test Procedures as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee ofthe Organization by resolution MSC.61(67), as may be amended by theOrganization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought intoforce and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of thepresent Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable tothe annex other than chapter I thereof.

24 Flashpoint is the temperature in degrees Celsius (closed cup test) atwhich a product will give off enough flammable vapour to be ignited, asdetermined by an approved flashpoint apparatus.

25 Gas carrier is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for thecarriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other products of a flammable naturelisted in chapter 19 of the International Gas Carrier Code, as defined inregulation VII/11.1.

26 Helideck is a purpose-built helicopter landing area located on a shipincluding all structure, fire-fighting appliances and other equipmentnecessary for the safe operation of helicopters.

27 Helicopter facility is a helideck including any refuelling and hangarfacilities.

28 Lightweight is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel,lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumablestores, and passengers and crew and their effects.

29 Low flame-spread means that the surface thus described will adequatelyrestrict the spread of flame, this being determined in accordance with theFire Test Procedures Code.

30 Machinery spaces are machinery spaces of category A and other spacescontaining propulsion machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internalcombustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil fillingstations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machin-ery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces.

31 Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to suchspaces which contain either:

.1 internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion;


157

.2 internal combustion machinery used for purposes other thanmain propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate atotal power output of not less than 375 kW; or

.3 any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit, or any oil-fired equipmentother than boilers, such as inert gas generators, incinerators, etc.

32 Main vertical zones are those sections into which the hull, super-structure and deckhouses are divided by ‘‘A’’ class divisions, the meanlength and width of which on any deck does not in general exceed 40 m.

33 Non-combustible material is a material which neither burns nor gives offflammable vapours in sufficient quantity for self-ignition when heated toapproximately 7508C, this being determined in accordance with the FireTest Procedures Code.

34 Oil fuel unit is the equipment used for the preparation of oil fuel fordelivery to an oil-fired boiler, or equipment used for the preparation fordelivery of heated oil to an internal combustion engine, and includes any oilpressure pumps, filters and heaters dealing with oil at a pressure of morethan 0.18 N/mm2.

35 Open ro–ro spaces are those ro–ro spaces which are either open at bothends or have an opening at one end, and are provided with adequate naturalventilation effective over their entire length through permanent openingsdistributed in the side plating or deckhead or from above, having a total areaof at least 10% of the total area of the space sides.

36 Open vehicle spaces are those vehicle spaces which are either open atboth ends or have an opening at one end and are provided with adequatenatural ventilation effective over their entire length through permanentopenings distributed in the side plating or deckhead or from above, having atotal area of at least 10% of the total area of the space sides.

37 Passenger ship is a ship as defined in regulation I/2(f).

38 Prescriptive requirements means the construction characteristics, limit-ing dimensions, or fire safety systems specified in parts B, C, D, E or G.

39 Public spaces are those portions of the accommodation which are usedfor halls, dining rooms, lounges and similar permanently enclosed spaces.

40 Rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk, for thepurpose of regulation 9, are those rooms containing furniture andfurnishings of restricted fire risk (whether cabins, public spaces, offices orother types of accommodation) in which:

.1 case furniture such as desks, wardrobes, dressing tables, bureaux,or dressers are constructed entirely of approved non-combus-tible materials, except that a combustible veneer not exceeding2 mm may be used on the working surface of such articles;

158


.2 free-standing furniture such as chairs, sofas, or tables areconstructed with frames of non-combustible materials;

.3 draperies, curtains and other suspended textile materials havequalities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior tothose of wool having a mass of 0.8 kg/m2, this being determinedin accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code;

.4 floor coverings have low flame-spread characteristics;

.5 exposed surfaces of bulkheads, linings and ceilings have lowflame-spread characteristics;

.6 upholstered furniture has qualities of resistance to the ignitionand propagation of flame, this being determined in accordancewith the Fire Test Procedures Code; and

.7 bedding components have qualities of resistance to the ignitionand propagation of flame, this being determined in accordancewith the Fire Test Procedures Code.

41 Ro–ro spaces are spaces not normally subdivided in any way andnormally extending to either a substantial length or the entire length of theship in which motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their ownpropulsion and/or goods (packaged or in bulk, in or on rail or road cars,vehicles (including road or rail tankers), trailers, containers, pallets,demountable tanks or in or on similar stowage units or other receptacles)can be loaded and unloaded normally in a horizontal direction.

42 Ro–ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro–ro spaces orspecial category spaces.

43 Steel or other equivalent material means any non-combustible materialwhich, by itself or due to insulation provided, has structural and integrityproperties equivalent to steel at the end of the applicable exposure to thestandard fire test (e.g., aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation).

44 Sauna is a hot room with temperatures normally varying between808C and 1208C where the heat is provided by a hot surface (e.g., by anelectrically heated oven). The hot room may also include the space wherethe oven is located and adjacent bathrooms.

45 Service spaces are those spaces used for galleys, pantries containingcooking appliances, lockers, mail and specie rooms, store-rooms, work-shops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces, and similarspaces and trunks to such spaces.

46 Special category spaces are those enclosed vehicle spaces above andbelow the bulkhead deck, into and from which vehicles can be driven andto which passengers have access. Special category spaces may beaccommodated on more than one deck provided that the total overall clearheight for vehicles does not exceed 10 m.


159

47 A standard fire test is a test in which specimens of the relevantbulkheads or decks are exposed in a test furnace to temperaturescorresponding approximately to the standard time–temperature curve inaccordance with the test method specified in the Fire Test ProceduresCode.

48 Tanker is a ship as defined in regulation I/2(h).

49 Vehicle spaces are cargo spaces intended for carriage of motor vehicleswith fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion.

50 Weather deck is a deck which is completely exposed to the weatherfrom above and from at least two sides.

160


Part BPrevention of fire and explosion

Regulation 4Probability of ignition

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to prevent the ignition of combustiblematerials or flammable liquids. For this purpose, the following functionalrequirements shall be met:

.1 means shall be provided to control leaks of flammable liquids;

.2 means shall be provided to limit the accumulation of flammablevapours;

.3 the ignitability of combustible materials shall be restricted;

.4 ignition sources shall be restricted;

.5 ignition sources shall be separated from combustible materialsand flammable liquids; and

.6 the atmosphere in cargo tanks shall be maintained out of theexplosive range.

2 Arrangements for oil fuel, lubrication oil andother flammable oils

2.1 Limitations in the use of oils as fuel

The following limitations shall apply to the use of oil as fuel:

.1 except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel witha flashpoint of less than 608C shall be used;*

.2 in emergency generators, oil fuel with a flashpoint of not lessthan 438C may be used;

.3 the use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 608C but notless than 438C may be permitted (e.g., for feeding theemergency fire pump’s engines and the auxiliary machines

Part B: Prevention of fire and explosion Regulation 3

* Refer to the Recommended procedures to prevent the illegal or accidental use of lowflashpoint cargo oil as fuel adopted by the Organization by resolution A.565(14).

161

which are not located in the machinery spaces of category A)subject to the following:

.3.1 fuel oil tanks except those arranged in double bottomcompartments shall be located outside of machinery spaces ofcategory A;

.3.2 provisions for the measurement of oil temperature areprovided on the suction pipe of the oil fuel pump;

.3.3 stop valves and/or cocks are provided on the inlet side andoutlet side of the oil fuel strainers; and

.3.4 pipe joints of welded construction or of circular cone type orspherical type union joint are applied as much as possible; and

.4 in cargo ships the use of fuel having a lower flashpoint thanotherwise specified in paragraph 2.1, for example crude oil, maybe permitted provided that such fuel is not stored in anymachinery space and subject to the approval by the Adminis-tration of the complete installation.

2.2 Arrangements for oil fuel

In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage,distribution and utilization of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safetyof the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the followingprovisions.

2.2.1 Location of oil fuel systems

As far as practicable, parts of the oil fuel system containing heated oil underpressure exceeding 0.18 N/mm2 shall not be placed in a concealed positionsuch that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. The machineryspaces in way of such parts of the oil fuel system shall be adequatelyilluminated.

2.2.2 Ventilation of machinery spaces

The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under normalconditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.

2.2.3 Oil fuel tanks

2.2.3.1 Fuel oil, lubrication oil and other flammable oils shall not becarried in forepeak tanks.

2.2.3.2 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ship’sstructure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of category A.Where oil fuel tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarilylocated adjacent to or within machinery spaces of category A, at least one oftheir vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries,and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom

162


tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machineryspaces shall be kept to a minimum. Where such tanks are situated within theboundaries of machinery spaces of category A they shall not contain oil fuelhaving a flashpoint of less than 608C. In general, the use of free-standing oilfuel tanks shall be avoided. When such tanks are employed their use shall beprohibited in category A machinery spaces on passenger ships. Wherepermitted, they shall be placed in an oil-tight spill tray of ample size having asuitable drain pipe leading to a suitably sized spill oil tank.

2.2.3.3 No oil fuel tank shall be situated where spillage or leakagetherefrom can constitute a fire or explosion hazard by falling on heatedsurfaces.

2.2.3.4 Oil fuel pipes, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from astorage, settling or daily service tank having a capacity of 500 l and abovesituated above the double bottom, shall be fitted with a cock or valvedirectly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside thespace concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which suchtanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft orpipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted, but control inthe event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipeor pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such an additional valve isfitted in the machinery space, it shall be operated from a position outsidethis space. The controls for remote operation of the valve for the emergencygenerator fuel tank shall be in a separate location from the controls forremote operation of other valves for tanks located in machinery spaces.

2.2.3.5 Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuelcontained in any oil fuel tank shall be provided.

2.2.3.5.1 Where sounding pipes are used, they shall not terminate in anyspace where the risk of ignition of spillage from the sounding pipe mightarise. In particular, they shall not terminate in passenger or crew spaces. As ageneral rule, they shall not terminate in machinery spaces. However, wherethe Administration considers that these latter requirements are impractic-able, it may permit termination of sounding pipes in machinery spaces oncondition that all of the following requirements are met:

.1 an oil-level gauge is provided meeting the requirements ofparagraph 2.2.3.5.2;

.2 the sounding pipes terminate in locations remote from ignitionhazards unless precautions are taken, such as the fitting ofeffective screens, to prevent the oil fuel in the case of spillagethrough the terminations of the sounding pipes from cominginto contact with a source of ignition; and

.3 the terminations of sounding pipes are fitted with self-closingblanking devices and with a small-diameter self-closing controlcock located below the blanking device for the purpose of


163

IMO


ascertaining before the blanking device is opened that oil fuel isnot present. Provisions shall be made so as to ensure that anyspillage of oil fuel through the control cock involves no ignitionhazard.

2.2.3.5.2 Other oil-level gauges may be used in place of sounding pipessubject to the following conditions:

.1 in passenger ships, such gauges shall not require penetrationbelow the top of the tank and their failure or overfilling of thetanks shall not permit release of fuel; and

.2 in cargo ships, the failure of such gauges or overfilling of thetank shall not permit release of fuel into the space. The use ofcylindrical gauge glasses is prohibited. The Administration maypermit the use of oil-level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and fuel tanks.

2.2.3.5.3 The means prescribed in paragraph 2.2.3.5.2 which are acceptableto the Administration shall be maintained in the proper condition to ensuretheir continued accurate functioning in service.

2.2.4 Prevention of overpressure

Provisions shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in anypart of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes served by pumps onboard. Air and overflow pipes and relief valves shall discharge to a positionwhere there is no risk of fire or explosion from the emergence of oils andvapour and shall not lead into crew spaces, passenger spaces nor into specialcategory spaces, closed ro–ro cargo spaces, machinery spaces or similarspaces.

2.2.5 Oil fuel piping

2.2.5.1 Oil fuel pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or otherapproved material, except that restricted use of flexible pipes shall bepermissible in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they arenecessary.* Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approvedfire-resisting materials of adequate strength and shall be constructed to thesatisfaction of the Administration. For valves fitted to oil fuel tanks andunder static pressure, steel or spheroidal-graphite cast iron may be accepted.However, ordinary cast iron valves may be used in piping systems where thedesign pressure is lower than 7 bar and the design temperature isbelow 608C.

* Refer to recommendations published by the International Organization for Standardization,in particular publications ISO 15540:1999, Fire resistance of hose assemblies – test methods and ISO15541:1999, Fire resistance of hose assemblies – requirements for the test bench.

164


2.2.5.2 External high-pressure fuel delivery lines between the high-pressure fuel pumps and fuel injectors shall be protected with a jacketedpiping system capable of containing fuel from a high-pressure line failure. Ajacketed pipe incorporates an outer pipe into which the high-pressure fuelpipe is placed, forming a permanent assembly. The jacketed piping systemshall include a means for collection of leakages and arrangements shall beprovided with an alarm in case of a fuel line failure.

2.2.5.3 Oil fuel lines shall not be located immediately above or near unitsof high temperature, including boilers, steam pipelines, exhaust manifolds,silencers or other equipment required to be insulated by paragraph 2.2.6. Asfar as practicable, oil fuel lines shall be arranged far apart from hot surfaces,electrical installations or other sources of ignition and shall be screened orotherwise suitably protected to avoid oil spray or oil leakage onto thesources of ignition. The number of joints in such piping systems shall bekept to a minimum.

2.2.5.4 Components of a diesel engine fuel system shall be designedconsidering the maximum peak pressure which will be experienced inservice, including any high-pressure pulses which are generated andtransmitted back into the fuel supply and spill lines by the action of fuelinjection pumps. Connections within the fuel supply and spill lines shall beconstructed having regard to their ability to prevent pressurized oil fuel leakswhile in service and after maintenance.

2.2.5.5 In multi-engine installations which are supplied from the same fuelsource, means of isolating the fuel supply and spill piping to individualengines shall be provided. The means of isolation shall not affect theoperation of the other engines and shall be operable from a position notrendered inaccessible by a fire on any of the engines.

2.2.5.6 Where the Administration may permit the conveying of oil andcombustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipesconveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by theAdministration having regard to the fire risk.

2.2.6 Protection of high-temperature surfaces

2.2.6.1 Surfaces with temperatures above 2208C which may be impingedas a result of a fuel system failure shall be properly insulated.

2.2.6.2 Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape underpressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact withheated surfaces.

2.3 Arrangements for lubricating oil

2.3.1 The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of oilused in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety ofthe ship and persons on board. The arrangements made in machinery spaces


165

of category A, and whenever practicable in other machinery spaces, shall atleast comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.1, 2.2.3.3, 2.2.3.4,2.2.3.5, 2.2.4, 2.2.5.1, 2.2.5.3 and 2.2.6, except that:

.1 this does not preclude the use of sight-flow glasses in lubricatingsystems provided that they are shown by testing to have asuitable degree of fire resistance; and

.2 sounding pipes may be authorized in machinery spaces;however, the requirements of paragraphs 2.2.3.5.1.1 and2.2.3.5.1.3 need not be applied on condition that the soundingpipes are fitted with appropriate means of closure.

2.3.2 The provisions of paragraph 2.2.3.4 shall also apply to lubricating oiltanks except those having a capacity less than 500 l, storage tanks on whichvalves are closed during the normal operation mode of the ship, or where itis determined that an unintended operation of a quick-closing valve on theoil lubricating tank would endanger the safe operation of the mainpropulsion and essential auxiliary machinery.

2.4 Arrangements for other flammable oils

The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of otherflammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems,control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensurethe safety of the ship and persons on board. Suitable oil collectingarrangements for leaks shall be fitted below hydraulic valves and cylinders.In locations where means of ignition are present, such arrangements shall atleast comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.3.3, 2.2.3.5, 2.2.5.3 and2.2.6 and with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5.1 in respect ofstrength and construction.

2.5 Arrangements for oil fuel in periodically unattended machinery spaces

In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 2.1 to 2.4, the oil fuel andlubricating oil systems in a periodically unattended machinery space shallcomply with the following:

.1 where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or byremote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflowspillages. Other equipment which treats flammable liquidsautomatically (e.g., oil fuel purifiers) which, whenever practic-able, shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers andtheir heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent overflowspillages; and

.2 where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted withheating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall beprovided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded.

166


IMO


3 Arrangements for gaseous fuel for domestic purposes

Gaseous fuel systems used for domestic purposes shall be approved by theAdministration. Storage of gas bottles shall be located on the open deck orin a well ventilated space which opens only to the open deck.

4 Miscellaneous items of ignition sources and ignitability

4.1 Electric radiators

Electric radiators, if used, shall be fixed in position and so constructed as toreduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiators shall be fitted with anelement so exposed that clothing, curtains, or other similar materials can bescorched or set on fire by heat from the element.

4.2 Waste receptacles

Waste receptacles shall be constructed of non-combustible materials withno openings in the sides or bottom.

4.3 Insulation surfaces protected against oil penetration

In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface ofinsulation shall be impervious to oil or oil vapours.

4.4 Primary deck coverings

Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and servicespaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will notreadily ignite, this being determined in accordance with the Fire TestProcedures Code.

5 Cargo areas of tankers

5.1 Separation of cargo oil tanks

5.1.1 Cargo pump-rooms, cargo tanks, slop tanks and cofferdams shall bepositioned forward of machinery spaces. However, oil fuel bunker tanksneed not be forward of machinery spaces. Cargo tanks and slop tanks shallbe isolated from machinery spaces by cofferdams, cargo pump-rooms, oilbunker tanks or ballast tanks. Pump-rooms containing pumps and theiraccessories for ballasting those spaces situated adjacent to cargo tanks andslop tanks and pumps for oil fuel transfer shall be considered as equivalent toa cargo pump-room within the context of this regulation provided that suchpump-rooms have the same safety standard as that required for cargo pump-rooms. Pump-rooms intended solely for ballast or oil fuel transfer, however,need not comply with the requirements of regulation 10.9. The lowerportion of the pump-room may be recessed into machinery spaces ofcategory A to accommodate pumps, provided that the deck head of the


167

IMO


recess is in general not more than one third of the moulded depth above thekeel, except that in the case of ships of not more than 25,000 tonnesdeadweight, where it can be demonstrated that for reasons of access andsatisfactory piping arrangements this is impracticable, the Administrationmay permit a recess in excess of such height, but not exceeding one half ofthe moulded depth above the keel.

5.1.2 Main cargo control stations, control stations, accommodation andservice spaces (excluding isolated cargo handling gear lockers) shall bepositioned aft of cargo tanks, slop tanks, and spaces which isolate cargo orslop tanks from machinery spaces, but not necessarily aft of the oil fuelbunker tanks and ballast tanks, and shall be arranged in such a way that asingle failure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of gas or fumesfrom the cargo tanks into main cargo control stations, control stations, oraccommodation and service spaces. A recess provided in accordance withparagraph 5.1.1 need not be taken into account when the position of thesespaces is being determined.

5.1.3 However, where deemed necessary, the Administration may permitmain cargo control stations, control stations, accommodation and servicespaces forward of the cargo tanks, slop tanks and spaces which isolate cargoand slop tanks from machinery spaces, but not necessarily forward of oil fuelbunker tanks or ballast tanks. Machinery spaces, other than those ofcategory A, may be permitted forward of the cargo tanks and slop tanksprovided they are isolated from the cargo tanks and slop tanks bycofferdams, cargo pump-rooms, oil fuel bunker tanks or ballast tanks, andhave at least one portable fire extinguisher. In cases where they containinternal combustion machinery, one approved foam-type extinguisher of atleast 45 l capacity or equivalent shall be arranged in addition to portable fireextinguishers. If operation of a semi-portable fire extinguisher is impractic-able, this fire extinguisher may be replaced by two additional portable fireextinguishers. Main cargo control stations, control stations and accom-modation and service spaces shall be arranged in such a way that a singlefailure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of gas or fumes fromthe cargo tanks into such spaces. In addition, where deemed necessary forthe safety or navigation of the ship, the Administration may permitmachinery spaces containing internal combustion machinery not beingmain propulsion machinery having an output greater than 375 kW to belocated forward of the cargo area provided the arrangements are inaccordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

5.1.4 In combination carriers only:

.1 The slop tanks shall be surrounded by cofferdams except wherethe boundaries of the slop tanks are part of the hull, main cargodeck, cargo pump-room bulkhead or oil fuel bunker tank.These cofferdams shall not be open to a double bottom, pipetunnel, pump-room or other enclosed space, nor shall they be

168


used for cargo or ballast and shall not be connected to pipingsystems serving oil cargo or ballast. Means shall be provided forfilling the cofferdams with water and for draining them. Wherethe boundary of a slop tank is part of the cargo pump-roombulkhead, the pump-room shall not be open to the doublebottom, pipe tunnel or other enclosed space; however, openingsprovided with gastight bolted covers may be permitted;

.2 Means shall be provided for isolating the piping connecting thepump-room with the slop tanks referred to in paragraph 5.1.4.1.The means of isolation shall consist of a valve followed by aspectacle flange or a spool piece with appropriate blank flanges.This arrangement shall be located adjacent to the slop tanks, butwhere this is unreasonable or impracticable, it may be locatedwithin the pump-room directly after the piping penetrates thebulkhead. A separate permanently installed pumping and pipingarrangement incorporating a manifold, provided with a shut-offvalve and a blank flange, shall be provided for discharging thecontents of the slop tanks directly to the open deck for disposalto shore reception facilities when the ship is in the dry cargomode. When the transfer system is used for slop transfer in thedry cargo mode, it shall have no connection to other systems.Separation from other systems by means of removal of spoolpieces may be accepted;

.3 Hatches and tank cleaning openings to slop tanks shall only bepermitted on the open deck and shall be fitted with closingarrangements. Except where they consist of bolted plates withbolts at watertight spacing, these closing arrangements shall beprovided with locking arrangements under the control of theresponsible ship’s officer; and

.4 Where cargo wing tanks are provided, cargo oil lines below deckshall be installed inside these tanks. However, the Administra-tion may permit cargo oil lines to be placed in special ductsprovided these are capable of being adequately cleaned andventilated to the satisfaction of the Administration. Where cargowing tanks are not provided, cargo oil lines below deck shall beplaced in special ducts.

5.1.5 Where the fitting of a navigation position above the cargo area isshown to be necessary, it shall be for navigation purposes only and it shall beseparated from the cargo tank deck by means of an open space with a heightof at least 2 m. The fire protection requirements for such a navigationposition shall be those required for control stations, as specified inregulation 9.2.4.2 and other provisions for tankers, as applicable.


169

5.1.6 Means shall be provided to keep deck spills away from theaccommodation and service areas. This may be accomplished by provisionof a permanent continuous coaming of a height of at least 300 mm,extending from side to side. Special consideration shall be given to thearrangements associated with stern loading.

5.2 Restriction on boundary openings

5.2.1 Except as permitted in paragraph 5.2.2, access doors, air inlets andopenings to accommodation spaces, service spaces, control stations andmachinery spaces shall not face the cargo area. They shall be located on thetransverse bulkhead not facing the cargo area or on the outboard side of thesuperstructure or deckhouse at a distance of at least 4% of the length of theship, but not less than 3 m from the end of the superstructure or deckhousefacing the cargo area. This distance need not exceed 5 m.

5.2.2 The Administration may permit access doors in boundary bulkheadsfacing the cargo area or within the 5 m limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1, tomain cargo control stations and to such service spaces used as provisionrooms, store-rooms and lockers, provided they do not give access directlyor indirectly to any other space containing or providing for accommodation,control stations or service spaces such as galleys, pantries or workshops, orsimilar spaces containing sources of vapour ignition. The boundary of such aspace shall be insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ class standard, with the exception of theboundary facing the cargo area. Bolted plates for the removal of machinerymay be fitted within the limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1. Wheelhousedoors and windows may be located within the limits specified in paragraph5.2.1 so long as they are designed to ensure that the wheelhouse can bemade rapidly and efficiently gastight and vapourtight.

5.2.3 Windows and sidescuttles facing the cargo area and on the sides of thesuperstructures and deckhouses within the limits specified in paragraph5.2.1 shall be of the fixed (non-opening) type. Such windows andsidescuttles, except wheelhouse windows, shall be constructed to ‘‘A-60’’class standard.

5.2.4 Where there is permanent access from a pipe tunnel to the mainpump-room, a watertight door shall be fitted complying with therequirements of regulation II-1/25-9.2 and, in addition, with the following:

.1 in addition to the bridge operation, the watertight door shall becapable of being manually closed from outside the main pump-room entrance; and

.2 the watertight door shall be kept closed during normaloperations of the ship except when access to the pipe tunnel isrequired.

5.2.5 Permanent approved gastight lighting enclosures for illuminatingcargo pump-rooms may be permitted in bulkheads and decks separating

170


cargo pump-rooms and other spaces provided they are of adequate strengthand the integrity and gastightness of the bulkhead or deck is maintained.

5.2.6 The arrangement of ventilation inlets and outlets and other deckhouseand superstructure boundary space openings shall be such as to complementthe provisions of paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6. Such vents, especiallyfor machinery spaces, shall be situated as far aft as practicable. Dueconsideration in this regard shall be given when the ship is equipped to loador discharge at the stern. Sources of ignition such as electrical equipmentshall be so arranged as to avoid an explosion hazard.

5.3 Cargo tank venting

5.3.1 General requirements

The venting systems of cargo tanks shall be entirely distinct from the airpipes of the other compartments of the ship. The arrangements and positionof openings in the cargo tank deck from which emission of flammablevapours can occur shall be such as to minimize the possibility of flammablevapours being admitted to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition,or collecting in the vicinity of deck machinery and equipment which mayconstitute an ignition hazard. In accordance with this general principle, thecriteria in paragraphs 5.3.2 to 5.3.5 and regulation 11.6 will apply.

5.3.2 Venting arrangements

5.3.2.1 The venting arrangements in each cargo tank may be independentor combined with other cargo tanks and may be incorporated into the inertgas piping.

5.3.2.2 Where the arrangements are combined with other cargo tanks,either stop valves or other acceptable means shall be provided to isolate eachcargo tank. Where stop valves are fitted, they shall be provided with lockingarrangements which shall be under the control of the responsible ship’sofficer. There shall be a clear visual indication of the operational status of thevalves or other acceptable means. Where tanks have been isolated, it shall beensured that relevant isolating valves are opened before cargo loading orballasting or discharging of those tanks is commenced. Any isolation mustcontinue to permit the flow caused by thermal variations in a cargo tank inaccordance with regulation 11.6.1.1.

5.3.2.3 If cargo loading and ballasting or discharging of a cargo tank orcargo tank group which is isolated from a common venting system isintended, that cargo tank or cargo tank group shall be fitted with a means forover-pressure or under-pressure protection as required in regulation11.6.3.2.

5.3.2.4 The venting arrangements shall be connected to the top of eachcargo tank and shall be self-draining to the cargo tanks under all normalconditions of trim and list of the ship. Where it may not be possible to


171

provide self-draining lines, permanent arrangements shall be provided todrain the vent lines to a cargo tank.

5.3.3 Safety devices in venting systems

The venting system shall be provided with devices to prevent the passage offlame into the cargo tanks. The design, testing and locating of these devicesshall comply with the requirements established by the Administration basedon the guidelines developed by the Organization.* Ullage openings shall notbe used for pressure equalization. They shall be provided with self-closingand tightly sealing covers. Flame arresters and screens are not permitted inthese openings.

5.3.4 Vent outlets for cargo handling and ballasting

5.3.4.1 Vent outlets for cargo loading, discharging and ballasting requiredby regulation 11.6.1.2 shall:

.1.1 permit the free flow of vapour mixtures; or

.1.2 permit the throttling of the discharge of the vapour mixtures toachieve a velocity of not less than 30 m/s;

.2 be so arranged that the vapour mixture is discharged verticallyupwards;

.3 where the method is by free flow of vapour mixtures, be suchthat the outlet shall be not less than 6 m above the cargo tankdeck or fore and aft gangway if situated within 4 m of thegangway and located not less than 10 m measured horizontallyfrom the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spacescontaining a source of ignition and from deck machinery, whichmay include anchor windlass and chain locker openings, andequipment which may constitute an ignition hazard; and

.4 where the method is by high-velocity discharge, be located at aheight not less than 2 m above the cargo tank deck and not lessthan 10 m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakesand openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignitionand from deck machinery, which may include anchor windlassand chain locker openings, and equipment which mayconstitute an ignition hazard. These outlets shall be providedwith high-velocity devices of an approved type.

5.3.4.2 The arrangements for the venting of vapours displaced from thecargo tanks during loading and ballasting shall comply with paragraph 5.3and regulation 11.6 and shall consist of either one or more mast risers, or a

* Refer to the Revised standards for the design, testing and locating of devices to prevent thepassage of flame into cargo tanks in tankers (MSC/Circ.677), as amended by MSC/Circ.1009,and to the Revised factors to be taken into consideration when designing cargo tank ventingand gas-freeing arrangements (MSC/Circ.731).

172


number of high-velocity vents. The inert gas supply main may be used forsuch venting.

5.3.5 Isolation of slop tanks in combination carriers

In combination carriers, the arrangements for isolating slop tanks containingoil or oil residues from other cargo tanks shall consist of blank flanges whichwill remain in position at all times when cargoes other than liquid cargoesreferred to in regulation 1.6.1 are carried.

5.4 Ventilation

5.4.1 Ventilation systems in cargo pump-rooms

Cargo pump-rooms shall be mechanically ventilated and discharges fromthe exhaust fans shall be led to a safe place on the open deck. The ventilationof these rooms shall have sufficient capacity to minimize the possibility ofaccumulation of flammable vapours. The number of air changes shall be atleast 20 per hour, based upon the gross volume of the space. The air ductsshall be arranged so that all of the space is effectively ventilated. Theventilation shall be of the suction type using fans of the non-sparking type.

5.4.2 Ventilation systems in combination carriers

In combination carriers, cargo spaces and any enclosed spaces adjacent tocargo spaces shall be capable of being mechanically ventilated. Themechanical ventilation may be provided by portable fans. An approvedfixed gas warning system capable of monitoring flammable vapours shall beprovided in cargo pump-rooms, pipe ducts and cofferdams, as referred to inparagraph 5.1.4, adjacent to slop tanks. Suitable arrangements shall be madeto facilitate measurement of flammable vapours in all other spaces within thecargo area. Such measurements shall be made possible from the open deckor easily accessible positions.

5.5 Inert gas systems

5.5.1 Application

5.5.1.1 For tankers of 20,000 tonnes deadweight and upwards, theprotection of the cargo tanks shall be achieved by a fixed inert gas systemin accordance with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code,except that, in lieu of the above, the Administration, after having givenconsideration to the ship’s arrangement and equipment, may accept otherfixed installations if they afford protection equivalent to the above, inaccordance with regulation I/5. The requirements for alternative fixedinstallations shall comply with the requirements in paragraph 5.5.4.

5.5.1.2 Tankers operating with a cargo tank cleaning procedure usingcrude oil washing shall be fitted with an inert gas system complying with theFire Safety Systems Code and with fixed tank washing machines.


173

5.5.1.3 Tankers required to be fitted with inert gas systems shall complywith the following provisions:

.1 double hull spaces shall be fitted with suitable connections forthe supply of inert gas;

.2 where hull spaces are connected to a permanently fitted inert gasdistribution system, means shall be provided to preventhydrocarbon gases from the cargo tanks entering the doublehull spaces through the system; and

.3 where such spaces are not permanently connected to an inert gasdistribution system, appropriate means shall be provided toallow connection to the inert gas main.

5.5.2 Inert gas systems of chemical tankers and gas carriers

The requirements for inert gas systems contained in the Fire Safety SystemsCode need not be applied to:

.1 chemical tankers and gas carriers when carrying cargoesdescribed in regulation 1.6.1, provided that they comply withthe requirements for inert gas systems on chemical tankersestablished by the Administration, based on the guidelinesdeveloped by the Organization;* or

.2 chemical tankers and gas carriers when carrying flammablecargoes other than crude oil or petroleum products such ascargoes listed in chapters 17 and 18 of the International BulkChemical Code, provided that the capacity of tanks used fortheir carriage does not exceed 3,000 m3 and the individualnozzle capacities of tank washing machines do not exceed17.5 m3/h and the total combined throughput from the numberof machines in use in a cargo tank at any one time does notexceed 110 m3/h.

5.5.3 General requirements for inert gas systems

5.5.3.1 The inert gas system shall be capable of inerting, purging and gas-freeing empty tanks and maintaining the atmosphere in cargo tanks with therequired oxygen content.

5.5.3.2 The inert gas system referred to in paragraph 5.5.3.1 shall bedesigned, constructed and tested in accordance with the Fire Safety SystemsCode.

5.5.3.3 Tankers fitted with a fixed inert gas system shall be provided with aclosed ullage system.

* Refer to the Regulation for inert gas systems on chemical tankers adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.567(14).

174


5.5.4 Requirements for equivalent systems

5.5.4.1 Where an installation equivalent to a fixed inert gas system isinstalled, it shall:

.1 be capable of preventing dangerous accumulations of explosivemixtures in intact cargo tanks during normal service throughoutthe ballast voyage and necessary in-tank operations; and

.2 be so designed as to minimize the risk of ignition from thegeneration of static electricity by the system itself.

5.6 Inerting, purging and gas-freeing

5.6.1 Arrangements for purging and/or gas-freeing shall be such as tominimize the hazards due to dispersal of flammable vapours in theatmosphere and to flammable mixtures in a cargo tank.

5.6.2 The procedure for cargo tank purging and/or gas-freeing shall becarried out in accordance with regulation 16.3.2.

5.6.3 The arrangements for inerting, purging or gas-freeing of empty tanksas required in paragraph 5.5.3.1 shall be to the satisfaction of theAdministration and shall be such that the accumulation of hydrocarbonvapours in pockets formed by the internal structural members in a tank isminimized and that:

.1 on individual cargo tanks, the gas outlet pipe, if fitted, shall bepositioned as far as practicable from the inert gas/air inlet and inaccordance with paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6. The inlet ofsuch outlet pipes may be located either at deck level or at notmore than 1 m above the bottom of the tank;

.2 the cross-sectional area of such gas outlet pipe referred to inparagraph 5.6.3.1 shall be such that an exit velocity of at least20 m/s can be maintained when any three tanks are beingsimultaneously supplied with inert gas. Their outlets shallextend not less than 2 m above deck level; and

.3 each gas outlet referred to in paragraph 5.6.3.2 shall be fittedwith suitable blanking arrangements.

5.7 Gas measurement

5.7.1 Portable instrument

Tankers shall be equipped with at least one portable instrument formeasuring flammable vapour concentrations, together with a sufficient setof spares. Suitable means shall be provided for the calibration of suchinstruments.


175

5.7.2 Arrangements for gas measurement in double hull spacesand double bottom spaces

5.7.2.1 Suitable portable instruments for measuring oxygen and flammablevapour concentrations shall be provided. In selecting these instruments, dueattention shall be given to their use in combination with the fixed gassampling line systems referred to in paragraph 5.7.2.2.

5.7.2.2 Where the atmosphere in double hull spaces cannot be reliablymeasured using flexible gas sampling hoses, such spaces shall be fitted withpermanent gas sampling lines. The configuration of gas sampling lines shallbe adapted to the design of such spaces.

5.7.2.3 The materials of construction and the dimensions of gas samplinglines shall be such as to prevent restriction. Where plastic materials are used,they shall be electrically conductive.

5.8 Air supply to double hull spaces and double bottom spaces

Double hull spaces and double bottom spaces shall be fitted with suitableconnections for the supply of air.

5.9 Protection of cargo area

Drip pans for collecting cargo residues in cargo lines and hoses shall beprovided in the area of pipe and hose connections under the manifold area.Cargo hoses and tank washing hoses shall have electrical continuity overtheir entire lengths, including couplings and flanges (except shoreconnections), and shall be earthed for removal of electrostatic charges.

5.10 Protection of cargo pump-rooms

5.10.1 In tankers:

.1 cargo pumps, ballast pumps and stripping pumps, installed incargo pump-rooms and driven by shafts passing through pump-room bulkheads shall be fitted with temperature sensing devicesfor bulkhead shaft glands, bearings and pump casings. Acontinuous audible and visual alarm signal shall be automati-cally effected in the cargo control room or the pump controlstation;

.2 lighting in cargo pump-rooms, except emergency lighting, shallbe interlocked with ventilation such that the ventilation shall bein operation when switching on the lighting. Failure of theventilation system shall not cause the lighting to go out;

.3 a system for continuous monitoring of the concentration ofhydrocarbon gases shall be fitted. Sampling points or detectorheads shall be located in suitable positions in order thatpotentially dangerous leakages are readily detected. When the

176


IMO


hydrocarbon gas concentration reaches a pre-set level, whichshall not be higher than 10% of the lower flammable limit, acontinuous audible and visual alarm signal shall be automaticallyeffected in the pump-room, engine control room, cargo controlroom and navigation bridge to alert personnel to the potentialhazard; and

.4 all pump-rooms shall be provided with bilge level monitoringdevices together with appropriately located alarms.

Regulation 5Fire growth potential

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to limit the fire growth potential in everyspace of the ship. For this purpose, the following functional requirementsshall be met:

.1 means of control for the air supply to the space shall beprovided;

.2 means of control for flammable liquids in the space shall beprovided; and

.3 the use of combustible materials shall be restricted.

2 Control of air supply and flammable liquid to the space

2.1 Closing appliances and stopping devices of ventilation

2.1.1 The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capableof being closed from outside the spaces being ventilated. The means ofclosing shall be easily accessible as well as prominently and permanentlymarked and shall indicate whether the shut-off is open or closed.

2.1.2 Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces, cargospaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall be capable of beingstopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being served.This position shall not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spacesserved.

2.1.3 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, powerventilation, except machinery space and cargo space ventilation and anyalternative system which may be required under regulation 8.2, shall befitted with controls so grouped that all fans may be stopped from either oftwo separate positions which shall be situated as far apart as practicable. Fansserving power ventilation systems to cargo spaces shall be capable of beingstopped from a safe position outside such spaces.


177

2.2 Means of control in machinery spaces

2.2.1 Means of control shall be provided for opening and closure ofskylights, closure of openings in funnels which normally allow exhaustventilation and closure of ventilator dampers.

2.2.2 Means of control shall be provided for stopping ventilating fans.Controls provided for the power ventilation serving machinery spaces shallbe grouped so as to be operable from two positions, one of which shall beoutside such spaces. The means provided for stopping the power ventilationof the machinery spaces shall be entirely separate from the means providedfor stopping ventilation of other spaces.

2.2.3 Means of control shall be provided for stopping forced and induceddraught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps, lubricating oilservice pumps, thermal oil circulating pumps and oil separators (purifiers).However, paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5 need not apply to oily waterseparators.

2.2.4 The controls required in paragraphs 2.2.1 to 2.2.3 and in regulation4.2.2.3.4 shall be located outside the space concerned so they will not be cutoff in the event of fire in the space they serve.

2.2.5 In passenger ships, the controls required in paragraphs 2.2.1 to 2.2.4and in regulations 8.3.3 and 9.5.2.3 and the controls for any required fire-extinguishing system shall be situated at one control position or grouped inas few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Suchpositions shall have a safe access from the open deck.

2.3 Additional requirements for means of control in periodicallyunattended machinery spaces

2.3.1 For periodically unattended machinery spaces, the Administrationshall give special consideration to maintaining the fire integrity of themachinery spaces, the location and centralization of the fire-extinguishingsystem controls, the required shutdown arrangements (e.g., ventilation, fuelpumps, etc.) and that additional fire-extinguishing appliances and other fire-fighting equipment and breathing apparatus may be required.

2.3.2 In passenger ships, these requirements shall be at least equivalent tothose of machinery spaces normally attended.

3 Fire protection materials

3.1 Use of non-combustible materials

3.1.1 Insulating materials

Insulating materials shall be non-combustible, except in cargo spaces, mailrooms, baggage rooms and refrigerated compartments of service spaces.Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as

178


the insulation of pipe fittings for cold service systems, need not be of non-combustible materials, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantitypracticable and their exposed surfaces shall have low flame-spreadcharacteristics.

3.1.2 Ceilings and linings

3.1.2.1 In passenger ships, except in cargo spaces, all linings, grounds,draught stops and ceilings shall be of non-combustible material except inmail rooms, baggage rooms, saunas or refrigerated compartments of servicespaces. Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility orartistic treatment shall also be of non-combustible materials.

3.1.2.2 In cargo ships, all linings, ceilings, draught stops and theirassociated grounds shall be of non-combustible materials in the followingspaces:

.1 in accommodation and service spaces and control stations forships where method IC is specified as referred to in regulation9.2.3.1; and

.2 in corridors and stairway enclosures serving accommodation andservice spaces and control stations for ships where methods IICor IIIC are specified as referred to in regulation 9.2.3.1.

3.2 Use of combustible materials

3.2.1 General

3.2.1.1 In passenger ships, ‘‘A’’, ‘‘B’’ or ‘‘C’’ class divisions in accom-modation and service spaces which are faced with combustible materials,facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers shall comply with theprovisions of paragraphs 3.2.2 to 3.2.4 and regulation 6. However,traditional wooden benches and wooden linings on bulkheads and ceilingsare permitted in saunas and such materials need not be subject to thecalculations prescribed in paragraphs 3.2.2 and 3.2.3.

3.2.1.2 In cargo ships, non-combustible bulkheads, ceilings and liningsfitted in accommodation and service spaces may be faced with combustiblematerials, facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers provided such spacesare bounded by non-combustible bulkheads, ceilings and linings inaccordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3.2.2 to 3.2.4 and regulation 6.

3.2.2 Maximum calorific value of combustible materials

Combustible materials used on the surfaces and linings specified inparagraph 3.2.1 shall have a calorific value* not exceeding 45 MJ/m2 of


* Refer to the recommendations published by the International Organization for Standardiza-tion, in particular publication ISO 1716:1973, Determination of calorific potential.

179

the area for the thickness used. The requirements of this paragraph are notapplicable to the surfaces of furniture fixed to linings or bulkheads.

3.2.3 Total volume of combustible materials

Where combustible materials are used in accordance with paragraph 3.2.1,they shall comply with the following requirements:

.1 The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decora-tions and veneers in accommodation and service spaces shall notexceed a volume equivalent to 2.5 mm veneer on the combinedarea of the walls and ceiling linings. Furniture fixed to linings,bulkheads or decks need not be included in the calculation ofthe total volume of combustible materials; and

.2 in the case of ships fitted with an automatic sprinkler systemcomplying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code,the above volume may include some combustible material usedfor erection of ‘‘C’’ class divisions.

3.2.4 Low flame-spread characteristics of exposed surfaces

The following surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics inaccordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code:

3.2.4.1 In passenger ships:

.1 exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and ofbulkhead and ceiling linings in accommodation and servicespaces (except saunas) and control stations; and

.2 surfaces and grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces inaccommodation and service spaces and control stations.

3.2.4.2 In cargo ships:

.1 exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and ofceilings in accommodation and service spaces (except saunas)and control stations; and

.2 surfaces and grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces inaccommodation and service spaces and control stations.

3.3 Furniture in stairway enclosures of passenger ships

Furniture in stairway enclosures shall be limited to seating. It shall be fixed,limited to six seats on each deck in each stairway enclosure, be of restrictedfire risk determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code, andshall not restrict the passenger escape route. The Administration may permitadditional seating in the main reception area within a stairway enclosure if itis fixed, non-combustible and does not restrict the passenger escape route.Furniture shall not be permitted in passenger and crew corridors formingescape routes in cabin areas. In addition to the above, lockers of non-

180


combustible material, providing storage for non-hazardous safety equip-ment required by these regulations, may be permitted. Drinking waterdispensers and ice cube machines may be permitted in corridors providedthey are fixed and do not restrict the width of the escape routes. This appliesas well to decorative flower or plant arrangements, statues or other objectsof art such as paintings and tapestries in corridors and stairways.

Regulation 6Smoke generation potential and toxicity

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to reduce the hazard to life from smokeand toxic products generated during a fire in spaces where persons normallywork or live. For this purpose, the quantity of smoke and toxic productsreleased from combustible materials, including surface finishes, during fireshall be limited.

2 Paints, varnishes and other finishes

Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shallnot be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxicproducts, this being determined in accordance with the Fire TestProcedures Code.

3 Primary deck coverings

Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and servicespaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not giverise to smoke or toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures, thisbeing determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.


181

Part CSuppression of fire

Regulation 7Detection and alarm

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to detect a fire in the space of origin and toprovide for alarm for safe escape and fire-fighting activity. For this purpose,the following functional requirements shall be met:

.1 fixed fire detection and fire alarm system installations shall besuitable for the nature of the space, fire growth potential andpotential generation of smoke and gases;

.2 manually operated call points shall be placed effectively toensure a readily accessible means of notification; and

.3 fire patrols shall provide an effective means of detecting andlocating fires and alerting the navigation bridge and fire teams.

2 General requirements

2.1 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be provided inaccordance with the provisions of this regulation.

2.2 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and a sample extractionsmoke detection system required in this regulation and other regulations inthis part shall be of an approved type and comply with the Fire SafetySystems Code.

2.3 Where a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system is required for theprotection of spaces other than those specified in paragraph 5.1, at least onedetector complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be installed ineach such space.

3 Initial and periodical tests

3.1 The function of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems required bythe relevant regulations of this chapter shall be tested under varyingconditions of ventilation after installation.

3.2 The function of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems shall beperiodically tested to the satisfaction of the Administration by means of

182


equipment producing hot air at the appropriate temperature, or smoke oraerosol particles having the appropriate range of density or particle size, orother phenomena associated with incipient fires to which the detector isdesigned to respond.

4 Protection of machinery spaces

4.1 Installation

A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be installed in:

.1 periodically unattended machinery spaces; and

.2 machinery spaces where:

.2.1 the installation of automatic and remote control systems andequipment has been approved in lieu of continuous manningof the space; and

.2.2 the main propulsion and associated machinery, including themain sources of electrical power, are provided with variousdegrees of automatic or remote control and are undercontinuous manned supervision from a control room.

4.2 Design

The fixed fire detection and fire alarm system required in paragraph 4.1.1shall be so designed and the detectors so positioned as to detect rapidly theonset of fire in any part of those spaces and under any normal conditions ofoperation of the machinery and variations of ventilation as required by thepossible range of ambient temperatures. Except in spaces of restricted heightand where their use is specially appropriate, detection systems using onlythermal detectors shall not be permitted. The detection system shall initiateaudible and visual alarms distinct in both respects from the alarms of anyother system not indicating fire, in sufficient places to ensure that the alarmsare heard and observed on the navigation bridge and by a responsibleengineer officer. When the navigation bridge is unmanned, the alarm shallsound in a place where a responsible member of the crew is on duty.

5 Protection of accommodation and service spacesand control stations

5.1 Smoke detectors in accommodation spaces

Smoke detectors shall be installed in all stairways, corridors and escaperoutes within accommodation spaces as provided in paragraphs 5.2, 5.3 and5.4. Consideration shall be given to the installation of special purposesmoke detectors within ventilation ducting.

Part C: Suppression of fire Regulation 7

183

5.2 Requirements for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers

A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arrangedas to provide smoke detection in service spaces, control stations andaccommodation spaces, including corridors, stairways and escape routeswithin accommodation spaces. Smoke detectors need not be fitted inprivate bathrooms and galleys. Spaces having little or no fire risk such asvoids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces need not befitted with a fixed fire detection and alarm system.

5.3 Requirements for passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers

There shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical orhorizontal, in all accommodation and service spaces and, where it isconsidered necessary by the Administration, in control stations, exceptspaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitaryspaces, etc., either:

.1 a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system so installed andarranged as to detect the presence of fire in such spaces andproviding smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escaperoutes within accommodation spaces; or

.2 an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of anapproved type complying with the relevant requirements of theFire Safety Systems Code and so installed and arranged as toprotect such spaces and, in addition, a fixed fire detection andfire alarm system and so installed and arranged as to providesmoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes withinaccommodation spaces.

5.4 Protection of atriums in passenger ships

The entire main vertical zone containing the atrium shall be protectedthroughout with a smoke detection system.

5.5 Cargo ships

Accommodation and service spaces and control stations of cargo ships shallbe protected by a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and/or anautomatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system as follows,depending on a protection method adopted in accordance with regulation9.2.3.1.

5.5.1 Method IC – A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be soinstalled and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors,stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.

5.5.2 Method IIC – An automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarmsystem of an approved type complying with the relevant requirements of the

184


Fire Safety Systems Code shall be so installed and arranged as to protectaccommodation spaces, galleys and other service spaces, except spaceswhich afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc.In addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installedand arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways andescape routes within accommodation spaces.

5.5.3 Method IIIC – A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be soinstalled and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in all accommodationspaces and service spaces, providing smoke detection in corridors, stairwaysand escape routes within accommodation spaces, except spaces which affordno substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. In addition, afixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged asto provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routeswithin accommodation spaces.

6 Protection of cargo spaces in passenger ships

A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system or a sample extraction smokedetection system shall be provided in any cargo space which, in the opinionof the Administration, is not accessible, except where it is shown to thesatisfaction of the Administration that the ship is engaged on voyages of suchshort duration that it would be unreasonable to apply this requirement.

7 Manually operated call points

Manually operated call points complying with the Fire Safety Systems Codeshall be installed throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces andcontrol stations. One manually operated call point shall be located at eachexit. Manually operated call points shall be readily accessible in the corridorsof each deck such that no part of the corridor is more than 20 m from amanually operated call point.

8 Fire patrols in passenger ships

8.1 Fire patrols

For ships carrying more than 36 passengers, an efficient patrol system shallbe maintained so that an outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. Eachmember of the fire patrol shall be trained to be familiar with thearrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of anyequipment he may be called upon to use.

8.2 Inspection hatches

The construction of ceilings and bulkheads shall be such that it will bepossible, without impairing the efficiency of the fire protection, for the firepatrols to detect any smoke originating in concealed and inaccessible places,


185

except where in the opinion of the Administration there is no risk of fireoriginating in such places.

8.3 Two-way portable radiotelephone apparatus

Each member of the fire patrol shall be provided with a two-way portableradiotelephone apparatus.

9 Fire alarm signalling systems in passenger ships*

9.1 Passenger ships shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except whenout of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial firealarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.

9.2 The control panel of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems shall bedesigned on the fail-safe principle (e.g., an open detector circuit shall causean alarm condition).

9.3 Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall have the firedetection alarms for the systems required by paragraph 5.2 centralized in acontinuously manned central control station. In addition, controls forremote closing of the fire doors and shutting down the ventilation fans shallbe centralized in the same location. The ventilation fans shall be capable ofreactivation by the crew at the continuously manned control station. Thecontrol panels in the central control station shall be capable of indicatingopen or closed positions of fire doors and closed or off status of thedetectors, alarms and fans. The control panel shall be continuously poweredand shall have an automatic change-over to standby power supply in case ofloss of normal power supply. The control panel shall be powered from themain source of electrical power and the emergency source of electricalpower defined by regulation II-1/42 unless other arrangements arepermitted by the regulations, as applicable.

9.4 A special alarm, operated from the navigation bridge or fire controlstation, shall be fitted to summon the crew. This alarm may be part of theship’s general alarm system and shall be capable of being soundedindependently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.

Regulation 8Control of smoke spread

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to control the spread of smoke in order tominimize the hazards from smoke. For this purpose, means for controlling

* Refer to the Code on Alarms and Indicators adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.830(19).

186


smoke in atriums, control stations, machinery spaces and concealed spacesshall be provided.

2 Protection of control stations outside machinery spaces

Practicable measures shall be taken for control stations outside machineryspaces in order to ensure that ventilation, visibility and freedom from smokeare maintained so that, in the event of fire, the machinery and equipmentcontained therein may be supervised and continue to function effectively.Alternative and separate means of air supply shall be provided and air inletsof the two sources of supply shall be so disposed that the risk of both inletsdrawing in smoke simultaneously is minimized. At the discretion of theAdministration, such requirements need not apply to control stationssituated on, and opening onto, an open deck or where local closingarrangements would be equally effective.

3 Release of smoke from machinery spaces

3.1 The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to machinery spaces ofcategory A and, where the Administration considers it desirable, to othermachinery spaces.

3.2 Suitable arrangements shall be made to permit the release of smoke, inthe event of fire, from the space to be protected, subject to the provisions ofregulation 9.5.2.1 The normal ventilation systems may be acceptable for thispurpose.

3.3 Means of control shall be provided for permitting the release of smokeand such controls shall be located outside the space concerned so that theywill not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve.

3.4 In passenger ships, the controls required by paragraph 3.3 shall besituated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible tothe satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have a safe accessfrom the open deck.

4 Draught stops

Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panelling or linings shall be divided byclose-fitting draught stops spaced not more than 14 m apart. In the verticaldirection, such enclosed air spaces, including those behind linings ofstairways, trunks, etc., shall be closed at each deck.

5 Smoke extraction systems in atriums of passenger ships

Atriums shall be equipped with a smoke extraction system. The smokeextraction system shall be activated by the required smoke detection system


187

and be capable of manual control. The fans shall be sized such that the entirevolume within the space can be exhausted in 10 min or less.

Regulation 9Containment of fire

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to contain a fire in the space of origin. Forthis purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

.1 the ship shall be subdivided by thermal and structuralboundaries;

.2 thermal insulation of boundaries shall have due regard to the firerisk of the space and adjacent spaces; and

.3 the fire integrity of the divisions shall be maintained at openingsand penetrations.

2 Thermal and structural boundaries

2.1 Thermal and structural subdivision

Ships of all types shall be subdivided into spaces by thermal and structuraldivisions having regard to the fire risks of the spaces.

2.2 Passenger ships

2.2.1 Main vertical zones and horizontal zones

2.2.1.1.1 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructureand deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by ‘‘A-60’’ classdivisions. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum, but where they arenecessary they shall also be ‘‘A-60’’ class divisions. Where a category (5), (9)or (10) space defined in paragraph 2.2.3.2.2 is on one side or where fuel oiltanks are on both sides of the division the standard may be reduced to‘‘A-0’’.

2.2.1.1.2 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the hull,superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and servicespaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by ‘‘A’’ class divisions.These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables inparagraph 2.2.4.

2.2.1.2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of themain vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertightsubdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck. Thelength and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of

188


48 m in order to bring the ends of main vertical zones to coincide withwatertight subdivision bulkheads or in order to accommodate a large publicspace extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided thatthe total area of the main vertical zone is not greater than 1,600 m2 on anydeck. The length or width of a main vertical zone is the maximum distancebetween the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it.

2.2.1.3 Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell orother boundaries.

2.2.1.4 Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal ‘‘A’’ classdivisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriatebarrier between a zone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers, thedivisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and tothe shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated inaccordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in table 9.4.

2.2.1.5.1 On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile orrailroad car ferries, where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheadswould defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent meansfor controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specificallyapproved by the Administration. Service spaces and ship stores shall not belocated on ro–ro decks unless protected in accordance with the applicableregulations.

2.2.1.5.2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, such spaces shallcomply with the applicable provisions of regulation 20 and, where suchcompliance would be inconsistent with other requirements for passengerships specified in this chapter, the requirements of regulation 20 shallprevail.

2.2.2 Bulkheads within a main vertical zone

2.2.2.1 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers, bulkheads which arenot required to be ‘‘A’’ class divisions shall be at least ‘‘B’’ class or ‘‘C’’ classdivisions as prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.3.

2.2.2.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, bulkheads withinaccommodation and service spaces which are not required to be ‘‘A’’ classdivisions shall be at least ‘‘B’’ class or ‘‘C’’ class divisions as prescribed in thetables in paragraph 2.2.4. In addition, corridor bulkheads, where notrequired to be ‘‘A’’ class, shall be ‘‘B’’ class divisions which shall extendfrom deck to deck except:

.1 when continuous ‘‘B’’ class ceilings or linings are fitted on bothsides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind thecontinuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which, inthickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of‘‘B’’ class divisions, but which shall be required to meet ‘‘B’’


189

class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable andpracticable in the opinion of the Administration; and

.2 in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler systemcomplying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code,the corridor bulkheads may terminate at a ceiling in the corridorprovided such bulkheads and ceilings are of ‘‘B’’ class standard incompliance with paragraph 2.2.4. All doors and frames in suchbulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials and shall havethe same fire integrity as the bulkhead in which they are fitted.

2.2.2.3 Bulkheads required to be ‘‘B’’ class divisions, except corridorbulkheads as prescribed in paragraph 2.2.2.2, shall extend from deck to deckand to the shell or other boundaries. However, where a continuous ‘‘B’’class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of a bulkhead which is at least ofthe same fire resistance as the adjoining bulkhead, the bulkhead mayterminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.

2.2.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carryingmore than 36 passengers

2.2.3.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fireintegrity of bulkheads and decks of passenger ships, the minimum fireintegrity of all bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1 and9.2. Where, due to any particular structural arrangements in the ship,difficulty is experienced in determining from the tables the minimum fireintegrity value of any divisions, such values shall be determined to thesatisfaction of the Administration.

2.2.3.2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:

.1 Table 9.1 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either mainvertical zones or horizontal zones. Table 9.2 shall apply to decksnot forming steps in main vertical zones nor boundinghorizontal zones.

.2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to beapplied to boundaries between adjacent spaces, such spaces areclassified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to(14) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such thatthere is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of thisregulation, or where it is possible to assign two or moreclassifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within therelevant category having the most stringent boundary require-ments. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than30% communicating openings to that space are consideredseparate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads anddecks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1and 9.2. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather

190


than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding eachcategory refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.

(1) Control stations

Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.

Wheelhouse and chartroom.

Spaces containing the ship’s radio equipment.

Fire control stations.

Control room for propulsion machinery when locatedoutside the propulsion machinery space.

Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.

Spaces containing centralized emergency public addresssystem stations and equipment.

(2) Stairways

Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escapetrunks, and escalators (other than those wholly containedwithin the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew andenclosures thereto.

In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed at onlyone level shall be regarded as part of the space from whichit is not separated by a fire door.

(3) Corridors

Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.

(4) Evacuation stations and external escape routes

Survival craft stowage area.

Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forminglifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.

Assembly stations, internal and external.

External stairs and open decks used for escape routes.

The ship’s side to the waterline in the lightest seagoingcondition, superstructure and deckhouse sides situatedbelow and adjacent to the liferaft and evacuation slideembarkation areas.

(5) Open deck spaces

Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades clear oflifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations. Tobe considered in this category, enclosed promenades shallhave no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishings shallbe restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spacesshall be naturally ventilated by permanent openings.

Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deck-houses).


191

192


Tab

le9.1

–Bulkheadsnotboundingeithermainvertical

zonesorhorizontalzones

Spaces

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

Controlstations

(1)

B-0

aA-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

Stairways

(2)

A-0

aA-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-15

A-0

cA-0

A-15

A-30

A-15

A-30

Corridors

(3)

B-15

A-60

A-0

B-15

B-15

B-15

B-15

A-0

A-15

A-30

A-0

A-30

Evacuationstationsand

external

escaperoutes

(4)

A-0

A-60b,d

A-60b,d

A-60b,d

A-0

dA-0

A-60b

A-60b

A-60b

A-60b

Open

deckspaces

(5)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Accommodationspaces

of

minorfire

risk

(6)

B-0

B-0

B-0

CA-0

A-0

A-30

A-0

A-30

Accommodationspaces

of

moderatefire

risk

(7)

B-0

B-0

CA-0

A-15

A-60

A-15

A-60

Accommodationspaces

of

greaterfire

risk

(8)

B-0

CA-0

A-30

A-60

A-15

A-60

Sanitaryandsimilar

spaces

(9)

CA-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Tanks,vo

idsandauxiliary

machineryspaces

havinglittle

ornofire

risk

(10)

A-0

aA-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Auxiliary

machineryspaces,

cargospaces,cargoandother

oiltanksandother

similar

spaces

ofmoderatefire

risk

(11)

A-0

aA-0

A-0

A-15

Machineryspaces

andmain

galleys

(12)

A-0

aA-0

A-60

Store-rooms,workshops,

pantries,etc.

(13)

A-0

aA-0

Other

spaces

inwhich

flam

mable

liquidsarestowed

(14)

A-30

See

notesfollowingtable

9.2.


193

Tab

le9.2

–Decksnotform

ingstep

sin

mainvertical

zonesnorboundinghorizontalzones

Spacebelow

#Spaceab

ove!

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

Controlstations

(1)

A-30

A-30

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-30

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-0

A-60

Stairways

(2)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-30

A-0

A-30

Corridors

(3)

A-15

A-0

A-0

aA-60

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-30

A-0

A-30

Evacuationstationsandexternal

escape

routes

(4)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

-A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Open

deckspaces

(5)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

-A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Accommodationspaces

ofminorfire

risk

(6)

A-60

A-15

A-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Accommodationspaces

ofmoderatefire

risk

(7)

A-60

A-15

A-15

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Accommodationspaces

ofgreaterfire

risk

(8)

A-60

A-15

A-15

A-60

A-0

A-15

A-15

A-30

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Sanitaryandsimilar

spaces

(9)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Tanks,vo

idsandauxiliary

machineryspaces

havinglittle

ornofire

risk

(10)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

aA-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Auxiliary

machineryspaces,cargospaces,

cargoandother

oiltanksandother

similar

spaces

ofmoderatefire

risk

(11)

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-30

A-0

A-0

A-0

aA-0

A-0

A-30

Machineryspaces

andmaingalleys

(12)

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-0

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-30

A-30a

A-0

A-60

Store-rooms,workshops,pantries,etc.

(13)

A-60

A-30

A-15

A-60

A-0

A-15

A-30

A-30

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Other

spaces

inwhichflam

mable

liquids

arestowed

(14)

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-0

A-30

A-60

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

Notes:Tobeapplied

totables9.1

and9.2,as

appropriate.

aW

hereadjacentspaces

arein

thesamenumericalcatego

ryandsuperscript‘‘a’’appears,abulkheadordeckbetweensuch

spaces

neednotbefitted

ifdeemed

unnecessary

by

theAdministration.Forexam

ple,in

catego

ry(12)abulkheadneednotberequired

betweenagalley

anditsannexed

pantriesprovided

thepantrybulkheadanddecksmaintain

theintegrityofthegalley

boundaries.A

bulkheadis,however,required

betweenagalley

andmachineryspaceeven

though

both

spaces

arein

catego

ry(12).

bTheship’sside,

tothewaterlinein

theligh

testseagoingcondition,superstructure

anddeckhouse

sides

situated

below

andadjacentto

liferaftsandevacuationslides

may

be

reducedto

‘‘A-30’’.

cW

herepublictoiletsareinstalledcompletely

within

thestairw

ayenclosure,thepublictoilet

bulkheadwithin

thestairw

ayenclosure

canbeof‘‘B’’classintegrity.

dW

herespaces

ofcatego

ries

(6),(7),(8)and(9)arelocatedcompletely

within

theouterperim

eter

oftheassembly

station,thebulkheadsofthesespaces

areallowed

tobeof

‘‘B-0’’classintegrity.

Controlpositionsforaudio,video

andligh

tinstallationsmay

beconsidered

aspartoftheassembly

station.

(6) Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk

Cabins containing furniture and furnishings of restrictedfire risk.

Offices and dispensaries containing furniture and furnish-ings of restricted fire risk.

Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings ofrestricted fire risk and having a deck area of less than 50 m2.

(7) Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk

Spaces as in category (6) above but containing furnitureand furnishings of other than restricted fire risk.

Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings ofrestricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 ormore.

Isolated lockers and small store-rooms in accommodationspaces having areas less than 4 m2 (in which flammableliquids are not stowed).

Sale shops. Motion picture projection and film stowagerooms. Diet kitchens (containing no open flame).

Cleaning gear lockers (in which flammable liquids are notstowed).

Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).

Pharmacies.

Small drying rooms (having a deck area of 4 m2 or less).

Specie rooms.

Operating rooms.

(8) Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk

Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of otherthan restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 ormore.

Barber shops and beauty parlours.

Saunas.

(9) Sanitary and similar spaces

Communal sanitary facilities, showers, baths, waterclosets, etc.

Small laundry rooms.

Indoor swimming pool area.

Isolated pantries containing no cooking appliances inaccommodation spaces.

Private sanitary facilities shall be considered a portion ofthe space in which they are located.

194


(10) Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces havinglittle or no fire risk

Water tanks forming part of the ship’s structure.

Voids and cofferdams.

Auxiliary machinery spaces which do not containmachinery having a pressure lubrication system and wherestorage of combustibles is prohibited, such as:

ventilation and air-conditioning rooms; windlass room;steering gear room; stabilizer equipment room; elec-trical propulsion motor room; rooms containing sectionswitchboards and purely electrical equipment other thanoil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA); shaftalleys and pipe tunnels; and spaces for pumps andrefrigeration machinery (not handling or using flam-mable liquids).

Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.

Other closed trunks such as pipe and cable trunks.

(11) Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargoand other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderatefire risk

Cargo oil tanks.

Cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways.

Refrigerated chambers.

Oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with nomachinery).

Shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combus-tibles.

Auxiliary machinery spaces as in category (10) whichcontain machinery having a pressure lubrication system orwhere storage of combustibles is permitted.

Oil fuel filling stations.

Spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above10 kVA).

Spaces containing turbine and reciprocating steam enginedriven auxiliary generators and small internal combustionengines of power output up to 110 kW driving generators,sprinkler, drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc.

Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.

(12) Machinery spaces and main galleys

Main propulsion machinery rooms (other than electricpropulsion motor rooms) and boiler rooms.


195

Auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in categories(10) and (11) which contain internal combustion machin-ery or other oil-burning, heating or pumping units.

Main galleys and annexes.

Trunks and casings to the spaces listed above.

(13) Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.

Main pantries not annexed to galleys.

Main laundry.

Large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4 m2).

Miscellaneous stores.

Mail and baggage rooms.

Garbage rooms.

Workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.).

Lockers and store-rooms having areas greater than 4 m2,other than those spaces that have provisions for the storageof flammable liquids.

(14) Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed

Paint lockers.

Store-rooms containing flammable liquids (includingdyes, medicines, etc.).

Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are stowed).

.3 Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundarybetween two spaces, that value shall apply in all cases.

.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2, there are nospecial requirements for material or integrity of boundarieswhere only a dash appears in the tables.

.5 The Administration shall determine in respect of category (5)spaces whether the insulation values in table 9.1 shall apply toends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether theinsulation values in table 9.2 shall apply to weather decks. Inno case shall the requirements of category (5) of tables 9.1 or 9.2necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of theAdministration need not be enclosed.

2.2.3.3 Continuous ‘‘B’’ class ceilings or linings, in association with therelevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or inpart, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

2.2.3.4 Construction and arrangement of saunas

2.2.3.4.1 The perimeter of the sauna shall be of ‘‘A’’ class boundaries andmay include changing rooms, showers and toilets. The sauna shall be

196


insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ standard against other spaces except those inside of theperimeter and spaces of categories (5), (9) and (10).

2.2.3.4.2 Bathrooms with direct access to saunas may be considered as part ofthem. In such cases, the door between sauna and the bathroom need notcomply with fire safety requirements.

2.2.3.4.3 The traditional wooden lining on the bulkheads and ceiling arepermitted in the sauna. The ceiling above the oven shall be lined with anon-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm. The distance fromthe hot surfaces to combustible materials shall be at least 500 mm or thecombustible materials shall be protected (e.g., non-combustible plate withan air gap of at least 30 mm).

2.2.3.4.4 The traditional wooden benches are permitted to be used in the sauna.

2.2.3.4.5 The sauna door shall open outwards by pushing.

2.2.3.4.6 Electrically heated ovens shall be provided with a timer.

2.2.4 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying not morethan 36 passengers

2.2.4.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fireintegrity of bulkheads and decks of passenger ships, the minimum fireintegrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4.


.1 Tables 9.3 and 9.4 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads anddecks separating adjacent spaces.

.2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to beapplied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces areclassified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to(11) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such thatthere is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of thisregulation, or where it is possible to assign two or moreclassifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within therelevant category having the most stringent boundary require-ments. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have lessthan 30% communicating openings to that space are consideredseparate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads anddecks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3and 9.4. The title of each category is intended to be typicalrather than restrictive. The number in parentheses precedingeach category refers to the applicable column or row in thetables.


197

198


Tab

le9.3

–Fireintegrity

ofbulkheadsseparatingad

jacentspaces

Spaces

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

Controlstations

(1)

A-0

cA-0

A-60

A-0

A-15

A-60

A-15

A-60

A-60

*A-60

Corridors

(2)

Ce

B-0

eA-0

a

B-0

eB-0

eA-60

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-0

d*

A-15

Accommodationspaces

(3)

Ce

A-0

a

B-0

eB-0

eA-60

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-0

d*

A-30

A-0

d

Stairways

(4)

A-0

a

B-0

eA-0

a

B-0

eA-60

A-0

A-0

A-15

A-0

d*

A-15

Service

spaces

(low

risk)

(5)

Ce

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

Machineryspaces

ofcatego

ryA

(6)

*A-0

A-0

A-60

*A-60

Other

machineryspaces

(7)

A-0

bA-0

A-0

*A-0

Cargo

spaces

(8)

*A-0

*A-0

Service

spaces

(highrisk)

(9)

A-0

b*

A-30

Open

decks

(10)

A-0

Specialcatego

ryandro–ro

spaces

(11)

A-0

See

notesfollowingtable

9.4.


199

Tab

le9.4

–Fireintegrity

ofdecksseparatingad

jacentspaces

Spacebelow#

Spaceab

ove!

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

Controlstations

(1)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Corridors

(2)

A-0

**

A-0

*A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

Accommodationspaces

(3)

A-60

A-0

*A-0

*A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

A-0

d

Stairways

(4)

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

Service

spaces

(low

risk)

(5)

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

Machineryspaces

ofcatego

ryA

(6)

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

*A-60f

A-30

A-60

*A-60

Other

machineryspaces

(7)

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

A-0

*A-0

Cargo

spaces

(8)

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

*A-0

Service

spaces

(highrisk)

(9)

A-60

A-30

A-0

dA-30

A-0

dA-30

A-0

dA-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Open

decks

(10)

**

**

**

**

*-

A-0

Specialcatego

ryandro–ro

spaces

(11)

A-60

A-15

A-30

A-0d

A-15

A-0

A-30

A-0

A-0

A-30

A-0

A-0

Notes:Tobeapplied

toboth

tables9.3

and9.4

asappropriate.

aForclarificationas

towhichapplies,seeparagraphs2.2.2

and2.2.5.

bW

herespaces

areofthesamenumericalcatego

ryandsuperscript‘‘b’’appears,abulkheadordeckoftheratingshownin

thetablesisonly

required

when

theadjacentspaces

areforadifferentpurpose

(e.g.,in

catego

ry(9)).A

galley

nextto

agalley

does

notrequireabulkhead,butagalley

nextto

apaintroom

requires

an‘‘A-0’’bulkhead.

cBulkheadsseparatingthewheelhouse

andchartroom

from

each

other

may

havea‘‘B-0’’rating.

dSee

paragraphs2.2.4.2.3

and2.2.4.2.4.

eFortheapplicationofparagraph2.2.1.1.2,‘‘B-0’’and‘‘C’’,

whereappearingin

table

9.3,shallberead

as‘‘A-0’’.

fFireinsulationneednotbefitted

ifthemachineryspacein

catego

ry(7),in

theopinionoftheAdministration,has

little

ornofire

risk.

*W

herean

asterisk

appearsin

thetables,thedivisionisrequired

tobeofsteelorother

equivalentmaterial,butisnotrequired

tobeof‘‘A’’classstandard.However,wherea

deck,exceptin

acatego

ry(10)space,ispenetratedforthepassage

ofelectriccables,pipes

andventducts,such

penetrationsshallbemadetigh

tto

preventthepassage

offlam

eandsm

oke.

Divisionsbetweencontrolstations(emergency

generators)andopen

decksmay

haveairintakeopenings

withoutmeansforclosure,unless

afixed

gasfire-

extingu

ishingsystem

isfitted.

Fortheapplicationofparagraph2.2.1.1.2,an

asterisk,whereappearingin

table

9.4,exceptforcatego

ries

(8)and(10),shallberead

as‘‘A-0’’.


Spaces containing emergency sources of power andlighting.




Control room for propulsion machinery when locatedoutside the machinery space.


(2) Corridors

Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.

(3) Accommodation spaces

Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1 excluding corridors.

(4) Stairways

Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escapetrunks, and escalators (other than those wholly containedwithin the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.

In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only atone level shall be regarded as part of the space from whichit is not separated by a fire door.

(5) Service spaces (low risk)

Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for thestorage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2

and drying rooms and laundries.

(6) Machinery spaces of category A

Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.

(7) Other machinery spaces

Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange,air-conditioning duct spaces).

Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30 excluding machineryspaces of category A.

(8) Cargo spaces

All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) andtrunkways and hatchways to such spaces, other thanspecial category spaces.

(9) Service spaces (high risk)

Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paintlockers, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 ormore, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, saunas

200


and workshops other than those forming part of themachinery spaces.

(10) Open decks

Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having littleor no fire risk. Enclosed promenades shall have nosignificant fire risk, meaning that furnishing shall berestricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces shallbe naturally ventilated by permanent openings.


(11) Special category and ro–ro spaces

Spaces as defined in regulations 3.41 and 3.46.

.3 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of aboundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone orhorizontal zone which is not protected by an automaticsprinkler system complying with the provisions of the FireSafety Systems Code or between such zones neither of which isso protected, the higher of the two values given in the tablesshall apply.

.4 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of aboundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone orhorizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinklersystem complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety SystemsCode or between such zones both of which are so protected, thelesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where azone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers meet withinaccommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two valuesgiven in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.


2.2.4.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be ofsteel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windowsand sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundariesof passenger ships to have ‘‘A’’ class integrity. Similarly, in such boundarieswhich are not required to have ‘‘A’’ class integrity, doors may beconstructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2.2.4.5 Saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.2.3.4.

2.2.5 Protection of stairways and lifts in accommodation area

2.2.5.1 Stairways shall be within enclosures formed of ‘‘A’’ class divisions,with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:


201

.1 a stairway connecting only two decks need not be enclosed,provided the integrity of the deck is maintained by properbulkheads or self-closing doors in one ’tween-deck space. Whena stairway is closed in one ’tween-deck space, the stairwayenclosure shall be protected in accordance with the tables fordecks in paragraphs 2.2.3 or 2.2.4; and

.2 stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, providedthey lie wholly within the public space.

2.2.5.2 Lift trunks shall be so fitted as to prevent the passage of smoke andflame from one ’tween-deck to another and shall be provided with means ofclosing so as to permit the control of draught and smoke. Machinery for liftslocated within stairway enclosures shall be arranged in a separate room,surrounded by steel boundaries, except that small passages for lift cables arepermitted. Lifts which open into spaces other than corridors, public spaces,special category spaces, stairways and external areas shall not open intostairways included in the means of escape.

2.3 Cargo ships except tankers

2.3.1 Methods of protection in accommodation area

2.3.1.1 One of the following methods of protection shall be adopted inaccommodation and service spaces and control stations:

.1 Method IC – The construction of internal divisional bulkheadsof non-combustible ‘‘B’’ or ‘‘C’’ class divisions generallywithout the installation of an automatic sprinkler, fire detectionand fire alarm system in the accommodation and service spaces,except as required by regulation 7.5.5.1; or

.2 Method IIC – The fitting of an automatic sprinkler, firedetection and fire alarm system as required by regulation7.5.5.2 for the detection and extinction of fire in all spaces inwhich fire might be expected to originate, generally with norestriction on the type of internal divisional bulkheads; or

.3 Method IIIC – The fitting of a fixed fire detection and fire alarmsystem as required by regulation 7.5.5.3 in spaces in which a firemight be expected to originate, generally with no restriction onthe type of internal divisional bulkheads, except that in no caseshall the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded byan ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class division exceed 50 m2. However,consideration may be given by the Administration to increasingthis area for public spaces.

2.3.1.2 The requirements for the use of non-combustible materials in theconstruction and insulation of boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces,control stations, service spaces, etc., and the protection of the above stairwayenclosures and corridors will be common to all three methods outlined inparagraph 2.3.1.1.

202


2.3.2 Bulkheads within accommodation area

2.3.2.1 Bulkheads required to be ‘‘B’’ class divisions shall extend fromdeck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries. However, where acontinuous ‘‘B’’ class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of the bulkhead,the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.

2.3.2.2 Method IC – Bulkheads not required by this or other regulationsfor cargo ships to be ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class divisions shall be of at least ‘‘C’’ classconstruction.

2.3.2.3 Method IIC – There shall be no restriction on the construction ofbulkheads not required by this or other regulations for cargo ships to be ‘‘A’’or ‘‘B’’ class divisions except in individual cases where ‘‘C’’ class bulkheadsare required in accordance with table 9.5.

2.3.2.4 Method IIIC – There shall be no restriction on the construction ofbulkheads not required for cargo ships to be ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class divisionsexcept that the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded by acontinuous ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class division shall in no case exceed 50 m2, exceptin individual cases where ‘‘C’’ class bulkheads are required in accordancewith table 9.5. However, consideration may be given by the Administrationto increasing this area for public spaces.

2.3.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks

2.3.3.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fireintegrity of bulkheads and decks of cargo ships, the minimum fire integrityof bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.5 and 9.6.


.1 Tables 9.5 and 9.6 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads anddecks separating adjacent spaces.

.2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to beapplied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces areclassified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to(11) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such thatthere is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of thisregulation, or where it is possible to assign two or moreclassifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within therelevant category having the most stringent boundary require-ments. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have lessthan 30% communicating openings to that space are consideredseparate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads anddecks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.5and 9.6. The title of each category is intended to be typicalrather than restrictive. The number in parentheses precedingeach category refers to the applicable column or row in thetables.


203

204


Tab

le9.5

–Fireintegrity


jacentspaces

Spaces

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

Controlstations

(1)

A-0

eA-0

A-60

A-0

A-15

A-60

A-15

A-60

A-60

*A-60

Corridors

(2)

CB-0

B-0

A-0

cB-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Accommodationspaces

(3)

Ca,

bB-0

A-0

cB-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Stairways

(4)

B-0

A-0

cB-0

A-0

cA-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Service

spaces

(low

risk)

(5)

CA-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

Machineryspaces

ofcatego

ryA

(6)

*A-0

A-0

gA-60

*A-60f

Other

machineryspaces

(7)

A-0

dA-0

A-0

*A-0

Cargo

spaces

(8)

*A-0

*A-0

Service

spaces

(highrisk)

(9)

A-0

d*

A-30

Open

decks

(10)

-A-0

Ro–ro

andvehicle

spaces

(11)

*h

See

notesfollowingtable

9.6.


205

Tab

le9.6

–Fireintegrity

ofdecksseparatingad

jacentspaces

Spacebelow#

Spaceab

ove!

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

Controlstations

(1)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-60

Corridors

(2)

A-0

**

A-0

*A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Accommodationspaces

(3)

A-60

A-0

*A-0

*A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Stairways

(4)

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-30

Service

spaces

(low

risk)

(5)

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

Machineryspaces

ofcatego

ryA

(6)

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

*A-60i

A-30

A-60

*A-60

Other

machineryspaces

(7)

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

A-0

*A-0

Cargo

spaces

(8)

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

*A-0

Service

spaces

(highrisk)

(9)

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

d*

A-30

Open

decks

(10)

**

**

**

**

*-

*

Ro–ro

andvehicle

spaces

(11)

A-60

A-30

A-30

A-30

A-0

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-30

**h

Notes:Tobeapplied

totables9.5

and9.6,as

appropriate.

aNospecialrequirem

ents

areim

poseduponbulkheadsin

methodsIIC

andIIIC

fire

protection.

bIn

case

ofmethodIIIC

,‘‘B’’classbulkheadsof‘‘B-0’’ratingshallbeprovided

betweenspaces

orgroupsofspaces

of50m

2andoverin

area.

cForclarificationas


and2.3.4.

dW

herespaces


ryandsuperscript‘‘d’’appears,abulkheadordeckoftheratingshownin

thetablesisonly

required

when

theadjacentspaces


(e.g.,in

catego

ry(9)).A

galley

nextto

agalley

does

notrequireabulkhead,butagalley

nextto

apaintroom

requires


eBulkheadsseparatingthewheelhouse,chartroom

andradio

room

from

each

other

may


fAn‘‘A-0’’ratingmay

beusedifnodangerousgo

odsareintended

tobecarriedorifsuch

goodsarestowed

notless

than

3m

horizontallyfrom

such

abulkhead.

gForcargospaces

inwhichdangerousgo

odsareintended

tobecarried,regu

lation19.3.8

applies.

hBulkheadsanddecksseparatingro–ro

spaces

shallbecapable

ofbeingclosedreasonably

gastightandsuch

divisionsshallhave‘‘A’’classintegrityin

sofaras

reasonable

and

practicable,ifin

theopinionoftheAdministrationithas

little

ornofire

risk.

iFireinsulationneednotbefitted

inthemachineryspacein

catego

ry(7)if,in

theopinionoftheAdministration,ithas

little

ornofire

risk.

*W

herean

asterisk

appears

inthetables,thedivisionisrequired

tobeofsteelorother

equivalentmaterialbutisnotrequired


deck,exceptan

open

deck,ispenetratedforthepassage

ofelectric

cables,pipes

andventducts,such


tto

preventthepassage

offlam

eand

smoke.


generators)andopen

decksmay



afixed

gasfire-

extingu

ishingsystem

isfitted.








(2) Corridors

Corridors and lobbies.


Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1, excluding corridors.

(4) Stairways

Interior stairway, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escapetrunks, and escalators (other than those wholly containedwithin the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.








Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange,air-conditioning duct spaces).

Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30, excluding machineryspaces of category A.

(8) Cargo spaces

All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) andtrunkways and hatchways to such spaces.


Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, saunas,paint lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 ormore, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, and

206


workshops other than those forming part of the machineryspaces.

(10) Open decks

Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having littleor no fire risk. To be considered in this category, enclosedpromenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaningthat furnishings shall be restricted to deck furniture. Inaddition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated bypermanent openings.


(11) Ro–ro and vehicle spaces

Ro–ro spaces as defined in regulation 3.41.

Vehicle spaces as defined in regulation 3.49.


2.3.3.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be ofsteel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windowsand sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundariesof cargo ships to have ‘‘A’’ class integrity. Similarly, in such boundarieswhich are not required to have ‘‘A’’ class integrity, doors may beconstructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2.3.3.5 Saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.2.3.4.

2.3.4 Protection of stairways and lift trunks in accommodationspaces, service spaces and control stations

2.3.4.1 Stairways which penetrate only a single deck shall be protected, at aminimum, at one level by at least ‘‘B-0’’ class divisions and self-closingdoors. Lifts which penetrate only a single deck shall be surrounded by‘‘A-0’’ class divisions with steel doors at both levels. Stairways and lift trunkswhich penetrate more than a single deck shall be surrounded by at least‘‘A-0’’ class divisions and be protected by self-closing doors at all levels.

2.3.4.2 On ships having accommodation for 12 persons or less, wherestairways penetrate more than a single deck and where there are at least twoescape routes direct to the open deck at every accommodation level, the‘‘A-0’’ requirements of paragraph 2.3.4.1 may be reduced to ‘‘B-0’’.

2.4 Tankers

2.4.1 Application

For tankers, only method IC as defined in paragraph 2.3.1.1 shall be used.


207

2.4.2 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks

2.4.2.1 In lieu of paragraph 2.3 and in addition to complying with thespecific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of tankers, theminimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed intables 9.7 and 9.8.


.1 Tables 9.7 and 9.8 shall apply respectively to the bulkhead anddecks separating adjacent spaces.

.2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to beapplied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces areclassified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to(10) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such thatthere is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of thisregulation, or where it is possible to assign two or moreclassifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within therelevant category having the most stringent boundary require-ments. Smaller, enclosed areas within a space that have less than30% communicating openings to that space are consideredseparate areas. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads anddecks of such smaller spaces shall be as prescribed in tables 9.7and 9.8. The title of each category is intended to be typicalrather than restrictive. The number in parentheses precedingeach category refers to the applicable column or row in thetables.








(2) Corridors

Corridors and lobbies.


Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1, excluding corridors.

208


(4) Stairways

Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escapetrunks, and escalators (other than those wholly containedwithin the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.








Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchangeand air-conditioning duct spaces).

Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30, excluding machineryspaces of category A.

(8) Cargo pump-rooms

Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunksto such spaces.


Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, saunas,paint lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 or more,spaces for the storage of flammable liquids and workshopsother than those forming part of the machinery spaces.

(10) Open decks

Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having littleor no fire risk. To be considered in this category, enclosedpromenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaningthat furnishings shall be restricted to deck furniture. Inaddition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated bypermanent openings.



2.4.2.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be ofsteel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows


209

210


Tab

le9.7

–Fireintegrity


jacentspaces

Spaces

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

Controlstations

(1)

A-0

cA-0

A-60

A-0

A-15

A-60

A-15

A-60

A-60

*

Corridors

(2)

CB-0

B-0

A-0

aB-0

A-60

A-0

A-60

A-0

*

Accommodationspaces

(3)

CB-0

A-0

aB-0

A-60

A-0

A-60

A-0

*

Stairways

(4)

B-0

A-0

aB-0

A-0

aA-60

A-0

A-60

A-0

*

Service

spaces

(low

risk)

(5)

CA-60

A-0

A-60

A-0

*

Machineryspaces

ofcatego

ryA

(6)

*A-0

A-0

dA-60

*

Other

machineryspaces

(7)

A-0

bA-0

A-0

*

Cargo

pump-rooms

(8)

*A-60

*

Service

spaces

(highrisk)

(9)

A-0

b*

Open

decks

(10)

-

See

notesfollowingtable

9.8.


211

Tab

le9.8

–Fireintegrity

ofdecksseparatingad

jacentspaces

Spacebelow

#Spaceab

ove!

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

Controlstations

(1)

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-0

-A-0

*

Corridors

(2)

A-0

**

A-0

*A-60

A-0

-A-0

*

Accommodationspaces

(3)

A-60

A-0

*A-0

*A-60

A-0

-A-0

*

Stairways

(4)

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

A-60

A-0

-A-0

*

Service

spaces

(low

risk)

(5)

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-60

A-0

-A-0

*

Machineryspaces

ofcatego

ryA

(6)

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

A-60

*A-60e

A-0

A-60

*

Other

machineryspaces

(7)

A-15

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

*A-0

A-0

*

Cargo

pump-rooms

(8)

--

--

-A-0

dA-0

*-

*

Service

spaces

(highrisk)

(9)

A-60

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-0

A-60

A-0

-A-0

b*

Open

decks

(10)

**

**

**

**

*-

Notes:Tobeapplied

totables9.7

and9.8

asappropriate.

aForclarificationas


and2.3.4.

bW

herespaces


ryandsuperscript‘‘b’’appears,abulkheadordeckoftheratingshownin

thetablesisonly

required

when

theadjacentspaces


(e.g.,in

catego

ry(9)).A

galley

nextto

agalley

does

notrequireabulkheadbutagalley

nextto

apaintroom

requires


cBulkheadsseparatingthewheelhouse,chartroom

andradio

room

from

each

other

may


dBulkheadsanddecksbetweencargopump-roomsandmachineryspaces

ofcatego

ryAmay

bepenetratedbycargopumpshaftglandsandsimilar

glandpenetrations,provided

that

gastightsealswithefficientlubricationorother

meansofensuringthepermanence

ofthegassealarefitted

inway

ofthebulkheadsordeck.

eFireinsulationneednotbefitted

inthemachineryspacein

catego

ry(7)if,in

theopinionoftheAdministration,ithas

little

ornofire

risk.

*W

herean

asterisk

appears

inthetable,thedivisionisrequired

tobeofsteelorother

equivalentmaterial,butisnotrequired


deck,exceptan

open

deck,ispenetratedforthepassage

ofelectric

cables,pipes

andventducts,such


tto

preventthepassage

offlam

eand

smoke.


generators)andopen

decksmay



afixed

gasfire-

extingu

ishingsystem

isfitted.

and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundariesof tankers to have ‘‘A’’ class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries whichare not required to have ‘‘A’’ class integrity, doors may be constructed ofmaterials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2.4.2.5 Exterior boundaries of superstructures and deckhouses enclosingaccommodation and including any overhanging decks which support suchaccommodation shall be constructed of steel and insulated to ‘‘A-60’’standard for the whole of the portions which face the cargo area and on theoutward sides for a distance of 3 m from the end boundary facing the cargoarea. The distance of 3 m shall be measured horizontally and parallel to themiddle line of the ship from the boundary which faces the cargo area at eachdeck level. In the case of the sides of those superstructures and deckhouses,such insulation shall be carried up to the underside of the deck of thenavigation bridge.

2.4.2.6 Skylights to cargo pump-rooms shall be of steel, shall not containany glass and shall be capable of being closed from outside the pump-room.

2.4.2.7 Construction and arrangement of saunas shall comply withparagraph 2.2.3.4.

3 Penetrations in fire-resisting divisions and preventionof heat transmission

3.1 Where ‘‘A’’ class divisions are penetrated, such penetrations shall betested in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code, subject to theprovisions of paragraph 4.1.1.5. In the case of ventilation ducts, paragraphs7.1.2 and 7.3.1 apply. However, where a pipe penetration is made of steel orequivalent material having a thickness of 3 mm or greater and a length of notless than 900 mm (preferably 450 mm on each side of the division), andthere are no openings, testing is not required. Such penetrations shall besuitably insulated by extension of the insulation at the same level of thedivision.

3.2 Where ‘‘B’’ class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electriccables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for the fitting of ventilation terminals,lighting fixtures and similar devices, arrangements shall be made to ensurethat the fire resistance is not impaired, subject to the provisions of paragraph7.3.2. Pipes other than steel or copper that penetrate ‘‘B’’ class divisionsshall be protected by either:

.1 a fire-tested penetration device suitable for the fire resistance ofthe division pierced and the type of pipe used; or

.2 a steel sleeve, having a thickness of not less than 1.8 mm and alength of not less than 900 mm for pipe diameters of 150 mm ormore and not less than 600 mm for pipe diameters of less than150 mm (preferably equally divided to each side of the division).

212


The pipe shall be connected to the ends of the sleeve by flangesor couplings; or the clearance between the sleeve and the pipeshall not exceed 2.5 mm; or any clearance between pipe andsleeve shall be made tight by means of non-combustible or othersuitable material.

3.3 Uninsulated metallic pipes penetrating ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class divisions shallbe of materials having a melting temperature which exceeds 9508C for‘‘A-0’’ and 8508C for ‘‘B-0’’ class divisions.

3.4 In approving structural fire protection details, the Administration shallhave regard to the risk of heat transmission at intersections and terminalpoints of required thermal barriers. The insulation of a deck or bulkheadshall be carried past the penetration, intersection or terminal point for adistance of at least 450 mm in the case of steel and aluminium structures. If aspace is divided with a deck or a bulkhead of ‘‘A’’ class standard havinginsulation of different values, the insulation with the higher value shallcontinue on the deck or bulkhead with the insulation of the lesser value fora distance of at least 450 mm.

4 Protection of openings in fire-resisting divisions

4.1 Openings in bulkheads and decks in passenger ships

4.1.1 Openings in ‘‘A’’ class divisions

4.1.1.1 Except for hatches between cargo, special category, store, andbaggage spaces, and between such spaces and the weather decks, openingsshall be provided with permanently attached means of closing which shall beat least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.

4.1.1.2 The construction of doors and door frames in ‘‘A’’ class divisions,with the means of securing them when closed, shall provide resistance tofire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame equivalent to that of thebulkheads in which the doors are situated, this being determined inaccordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. Such doors and doorframes shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. Watertightdoors need not be insulated.

4.1.1.3 It shall be possible for each door to be opened and closed from eachside of the bulkhead by one person only.

4.1.1.4 Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads, galley boundaries andstairway enclosures other than power-operated watertight doors and thosewhich are normally locked shall satisfy the following requirements:

.1 the doors shall be self-closing and be capable of closing with anangle of inclination of up to 3.58 opposing closure;


213

IMO


.2 the approximate time of closure for hinged fire doors shall be nomore than 40 s and no less than 10 s from the beginning of theirmovement with the ship in upright position. The approximateuniform rate of closure for sliding doors shall be of no more than0.2 m/s and no less than 0.1 m/s with the ship in uprightposition;

.3 the doors, except those for emergency escape trunks, shall becapable of remote release from the continuously manned centralcontrol station, either simultaneously or in groups, and shall becapable of release also individually from a position at both sidesof the door. Release switches shall have an on–off function toprevent automatic resetting of the system;

.4 hold-back hooks not subject to central control station release areprohibited;

.5 a door closed remotely from the central control station shall becapable of being re-opened from both sides of the door by localcontrol. After such local opening, the door shall automaticallyclose again;

.6 indication shall be provided at the fire door indicator panel inthe continuously manned central control station whether eachdoor is closed;

.7 the release mechanism shall be so designed that the door willautomatically close in the event of disruption of the controlsystem or central power supply;

.8 local power accumulators for power-operated doors shall beprovided in the immediate vicinity of the doors to enable thedoors to be operated at least ten times (fully opened and closed)after disruption of the control system or central power supplyusing the local controls;

.9 disruption of the control system or central power supply at onedoor shall not impair the safe functioning of the other doors;

.10 remote-released sliding or power-operated doors shall beequipped with an alarm that sounds at least 5 s but no morethan 10 s, after the door is released from the central controlstation and before the door begins to move and continuessounding until the door is completely closed;

.11 a door designed to re-open upon contacting an object in its pathshall re-open not more than 1 m from the point of contact;

.12 double-leaf doors equipped with a latch necessary for their fireintegrity shall have a latch that is automatically activated by theoperation of the doors when released by the system;

214


.13 doors giving direct access to special category spaces which arepower-operated and automatically closed need not be equippedwith the alarms and remote-release mechanisms required inparagraphs 4.1.1.4.3 and 4.1.1.4.10;

.14 the components of the local control system shall be accessiblefor maintenance and adjusting;

.15 power-operated doors shall be provided with a control system ofan approved type which shall be able to operate in case of fireand be in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. Thissystem shall satisfy the following requirements:

.15.1 the control system shall be able to operate the door at thetemperature of at least 2008C for at least 60 min, served by thepower supply;

.15.2 the power supply for all other doors not subject to fire shall notbe impaired; and

.15.3 at temperatures exceeding 2008C, the control system shall beautomatically isolated from the power supply and shall becapable of keeping the door closed up to at least 9458C.

4.1.1.5 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, where a space isprotected by an automatic sprinkler fire detection and fire alarm systemcomplying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or fittedwith a continuous ‘‘B’’ class ceiling, openings in decks not forming steps inmain vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closedreasonably tight and such decks shall meet the ‘‘A’’ class integrityrequirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion ofthe Administration.

4.1.1.6 The requirements for ‘‘A’’ class integrity of the outer boundaries ofa ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles, providedthat there is no requirement for such boundaries to have ‘‘A’’ class integrityin paragraph 4.1.3.3. The requirements for ‘‘A’’ class integrity of the outerboundaries of the ship shall not apply to exterior doors, except for those insuperstructures and deckhouses facing life-saving appliances, embarkationand external assembly station areas, external stairs and open decks used forescape routes. Stairway enclosure doors need not meet this requirement.

4.1.1.7 Except for watertight doors, weathertight doors (semi-watertightdoors), doors leading to the open deck and doors which need to bereasonably gastight, all ‘‘A’’ class doors located in stairways, public spacesand main vertical zone bulkheads in escape routes shall be equipped with aself-closing hose port. The material, construction and fire resistance of thehose port shall be equivalent to the door into which it is fitted, and shall be a150 mm square clear opening with the door closed and shall be inset intothe lower edge of the door, opposite the door hinges or, in the case ofsliding doors, nearest the opening.


215

4.1.1.8 Where it is necessary that a ventilation duct passes through a mainvertical zone division, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper shall be fittedadjacent to the division. The damper shall also be capable of being manuallyclosed from each side of the division. The operating position shall be readilyaccessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct betweenthe division and the damper shall be of steel or other equivalent materialand, if necessary, insulated to comply with the requirements of paragraph3.1. The damper shall be fitted on at least one side of the division with avisible indicator showing whether the damper is in the open position.

4.1.2 Openings in ‘‘B’’ class divisions

4.1.2.1 Doors and door frames in ‘‘B’’ class divisions and means of securingthem shall provide a method of closure which shall have resistance to fireequivalent to that of the divisions, this being determined in accordance withthe Fire Test Procedures Code except that ventilation openings may bepermitted in the lower portion of such doors. Where such opening is in orunder a door, the total net area of any such opening or openings shall notexceed 0.05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routedbetween the cabin and the corridor, and located below the sanitary unit, ispermitted where the cross-sectional area of the duct does not exceed0.05 m2. All ventilation openings shall be fitted with a grill made of non-combustible material. Doors shall be non-combustible.

4.1.2.2 Cabin doors in ‘‘B’’ class divisions shall be of a self-closing type.Hold-back hooks are not permitted.

4.1.2.3 The requirements for ‘‘B’’ class integrity of the outer boundaries ofa ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly,the requirements for ‘‘B’’ class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors insuperstructures and deckhouses. For ships carrying not more than 36passengers, the Administration may permit the use of combustible materialsin doors separating cabins from the individual interior sanitary spaces such asshowers.

4.1.2.4 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, where an automaticsprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety SystemsCode is fitted:

.1 openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones norbounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight andsuch decks shall meet the ‘‘B’’ class integrity requirements in sofar as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of theAdministration; and

.2 openings in corridor bulkheads of ‘‘B’’ class materials shall beprotected in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2.

216


4.1.3 Windows and sidescuttles

4.1.3.1 Windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation andservice spaces and control stations other than those to which the provisionsof paragraphs 4.1.1.6 and 4.1.2.3 apply shall be so constructed as to preservethe integrity requirements of the type of bulkheads in which they are fitted,this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.

4.1.3.2 Notwithstanding the requirements of tables 9.1 to 9.4, windowsand sidescuttles in bulkheads separating accommodation and service spacesand control stations from weather shall be constructed with frames of steelor other suitable material. The glass shall be retained by a metal glazing beador angle.

4.1.3.3 Windows facing life-saving appliances, embarkation and assemblystations, external stairs and open decks used for escape routes, and windowssituated below liferaft and escape slide embarkation areas shall have fireintegrity as required in table 9.1. Where automatic dedicated sprinkler headsare provided for windows, ‘‘A-0’’ windows may be accepted as equivalent.To be considered under this paragraph, the sprinkler heads shall either be:

.1 dedicated heads located above the windows, and installed inaddition to the conventional ceiling sprinklers; or

.2 conventional ceiling sprinkler heads arranged such that thewindow is protected by an average application rate of at least5 l/m2 and the additional window area is included in thecalculation of the area of coverage.

Windows located in the ship’s side below the lifeboat embarkation area shallhave fire integrity at least equal to ‘‘A-0’’ class.

4.2 Doors in fire-resisting divisions in cargo ships

4.2.1 The fire resistance of doors shall be equivalent to that of the divisionin which they are fitted, this being determined in accordance with the FireTest Procedures Code. Doors and door frames in ‘‘A’’ class divisions shallbe constructed of steel. Doors in ‘‘B’’ class divisions shall be non-combustible. Doors fitted in boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces ofcategory A shall be reasonably gastight and self-closing. In ships constructedaccording to method IC, the Administration may permit the use ofcombustible materials in doors separating cabins from individual interiorsanitary accommodation such as showers.

4.2.2 Doors required to be self-closing shall not be fitted with hold-backhooks. However, hold-back arrangements fitted with remote release devicesof the fail-safe type may be utilized.

4.2.3 In corridor bulkheads, ventilation openings may be permitted in andunder the doors of cabins and public spaces. Ventilation openings are also


217

permitted in ‘‘B’’ class doors leading to lavatories, offices, pantries, lockersand store-rooms. Except as permitted below, the openings shall be providedonly in the lower half of a door. Where such an opening is in or under adoor, the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed0.05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routed betweenthe cabin and the corridor, and located below the sanitary unit, is permittedwhere the cross-sectional area of the duct does not exceed 0.05 m2.Ventilation openings, except those under the door, shall be fitted with a grillmade of non-combustible material.

4.2.4 Watertight doors need not be insulated.

5 Protection of openings in machinery spaces boundaries

5.1 Application

5.1.1 The provision of this paragraph shall apply to machinery spaces ofcategory A and, where the Administration considers it desirable, to othermachinery spaces.

5.2 Protection of openings in machinery space boundaries

5.2.1 The number of skylights, doors, ventilators, openings in funnels topermit exhaust ventilation and other openings to machinery spaces shall bereduced to a minimum consistent with the needs of ventilation and theproper and safe working of the ship.

5.2.2 Skylights shall be of steel and shall not contain glass panels.

5.2.3 Means of control shall be provided for closing power-operated doorsor actuating release mechanisms on doors other than power-operatedwatertight doors. The controls shall be located outside the space concerned,where they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space it serves.

5.2.4 In passenger ships, the means of control required in paragraph 5.2.3shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions aspossible, to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall havesafe access from the open deck.

5.2.5 In passenger ships, doors, other than power-operated watertight doors,shall be so arranged that positive closure is assured in case of fire in the spaceby power-operated closing arrangements or by the provision of self-closingdoors capable of closing against an inclination of 3.58 opposing closure, andhaving a fail-safe hold-back arrangement, provided with a remotely operatedrelease device. Doors for emergency escape trunks need not be fitted with afail-safe hold-back facility and a remotely operated release device.

5.2.6 Windows shall not be fitted in machinery space boundaries. However,this does not preclude the use of glass in control rooms within themachinery spaces.

218


6 Protection of cargo space boundaries

6.1 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the boundarybulkheads and decks of special category and ro–ro spaces shall be insulatedto ‘‘A-60’’ class standard. However, where a category (5), (9) or (10) space,as defined in paragraph 2.2.3, is on one side of the division, the standardmay be reduced to ‘‘A-0’’. Where fuel oil tanks are below a special categoryspace, the integrity of the deck between such spaces may be reduced to‘‘A-0’’ standard.

6.2 In passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the boundarybulkheads of special category spaces shall be insulated as required forcategory (11) spaces in table 9.3 and the horizontal boundaries as requiredfor category (11) spaces in table 9.4.

6.3 In passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the boundarybulkheads and decks of closed and open ro–ro spaces shall have a fireintegrity as required for category (8) spaces in table 9.3 and the horizontalboundaries as required for category (8) spaces in table 9.4.

6.4 In passenger ships, indicators shall be provided on the navigationbridge which shall indicate when any fire door leading to or from the specialcategory spaces is closed.

6.5 In tankers, for the protection of cargo tanks carrying crude oil andpetroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding 608C, materialsreadily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for valves, fittings, tankopening covers, cargo vent piping, and cargo piping so as to prevent thespread of fire to the cargo.

7 Ventilation systems

7.1 Duct and dampers

7.1.1 Ventilation ducts shall be of non-combustible material. However,short ducts, not generally exceeding 2 m in length and with a free cross-sectional area* not exceeding 0.02 m2, need not be non-combustible,subject to the following conditions:

.1 the ducts are made of a material which has low flame-spreadcharacteristics;

.2 the ducts are only used at the end of the ventilation device; and

.3 the ducts are not situated less than 600 mm, measured along theduct, from an opening in an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class division, includingcontinuous ‘‘B’’ class ceiling.


* The term free cross-sectional area means, even in the case of a pre-insulated duct, the areacalculated on the basis of the inner diameter of the duct.

219

7.1.2 The following arrangements shall be tested in accordance with theFire Test Procedures Code:

.1 fire dampers, including their relevant means of operation; and

.2 duct penetrations through ‘‘A’’ class divisions. However, the testis not required where steel sleeves are directly joined toventilation ducts by means of riveted or screwed flanges or bywelding.

7.2 Arrangement of ducts

7.2.1 The ventilation systems for machinery spaces of category A, vehiclespaces, ro–ro spaces, galleys, special category spaces and cargo spaces shall, ingeneral, be separated from each other and from the ventilation systemsserving other spaces, except that the galley ventilation systems on cargoships of less than 4,000 gross tonnage and in passenger ships carrying notmore than 36 passengers need not be completely separated, but may beserved by separate ducts from a ventilation unit serving other spaces. In anycase, an automatic fire damper shall be fitted in the galley ventilation ductnear the ventilation unit. Ducts provided for the ventilation of machineryspaces of category A, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro–ro spaces or special categoryspaces shall not pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces orcontrol stations unless they comply with the conditions specified inparagraphs 7.2.1.1.1 to 7.2.1.1.4 or 7.2.1.2.1 and 7.2.1.2.2 below:

.1.1 the ducts are constructed of steel having a thickness of at least3 mm and 5 mm for ducts the widths or diameters of which areup to and including 300 mm and 760 mm and over respectivelyand, in the case of such ducts, the widths or diameters of whichare between 300 mm and 760 mm, having a thickness obtainedby interpolation;

.1.2 the ducts are suitably supported and stiffened;

.1.3 the ducts are fitted with automatic fire dampers close to theboundaries penetrated; and

.1.4 the ducts are insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ class standard from themachinery spaces, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro–ro spaces or specialcategory spaces to a point at least 5 m beyond each fire damper;

or

.2.1 the ducts are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2; and

.2.2 the ducts are insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ class standard throughout theaccommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations;

except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with therequirements of paragraph 4.1.1.8.

220


7.2.2 Ducts provided for ventilation to accommodation spaces, servicespaces or control stations shall not pass through machinery spaces ofcategory A, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro–ro spaces or special category spacesunless they comply with the conditions specified in paragraphs 7.2.2.1.1 to7.2.2.1.3 or 7.2.2.2.1 and 7.2.2.2.2 below:

.1.1 the ducts, where they pass through a machinery space ofcategory A, galley, vehicle space, ro–ro space or special categoryspace, are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2;

.1.2 automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundariespenetrated; and

.1.3 the integrity of the machinery space, galley, vehicle space, ro–rospace or special category space boundaries is maintained at thepenetrations;

or

.2.1 the ducts, where they pass through a machinery space ofcategory A, galley, vehicle space, ro–ro space or special categoryspace, are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2; and

.2.2 the ducts are insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ standard within the machineryspace, galley, vehicle space, ro–ro space or special categoryspace;

except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with therequirements of paragraph 4.1.1.8.

7.3 Details of duct penetrations

7.3.1 Where a thin plated duct with a free cross-sectional area equal to, orless than, 0.02 m2 passes through ‘‘A’’ class bulkheads or decks, the openingshall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve having a thickness of at least 3 mm anda length of at least 200 mm, divided preferably into 100 mm on each side ofthe bulkhead or, in the case of the deck, wholly laid on the lower side of thedecks pierced. Where ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional areaexceeding 0.02 m2 pass through ‘‘A’’ class bulkheads or decks, the openingshall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve. However, where such ducts are ofsteel construction and pass through a deck or bulkhead, the ducts andsleeves shall comply with the following:

.1 The sleeves shall have a thickness of at least 3 mm and a lengthof at least 900 mm. When passing through bulkheads, thislength shall be divided preferably into 450 mm on each side ofthe bulkhead. These ducts, or sleeves lining such ducts, shall beprovided with fire insulation. The insulation shall have at leastthe same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through whichthe duct passes; and


221

.2 Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075 m2 shallbe fitted with fire dampers in addition to the requirements ofparagraph 7.3.1.1. The fire damper shall operate automatically,but shall also be capable of being closed manually from bothsides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper shall be providedwith an indicator which shows whether the damper is open orclosed. Fire dampers are not required, however, where ductspass through spaces surrounded by ‘‘A’’ class divisions, withoutserving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fireintegrity as the divisions which they pierce. Fire dampers shallbe easily accessible. Where they are placed behind ceilings orlinings, these ceilings or linings shall be provided with aninspection door on which a plate reporting the identificationnumber of the fire damper is provided. The fire damperidentification number shall also be placed on any remotecontrols required.

7.3.2 Ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 m2

passing through ‘‘B’’ class bulkheads shall be lined with steel sheet sleeves of900 mm in length, divided preferably into 450 mm on each side of thebulkheads unless the duct is of steel for this length.

7.4 Ventilation systems for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers

7.4.1 The ventilation system of a passenger ship carrying more than 36passengers shall be in compliance with the following additional require-ments.

7.4.2 In general, the ventilation fans shall be so disposed that the ductsreaching the various spaces remain within the main vertical zone.

7.4.3 Where ventilation systems penetrate decks, precautions shall be taken, inaddition to those relating to the fire integrity of the deck required by paragraphs3.1 and 4.1.1.5, to reduce the likelihood of smoke and hot gases passing fromone ’tween-deck space to another through the system. In addition to insulationrequirements contained in paragraph 7.4, vertical ducts shall, if necessary, beinsulated as required by the appropriate tables 9.1 and 9.2.

7.4.4 Except in cargo spaces, ventilation ducts shall be constructed of thefollowing materials:

.1 ducts not less than 0.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area and allvertical ducts serving more than a single ’tween-deck space shallbe constructed of steel or other equivalent material;

.2 ducts less than 0.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area, other thanthe vertical ducts referred to in paragraph 7.4.4.1, shall beconstructed of non-combustible materials. Where such ductspenetrate ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class divisions, due regard shall be given toensuring the fire integrity of the division; and

222


.3 short lengths of duct, not in general exceeding 0.02 m2 in freecross-sectional area nor 2 m in length, need not be non-combustible provided that all of the following conditions are met:

.3.1 the duct is constructed of a material which has low flame-spread characteristics;

.3.2 the duct is used only at the terminal end of the ventilationsystem; and

.3.3 the duct is not located closer than 600 mm measured along itslength to a penetration of an ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ class division,including continuous ‘‘B’’ class ceilings.

7.4.5 Stairway enclosures shall be ventilated and served by an independentfan and duct system which shall not serve any other spaces in the ventilationsystems.

7.4.6 Exhaust ducts shall be provided with hatches for inspection andcleaning. The hatches shall be located near the fire dampers.

7.5 Exhaust ducts from galley ranges

7.5.1 Requirements for passenger ships carrying morethan 36 passengers

Exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall meet the requirements of paragraphs7.2.1.2.1 and 7.2.1.2.2 and shall be fitted with:

.1 a grease trap readily removable for cleaning unless an alternativeapproved grease removal system is fitted;

.2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct which isautomatically and remotely operated and, in addition, a remotelyoperated fire damper located in the upper end of the duct;

.3 a fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct;

.4 remote-control arrangements for shutting off the exhaust fansand supply fans, for operating the fire dampers mentioned inparagraph 7.5.1.2 and for operating the fire-extinguishingsystem, which shall be placed in a position close to the entranceto the galley. Where a multi-branch system is installed, a remotemeans located with the above controls shall be provided to closeall branches exhausting through the same main duct before anextinguishing medium is released into the system; and

.5 suitably located hatches for inspection and cleaning.

7.5.2 Requirements for cargo ships and passenger ships carryingnot more than 36 passengers

7.5.2.1 Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spacescontaining combustible materials, the exhaust ducts from galley ranges


223

shall be constructed of ‘‘A’’ class divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fittedwith:

.1 a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;

.2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;

.3 arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting offthe exhaust fans; and

.4 fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.

Regulation 10Fire fighting

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to suppress and swiftly extinguish a fire inthe space of origin. For this purpose, the following functional requirementsshall be met:

.1 fixed fire-extinguishing systems shall be installed, having dueregard to the fire growth potential of the protected spaces; and

.2 fire-extinguishing appliances shall be readily available.

2 Water supply systems

Ships shall be provided with fire pumps, fire mains, hydrants and hosescomplying with the applicable requirements of this regulation.

2.1 Fire mains and hydrants

2.1.1 General

Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mainsand hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be soplaced that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. The arrangementof pipes and hydrants shall be such as to avoid the possibility of freezing.Suitable drainage provisions shall be provided for fire main piping. Isolationvalves shall be installed for all open deck fire main branches used forpurposes other than fire fighting. In ships where deck cargo may be carried,the positions of the hydrants shall be such that they are always readilyaccessible and the pipes shall be arranged as far as practicable to avoid risk ofdamage by such cargo.

2.1.2 Ready availability of water supply

The arrangements for the ready availability of water supply shall be:

.1 in passenger ships:

.1.1 of 1,000 gross tonnage and upwards such that at least oneeffective jet of water is immediately available from any hydrant

224


in an interior location and so as to ensure the continuation ofthe output of water by the automatic starting of one requiredfire pump;

.1.2 of less than 1,000 gross tonnage by automatic start of at leastone fire pump or by remote starting from the navigationbridge of at least one fire pump. If the pump startsautomatically or if the bottom valve cannot be opened fromwhere the pump is remotely started, the bottom valve shallalways be kept open; and

.1.3 if fitted with periodically unattended machinery spaces inaccordance with regulation II-1/54, the Administration shalldetermine provisions for fixed water fire-extinguishingarrangements for such spaces equivalent to those requiredfor normally attended machinery spaces;

.2 in cargo ships:

.2.1 to the satisfaction of the Administration; and

.2.2 with a periodically unattended machinery space or when onlyone person is required on watch, there shall be immediatewater delivery from the fire main system at a suitable pressure,either by remote starting of one of the main fire pumps withremote starting from the navigation bridge and fire controlstation, if any, or permanent pressurization of the fire mainsystem by one of the main fire pumps, except that theAdministration may waive this requirement for cargo ships ofless than 1,600 gross tonnage if the fire pump startingarrangement in the machinery space is in an easily accessibleposition.

2.1.3 Diameter of fire mains

The diameter of the fire main and water service pipes shall be sufficient forthe effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two firepumps operating simultaneously, except that in the case of cargo ships thediameter need only be sufficient for the discharge of 140 m3/h.

2.1.4 Isolating valves and relief valves

2.1.4.1 Isolating valves to separate the section of the fire main within themachinery space containing the main fire pump or pumps from the rest of thefire main shall be fitted in an easily accessible and tenable position outside themachinery spaces. The fire main shall be so arranged that when the isolatingvalves are shut all the hydrants on the ship, except those in the machineryspace referred to above, can be supplied with water by another fire pump oran emergency fire pump. The emergency fire pump, its seawater inlet, andsuction and delivery pipes and isolating valves shall be located outside themachinery space. If this arrangement cannot be made, the sea-chest may be


225

fitted in the machinery space if the valve is remotely controlled from aposition in the same compartment as the emergency fire pump and thesuction pipe is as short as practicable. Short lengths of suction or dischargepiping may penetrate the machinery space, provided they are enclosed in asubstantial steel casing or are insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ class standards. The pipesshall have substantial wall thickness, but in no case less than 11 mm, and shallbe welded except for the flanged connection to the sea inlet valve.

2.1.4.2 A valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hydrant so that any fire hosemay be removed while the fire pumps are in operation.

2.1.4.3 Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with fire pumps ifthe pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the designpressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses. These valves shall beso placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any part of the firemain system.

2.1.4.4 In tankers, isolation valves shall be fitted in the fire main at thepoop front in a protected position and on the tank deck at intervals of notmore than 40 m to preserve the integrity of the fire main system in case offire or explosion.

2.1.5 Number and position of hydrants

2.1.5.1 The number and position of hydrants shall be such that at least twojets of water not emanating from the same hydrant, one of which shall befrom a single length of hose, may reach any part of the ship normallyaccessible to the passengers or crew while the ship is being navigated andany part of any cargo space when empty, any ro–ro space or any vehiclespace, in which latter case the two jets shall reach any part of the space, eachfrom a single length of hose. Furthermore, such hydrants shall be positionednear the accesses to the protected spaces.

2.1.5.2 In addition to the requirements in paragraph 2.1.5.1, passengerships shall comply with the following:

.1 in the accommodation, service and machinery spaces, thenumber and position of hydrants shall be such that therequirements of paragraph 2.1.5.1 may be complied with whenall watertight doors and all doors in main vertical zonebulkheads are closed; and

.2 where access is provided to a machinery space of category A at alow level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, two hydrants shall beprovided external to, but near the entrance to, that machineryspace. Where such access is provided from other spaces, in oneof those spaces two hydrants shall be provided near the entranceto the machinery space of category A. Such provision need notbe made where the tunnel or adjacent spaces are not part of theescape route.

226


2.1.6 Pressure at hydrants

With the two pumps simultaneously delivering water through the nozzlesspecified in paragraph 2.3.3, with the quantity of water as specified inparagraph 2.1.3, through any adjacent hydrants, the following minimumpressures shall be maintained at all hydrants:

.1 for passenger ships:4,000 gross tonnage and upwards 0.40 N/mm2

less than 4,000 gross tonnage 0.30 N/mm2

.2 for cargo ships:6,000 gross tonnage and upwards 0.27 N/mm2

less than 6,000 gross tonnage 0.25 N/mm2

and

.3 the maximum pressure at any hydrant shall not exceed that atwhich the effective control of a fire hose can be demonstrated.

2.1.7 International shore connection

2.1.7.1 Ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with atleast one international shore connection complying with the Fire SafetySystems Code.

2.1.7.2 Facilities shall be available enabling such a connection to be usedon either side of the ship.

2.2 Fire pumps

2.2.1 Pumps accepted as fire pumps

Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as firepumps, provided that they are not normally used for pumping oil and that ifthey are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of oil fuel,suitable change-over arrangements are fitted.

2.2.2 Number of fire pumps

Ships shall be provided with independently driven fire pumps as follows:

.1 in passenger ships of:4,000 gross tonnage and upwards at least threeless than 4,000 gross tonnage at least two

.2 in cargo ships of:1,000 gross tonnage and upwards at least twoless than 1,000 gross tonnage at least two power-driven

pumps, one of which shallbe independently driven


227

2.2.3 Arrangement of fire pumps and fire mains

2.2.3.1 Fire pumps

The arrangement of sea connections, fire pumps and their sources of powershall be as to ensure that:

.1 in passenger ships of l,000 gross tonnage and upwards, in theevent of a fire in any one compartment, all the fire pumps willnot be put out of action; and

.2 in passenger ships of less than 1,000 gross tonnage and in cargoships, if a fire in any one compartment could put all the pumpsout of action, there shall be an alternative means consisting of anemergency fire pump complying with the provisions of the FireSafety Systems Code with its source of power and seaconnection located outside the space where the main firepumps or their sources of power are located.

2.2.3.2 Requirements for the space containing theemergency fire pump

2.2.3.2.1 Location of the space

The space containing the fire pump shall not be contiguous to theboundaries of machinery spaces of category A or those spaces containingmain fire pumps. Where this is not practicable, the common bulkheadbetween the two spaces shall be insulated to a standard of structural fireprotection equivalent to that required for a control station.

2.2.3.2.2 Access to the emergency fire pump

No direct access shall be permitted between the machinery space and the spacecontaining the emergency fire pump and its source of power. When this isimpracticable, the Administration may accept an arrangement where the accessis by means of an airlock with the door of the machinery space being of ‘‘A-60’’ class standard and the other door being at least steel, both reasonablygastight, self-closing and without any hold-back arrangements. Alternatively,the access may be through a watertight door capable of being operated from aspace remote from the machinery space and the space containing theemergency fire pump and unlikely to be cut off in the event of fire in thosespaces. In such cases, a second means of access to the space containing theemergency fire pump and its source of power shall be provided.

2.2.3.2.3 Ventilation of the emergency fire pump space

Ventilation arrangements to the space containing the independent source ofpower for the emergency fire pump shall be such as to preclude, as far aspracticable, the possibility of smoke from a machinery space fire entering orbeing drawn into that space.

228


2.2.3.3 Additional pumps for cargo ships

In addition, in cargo ships where other pumps, such as general service, bilgeand ballast, etc., are fitted in a machinery space, arrangements shall be madeto ensure that at least one of these pumps, having the capacity and pressurerequired by paragraphs 2.1.6.2 and 2.2.4.2, is capable of providing water tothe fire main.

2.2.4 Capacity of fire pumps

2.2.4.1 Total capacity of required fire pumps

The required fire pumps shall be capable of delivering for fire-fightingpurposes a quantity of water, at the pressure specified in paragraph 2.1.6, asfollows:

.1 pumps in passenger ships: the quantity of water is not less thantwo thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilgepumps when employed for bilge pumping; and

.2 pumps in cargo ships, other than any emergency pump: thequantity of water is not less than four thirds of the quantityrequired under regulation II-1/21 to be dealt with by each of theindependent bilge pumps in a passenger ship of the samedimension when employed in bilge pumping, provided that inno cargo ship need the total required capacity of the fire pumpsexceed 180 m3/h.

2.2.4.2 Capacity of each fire pump

Each of the required fire pumps (other than any emergency pump requiredin paragraph 2.2.3.1.2 for cargo ships) shall have a capacity not less than80% of the total required capacity divided by the minimum number ofrequired fire pumps, but in any case not less than 25 m3/h, and each suchpump shall in any event be capable of delivering at least the two required jetsof water. These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the fire main systemunder the required conditions. Where more pumps than the minimum ofrequired pumps are installed, such additional pumps shall have a capacity ofat least 25 m3/h and shall be capable of delivering at least the two jets ofwater required in paragraph 2.1.5.1.

2.3 Fire hoses and nozzles

2.3.1 General specifications

2.3.1.1 Fire hoses shall be of non-perishable material approved by theAdministration and shall be sufficient in length to project a jet of water toany of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Each hose shallbe provided with a nozzle and the necessary couplings. Hoses specified inthis chapter as ‘‘fire hoses’’ shall, together with any necessary fittings andtools, be kept ready for use in conspicuous positions near the water service


229

hydrants or connections. Additionally, in interior locations in passengerships carrying more than 36 passengers, fire hoses shall be connected to thehydrants at all times. Fire hoses shall have a length of at least 10 m, but notmore than:

.1 15 m in machinery spaces;

.2 20 m in other spaces and open decks; and

.3 25 m for open decks on ships with a maximum breadth in excessof 30 m.

2.3.1.2 Unless one hose and nozzle is provided for each hydrant in the ship,there shall be complete interchangeability of hose couplings and nozzles.

2.3.2 Number and diameter of fire hoses

2.3.2.1 Ships shall be provided with fire hoses, the number and diameter ofwhich shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2.3.2.2 In passenger ships, there shall be at least one fire hose for each ofthe hydrants required by paragraph 2.1.5 and these hoses shall be used onlyfor the purposes of extinguishing fires or testing the fire-extinguishingapparatus at fire drills and surveys.

2.3.2.3 In cargo ships:

.1 of 1,000 gross tonnage and upwards, the number of fire hoses tobe provided shall be one for each 30 m length of the ship andone spare, but in no case less than five in all. This number doesnot include any hoses required in any engine-room or boilerroom. The Administration may increase the number of hosesrequired so as to ensure that hoses in sufficient number areavailable and accessible at all times, having regard to the type ofship and the nature of trade in which the ship is employed. Shipscarrying dangerous goods in accordance with regulation 19 shallbe provided with three hoses and nozzles, in addition to thoserequired above; and

.2 of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the number of fire hoses to beprovided shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions ofparagraph 2.3.2.3.1. However, the number of hoses shall in nocase be less than three.

2.3.3 Size and types of nozzles

2.3.3.1 For the purposes of this chapter, standard nozzle sizes shall be12 mm, 16 mm and 19 mm or as near thereto as possible. Larger diameternozzles may be permitted at the discretion of the Administration.

230


2.3.3.2 For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than12 mm need not be used.

2.3.3.3 For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size shall besuch as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at thepressure mentioned in paragraph 2.1.6 from the smallest pump, providedthat a nozzle size greater than 19 mm need not be used.

2.3.3.4 Nozzles shall be of an approved dual-purpose type (i.e. spray/jettype) incorporating a shutoff.

3 Portable fire extinguishers

3.1 Type and design

Portable fire extinguishers shall comply with the requirements of the FireSafety Systems Code.

3.2 Arrangement of fire extinguishers

3.2.1 Accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations shall beprovided with portable fire extinguishers of appropriate types and insufficient number to the satisfaction of the Administration. Ships of 1,000gross tonnage and upwards shall carry at least five portable fire extinguishers.

3.2.2 One of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any spaceshall be stowed near the entrance to that space.

3.2.3 Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers shall not be placed in accommoda-tion spaces. In control stations and other spaces containing electrical orelectronic equipment or appliances necessary for the safety of the ship, fireextinguishers shall be provided whose extinguishing media are neitherelectrically conductive nor harmful to the equipment and appliances.

3.2.4 Fire extinguishers shall be situated ready for use at easily visible places,which can be reached quickly and easily at any time in the event of a fire,and in such a way that their serviceability is not impaired by the weather,vibration or other external factors. Portable fire extinguishers shall beprovided with devices which indicate whether they have been used.

3.3 Spare charges

3.3.1 Spare charges shall be provided for 100% of the first ten extinguishersand 50% of the remaining fire extinguishers capable of being recharged onboard. Not more than sixty total spare charges are required. Instructions forrecharging shall be carried on board.

3.3.2 For fire extinguishers which cannot be recharged on board, additionalportable fire extinguishers of the same quantity, type, capacity and number asdetermined in paragraph 3.3.1 above shall be provided in lieu of spare charges.


231

4 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems

4.1 Types of fixed fire-extinguishing systems

4.1.1 A fixed fire-extinguishing system required by paragraph 5 below maybe any of the following systems:

.1 a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with theprovisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code;

.2 a fixed high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system comply-ing with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code; and

.3 a fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing systemcomplying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.

4.1.2 Where a fixed fire-extinguishing system not required by this chapter isinstalled, it shall meet the requirements of the relevant regulations of thischapter and the Fire Safety Systems Code.

4.1.3 Fire-extinguishing systems using Halon 1211, 1301, and 2402 andperfluorocarbons shall be prohibited.

4.1.4 In general, the Administration shall not permit the use of steam as afire-extinguishing medium in fixed fire-extinguishing systems. Where theuse of steam is permitted by the Administration, it shall be used only inrestricted areas as an addition to the required fire-extinguishing system andshall comply with the requirements of the Fire Safety System Code.

4.2 Closing appliances for fixed gas fire-extinguishing systems

Where a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system is used, openings which mayadmit air to, or allow gas to escape from, a protected space shall be capableof being closed from outside the protected space.

4.3 Storage rooms of fire-extinguishing medium

When the fire-extinguishing medium is stored outside a protected space, itshall be stored in a room which is located behind the forward collisionbulkhead, and is used for no other purposes. Any entrance to such a storageroom shall preferably be from the open deck and shall be independent of theprotected space. If the storage space is located below deck, it shall be locatedno more than one deck below the open deck and shall be directly accessibleby a stairway or ladder from the open deck. Spaces which are located belowdeck or spaces where access from the open deck is not provided shall befitted with a mechanical ventilation system designed to take exhaust air fromthe bottom of the space and shall be sized to provide at least 6 air changesper hour. Access doors shall open outwards, and bulkheads and decks,including doors and other means of closing any opening therein, whichform the boundaries between such rooms and adjacent enclosed spaces shall

232


IMO


be gastight. For the purpose of the application of tables 9.1 to 9.8, suchstorage rooms shall be treated as fire control stations.

4.4 Water pumps for other fire-extinguishing systems

Pumps, other than those serving the fire main, required for the provision ofwater for fire-extinguishing systems required by this chapter, their sourcesof power and their controls shall be installed outside the space or spacesprotected by such systems and shall be so arranged that a fire in the space orspaces protected will not put any such system out of action.

5 Fire-extinguishing arrangements in machinery spaces

5.1 Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil fuel units

5.1.1 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems

Machinery spaces of category A containing oil-fired boilers or oil fuel unitsshall be provided with any one of the fixed fire-extinguishing systems inparagraph 4.1. In each case, if the engine-room and boiler room are notentirely separate, or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into theengine-room, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered asone compartment.

5.1.2 Additional fire-extinguishing arrangements

5.1.2.1 There shall be in each boiler room or at an entrance outside of theboiler room at least one portable foam applicator unit complying with theprovisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.

5.1.2.2 There shall be at least two portable foam extinguishers orequivalent in each firing space in each boiler room and in each space inwhich a part of the oil fuel installation is situated. There shall be not lessthan one approved foam-type extinguisher of at least 135 l capacity orequivalent in each boiler room. These extinguishers shall be provided withhoses on reels suitable for reaching any part of the boiler room. In the caseof domestic boilers of less than 175 kW an approved foam-type extinguisherof at least 135 l capacity is not required.

5.1.2.3 In each firing space there shall be a receptacle containing at least0.1 m3 sand, sawdust impregnated with soda, or other approved drymaterial, along with a suitable shovel for spreading the material. Anapproved portable extinguisher may be substituted as an alternative.

5.2 Machinery spaces containing internal combustion machinery


Machinery spaces of category A containing internal combustion machineryshall be provided with one of the fixed fire-extinguishing systems inparagraph 4.1.


233


5.2.2.1 There shall be at least one portable foam applicator unit complyingwith the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.

5.2.2.2 There shall be in each such space approved foam-type fireextinguishers, each of at least 45 l capacity or equivalent, sufficient innumber to enable foam or its equivalent to be directed onto any part of thefuel and lubricating oil pressure systems, gearing and other fire hazards. Inaddition, there shall be provided a sufficient number of portable foamextinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that no point in thespace is more than 10 m walking distance from an extinguisher and that thereare at least two such extinguishers in each such space. For smaller spaces ofcargo ships the Administration may consider relaxing this requirement.

5.3 Machinery spaces containing steam turbines or enclosed steam engines


In spaces containing steam turbines or enclosed steam engines used formain propulsion or other purposes having in the aggregate a total output of notless than 375 kW, one of the fire-extinguishing systems specified in paragraph4.1 shall be provided if such spaces are periodically unattended.


5.3.2.1 There shall be approved foam fire extinguishers, each of at least 45 lcapacity or equivalent, sufficient in number to enable foam or its equivalentto be directed on to any part of the pressure lubrication system, on to anypart of the casings enclosing pressure-lubricated parts of the turbines,engines or associated gearing, and any other fire hazards. However, suchextinguishers shall not be required if protection, at least equivalent to thatrequired by this subparagraph, is provided in such spaces by a fixed fire-extinguishing system fitted in compliance with paragraph 4.1.

5.3.2.2 There shall be a sufficient number of portable foam extinguishersor equivalent which shall be so located that no point in the space is morethan 10 m walking distance from an extinguisher and that there are at leasttwo such extinguishers in each such space, except that such extinguishersshall not be required in addition to any provided in compliance withparagraph 5.1.2.2.

5.4 Other machinery spaces

Where, in the opinion of the Administration, a fire hazard exists in anymachinery space for which no specific provisions for fire-extinguishingappliances are prescribed in paragraphs 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3, there shall beprovided in, or adjacent to, that space such a number of approved portablefire extinguishers or other means of fire extinction as the Administrationmay deem sufficient.

234


5.5 Additional requirements for passenger ships

In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, each machinery spaceof category A shall be provided with at least two suitable water fogapplicators.*

5.6 Fixed local application fire-extinguishing systems

5.6.1 Paragraph 5.6 shall apply to passenger ships of 500 gross tonnage andabove and cargo ships of 2,000 gross tonnage and above.

5.6.2 Machinery spaces of category A above 500 m3 in volume shall, inaddition to the fixed fire-extinguishing system required in paragraph 5.1.1,be protected by an approved type of fixed water-based or equivalent localapplication fire-extinguishing system, based on the guidelines developed bythe Organization.{ In the case of periodically unattended machinery spaces,the fire-extinguishing system shall have both automatic and manual releasecapabilities. In the case of continuously manned machinery spaces, the fire-extinguishing system is only required to have a manual release capability.

5.6.3 Fixed local application fire-extinguishing systems are to protect areassuch as the following without the necessity of engine shutdown, personnelevacuation, or sealing of the spaces:

.1 the fire hazard portions of internal combustion machinery usedfor the ship’s main propulsion and power generation;

.2 boiler fronts;

.3 the fire hazard portions of incinerators; and

.4 purifiers for heated fuel oil.

5.6.4 Activation of any local application system shall give a visual anddistinct audible alarm in the protected space and at continuously mannedstations. The alarm shall indicate the specific system activated. The systemalarm requirements described within this paragraph are in addition to, andnot a substitute for, the detection and fire alarm system required elsewherein this chapter.

6 Fire-extinguishing arrangements in control stations,accommodation and service spaces

6.1 Sprinkler systems in passenger ships

6.1.1 Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall be equipped


* A water fog applicator might consist of a metal L-shaped pipe, the long limb being about 2 min length, capable of being fitted to a fire hose, and the short limb being about 250 mm inlength, fitted with a fixed water fog nozzle or capable of being fitted with a water spray nozzle.{ Refer to the Guidelines for the approval of fixed water-based local application fire-fightingsystems for use in category A machinery spaces (MSC/Circ.913).

235

with an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of anapproved type complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety SystemsCode in all control stations, accommodation and service spaces, includingcorridors and stairways. Alternatively, control stations, where water maycause damage to essential equipment, may be fitted with an approved fixedfire-extinguishing system of another type. Spaces having little or no fire risksuch as voids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces neednot be fitted with an automatic sprinkler system.

6.1.2 In passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, when a fixedsmoke detection and fire alarm system complying with the provisions of theFire Safety Systems Code is provided only in corridors, stairways and escaperoutes within accommodation spaces, an automatic sprinkler system shall beinstalled in accordance with regulation 7.5.3.2.

6.2 Sprinkler systems for cargo ships

In cargo ships in which method IIC specified in regulation 9.2.3.1.1.2 isadopted, an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system shall befitted in accordance with the requirements in regulation 7.5.5.2.

6.3 Spaces containing flammable liquid

6.3.1 Paint lockers shall be protected by:

.1 a carbon dioxide system, designed to give a minimum volume offree gas equal to 40% of the gross volume of the protected space;

.2 a dry powder system, designed for at least 0.5 kg powder/m3;

.3 a water spraying or sprinkler system, designed for 5 l/m2 min.Water spraying systems may be connected to the fire main of theship; or

.4 a system providing equivalent protection, as determined by theAdministration.

In all cases, the system shall be operable from outside the protected space.

6.3.2 Flammable liquid lockers shall be protected by an appropriate fire-extinguishing arrangement approved by the Administration.

6.3.3 For lockers of a deck area of less than 4 m2, which do not give accessto accommodation spaces, a portable carbon dioxide fire extinguisher sizedto provide a minimum volume of free gas equal to 40% of the gross volumeof the space may be accepted in lieu of a fixed system. A discharge port shallbe arranged in the locker to allow the discharge of the extinguisher withouthaving to enter into the protected space. The required portable fireextinguisher shall be stowed adjacent to the port. Alternatively, a port orhose connection may be provided to facilitate the use of fire main water.

236


6.4 Deep-fat cooking equipment

Deep-fat cooking equipment shall be fitted with the following:

.1 an automatic or manual fire-extinguishing system tested to aninternational standard acceptable to the Organization;*

.2 a primary and backup thermostat with an alarm to alert theoperator in the event of failure of either thermostat;

.3 arrangements for automatically shutting off the electrical powerupon activation of the fire-extinguishing system;

.4 an alarm for indicating operation of the fire-extinguishingsystem in the galley where the equipment is installed; and

.5 controls for manual operation of the fire-extinguishing systemwhich are clearly labelled for ready use by the crew.

7 Fire-extinguishing arrangements in cargo spaces

7.1 Fixed gas fire-extinguishing systems for general cargo

7.1.1 Except as provided for in paragraph 7.2, the cargo spaces of passengerships of 1,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall be protected by a fixedcarbon dioxide or inert gas fire-extinguishing system complying with theprovisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or by a fixed high-expansionfoam fire-extinguishing system which gives equivalent protection.

7.1.2 Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that apassenger ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would beunreasonable to apply the requirements of paragraph 7.1.1 and also in shipsof less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the arrangements in cargo spaces shall be tothe satisfaction of the Administration, provided that the ship is fitted withsteel hatch covers and effective means of closing all ventilators and otheropenings leading to the cargo spaces.

7.1.3 Except for ro–ro and vehicle spaces, cargo spaces on cargo ships of2,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall be protected by a fixed carbondioxide or inert gas fire-extinguishing system complying with theprovisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, or by a fire-extinguishingsystem which gives equivalent protection.

7.1.4 The Administration may exempt from the requirements of paragraphs7.1.3 and 7.2 cargo spaces of any cargo ship if constructed, and solelyintended, for the carriage of ore, coal, grain, unseasoned timber, non-combustible cargoes or cargoes which, in the opinion of the Administration,


* Refer to the recommendations by the International Organization for Standardization, inparticular publication ISO 15371:2000, Fire-extinguishing systems for protection of galley deep-fatcooking equipment – fire tests.

237

constitute a low fire risk.* Such exemptions may be granted only if the shipis fitted with steel hatch covers and effective means of closing all ventilatorsand other openings leading to the cargo spaces. When such exemptions aregranted, the Administration shall issue an Exemption Certificate, irrespec-tive of the date of construction of the ship concerned, in accordance withregulation I/12(a)(vi), and shall ensure that the list of cargoes the ship ispermitted to carry is attached to the Exemption Certificate.

7.2 Fixed gas fire-extinguishing systems for dangerous goods

A ship engaged in the carriage of dangerous goods in any cargo spaces shallbe provided with a fixed carbon dioxide or inert gas fire-extinguishingsystem complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code orwith a fire-extinguishing system which, in the opinion of the Administra-tion, gives equivalent protection for the cargoes carried.

8 Cargo tank protection

8.1 Fixed deck foam fire-extinguishing systems

8.1.1 For tankers of 20,000 tonnes deadweight and upwards, a fixed deckfoam fire-extinguishing system shall be provided complying with theprovisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, except that, in lieu of the above,the Administration, after having given consideration to the ship’sarrangement and equipment, may accept other fixed installations if theyafford protection equivalent to the above, in accordance with regulation I/5.The requirements for alternative fixed installations shall comply with therequirements in paragraph 8.1.2.

8.1.2 In accordance with paragraph 8.1.1, where the Administration acceptsan equivalent fixed installation in lieu of the fixed deck foam fire-extinguishing system, the installation shall:

.1 be capable of extinguishing spill fires and also preclude ignitionof spilled oil not yet ignited; and

.2 be capable of combating fires in ruptured tanks.

8.1.3 Tankers of less than 20,000 tonnes deadweight shall be provided witha deck foam fire-extinguishing system complying with the requirements ofthe Fire Safety Systems Code.

9 Protection of cargo pump-rooms in tankers

9.1 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems

Each cargo pump-room shall be provided with one of the following fixed

* Refer to the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes, emergency schedule B14, entry forcoal, and to the List of solid bulk cargoes which are non-combustible or constitute a low firerisk or for which a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system is ineffective (MSC/Circ.671).

238


fire-extinguishing systems operated from a readily accessible positionoutside the pump-room. Cargo pump-rooms shall be provided with asystem suitable for machinery spaces of category A.

9.1.1 A carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system complying with theprovisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code and with the following:

.1 the alarms giving audible warning of the release of fire-extinguishing medium shall be safe for use in a flammable cargovapour/air mixture; and

.2 a notice shall be exhibited at the controls stating that, due to theelectrostatic ignition hazard, the system is to be used only for fireextinguishing and not for inerting purposes.

9.1.2 A high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system complying with theprovisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, provided that the foamconcentrate supply is suitable for extinguishing fires involving the cargoescarried.

9.1.3 A fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system complyingwith the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.

9.2 Quantity of fire-extinguishing medium

Where the fire-extinguishing medium used in the cargo pump-roomsystem is also used in systems serving other spaces, the quantity of mediumprovided or its delivery rate need not be more than the maximum requiredfor the largest compartment.

10 Fire-fighter’s outfits

10.1 Types of fire-fighter’s outfits

Fire-fighter’s outfits shall comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code.

10.2 Number of fire-fighter’s outfits

10.2.1 Ships shall carry at least two fire-fighter’s outfits.

10.2.2 In addition, in passenger ships there shall be provided:

.1 for every 80 m, or part thereof, of the aggregate of the lengthsof all passenger spaces and service spaces on the deck whichcarries such spaces or, if there is more than one such deck, onthe deck which has the largest aggregate of such lengths, twofire-fighter’s outfits and, in addition, two sets of personalequipment, each set comprising the items stipulated in the FireSafety Systems Code. In passenger ships carrying more than36 passengers, two additional fire-fighter’s outfits shall beprovided for each main vertical zone. However, for stairwayenclosures which constitute individual main vertical zones and


239

for the main vertical zones in the fore or aft end of a ship whichdo not contain spaces of categories (6), (7), (8) or (12) definedin regulation 9.2.2.3, no additional fire-fighter’s outfits arerequired; and

.2 on ships carrying more than 36 passengers, for each pair ofbreathing apparatus, one water fog applicator which shall bestored adjacent to such apparatus.

10.2.3 In addition, in tankers, two fire-fighter’s outfits shall be provided.

10.2.4 The Administration may require additional sets of personalequipment and breathing apparatus, having due regard to the size and typeof the ship.

10.2.5 Two spare charges shall be provided for each required breathingapparatus. Passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and cargoships that are equipped with suitably located means for fully recharging theair cylinders free from contamination need carry only one spare charge foreach required apparatus. In passenger ships carrying more than36 passengers, at least two spare charges for each breathing apparatus shallbe provided.

10.3 Storage of fire-fighter’s outfits

10.3.1 The fire-fighter’s outfits or sets of personal equipment shall be keptready for use in an easily accessible location that is permanently and clearlymarked and, where more than one fire-fighter’s outfit or more than one setof personal equipment is carried, they shall be stored in widely separatedpositions.

10.3.2 In passenger ships, at least two fire-fighter’s outfits and, in addition,one set of personal equipment shall be available at any one position. At leasttwo fire-fighter’s outfits shall be stored in each main vertical zone.

Regulation 11Structural integrity

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to maintain structural integrity of the ship,preventing partial or whole collapse of the ship structures due to strengthdeterioration by heat. For this purpose, materials used in the ships’ structureshall ensure that the structural integrity is not degraded due to fire.

2 Material of hull, superstructures, structural bulkheads,decks and deckhouses

The hull, superstructures, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shall beconstructed of steel or other equivalent material. For the purpose of applying

240


the definition of steel or other equivalent material as given in regulation 3.43,the ‘‘applicable fire exposure’’ shall be according to the integrity andinsulation standards given in tables 9.1 to 9.4. For example, where divisionssuch as decks or sides and ends of deckhouses are permitted to have ‘‘B-0’’fire integrity, the ‘‘applicable fire exposure’’ shall be half an hour.

3 Structure of aluminium alloy

Unless otherwise specified in paragraph 2, in cases where any part of thestructure is of aluminium alloy, the following shall apply:

.1 the insulation of aluminium alloy components of ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’class divisions, except structure which, in the opinion of theAdministration, is non-load-bearing, shall be such that thetemperature of the structural core does not rise more than2008C above the ambient temperature at any time during theapplicable fire exposure to the standard fire test; and

.2 special attention shall be given to the insulation of aluminiumalloy components of columns, stanchions and other structuralmembers required to support lifeboat and liferaft stowage,launching and embarkation areas, and ‘‘A’’ and ‘‘B’’ classdivisions to ensure:

.2.1 that for such members supporting lifeboat and liferaft areas and‘‘A’’ class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified inparagraph 3.1 shall apply at the end of one hour; and

.2.2 that for such members required to support ‘‘B’’ class divisions,the temperature rise limitation specified in paragraph 3.1 shallapply at the end of half an hour.

4 Machinery spaces of category A

4.1 Crowns and casings

Crowns and casings of machinery spaces of category A shall be of steelconstruction and shall be insulated as required by tables 9.5 and 9.7, asappropriate.

4.2 Floor plating

The floor plating of normal passageways in machinery spaces of category Ashall be made of steel.

5 Materials of overboard fittings

Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboardscuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the


241

waterline and where the failure of the material in the event of fire wouldgive rise to danger of flooding.

6 Protection of cargo tank structure against pressure orvacuum in tankers

6.1 General

The venting arrangements shall be so designed and operated as to ensurethat neither pressure nor vacuum in cargo tanks shall exceed designparameters and be such as to provide for:

.1 the flow of the small volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixturescaused by thermal variations in a cargo tank in all cases throughpressure/vacuum valves; and

.2 the passage of large volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixturesduring cargo loading and ballasting, or during discharging.

6.2 Openings for small flow by thermal variations

Openings for pressure release required by paragraph 6.1.1 shall:

.1 have as great a height as is practicable above the cargo tank deckto obtain maximum dispersal of flammable vapours, but in nocase less than 2 m above the cargo tank deck; and

.2 be arranged at the furthest distance practicable, but not less than5 m, from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spacescontaining a source of ignition and from deck machinery andequipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. Anchorwindlass and chain locker openings constitute an ignitionhazard.

6.3 Safety measures in cargo tanks

6.3.1 Preventive measures against liquid rising in the venting system

Provisions shall be made to guard against liquid rising in the venting systemto a height which would exceed the design head of cargo tanks. This shall beaccomplished by high-level alarms or overflow control systems or otherequivalent means, together with independent gauging devices and cargotank filling procedures. For the purposes of this regulation, spill valves arenot considered equivalent to an overflow system.

6.3.2 Secondary means for pressure/vacuum relief

A secondary means of allowing full flow relief of vapour, air or inert gasmixtures shall be provided to prevent over-pressure or under-pressure inthe event of failure of the arrangements in paragraph 6.1.2. Alternatively,pressure sensors may be fitted in each tank protected by the arrangementrequired in paragraph 6.1.2, with a monitoring system in the ship’s cargo

242


control room or the position from which cargo operations are normallycarried out. Such monitoring equipment shall also provide an alarm facilitywhich is activated by detection of over-pressure or under-pressureconditions within a tank.

6.3.3 Bypasses in vent mains

Pressure/vacuum valves required by paragraph 6.1.1 may be provided with abypass arrangement when they are located in a vent main or masthead riser.Where such an arrangement is provided there shall be suitable indicators toshow whether the bypass is open or closed.

6.3.4 Pressure/vacuum-breaking devices

One or more pressure/vacuum-breaking devices shall be provided toprevent the cargo tanks from being subject to:

.1 a positive pressure, in excess of the test pressure of the cargotank, if the cargo were to be loaded at the maximum ratedcapacity and all other outlets are left shut; and

.2 a negative pressure in excess of 700 mm water gauge if the cargowere to be discharged at the maximum rated capacity of thecargo pumps and the inert gas blowers were to fail.

Such devices shall be installed on the inert gas main unless they are installedin the venting system required by regulation 4.5.3.1 or on individual cargotanks. The location and design of the devices shall be in accordance withregulation 4.5.3 and paragraph 6.

6.4 Size of vent outlets

Vent outlets for cargo loading, discharging and ballasting required byparagraph 6.1.2 shall be designed on the basis of the maximum designedloading rate multiplied by a factor of at least 1.25 to take account of gasevolution, in order to prevent the pressure in any cargo tank from exceedingthe design pressure. The master shall be provided with informationregarding the maximum permissible loading rate for each cargo tank and, inthe case of combined venting systems, for each group of cargo tanks.


243

Part DEscape

Regulation 12Notification of crew and passengers

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to notify crew and passengers of a fire forsafe evacuation. For this purpose, a general emergency alarm system and apublic address system shall be provided.

2 General emergency alarm system

A general emergency alarm system required by regulation III/6.4.2 shall beused for notifying crew and passengers of a fire.

3 Public address systems in passenger ships

A public address system or other effective means of communicationcomplying with the requirements of regulation III/6.5 shall be availablethroughout the accommodation and service spaces and control stations andopen decks.

Regulation 13Means of escape

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to provide means of escape so that personson board can safely and swiftly escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkationdeck. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

.1 safe escape routes shall be provided;

.2 escape routes shall be maintained in a safe condition, clear ofobstacles; and

.3 additional aids for escape shall be provided as necessary to ensureaccessibility, clear marking, and adequate design for emergencysituations.

244



2.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise in this regulation, at least twowidely separated and ready means of escape shall be provided from all spacesor groups of spaces.

2.2 Lifts shall not be considered as forming one of the means of escape asrequired by this regulation.

3 Means of escape from control stations, accommodation spacesand service spaces

3.1 General requirements

3.1.1 Stairways and ladders shall be so arranged as to provide ready means ofescape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck from passenger and crewaccommodation spaces and from spaces in which the crew is normallyemployed, other than machinery spaces.

3.1.2 Unless expressly provided otherwise in this regulation, a corridor,lobby, or part of a corridor from which there is only one route of escapeshall be prohibited. Dead-end corridors used in service areas which arenecessary for the practical utility of the ship, such as fuel oil stations andathwartship supply corridors, shall be permitted, provided such dead-endcorridors are separated from crew accommodation areas and are inaccessiblefrom passenger accommodation areas. Also, a part of a corridor that has adepth not exceeding its width is considered a recess or local extension and ispermitted.

3.1.3 All stairways in accommodation and service spaces and controlstations shall be of steel frame construction except where the Administra-tion sanctions the use of other equivalent material.

3.1.4 If a radiotelegraph station has no direct access to the open deck, twomeans of escape from, or access to, the station shall be provided, one ofwhich may be a porthole or window of sufficient size or other means to thesatisfaction of the Administration.

3.1.5 Doors in escape routes shall, in general, open in way of the directionof escape, except that:

.1 individual cabin doors may open into the cabins in order toavoid injury to persons in the corridor when the door is opened;and

.2 doors in vertical emergency escape trunks may open out of thetrunk in order to permit the trunk to be used both for escapeand for access.

Part D: Escape Regulations 12, 13

245

3.2 Means of escape in passenger ships

3.2.1 Escape from spaces below the bulkhead deck

3.2.1.1 Below the bulkhead deck, two means of escape, at least one ofwhich shall be independent of watertight doors, shall be provided from eachwatertight compartment or similarly restricted space or group of spaces.Exceptionally, the Administration may dispense with one of the means ofescape for crew spaces that are entered only occasionally, if the requiredescape route is independent of watertight doors.

3.2.1.2 Where the Administration has granted dispensation under theprovisions of paragraph 3.2.1.1, this sole means of escape shall provide safeescape. However, stairways shall not be less than 800 mm in clear widthwith handrails on both sides.

3.2.2 Escape from spaces above the bulkhead deck

Above the bulkhead deck there shall be at least two means of escape fromeach main vertical zone or similarly restricted space or group of spaces, atleast one of which shall give access to a stairway forming a vertical escape.

3.2.3 Direct access to stairway enclosures

Stairway enclosures in accommodation and service spaces shall have directaccess from the corridors and be of a sufficient area to prevent congestion,having in view the number of persons likely to use them in an emergency.Within the perimeter of such stairway enclosures, only public toilets,lockers of non-combustible material providing storage for non-hazardoussafety equipment and open information counters are permitted. Only publicspaces, corridors, lifts, public toilets, special category spaces and open ro–rospaces to which any passengers carried can have access, other escapestairways required by paragraph 3.2.4.1 and external areas are permitted tohave direct access to these stairway enclosures. Small corridors or ‘‘lobbies’’used to separate an enclosed stairway from galleys or main laundries mayhave direct access to the stairway provided they have a minimum deck areaof 4.5 m2, a width of no less than 900 mm and contain a fire hose station.

3.2.4 Details of means of escape

3.2.4.1 At least one of the means of escape required by paragraphs 3.2.1.1and 3.2.2 shall consist of a readily accessible enclosed stairway, which shallprovide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriatelifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks, or to the uppermost weather deck ifthe embarkation deck does not extend to the main vertical zone beingconsidered. In the latter case, direct access to the embarkation deck by wayof external open stairways and passageways shall be provided and shall haveemergency lighting in accordance with regulation III/11.5 and slip-freesurfaces underfoot. Boundaries facing external open stairways and passage-ways forming part of an escape route and boundaries in such a position that

246


IMO


their failure during a fire would impede escape to the embarkation deckshall have fire integrity, including insulation values, in accordance withtables 9.1 to 9.4, as appropriate.

3.2.4.2 Protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat andliferaft embarkation areas shall be provided either directly or throughprotected internal routes which have fire integrity and insulation values forstairway enclosures as determined by tables 9.1 to 9.4, as appropriate.

3.2.4.3 Stairways serving only a space and a balcony in that space shall notbe considered as forming one of the required means of escape.

3.2.4.4 Each level within an atrium shall have two means of escape, one ofwhich shall give direct access to an enclosed vertical means of escapemeeting the requirements of paragraph 3.2.4.1.

3.2.4.5 The widths, number and continuity of escapes shall be inaccordance with the requirements in the Fire Safety Systems Code.

3.2.5 Marking of escape routes

3.2.5.1 In addition to the emergency lighting required by regulationsII-1/42 and III/11.5, the means of escape, including stairways and exits, shallbe marked by lighting or photoluminescent strip indicators placed not morethan 300 mm above the deck at all points of the escape route, includingangles and intersections. The marking must enable passengers to identify theroutes of escape and readily identify the escape exits. If electric illuminationis used, it shall be supplied by the emergency source of power and it shall beso arranged that the failure of any single light or cut in a lighting strip willnot result in the marking being ineffective. Additionally, escape route signsand fire equipment location markings shall be of photoluminescent materialor marked by lighting. The Administration shall ensure that such lighting orphotoluminescent equipment has been evaluated, tested and applied inaccordance with the Fire Safety Systems Code.

3.2.5.2 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, therequirements of the paragraph 3.2.5.1 shall also apply to the crewaccommodation areas.

3.2.6 Normally locked doors that form part of an escape route

3.2.6.1 Cabin and stateroom doors shall not require keys to unlock themfrom inside the room. Neither shall there be any doors along any designatedescape route which require keys to unlock them when moving in thedirection of escape.

Part D: Escape Regulation 13

247

3.2.6.2 Escape doors from public spaces that are normally latched shall befitted with a means of quick release. Such means shall consist of a door-latching mechanism incorporating a device that releases the latch upon theapplication of a force in the direction of escape flow. Quick releasemechanisms shall be designed and installed to the satisfaction of theAdministration and, in particular:

.1 consist of bars or panels, the actuating portion of which extendsacross at least one half of the width of the door leaf, at least760 mm and not more than 1,120 mm above the deck;

.2 cause the latch to release when a force not exceeding 67 N isapplied; and

.3 not be equipped with any locking device, set screw or otherarrangement that prevents the release of the latch when pressureis applied to the releasing device.

3.3 Means of escape in cargo ships

3.3.1 General

At all levels of accommodation there shall be provided at least two widelyseparated means of escape from each restricted space or group of spaces.

3.3.2 Escape from spaces below the lowest open deck

Below the lowest open deck the main means of escape shall be a stairwayand the second escape may be a trunk or a stairway.

3.3.3 Escape from spaces above the lowest open deck

Above the lowest open deck the means of escape shall be stairways or doorsto an open deck or a combination thereof.

3.3.4 Dead-end corridors

No dead-end corridors having a length of more than 7 m shall be accepted.

3.3.5 Width and continuity of escape routes

The width, number and continuity of escape routes shall be in accordancewith the requirements in the Fire Safety Systems Code.

3.3.6 Dispensation from two means of escape

Exceptionally, the Administration may dispense with one of the means ofescape, for crew spaces that are entered only occasionally, if the requiredescape route is independent of watertight doors.

248


3.4 Emergency escape breathing devices*

3.4.1 Emergency escape breathing devices shall comply with the Fire SafetySystems Code. Spare emergency escape breathing devices shall be kept onboard.

3.4.2 All ships shall carry at least two emergency escape breathing deviceswithin accommodation spaces.

3.4.3 In all passenger ships, at least two emergency escape breathing devicesshall be carried in each main vertical zone.

3.4.4 In all passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, twoemergency escape breathing devices, in addition to those required inparagraph 3.4.3 above, shall be carried in each main vertical zone.

3.4.5 However, paragraphs 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 do not apply to stairwayenclosures which constitute individual main vertical zones and to the mainvertical zones in the fore or aft end of a ship which do not contain spaces ofcategories (6), (7), (8) or (12) as defined in regulation 9.2.2.3.

4 Means of escape from machinery spaces

4.1 Means of escape on passenger ships

Means of escape from each machinery space in passenger ships shall complywith the following provisions.

4.1.1 Escape from spaces below the bulkhead deck

Where the space is below the bulkhead deck, the two means of escape shallconsist of either:

.1 two sets of steel ladders, as widely separated as possible, leadingto doors in the upper part of the space, similarly separated andfrom which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat andliferaft embarkation decks. One of these ladders shall be locatedwithin a protected enclosure that satisfies regulation 9.2.2.3,category (2), or regulation 9.2.2.4, category (4), as appropriate,from the lower part of the space it serves to a safe positionoutside the space. Self-closing fire doors of the same fireintegrity standards shall be fitted in the enclosure. The laddershall be fixed in such a way that heat is not transferred into theenclosure through non-insulated fixing points. The protectedenclosure shall have minimum internal dimensions of at least800 mm 6 800 mm, and shall have emergency lightingprovisions; or


* Refer to the Guidelines for the performance, location, use and care of emergency escapebreathing devices (MSC/Circ.849).

249

.2 one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the spacefrom which access is provided to the embarkation deck andadditionally, in the lower part of the space and in a position wellseparated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable ofbeing operated from each side and which provides access to asafe escape route from the lower part of the space to theembarkation deck.

4.1.2 Escape from spaces above the bulkhead deck

Where the space is above the bulkhead deck, the two means of escape shallbe as widely separated as possible and the doors leading from such means ofescape shall be in a position from which access is provided to the appropriatelifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. Where such means of escape requirethe use of ladders, these shall be of steel.


In a ship of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the Administration may dispensewith one of the means of escape, due regard being paid to the width anddisposition of the upper part of the space. In a ship of 1,000 gross tonnageand above, the Administration may dispense with one means of escape fromany such space, including a normally unattended auxiliary machinery space,so long as either a door or a steel ladder provides a safe escape route to theembarkation deck, due regard being paid to the nature and location of thespace and whether persons are normally employed in that space. In thesteering gear space, a second means of escape shall be provided when theemergency steering position is located in that space unless there is directaccess to the open deck.

4.1.4 Escape from machinery control rooms

Two means of escape shall be provided from a machinery control roomlocated within a machinery space, at least one of which will providecontinuous fire shelter to a safe position outside the machinery space.

4.2 Means of escape on cargo ships

Means of escape from each machinery space in cargo ships shall complywith the following provisions.

4.2.1 Escape from machinery spaces of category A

Except as provided in paragraph 4.2.2, two means of escape shall beprovided from each machinery space of category A. In particular, one of thefollowing provisions shall be complied with:

.1 two sets of steel ladders, as widely separated as possible, leadingto doors in the upper part of the space, similarly separated andfrom which access is provided to the open deck. One of these

250


ladders shall be located within a protected enclosure that satisfiesregulation 9.2.3.3, category (4), from the lower part of the spaceit serves to a safe position outside the space. Self-closing firedoors of the same fire integrity standards shall be fitted in theenclosure. The ladder shall be fixed in such a way that heat is nottransferred into the enclosure through non-insulated fixingpoints. The enclosure shall have minimum internal dimensionsof at least 800 mm 6 800 mm, and shall have emergencylighting provisions; or

.2 one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the spacefrom which access is provided to the open deck and,additionally, in the lower part of the space and in a positionwell separated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable ofbeing operated from each side and which provides access to asafe escape route from the lower part of the space to the opendeck.


In a ship of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the Administration may dispensewith one of the means of escape required under paragraph 4.2.1, due regardbeing paid to the dimension and disposition of the upper part of the space.In addition, the means of escape from machinery spaces of category A neednot comply with the requirement for an enclosed fire shelter listed inparagraph 4.2.1.1. In the steering gear space, a second means of escape shallbe provided when the emergency steering position is located in that spaceunless there is direct access to the open deck.

4.2.3 Escape from machinery spaces other than those of category A

From machinery spaces other than those of category A, two escape routesshall be provided except that a single escape route may be accepted forspaces that are entered only occasionally and for spaces where the maximumtravel distance to the door is 5 m or less.

4.3 Emergency escape breathing devices

4.3.1 On all ships, within the machinery spaces, emergency escapebreathing devices shall be situated ready for use at easily visible places,which can be reached quickly and easily at any time in the event of fire. Thelocation of emergency escape breathing devices shall take into account thelayout of the machinery space and the number of persons normally workingin the spaces.*


* Refer to the Guidelines for the performance, location, use and care of emergency escapebreathing devices (MSC/Circ.849).

251

4.3.2 The number and location of these devices shall be indicated in the firecontrol plan required in regulation 15.2.4.

4.3.3 Emergency escape breathing devices shall comply with the Fire SafetySystems Code.

5 Means of escape on passenger ships from special categoryand open ro–ro spaces to which any passengers carriedcan have access

5.1 In special category and open ro–ro spaces to which any passengerscarried can have access, the number and locations of the means of escape bothbelow and above the bulkhead deck shall be to the satisfaction of theAdministration and, in general, the safety of access to the embarkation deckshall be at least equivalent to that provided for under paragraphs 3.2.1.1, 3.2.2,3.2.4.1 and 3.2.4.2. Such spaces shall be provided with designated walkways tothe means of escape with a breadth of at least 600 mm. The parkingarrangements for the vehicles shall maintain the walkways clear at all times.

5.2 One of the escape routes from the machinery spaces where the crew isnormally employed shall avoid direct access to any special category space.

6 Means of escape from ro–ro spaces

At least two means of escape shall be provided in ro–ro spaces where thecrew are normally employed. The escape routes shall provide a safe escapeto the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks and shall be located at the foreand aft ends of the space.

7 Additional requirements for ro–ro passenger ships

7.1 General

7.1.1 Escape routes shall be provided from every normally occupied spaceon the ship to an assembly station. These escape routes shall be arranged soas to provide the most direct route possible to the assembly station,* andshall be marked with symbols based on the guidelines developed by theOrganization. {

7.1.2 The escape route from cabins to stairway enclosures shall be as directas possible, with a minimum number of changes in direction. It shall not benecessary to cross from one side of the ship to the other to reach an escaperoute. It shall not be necessary to climb more than two decks up or down inorder to reach an assembly station or open deck from any passenger space.

* Refer to Indication of the assembly stations in passenger ships (MSC/Circ.777).{ Refer to Symbols related to life-saving appliances and arrangements adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.760(18).

252


7.1.3 External routes shall be provided from open decks, as referred to inparagraph 7.1.2, to the survival craft embarkation stations.

7.1.4 Where enclosed spaces adjoin an open deck, openings from theenclosed space to the open deck shall, where practicable, be capable of beingused as an emergency exit.

7.1.5 Escape routes shall not be obstructed by furniture and otherobstructions. With the exception of tables and chairs which may be clearedto provide open space, cabinets and other heavy furnishings in public spacesand along escape routes shall be secured in place to prevent shifting if theship rolls or lists. Floor coverings shall also be secured in place. When theship is under way, escape routes shall be kept clear of obstructions such ascleaning carts, bedding, luggage and boxes of goods.

7.2 Instruction for safe escape

7.2.1 Decks shall be sequentially numbered, starting with ‘‘1’’ at the tanktop or lowest deck. The numbers shall be prominently displayed at stairlandings and lift lobbies. Decks may also be named, but the deck numbershall always be displayed with the name.

7.2.2 Simple ‘‘mimic’’ plans showing the ‘‘you are here’’ position andescape routes marked by arrows shall be prominently displayed on the insideof each cabin door and in public spaces. The plan shall show the directionsof escape and shall be properly oriented in relation to its position on theship.

7.3 Strength of handrails and corridors

7.3.1 Handrails or other handholds shall be provided in corridors along theentire escape route so that a firm handhold is available at every step of theway, where possible, to the assembly stations and embarkation stations.Such handrails shall be provided on both sides of longitudinal corridorsmore than 1.8 m in width and transverse corridors more than 1 m in width.Particular attention shall be paid to the need to be able to cross lobbies,atriums and other large open spaces along escape routes. Handrails and otherhandholds shall be of such strength as to withstand a distributed horizontalload of 750 N/m applied in the direction of the centre of the corridor orspace, and a distributed vertical load of 750 N/m applied in the downwarddirection. The two loads need not be applied simultaneously.

7.3.2 The lowest 0.5 m of bulkheads and other partitions forming verticaldivisions along escape routes shall be able to sustain a load of 750 N/m toallow them to be used as walking surfaces from the side of the escape routewith the ship at large angles of heel.


253

7.4 Evacuation analysis*

Escape routes shall be evaluated by an evacuation analysis early in the designprocess. The analysis shall be used to identify and eliminate, as far aspracticable, congestion which may develop during an abandonment, due tonormal movement of passengers and crew along escape routes, including thepossibility that crew may need to move along these routes in a directionopposite to the movement of passengers. In addition, the analysis shall beused to demonstrate that escape arrangements are sufficiently flexible toprovide for the possibility that certain escape routes, assembly stations,embarkation stations or survival craft may not be available as a result of acasualty.

* Refer to the Interim Guidelines for a simplified evacuation analysis of ro–ro passenger ships(MSC/Circ.909).

254


Part EOperational requirements

Regulation 14Operational readiness and maintenance

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to maintain and monitor the effectivenessof the fire safety measures the ship is provided with. For this purpose, thefollowing functional requirements shall be met:

.1 fire protection systems and fire-fighting systems and appliancesshall be maintained ready for use; and

.2 fire protection systems and fire-fighting systems and appliancesshall be properly tested and inspected.


At all times while the ship is in service, the requirements of paragraph 1.1shall be complied with. A ship is not in service when:

.1 it is in for repairs or lay-up (either at anchor or in port) or indry-dock;

.2 it is declared not in service by the owner or the owner’srepresentative; and

.3 in the case of passenger ships, there are no passengers on board.

2.1 Operational readiness

2.1.1 The following fire protection systems shall be kept in good order so asto ensure their required performance if a fire occurs:

.1 structural fire protection, including fire-resisting divisions, andprotection of openings and penetrations in these divisions;

.2 fire detection and fire alarm systems; and

.3 means of escape systems and appliances.

2.1.2 Fire-fighting systems and appliances shall be kept in good workingorder and readily available for immediate use. Portable extinguishers whichhave been discharged shall be immediately recharged or replaced with anequivalent unit.


255

2.2 Maintenance, testing and inspections

2.2.1 Maintenance, testing and inspections shall be carried out based on theguidelines developed by the Organization* and in a manner having dueregard to ensuring the reliability of fire-fighting systems and appliances.

2.2.2 The maintenance plan shall be kept on board the ship and shall beavailable for inspection whenever required by the Administration.

2.2.3 The maintenance plan shall include at least the following fireprotection systems and fire-fighting systems and appliances, where installed:

.1 fire mains, fire pumps and hydrants, including hoses, nozzlesand international shore connections;

.2 fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems;

.3 fixed fire-extinguishing systems and other fire-extinguishingappliances;

.4 automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems;

.5 ventilation systems, including fire and smoke dampers, fans andtheir controls;

.6 emergency shutdown of fuel supply;

.7 fire doors, including their controls;

.8 general emergency alarm systems;

.9 emergency escape breathing devices;

.10 portable fire extinguishers, including spare charges; and

.11 fire-fighter’s outfits.

2.2.4 The maintenance programme may be computer-based.

3 Additional requirements for passenger ships

In addition to the fire protection systems and appliances listed in paragraph2.2.3, ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall develop a maintenanceplan for low-location lighting and public address systems.

4 Additional requirements for tankers

In addition to the fire protection systems and appliances listed in paragraph2.2.3, tankers shall have a maintenance plan for:

.1 inert gas systems;

.2 deck foam systems;

* Refer to the Guidelines on maintenance and inspection of fire protection systems andappliances (MSC/Circ.850).

256


.3 fire safety arrangements in cargo pump-rooms; and

.4 flammable gas detectors.

Regulation 15Instructions, on-board training and drills

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to mitigate the consequences of fire bymeans of proper instructions for training and drills of persons on board incorrect procedures under emergency conditions. For this purpose, the crewshall have the necessary knowledge and skills to handle fire emergency cases,including passenger care.


2.1 Instructions, duties and organization

2.1.1 Crew members shall receive instruction on fire safety on board theship.

2.1.2 Crew members shall receive instructions on their assigned duties.

2.1.3 Parties responsible for fire extinguishing shall be organized. Theseparties shall have the capability to complete their duties at all times while theship is in service.

2.2 On-board training and drills

2.2.1 Crew members shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements ofthe ship as well as the location and operation of any fire-fighting systems andappliances that they may be called upon to use.

2.2.2 Training in the use of the emergency escape breathing devices shall beconsidered as part of on-board training.

2.2.3 Performance of crew members assigned fire-fighting duties shall beperiodically evaluated by conducting on-board training and drills to identifyareas in need of improvement, to ensure competency in fire-fighting skills ismaintained, and to ensure the operational readiness of the fire-fightingorganization.

2.2.4 On-board training in the use of the ship’s fire-extinguishing systemsand appliances shall be planned and conducted in accordance with theprovisions of regulation III/19.4.1.

2.2.5 Fire drills shall be conducted and recorded in accordance with theprovisions of regulations III/19.3 and III/19.5.

Part E: Operational requirements Regulation 15

257

2.3 Training manuals

2.3.1 A training manual shall be provided in each crew mess room andrecreation room or in each crew cabin.

2.3.2 The training manual shall be written in the working language of theship.

2.3.3 The training manual, which may comprise several volumes, shallcontain the instructions and information required in paragraph 2.3.4 ineasily understood terms and illustrated wherever possible. Any part of suchinformation may be provided in the form of audio-visual aids in lieu of themanual.

2.3.4 The training manual shall explain the following in detail:

.1 general fire safety practice and precautions related to the dangersof smoking, electrical hazards, flammable liquids and similarcommon shipboard hazards;

.2 general instructions on fire-fighting activities and fire-fightingprocedures, including procedures for notification of a fire anduse of manually operated call points;

.3 meanings of the ship’s alarms;

.4 operation and use of fire-fighting systems and appliances;

.5 operation and use of fire doors;

.6 operation and use of fire and smoke dampers; and

.7 escape systems and appliances.

2.4 Fire control plans*

2.4.1 General arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited for theguidance of the ship’s officers, showing clearly for each deck the controlstations, the various fire sections enclosed by ‘‘A’’ class divisions, thesections enclosed by ‘‘B’’ class divisions together with particulars of the firedetection and fire alarm systems, the sprinkler installation, the fire-extinguishing appliances, means of access to different compartments, decks,etc., and the ventilating system, including particulars of the fan controlpositions, the position of dampers and identification numbers of theventilating fans serving each section. Alternatively, at the discretion of theAdministration, the aforementioned details may be set out in a booklet, acopy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and one copy shall at alltimes be available on board in an accessible position. Plans and booklets shallbe kept up to date; any alterations thereto shall be recorded as soon aspracticable. Description in such plans and booklets shall be in the language

* Refer to Graphical symbols for fire control plans, adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.654(16).

258


or languages required by the Administration. If the language is neitherEnglish nor French, a translation into one of those languages shall beincluded.

2.4.2 A duplicate set of fire control plans or a booklet containing such plansshall be permanently stored in a prominently marked weathertight enclosureoutside the deckhouse for the assistance of shore-side fire-fighting personnel.*

3 Additional requirements for passenger ships

3.1 Fire drills

In addition to the requirement of paragraph 2.2.3, fire drills shall beconducted in accordance with the provisions of regulation III/30, havingdue regard to notification of passengers and movement of passengers toassembly stations and embarkation decks.

3.2 Fire control plans

In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, plans and booklets required bythis regulation shall provide information regarding fire protection, firedetection and fire extinction based on the guidelines developed by theOrganization. {

Regulation 16Operations

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to provide information and instructions forproper ship and cargo handling operations in relation to fire safety. For thispurpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

.1 fire safety operational booklets shall be provided on board; and

.2 flammable vapour releases from cargo tank venting shall becontrolled.

2 Fire safety operational booklets

2.1 The required fire safety operational booklet shall contain the necessaryinformation and instructions for the safe operation of the ship and cargohandling operations in relation to fire safety. The booklet shall include


* Refer to the Guidance concerning the location of fire control plans for assistance of shoresidefire-fighting personnel (MSC/Circ.451).{ Refer to the Guidelines on the information to be provided with fire control plans andbooklets required by SOLAS regulations II-2/20 and 41-2, adopted by the Organization byresolution A.756(18).

259

information concerning the crew’s responsibilities for the general fire safetyof the ship while loading and discharging cargo and while under way.Necessary fire safety precautions for handling general cargoes shall beexplained. For ships carrying dangerous goods and flammable bulk cargoes,the fire safety operational booklet shall also provide reference to thepertinent fire-fighting and emergency cargo handling instructions containedin the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes, the International BulkChemical Code, the International Gas Carrier Code and the InternationalMaritime Dangerous Goods Code, as appropriate.

2.2 The fire safety operational booklet shall be provided in each crew messroom and recreation room or in each crew cabin.

2.3 The fire safety operational booklet shall be written in the workinglanguage of the ship.

2.4 The fire safety operational booklet may be combined with the trainingmanuals required in regulation 15.2.3.

3 Additional requirements for tankers

3.1 General

The fire safety operational booklet referred to in paragraph 2 shall includeprovisions for preventing fire spread to the cargo area due to ignition offlammable vapours and include procedures of cargo tank gas-purging and/orgas-freeing, taking into account the provisions in paragraph 3.2.

3.2 Procedures for cargo tank purging and/or gas-freeing

3.2.1 When the ship is provided with an inert gas system, the cargo tanksshall first be purged in accordance with the provisions of regulation 4.5.6until the concentration of hydrocarbon vapours in the cargo tanks has beenreduced to less than 2% by volume. Thereafter, gas-freeing may take placeat the cargo tank deck level.

3.2.2 When the ship is not provided with an inert gas system, the operationshall be such that the flammable vapour is discharged initially through:

.1 the vent outlets as specified in regulation 4.5.3.4;

.2 outlets at least 2 m above the cargo tank deck level with avertical efflux velocity of at least 30 m/s maintained during thegas-freeing operation; or

.3 outlets at least 2 m above the cargo tank deck level with avertical efflux velocity of at least 20 m/s and which are protectedby suitable devices to prevent the passage of flame.

3.2.3 The above outlets shall be located not less than 10 m, measuredhorizontally, from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces

260


containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery, which mayinclude anchor windlass and chain locker openings, and equipment whichmay constitute an ignition hazard.

3.2.4 When the flammable vapour concentration at the outlet has beenreduced to 30% of the lower flammable limit, gas-freeing may be continuedat cargo tank deck level.


261

Part FAlternative design and arrangements

Regulation 17Alternative design and arrangements

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to provide a methodology for alternativedesign and arrangements for fire safety.

2 General

2.1 Fire safety design and arrangements may deviate from the prescriptiverequirements set out in parts B, C, D, E or G, provided that the design andarrangements meet the fire safety objectives and the functional require-ments.

2.2 When fire safety design or arrangements deviate from the prescriptiverequirements of this chapter, engineering analysis, evaluation and approvalof the alternative design and arrangements shall be carried out in accordancewith this regulation.

3 Engineering analysis

The engineering analysis shall be prepared and submitted to theAdministration, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization,*

and shall include, as a minimum, the following elements:

.1 determination of the ship type and space(s) concerned;

.2 identification of prescriptive requirement(s) with which the shipor the space(s) will not comply;

.3 identification of the fire and explosion hazards of the ship or thespace(s) concerned, including:

.3.1 identification of the possible ignition sources;

.3.2 identification of the fire growth potential of each spaceconcerned;

* Refer to the Guidelines on alternative design and arrangements for fire safety (MSC/Circ.1002).

262


.3.3 identification of the smoke and toxic effluent generationpotential for each space concerned;

.3.4 identification of the potential for the spread of fire, smoke orof toxic effluents from the space(s) concerned to other spaces;

.4 determination of the required fire safety performance criteria forthe ships or the space(s) concerned addressed by the prescriptiverequirement(s), in particular:

.4.1 performance criteria shall be based on the fire safety objectivesand on the functional requirements of this chapter;

.4.2 performance criteria shall provide a degree of safety not lessthan that achieved by using the prescriptive requirements; and

.4.3 performance criteria shall be quantifiable and measurable;

.5 detailed description of the alternative design and arrangements,including a list of the assumptions used in the design and anyproposed operational restrictions or conditions; and

.6 technical justification demonstrating that the alternative designand arrangements meet the required fire safety performancecriteria.

4 Evaluation of the alternative design and arrangements

4.1 The engineering analysis required in paragraph 3 shall be evaluatedand approved by the Administration, taking into account the guidelinesdeveloped by the Organization.*

4.2 A copy of the documentation, as approved by the Administration,indicating that the alternative design and arrangements comply with thisregulation shall be carried on board the ship.

5 Exchange of information

The Administration shall communicate to the Organization pertinentinformation concerning alternative design and arrangements approved bythem for circulation to all Contracting Governments.

6 Re-evaluation due to change of conditions

If the assumptions, and operational restrictions that were stipulated in thealternative design and arrangements are changed, the engineering analysisshall be carried out under the changed condition and shall be approved bythe Administration.

Part F: Alternative design and arrangements Regulation 17

* Refer to the Guidelines on alternative design and arrangements for fire safety (MSC/Circ.1002).

263

Part GSpecial requirements

Regulation 18Helicopter facilities

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to provide additional measures in order toaddress the fire safety objectives of this chapter for ships fitted with specialfacilities for helicopters. For this purpose, the following functionalrequirements shall be met:

.1 helideck structure shall be adequate to protect the ship from thefire hazards associated with helicopter operations;

.2 fire-fighting appliances shall be provided to adequately protectthe ship from the fire hazards associated with helicopteroperations;

.3 refuelling and hangar facilities and operations shall provide thenecessary measures to protect the ship from the fire hazardsassociated with helicopter operations; and

.4 operation manuals and training shall be provided.

2 Application

2.1 In addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in partsB, C, D and E, as appropriate, ships equipped with helidecks shall complywith the requirements of this regulation.

2.2 Where helicopters land or conduct winching operations on anoccasional or emergency basis on ships without helidecks, fire-fightingequipment fitted in accordance with the requirements in part C may beused. This equipment shall be made readily available in close proximity tothe landing or winching areas during helicopter operations.

2.3 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 2.2 above, ro–ropassenger ships without helidecks shall comply with regulation III/28.

264


3 Structure

3.1 Construction of steel or other equivalent material

In general, the construction of the helidecks shall be of steel or otherequivalent materials. If the helideck forms the deckhead of a deckhouse orsuperstructure, it shall be insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ class standard.

3.2 Construction of aluminium or other low melting point metals

If the Administration permits aluminium or other low melting point metalconstruction that is not made equivalent to steel, the following provisionsshall be satisfied:

.1 if the platform is cantilevered over the side of the ship, after eachfire on the ship or on the platform, the platform shall undergo astructural analysis to determine its suitability for further use; and

.2 if the platform is located above the ship’s deckhouse or similarstructure, the following conditions shall be satisfied:

.2.1 the deckhouse top and bulkheads under the platform shall haveno openings;

.2.2 windows under the platform shall be provided with steelshutters; and

.2.3 after each fire on the platform or in close proximity, theplatform shall undergo a structural analysis to determine itssuitability for further use.

4 Means of escape

A helideck shall be provided with both a main and an emergency means ofescape and access for fire fighting and rescue personnel. These shall belocated as far apart from each other as is practicable and preferably onopposite sides of the helideck.

5 Fire-fighting appliances

5.1 In close proximity to the helideck, the following fire-fighting appliancesshall be provided and stored near the means of access to that helideck:

.1 at least two dry powder extinguishers having a total capacity ofnot less than 45 kg;

.2 carbon dioxide extinguishers of a total capacity of not less than18 kg or equivalent;

.3 a suitable foam application system consisting of monitors orfoam-making branch pipes capable of delivering foam to all partsof the helideck in all weather conditions in which helicopterscan operate. The system shall be capable of delivering adischarge rate as required in table 18.1 for at least five minutes;

Part G: Special requirements Regulation 18

265

Table 18.1 – Foam discharge rates

Category Helicopter overall length Discharge ratefoam solution

(l/min)

H1 up to but not including 15 m 250

H2 from 15 m up to but not including 24 m 500

H3 from 24 m up to but not including 35 m 800

.4 the principal agent shall be suitable for use with salt water andconform to performance standards not inferior to thoseacceptable to the Organization;*

.5 at least two nozzles of an approved dual-purpose type (jet/spray)and hoses sufficient to reach any part of the helideck;

.6 in addition to the requirements of regulation 10.10, two sets offire-fighter’s outfits; and

.7 at least the following equipment shall be stored in a manner thatprovides for immediate use and protection from the elements:

.1 adjustable wrench;

.2 blanket, fire-resistant;

.3 cutters, bolt, 60 cm;

.4 hook, grab or salving;

.5 hacksaw, heavy duty complete with 6 spare blades;

.6 ladder;

.7 lift line 5 mm diameter and 15 m in length;

.8 pliers, side-cutting;

.9 set of assorted screwdrivers; and

.10 harness knife complete with sheath.

6 Drainage facilities

Drainage facilities in way of helidecks shall be constructed of steel and shalllead directly overboard independent of any other system and shall bedesigned so that drainage does not fall onto any part of the ship.

* Refer to the International Civil Aviation Organization Airport Services Manual, part 1, Rescueand Fire Fighting, chapter 8, Extinguishing Agent Characteristics, paragraph 8.1.5, FoamSpecifications table 8-1, level ‘B’.

266


7 Helicopter refuelling and hangar facilities

Where the ship has helicopter refuelling and hangar facilities, the followingrequirements shall be complied with:

.1 a designated area shall be provided for the storage of fuel tankswhich shall be:

.1.1 as remote as is practicable from accommodation spaces, escaperoutes and embarkation stations; and

.1.2 isolated from areas containing a source of vapour ignition;

.2 the fuel storage area shall be provided with arrangementswhereby fuel spillage may be collected and drained to a safelocation;

.3 tanks and associated equipment shall be protected againstphysical damage and from a fire in an adjacent space or area;

.4 where portable fuel storage tanks are used, special attention shallbe given to:

.4.1 design of the tank for its intended purpose;

.4.2 mounting and securing arrangements;

.4.3 electric bonding; and

.4.4 inspection procedures;

.5 storage tank fuel pumps shall be provided with means whichpermit shutdown from a safe remote location in the event of afire. Where a gravity fuelling system is installed, equivalentclosing arrangements shall be provided to isolate the fuel source;

.6 the fuel pumping unit shall be connected to one tank at a time.The piping between the tank and the pumping unit shall be ofsteel or equivalent material, as short as possible, and protectedagainst damage;

.7 electrical fuel pumping units and associated control equipmentshall be of a type suitable for the location and potential hazards;

.8 fuel pumping units shall incorporate a device which will preventover-pressurization of the delivery or filling hose;

.9 equipment used in refuelling operations shall be electricallybonded;

.10 ‘‘NO SMOKING’’ signs shall be displayed at appropriatelocations;

.11 hangar, refuelling and maintenance facilities shall be treated ascategory A machinery spaces with regard to structural fireprotection, fixed fire-extinguishing and detection systemrequirements;


267

.12 enclosed hangar facilities or enclosed spaces containing refuel-ling installations shall be provided with mechanical ventilation,as required by regulation 20.3 for closed ro–ro spaces of cargoships. Ventilation fans shall be of non-sparking type; and

.13 electric equipment and wiring in enclosed hangars or enclosedspaces containing refuelling installations shall comply withregulations 20.3.2, 20.3.3 and 20.3.4.

8 Operations manual and fire-fighting arrangements

8.1 Each helicopter facility shall have an operations manual, including adescription and a checklist of safety precautions, procedures and equipmentrequirements. This manual may be part of the ship’s emergency responseprocedures.

8.2 The procedures and precautions to be followed during refuellingoperations shall be in accordance with recognized safe practices andcontained in the operations manual.

8.3 Fire-fighting personnel, consisting of at least two persons trained forrescue and fire-fighting duties, and fire-fighting equipment shall beimmediately available at all times when helicopter operations are expected.

8.4 Fire-fighting personnel shall be present during refuelling operations.However, the fire-fighting personnel shall not be involved with refuellingactivities.

8.5 On-board refresher training shall be carried out and additionalsupplies of fire-fighting media shall be provided for training and testing ofthe equipment.

Regulation 19Carriage of dangerous goods*

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to provide additional safety measures inorder to address the fire safety objectives of this chapter for ships carryingdangerous goods. For this purpose, the following functional requirementsshall be met:

.1 fire protection systems shall be provided to protect the ship fromthe added fire hazards associated with carriage of dangerousgoods;

* Refer to the Interim guidelines for open-top containerships (MSC/Circ.608/Rev.1).

268


.2 dangerous goods shall be adequately separated from ignitionsources; and

.3 appropriate personnel protective equipment shall be providedfor the hazards associated with the carriage of dangerous goods.


2.1 In addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in partsB, C, D, E and regulations 18 and 20,* as appropriate, ship types and cargospaces, referred to in paragraph 2.2, intended for the carriage of dangerousgoods shall comply with the requirements of this regulation, as appropriate,except when carrying dangerous goods in limited quantities{ unless suchrequirements have already been met by compliance with the requirementselsewhere in this chapter. The types of ships and modes of carriage ofdangerous goods are referred to in paragraph 2.2 and in table 19.1. Cargoships of less than 500 gross tonnage shall comply with this regulation, butAdministrations may reduce the requirements and such reduced require-ments shall be recorded in the document of compliance referred to inparagraph 4.

2.2 The following ship types and cargo spaces shall govern the applicationof tables 19.1 and 19.2:

.1 ships and cargo spaces not specifically designed for the carriageof freight containers, but intended for the carriage of dangerousgoods in packaged form, including goods in freight containersand portable tanks;

.2 purpose-built containerships and cargo spaces intended for thecarriage of dangerous goods in freight containers and portabletanks;

.3 ro–ro ships and ro–ro spaces intended for the carriage ofdangerous goods;

.4 ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of soliddangerous goods in bulk; and

.5 ships and cargo spaces intended for carriage of dangerous goodsother than liquids and gases in bulk in shipborne barges.

3 Special requirements

Unless otherwise specified, the following requirements shall govern theapplication of tables 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3 to both ‘‘on-deck’’ and ‘‘under-


* Refer to part 7 of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.{ Refer to chapter 3.4 of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.

269

deck’’ stowage of dangerous goods where the numbers of the followingparagraphs are indicated in the first column of the tables.

3.1 Water supplies

3.1.1 Arrangements shall be made to ensure immediate availability of asupply of water from the fire main at the required pressure either bypermanent pressurization or by suitably placed remote arrangements for thefire pumps.

3.1.2 The quantity of water delivered shall be capable of supplying fournozzles of a size and at pressures as specified in regulation 10.2, capable ofbeing trained on any part of the cargo space when empty. This amount ofwater may be applied by equivalent means to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

3.1.3 Means shall be provided for effectively cooling the designated under-deck cargo space by at least 5 l/min per square metre of the horizontal area ofcargo spaces, either by a fixed arrangement of spraying nozzles or byflooding the cargo space with water. Hoses may be used for this purpose insmall cargo spaces and in small areas of larger cargo spaces at the discretionof the Administration. However, the drainage and pumping arrangementsshall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. The drainage systemshall be sized to remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of boththe water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hosenozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside theprotected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing systemcontrols. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall bearranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of notmore than 40 m in each watertight compartment. If this is not possible, theadverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of watershall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by theAdministration in its approval of the stability information.*

3.1.4 Provision to flood a designated under-deck cargo space with suitablespecified media may be substituted for the requirements in paragraph 3.1.3.

3.1.5 The total required capacity of the water supply shall satisfy paragraphs3.1.2 and 3.1.3, if applicable, simultaneously calculated for the largestdesignated cargo space. The capacity requirements of paragraph 3.1.2 shallbe met by the total capacity of the main fire pump(s), not including thecapacity of the emergency fire pump, if fitted. If a drencher system is used tosatisfy paragraph 3.1.3, the drencher pump shall also be taken into accountin this total capacity calculation.

* Refer to the Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special category spacesadopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).

270


3.2 Sources of ignition

Electrical equipment and wiring shall not be fitted in enclosed cargo spacesor vehicle spaces unless it is essential for operational purposes in the opinionof the Administration. However, if electrical equipment is fitted in suchspaces, it shall be of a certified safe type* for use in the dangerousenvironments to which it may be exposed unless it is possible to completelyisolate the electrical system (e.g. by removal of links in the system, otherthan fuses). Cable penetrations of the decks and bulkheads shall be sealedagainst the passage of gas or vapour. Through runs of cables and cableswithin the cargo spaces shall be protected against damage from impact. Anyother equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammablevapour shall not be permitted.

3.3 Detection system

Ro–ro spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire detection and fire alarm systemcomplying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. All othertypes of cargo spaces shall be fitted with either a fixed fire detection and firealarm system or a sample extraction smoke detection system complyingwith the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. If a sampleextraction smoke detection system is fitted, particular attention shall begiven to paragraph 2.1.3 in chapter 10 of the Fire Safety Systems Code inorder to prevent the leakage of toxic fumes into occupied areas.

3.4 Ventilation

3.4.1 Adequate power ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargospaces. The arrangement shall be such as to provide for at least six airchanges per hour in the cargo space, based on an empty cargo space, and forremoval of vapours from the upper or lower parts of the cargo space, asappropriate.

3.4.2 The fans shall be such as to avoid the possibility of ignition offlammable gas/air mixtures. Suitable wire mesh guards shall be fitted overinlet and outlet ventilation openings.

3.4.3 Natural ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargo spacesintended for the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk, where there isno provision for mechanical ventilation.

3.5 Bilge pumping

3.5.1 Where it is intended to carry flammable or toxic liquids in enclosedcargo spaces, the bilge pumping system shall be designed to protect againstinadvertent pumping of such liquids through machinery space piping or


* Refer to the recommendations of the International Electrotechnical Commission, inparticular publication IEC 60092, Electrical installations in ships.

271

pumps. Where large quantities of such liquids are carried, considerationshall be given to the provision of additional means of draining those cargospaces.

3.5.2 If the bilge drainage system is additional to the system served bypumps in the machinery space, the capacity of the system shall be not lessthan 10 m3/h per cargo space served. If the additional system is common,the capacity need not exceed 25 m3/h. The additional bilge system need notbe arranged with redundancy.

3.5.3 Whenever flammable or toxic liquids are carried, the bilge line intothe machinery space shall be isolated either by fitting a blank flange or by aclosed lockable valve.

3.5.4 Enclosed spaces outside machinery spaces containing bilge pumpsserving cargo spaces intended for carriage of flammable or toxic liquids shallbe fitted with separate mechanical ventilation giving at least six air changesper hour. If the space has access from another enclosed space, the door shallbe self-closing.

3.5.5 If bilge drainage of cargo spaces is arranged by gravity drainage, thedrainage shall be either led directly overboard or to a closed drain tanklocated outside the machinery spaces. The tank shall be provided with avent pipe to a safe location on the open deck. Drainage from a cargo spaceinto bilge wells in a lower space is only permitted if that space satisfies thesame requirements as the cargo space above.

3.6 Personnel protection

3.6.1 Four sets of full protective clothing, resistant to chemical attack, shallbe provided in addition to the fire-fighter’s outfits required by regulation10.10. The protective clothing shall cover all skin, so that no part of thebody is unprotected.

3.6.2 At least two self-contained breathing apparatuses additional to thoserequired by regulation 10.10 shall be provided. Two spare charges suitablefor use with the breathing apparatus shall be provided for each requiredapparatus. Passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and cargoships that are equipped with suitably located means for fully recharging theair cylinders free from contamination need carry only one spare charge foreach required apparatus.

3.7 Portable fire extinguishers

Portable fire extinguishers with a total capacity of at least 12 kg of drypowder or equivalent shall be provided for the cargo spaces. Theseextinguishers shall be in addition to any portable fire extinguishers requiredelsewhere in this chapter.

272


3.8 Insulation of machinery space boundaries

Bulkheads forming boundaries between cargo spaces and machinery spacesof category A shall be insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ class standard, unless thedangerous goods are stowed at least 3 m horizontally away from suchbulkheads. Other boundaries between such spaces shall be insulated to‘‘A-60’’ class standard.

3.9 Water-spray system

Each open ro–ro space having a deck above it and each space deemed to be aclosed ro–ro space not capable of being sealed shall be fitted with anapproved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation whichshall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in the space, exceptthat the Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test to be no lesseffective. However, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such asto prevent the build-up of free surfaces. The drainage system shall be sizedto remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of both the water-spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. Thedrainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space ata position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wellsshall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shellof the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in eachwatertight compartment. If this is not possible, the adverse effect uponstability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken intoaccount to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in itsapproval of the stability information.*

3.10 Separation of ro–ro spaces

3.10.1 In ships having ro–ro spaces, a separation shall be provided betweena closed ro–ro space and an adjacent open ro–ro space. The separation shallbe such as to minimize the passage of dangerous vapours and liquidsbetween such spaces. Alternatively, such separation need not be provided ifthe ro–ro space is considered to be a closed cargo space over its entire lengthand fully complies with the relevant special requirements of this regulation.

3.10.2 In ships having ro–ro spaces, a separation shall be provided betweena closed ro–ro space and the adjacent weather deck. The separation shall besuch as to minimize the passage of dangerous vapours and liquids betweensuch spaces. Alternatively, a separation need not be provided if thearrangements of the closed ro–ro spaces are in accordance with thoserequired for the dangerous goods carried on adjacent weather decks.



273

Table 19.1 - Application of the requirements to different modes ofcarriage of dangerous goods in ships and cargo spaces

Where X appears in table 19.1, it means this requirement is applicable to allclasses of dangerous goods as given in the appropriate line of table 19.3,except as indicated by the notes.

Regulation 19.2.2

Regulation 19

.1 .2 .3 .4 .5

.3.1.1 X X X X X X

.3.1.2 X X X X X –

.3.1.3 – X X X X X

.3.1.4 – X X X X X

.3.2 – X X X X X4

.3.3 – X X X – X4

.3.4.1 – X X1 X – X4

.3.4.2 – X X1 X – X4

.3.5 – X X X – –

.3.6.1 X X X X X –

.3.6.2 X X X X X –

.3.7 X X – – X –

.3.8 X X X2 X X –

.3.9 – – – X3 X –

.3.10.1 – – – X – –

.3.10.2 – – – X – –

Notes:

1 For classes 4 and 5.1 not applicable to closed freight containers.For classes 2, 3, 6.1 and 8 when carried in closed freight containers, the ventilation rate may be reducedto not less than two air changes. For the purpose of this requirement a portable tank is a closed freightcontainer.

2 Applicable to decks only.3 Applies only to closed ro–ro spaces, not capable of being sealed.4 In the special case where the barges are capable of containing flammable vapours or alternatively if they

are capable of discharging flammable vapours to a safe space outside the barge carrier compartment bymeans of ventilation ducts connected to the barges, these requirements may be reduced or waived to thesatisfaction of the Administration.

5 Special category spaces shall be treated as closed ro–ro spaces when dangerous goods are carried.

Weather

decks

(.1to

.5inclusive)

Not

specifically

designed

Container

cargospaces

Closedro–ro

spaces5

Openro–ro

spaces

Solid

dangerous

goodsin

bulk

Shipborne

barges

Forapplicationofrequirem

ents

ofregu

lation

19to

differentclassesofdangerousgo

ods,

seetable

19.2

274


Table 19.2 – Application of the requirements to different classesof dangerous goods for ships and cargo spaces carrying

solid dangerous goods in bulk

Class

Regulation 19

4.1 4.2 4.36 5.1 6.1 8 9

.3.1.1 X X – X – – X

.3.1.2 X X – X – – X

.3.2 X X7 X X8 – – X8

.3.4.1 – X7 X – – – –

.3.4.2 X9 X7 X X7, 9 – – X7, 9

.3.4.3 X X X X X X X

.3.6 X X X X X X X

.3.8 X X X X7 – – X10

Notes:

6 The hazards of substances in this class which may be carried in bulk are such that special considerationshall be given by the Administration to the construction and equipment of the ship involved in additionto meeting the requirements enumerated in this table.

7 Only applicable to Seedcake containing solvent extractions, to Ammonium nitrate and to Ammoniumnitrate fertilizers.

8 Only applicable to Ammonium nitrate and to Ammonium nitrate fertilizers. However, a degree ofprotection in accordance with standards contained in the International Electrotechnical Commissionpublication 60079, Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres, is sufficient.

9 Only suitable wire mesh guards are required.

10 The requirements of the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes, adopted by resolution A.434(XI),as amended, are sufficient.


275

276


Tab

le19.3

–Applicationoftherequirem

ents

todifferentclassesofdan

gerousgoodsex

ceptsoliddan

gerousgoodsin

bulk

Class

Regulation19

1.1

to1.6

1.4S

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

3.2

liquids

4238C

15

3.3

liquids

>23C

15

4618C

4.1

4.2

4.3

5.1

5.2

6.1

liquids

6.1

liquids

4238C

15

6.1

liquids

>238C

15

4618C

6.1

solids

8

liquids

8

liquids

4238C

15

8

liquids

>238C

15

4618C

8

solids

9

.3.1.1

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

X

.3.1.2

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

–

.3.1.3

X–

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

–

.3.1.4

X–

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

–

.3.2

X–

X–

–X

––

––

––

–X

––

–X

––

–

.3.3

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

X–

XX

XX

XX

XX

–

.3.4.1

––

X–

XX

–X11

X11

XX11

––

XX

X11

–X

X–

X11

.3.4.2

––

X–

–X

––

––

––

–X

X–

–X

X–

–

.3.5

––

––

–X

––

––

––

XX

X–

–X

––

–

.3.6

––

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

X14

.3.7

––

––

–X

XX

XX

X–

–X

X–

–X

X–

–

.3.8

X12

–X

XX

XX

XX

XX13

––

XX

––

XX

––

.3.9

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

X

.3.10.1

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

X

.3.10.2

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

XX

X

Notes:

11

When

‘‘mechanically-ventilatedspaces’’arerequired

bytheInternational

Maritim

eDangerousGoodsCode,

asam

ended.

12

Stow

3m

horizontallyaw

ayfrom

themachineryspaceboundariesin

allcases.

13

Refer

totheInternational

Maritim

eDangerousGoodsCode,

asam

ended.

14

Asappropriateto

thego

odsto

becarried.

15

Refersto

flashpoint.

4 Document of compliance*

The Administration shall provide the ship with an appropriate document asevidence of compliance of construction and equipment with the require-ments of this regulation. Certification for dangerous goods, except soliddangerous goods in bulk, is not required for those cargoes specified as class6.2 and 7, as defined in regulation VII/2, and dangerous goods in limitedquantities.

Regulation 20Protection of vehicle, special category and ro–ro spaces

1 Purpose

The purpose of this regulation is to provide additional safety measures inorder to address the fire safety objectives of this chapter for ships fitted withvehicle, special category and ro–ro spaces. For this purpose, the followingfunctional requirements shall be met:

.1 fire protection systems shall be provided to adequately protectthe ship from the fire hazards associated with vehicle, specialcategory and ro–ro spaces;

.2 ignition sources shall be separated from vehicle, special categoryand ro–ro spaces; and

.3 vehicle, special category and ro–ro spaces shall be adequatelyventilated.


2.1 Application

In addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in parts B, C,D and E, as appropriate, vehicle, special category and ro–ro spaces shallcomply with the requirements of this regulation.

2.2 Basic principles for passenger ships

2.2.1 The basic principle underlying the provisions of this regulation is thatthe main vertical zoning required by regulation 9.2 may not be practicablein vehicle spaces of passenger ships and, therefore, equivalent protectionmust be obtained in such spaces on the basis of a horizontal zone conceptand by the provision of an efficient fixed fire-extinguishing system. Based


* Refer to the Document of compliance with the special requirements for ships carryingdangerous goods under the provisions of regulation II-2/54 of SOLAS 74, as amended(MSC/Circ.642).

277

on this concept, a horizontal zone for the purpose of this regulation mayinclude special category spaces on more than one deck provided that thetotal overall clear height for vehicles does not exceed 10 m.

2.2.2 The basic principle underlying the provisions of paragraph 2.2.1 is alsoapplicable to ro–ro spaces.

2.2.3 The requirements of ventilation systems, openings in ‘‘A’’ classdivisions and penetrations in ‘‘A’’ class divisions for maintaining theintegrity of vertical zones in this chapter shall be applied equally to decksand bulkheads forming the boundaries separating horizontal zones fromeach other and from the remainder of the ship.

3 Precaution against ignition of flammable vapours in closedvehicle spaces, closed ro–ro spaces and special category spaces

3.1 Ventilation systems*

3.1.1 Capacity of ventilation systems

There shall be provided an effective power ventilation system sufficient togive at least the following air changes:

.1 Passenger ships:

Special category spaces 10 air changes per hour

Closed ro–ro and vehicle spaces 10 air changes per hourother than special category spacesfor ships carryingmore than 36 passengers

Closed ro–ro and vehicle spaces 6 air changes per hourother than special category spacesfor ships carrying notmore than 36 passengers

.2 Cargo ships: 6 air changes per hour

The Administration may require an increased number of air changes whenvehicles are being loaded and unloaded.

3.1.2 Performance of ventilation systems

3.1.2.1 In passenger ships, the power ventilation system required inparagraph 3.1.1 shall be separate from other ventilation systems and shall bein operation at all times when vehicles are in such spaces. Ventilation ductsserving such cargo spaces capable of being effectively sealed shall beseparated for each such space. The system shall be capable of beingcontrolled from a position outside such spaces.

* Refer to the Design Guidelines and operational recommendations for ventilation systems inro–ro cargo spaces (MSC/Circ.729).

278


3.1.2.2 In cargo ships, ventilation fans shall normally be run continuouslywhenever vehicles are on board. Where this is impracticable, they shall beoperated for a limited period daily as weather permits and in any case for areasonable period prior to discharge, after which period the ro–ro or vehiclespace shall be proved gas-free. One or more portable combustible gasdetecting instruments shall be carried for this purpose. The system shall beentirely separate from other ventilating systems. Ventilation ducts servingro–ro or vehicle spaces shall be capable of being effectively sealed for eachcargo space. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a positionoutside such spaces.

3.1.2.3 The ventilation system shall be such as to prevent air stratificationand the formation of air pockets.

3.1.3 Indication of ventilation systems

Means shall be provided on the navigation bridge to indicate any loss of therequired ventilating capacity.

3.1.4 Closing appliances and ducts

3.1.4.1 Arrangements shall be provided to permit a rapid shutdown andeffective closure of the ventilation system from outside of the space in caseof fire, taking into account the weather and sea conditions.

3.1.4.2 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, within a common horizontalzone shall be made of steel. In passenger ships, ventilation ducts that passthrough other horizontal zones or machinery spaces shall be ‘‘A-60’’ classsteel ducts constructed in accordance with regulations 9.7.2.1.1 and9.7.2.1.2.

3.1.5 Permanent openings

Permanent openings in the side plating, the ends or deckhead of the spaceshall be so situated that a fire in the cargo space does not endanger stowageareas and embarkation stations for survival craft and accommodation spaces,service spaces and control stations in superstructures and deckhouses abovethe cargo spaces.

3.2 Electrical equipment and wiring

3.2.1 Except as provided in paragraph 3.2.2, electrical equipment andwiring shall be of a type suitable for use in an explosive petrol and airmixture.*

3.2.2 In case of other than special category spaces below the bulkhead deck,notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph 3.2.1, above a height of


* Refer to the recommendations of the International Electrotechnical Commission, inparticular publication 60079.

279

450 mm from the deck and from each platform for vehicles, if fitted, exceptplatforms with openings of sufficient size permitting penetration of petrolgases downwards, electrical equipment of a type so enclosed and protectedas to prevent the escape of sparks shall be permitted as an alternative, oncondition that the ventilation system is so designed and operated as toprovide continuous ventilation of the cargo spaces at the rate of at least tenair changes per hour whenever vehicles are on board.

3.3 Electrical equipment and wiring in exhaust ventilation ducts

Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct,shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures andthe outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, havingregard to other possible sources of ignition.

3.4 Other ignition sources

Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammablevapours shall not be permitted.

3.5 Scuppers and discharges

Scuppers shall not be led to machinery or other spaces where sources ofignition may be present.

4 Detection and alarm

4.1 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems

Except as provided in paragraph 4.3.1, there shall be provided a fixed firedetection and fire alarm system complying with the requirements of the FireSafety Systems Code. The fixed fire detection system shall be capable ofrapidly detecting the onset of fire. The type of detectors and their spacingand location shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration, taking intoaccount the effects of ventilation and other relevant factors. After beinginstalled, the system shall be tested under normal ventilation conditions andshall give an overall response time to the satisfaction of the Administration.

4.2 Sample extraction smoke detection systems

Except open ro–ro spaces, open vehicle spaces and special category spaces, asample extraction smoke detection system complying with the require-ments of the Fire Safety Systems Code may be used as an alternative for thefixed fire detection and fire alarm system required in paragraph 4.1.

4.3 Special category spaces

4.3.1 An efficient fire patrol system shall be maintained in special categoryspaces. If an efficient fire patrol system is maintained by a continuous firewatch at all times during the voyage, a fixed fire detection and fire alarmsystem is not required.

280


4.3.2 Manually operated call points shall be spaced so that no part of thespace is more than 20 m from a manually operated call point, and one shallbe placed close to each exit from such spaces.

5 Structural fire protection

Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation 9.2.2, in passenger shipscarrying more than 36 passengers, the boundary bulkheads and decks ofspecial category spaces and ro–ro spaces shall be insulated to ‘‘A-60’’ classstandard. However, where a category (5), (9) or (10) space, as defined inregulation 9.2.2.3, is on one side of the division, the standard may bereduced to ‘‘A-0’’. Where fuel oil tanks are below a special category space ora ro–ro space, the integrity of the deck between such spaces may be reducedto ‘‘A-0’’ standard.

6 Fire extinction

6.1 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems*

6.1.1 Vehicle spaces and ro–ro spaces which are not special category spacesand are capable of being sealed from a location outside of the cargo spacesshall be fitted with a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system which shall complywith the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, except that:

.1 if a carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system is fitted, thequantity of gas available shall be at least sufficient to give aminimum volume of free gas equal to 45% of the gross volumeof the largest such cargo space which is capable of being sealed,and the arrangements shall be such as to ensure that at least twothirds of the gas required for the relevant space shall beintroduced within 10 min;

.2 any other fixed inert gas fire-extinguishing system or fixed high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system may be fittedprovided the Administration is satisfied that an equivalentprotection is achieved; and

.3 as an alternative, a fire-extinguishing system meeting therequirements of paragraph 6.1.2 may be fitted.

6.1.2 Ro–ro and vehicle spaces not capable of being sealed and specialcategory spaces shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system{ for manual operation which shall protect all parts of anydeck and vehicle platform in such spaces. Such water-spray systems shallhave:


* Refer to the Guidelines for the approval of alternative fixed water-based fire-fighting systemsfor special category spaces (MSC/Circ.914).{ Refer to the Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special category spacesadopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).

281

.1 a pressure gauge on the valve manifold;

.2 clear marking on each manifold valve indicating the spacesserved;

.3 instructions for maintenance and operation located in the valveroom; and

.4 a sufficient number of drainage valves.

6.1.3 The Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system* that has been shown, by a full-scale test in conditionssimulating a flowing petrol fire in a vehicle space or a ro–ro space, to be notless effective in controlling fires likely to occur in such a space.

6.1.4 When fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing systems areprovided, in view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due tolarge quantities of water accumulating on the deck or decks during theoperation of the water-spraying system, the following arrangements shall beprovided:

.1 in passenger ships:

.1.1 in the spaces above the bulkhead deck, scuppers shall be fittedso as to ensure that such water is rapidly discharged directlyoverboard;

.1.2.1 in ro–ro passenger ships, discharge valves for scuppers, fittedwith positive means of closing operable from a position abovethe bulkhead deck in accordance with the requirements of theInternational Convention on Load Lines in force, shall bekept open while the ships are at sea;

.1.2.2 any operation of valves referred to in paragraph 6.1.4.1.2.1shall be recorded in the log-book;

.1.3 in the spaces below the bulkhead deck, the Administrationmay require pumping and drainage facilities to be providedadditional to the requirements of regulation II-1/21. In suchcase, the drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than125% of the combined capacity of both the water-sprayingsystem pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles.The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside theprotected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguish-ing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holdingcapacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at adistance from each other of not more than 40 m in eachwatertight compartment;

* Refer to the Guidelines for the approval of alternative fixed water-based fire-fighting systemsfor special category spaces (MSC/Circ.914).

282


.2 in cargo ships, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall besuch as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. In such case, thedrainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125% ofthe combined capacity of both the water-spraying system pumpsand the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainagesystem valves shall be operable from outside the protected spaceat a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls.Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall bearranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each otherof not more than 40 m in each watertight compartment. If this isnot possible, the adverse effect upon stability of the addedweight and free surface of water shall be taken into account tothe extent deemed necessary by the Administration in itsapproval of the stability information.* Such information shall beincluded in the stability information supplied to the master asrequired by regulation II-1/22.

6.2 Portable fire extinguishers

6.2.1 Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided at each deck level in eachhold or compartment where vehicles are carried, spaced not more than 20 mapart on both sides of the space. At least one portable fire extinguisher shallbe located at each access to such a cargo space.

6.2.2 In addition to the provision of paragraph 6.2.1, the following fire-extinguishing appliances shall be provided in vehicle, ro–ro and specialcategory spaces intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in theirtanks for their own propulsion:

.1 at least three water-fog applicators; and

.2 one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisionsof the Fire Safety Systems Code, provided that at least two suchunits are available in the ship for use in such spaces.



283

CHAPTER IIILife-saving appliances and arrangements


1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

2 Exemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

3 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

4 Evaluation, testing and approval of life-savingappliances and arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

5 Production tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Part B – Requirements for ships and life-saving appliances

SECTION I – PASSENGER SHIPS AND CARGO SHIPS

6 Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

7 Personal life-saving appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

8 Muster list and emergency instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

9 Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

10 Manning of survival craft and supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

11 Survival craft muster and embarkationarrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

12 Launching stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

13 Stowage of survival craft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

14 Stowage of rescue boats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

15 Stowage of marine evacuation systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

16 Survival craft launching and recoveryarrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

17 Rescue boat embarkation, launchingand recovery arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

18 Line-throwing appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

285

19 Emergency training and drills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

20 Operational readiness, maintenanceand inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

SECTION II – PASSENGER SHIPS (additional requirements)

21 Survival craft and rescue boats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311


23 Survival craft and rescue boat embarkation arrangements . . 315

24 Stowage of survival craft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

25 Muster stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

26 Additional requirements for ro–ro passenger ships . . . . . . . 316

27 Information on passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

28 Helicopter landing and pick-up areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

29 Decision support system for masters of passenger ships. . . . 319

30 Drills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

SECTION III – CARGO SHIPS (additional requirements)

31 Survival craft and rescue boats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321


33 Survival craft embarkation and launchingarrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

SECTION IV – LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCESAND ARRANGEMENTS REQUIREMENTS

34 [untitled] 325

SECTION V – MISCELLANEOUS

35 Training manual and on-board training aids . . . . . . . . . . . 325

36 Instructions for on-board maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

37 Muster list and emergency instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

286

Chapter III: Life-saving appliances and arrangements

Part AGeneral


1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to shipsthe keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction onor after 1 July 1998.

2 For the purpose of this chapter the term a similar stage of constructionmeans the stage at which:


.2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least50 tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material,whichever is less.

3 For the purpose of this chapter:

.1 the expression ships constructed means ‘‘ships the keels of whichare laid or which are at a similar stage of construction’’;

.2 the expression all ships means ships constructed before, on orafter 1 July 1998; the expressions all passenger ships and all cargoships shall be construed accordingly;


4 For ships constructed before 1 July 1998, the Administration shall:

.1 ensure that, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4.2, therequirements which are applicable under chapter III of theInternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, inforce prior to 1 July 1998 to new or existing ships as prescribedby that chapter are complied with; and

.2 ensure that when life-saving appliances or arrangements on suchships are replaced or such ships undergo repairs, alterations ormodifications of a major character which involve replacementof, or any addition to, their existing life-saving appliances orarrangements, such life-saving appliances or arrangements, in sofar as is reasonable and practicable, comply with the require-


287

ments of this chapter. However, if a survival craft other than aninflatable liferaft is replaced without replacing its launchingappliance, or vice versa, the survival craft or launching appliancemay be of the same type as that replaced.

Regulation 2Exemptions

1 The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature andconditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specificrequirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt fromthose requirements individual ships or classes of ships which, in the courseof their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

2 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades forthe carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrimtrade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforcecompliance with the requirements of this chapter, may exempt such shipsfrom those requirements, provided that such ships comply fully with theprovisions of:





1 Anti-exposure suit is a protective suit designed for use by rescue boatcrews and marine evacuation system parties.

2 Certificated person is a person who holds a certificate of proficiency insurvival craft issued under the authority of, or recognized as valid by, theAdministration in accordance with the requirements of the InternationalConvention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping forSeafarers, in force; or a person who holds a certificate issued or recognizedby the Administration of a State not a Party to that Convention for the samepurpose as the convention certificate.

3 Detection is the determination of the location of survivors or survivalcraft.

4 Embarkation ladder is the ladder provided at survival craft embarkationstations to permit safe access to survival craft after launching.

288


5 Float-free launching is that method of launching a survival craftwhereby the craft is automatically released from a sinking ship and is readyfor use.

6 Free-fall launching is that method of launching a survival craft wherebythe craft with its complement of persons and equipment on board is releasedand allowed to fall into the sea without any restraining apparatus.

7 Immersion suit is a protective suit which reduces the body heat loss of aperson wearing it in cold water.

8 Inflatable appliance is an appliance which depends upon non-rigid, gas-filled chambers for buoyancy and which is normally kept uninflated untilready for use.

9 Inflated appliance is an appliance which depends upon non-rigid, gas-filled chambers for buoyancy and which is kept inflated and ready for use atall times.

10 International Life-Saving Appliance (LSA) Code (referred to as ‘‘theCode’’ in this chapter) means the International Life-Saving Appliance (LSA)Code adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization byresolution MSC.48(66), as it may be amended by the Organization,provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and takeeffect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the presentConvention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annexother than chapter I.

11 Launching appliance or arrangement is a means of transferring a survivalcraft or rescue boat from its stowed position safely to the water.

12 Length is 96% of the total length on a waterline at 85% of the leastmoulded depth measured from the top of the keel, or the length from thefore-side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline, if thatbe greater. In ships designed with a rake of keel the waterline on which thisis measured shall be parallel to the designed waterline.

13 Lightest seagoing condition is the loading condition with the ship oneven keel, without cargo, with 10% stores and fuel remaining and in thecase of a passenger ship with the full number of passengers and crew andtheir luggage.

14 Marine evacuation system is an appliance for the rapid transfer ofpersons from the embarkation deck of a ship to a floating survival craft.

15 Moulded depth

.1 The moulded depth is the vertical distance measured from the topof the keel to the top of the freeboard deck beam at side. Inwood and composite ships the distance is measured from thelower edge of the keel rabbet. Where the form at the lower part


289

of the midship section is of a hollow character, or where thickgarboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the pointwhere the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cutsthe side of the keel.

.2 In ships having rounded gunwales, the moulded depth shall bemeasured to the point of intersection of the moulded lines of thedeck and side shell plating, the lines extending as though thegunwale were of angular design.

.3 Where the freeboard deck is stepped and the raised part of thedeck extends over the point at which the moulded depth is to bedetermined, the moulded depth shall be measured to a line ofreference extending from the lower part of the deck along a lineparallel with the raised part.

16 Novel life-saving appliance or arrangement is a life-saving appliance orarrangement which embodies new features not fully covered by theprovisions of this chapter or the Code but which provides an equal orhigher standard of safety.

17 Positive stability is the ability of a craft to return to its original positionafter the removal of a heeling moment.

18 Recovery time for a rescue boat is the time required to raise the boat toa position where persons on board can disembark to the deck of the ship.Recovery time includes the time required to make preparations for recoveryon board the rescue boat such as passing and securing a painter, connectingthe rescue boat to the launching appliance, and the time to raise the rescueboat. Recovery time does not include the time needed to lower thelaunching appliance into position to recover the rescue boat.

19 Rescue boat is a boat designed to rescue persons in distress and tomarshal survival craft.

20 Retrieval is the safe recovery of survivors.

21 Ro–ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro–ro cargo spaces orspecial category spaces as defined in regulation II-2/3.

22 Short international voyage is an international voyage in the course ofwhich a ship is not more than 200 miles from a port or place in which thepassengers and crew could be placed in safety. Neither the distance betweenthe last port of call in the country in which the voyage begins and the finalport of destination nor the return voyage shall exceed 600 miles. The finalport of destination is the last port of call in the scheduled voyage at whichthe ship commences its return voyage to the country in which the voyagebegan.

23 Survival craft is a craft capable of sustaining the lives of persons indistress from the time of abandoning the ship.


290

24 Thermal protective aid is a bag or suit made of waterproof material withlow thermal conductance.

Regulation 4Evaluation, testing and approval of life-savingappliances and arrangements

1 Except as provided in paragraphs 5 and 6, life-saving appliances andarrangements required by this chapter shall be approved by the Adminis-tration.

2 Before giving approval to life-saving appliances and arrangements, theAdministration shall ensure that such life-saving appliances and arrangements:

.1 are tested, to confirm that they comply with the requirements ofthis chapter and the Code, in accordance with the recommen-dations of the Organization;* or

.2 have successfully undergone, to the satisfaction of the Admin-istration, tests which are substantially equivalent to thosespecified in those recommendations.

3 Before giving approval to novel life-saving appliances or arrangements,the Administration shall ensure that such appliances or arrangements:

.1 provide safety standards at least equivalent to the requirementsof this chapter and the Code and have been evaluated and testedin accordance with the recommendations of the Organization;{

or

.2 have successfully undergone, to the satisfaction of the Admin-istration, evaluation and tests which are substantially equivalentto those recommendations.

4 Procedures adopted by the Administration for approval shall alsoinclude the conditions whereby approval would continue or would bewithdrawn.

5 Before accepting life-saving appliances and arrangements that have notbeen previously approved by the Administration, the Administration shallbe satisfied that life-saving appliances and arrangements comply with therequirements of this chapter and the Code.


* Refer to the Recommendation on testing of life-saving appliances adopted by the Organiza-tion by resolution A.689(17). For life-saving appliances installed on board on or after 1 July1999, refer to the Revised Recommendations on testing of life-saving appliances adopted bythe Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.81(70).{ Refer to the Code of Practice for the Evaluation, Testing and Acceptance of Prototype NovelLife-Saving Appliances and Arrangements adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.520(13).

291

6 Life-saving appliances required by this chapter for which detailedspecifications are not included in the Code shall be to the satisfaction of theAdministration.

Regulation 5Production tests

The Administration shall require life-saving appliances to be subjected tosuch production tests as are necessary to ensure that the life-savingappliances are manufactured to the same standard as the approved prototype.

292


Part BRequirements for ships and life-saving appliances

SECTION I – PASSENGER SHIPS AND CARGO SHIPS

Regulation 6Communications

1 Paragraph 2 applies to all passenger ships and to all cargo ships of 300gross tonnage and upwards.

2 Radio life-saving appliances

2.1 Two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus

2.1.1 At least 3 two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus shall be providedon every passenger ship and on every cargo ship of 500 gross tonnage andupwards. At least 2 two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus shall beprovided on every cargo ship of 300 gross tonnage and upwards but less than500 gross tonnage. Such apparatus shall conform to performance standardsnot inferior to those adopted by the Organization.* If a fixed two-way VHFradiotelephone apparatus is fitted in a survival craft it shall conform toperformance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.*

2.1.2 Two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus provided on board shipsprior to 1 February 1992 and not complying fully with the performancestandards adopted by the Organization may be accepted by the Adminis-tration until 1 February 1999 provided the Administration is satisfied thatthey are compatible with approved two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus.

2.2 Radar transponders

At least one radar transponder shall be carried on each side of everypassenger ship and of every cargo ship of 500 gross tonnage and upwards. Atleast one radar transponder shall be carried on every cargo ship of 300 grosstonnage and upwards but less than 500 gross tonnage. Such radartransponders shall conform to performance standards not inferior to those

Part B: Requirements for ships Regulations 5, 6

* Refer to the Performance standards for survival craft two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatusadopted by the Organization by resolution A.809(19), as it may be amended, annex 1 or annex2 as applicable.

293

adopted by the Organization.* The radar transponders { shall be stowed insuch locations that they can be rapidly placed in any survival craft other thanthe liferaft or liferafts required by regulation 31.1.4. Alternatively one radartransponder shall be stowed in each survival craft other than those requiredby regulation 31.1.4. On ships carrying at least two radar transponders andequipped with free-fall lifeboats one of the radar transponders shall bestowed in a free-fall lifeboat and the other located in the immediate vicinityof the navigation bridge so that it can be utilized on board and ready fortransfer to any of the other survival craft.

3 Distress flares

Not less than 12 rocket parachute flares, complying with the requirementsof section 3.1 of the Code, shall be carried and be stowed on or near thenavigation bridge.

4 On-board communications and alarm systems

4.1 An emergency means comprised of either fixed or portable equipmentor both shall be provided for two-way communications between emergencycontrol stations, muster and embarkation stations and strategic positions onboard.

4.2 A general emergency alarm system complying with the requirementsof paragraph 7.2.1 of the Code shall be provided and shall be used forsummoning passengers and crew to muster stations and to initiate theactions included in the muster list. The system shall be supplemented byeither a public address system complying with the requirements ofparagraph 7.2.2 of the Code or other suitable means of communication.Entertainment sound systems shall automatically be turned off when thegeneral emergency alarm system is activated.

4.3 On passenger ships the general emergency alarm system shall beaudible on all open decks.

4.4 On ships fitted with a marine evacuation system communicationbetween the embarkation station and the platform or the survival craft shallbe ensured.

5 Public address systems on passenger ships

5.1 In addition to the requirements of regulation II-2/40.5{ or regulationII-2/41-2{, as appropriate, and of paragraph 4.2, all passenger ships shall befitted with a public address system. With respect to passenger ships

* Refer to the Performance standards for survival craft radar transponders for use in search andrescue operations adopted by the Organization by resolution A.802(19), as it may be amended.{ One of these radar transponders may be the radar transponder required by regulation IV/7.1.3.{ These relate to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent for each in theamended chapter II-2 is 12.3.

294


constructed before 1 July 1997 the requirements of paragraphs 5.2 and 5.4,subject to the provisions of paragraph 5.5, shall apply not later than the dateof the first periodical survey after 1 July 1997.

5.2 The public address system shall be clearly audible above the ambientnoise in all spaces, prescribed by paragraph 7.2.2.1 of the Code, and shall beprovided with an override function controlled from one location on thenavigation bridge and such other places on board as the Administrationdeems necessary, so that all emergency messages will be broadcast if anyloudspeaker in the spaces concerned has been switched off, its volume hasbeen turned down or the public address system is used for other purposes.

5.3 On passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 1997:

.1 the public address system shall have at least two loops whichshall be sufficiently separated throughout their length and havetwo separate and independent amplifiers; and

.2 the public address system and its performance standards shall beapproved by the Administration having regard to the recom-mendations adopted by the Organization.*

5.4 The public address system shall be connected to the emergency sourceof electrical power required by regulation II-1/42.2.2.

5.5 Ships constructed before 1 July 1997 which are already fitted with thepublic address system approved by the Administration which compliessubstantially with those required by sections 5.2 and 5.4 and paragraph7.2.2.1 of the Code are not required to change their system.

Regulation 7Personal life-saving appliances

1 Lifebuoys

1.1 Lifebuoys complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.1 of theCode shall be:

.1 so distributed as to be readily available on both sides of the shipand as far as practicable on all open decks extending to the ship’sside; at least one shall be placed in the vicinity of the stern; and

.2 so stowed as to be capable of being rapidly cast loose, and notpermanently secured in any way.

1.2 At least one lifebuoy on each side of the ship shall be fitted with abuoyant lifeline complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.4 of the

Part B: Requirements for ships Regulation 7

* Refer to MSC/Circ.808, Recommendation on performance standards for public addresssystems on passenger ships, including cabling.

295

Code equal in length to not less than twice the height at which it is stowedabove the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, or 30 m, whichever isthe greater.

1.3 Not less than one half of the total number of lifebuoys shall beprovided with lifebuoy self-igniting lights complying with the requirementsof paragraph 2.1.2 of the Code; not less than two of these shall also beprovided with lifebuoy self-activating smoke signals complying with therequirements of paragraph 2.1.3 of the Code and be capable of quick releasefrom the navigation bridge; lifebuoys with lights and those with lights andsmoke signals shall be equally distributed on both sides of the ship and shallnot be the lifebuoys provided with lifelines in compliance with therequirements of paragraph 1.2.

1.4 Each lifebuoy shall be marked in block capitals of the Roman alphabetwith the name and port of registry of the ship on which it is carried.

2 Lifejackets

2.1 A lifejacket complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.1 or2.2.2 of the Code shall be provided for every person on board the ship and,in addition:

.1 a number of lifejackets suitable for children equal to at least 10%of the number of passengers on board shall be provided or suchgreater number as may be required to provide a lifejacket foreach child; and

.2 a sufficient number of lifejackets shall be carried for persons onwatch and for use at remotely located survival craft stations. Thelifejackets carried for persons on watch should be stowed on thebridge, in the engine control room and at any other mannedwatch station.

2.2 Lifejackets shall be so placed as to be readily accessible and theirposition shall be plainly indicated. Where, due to the particular arrange-ments of the ship, the lifejackets provided in compliance with therequirements of paragraph 2.1 may become inaccessible, alternativeprovisions shall be made to the satisfaction of the Administration whichmay include an increase in the number of lifejackets to be carried.

2.3 The lifejackets used in totally enclosed lifeboats, except free-falllifeboats, shall not impede entry into the lifeboat or seating, includingoperation of the seat belts in the lifeboat.

2.4 Lifejackets selected for free-fall lifeboats, and the manner in whichthey are carried or worn, shall not interfere with entry into the lifeboat,occupant safety or operation of the lifeboat.

296


3 Immersion suits and anti-exposure suits

An immersion suit, complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of theCode or an anti-exposure suit complying with section 2.4 of the Code, ofan appropriate size, shall be provided for every person assigned to crew therescue boat or assigned to the marine evacuation system party. If the ship isconstantly engaged in warm climates where, in the opinion of theAdministration thermal protection is unnecessary, this protective clothingneed not be carried.

Regulation 8Muster list and emergency instructions


2 Clear instructions to be followed in the event of an emergency shall beprovided for every person on board. In the case of passenger ships theseinstructions shall be drawn up in the language or languages required by theship’s flag State and in the English language.

3 Muster lists and emergency instructions complying with therequirements of regulation 37 shall be exhibited in conspicuous placesthroughout the ship including the navigation bridge, engine-room and crewaccommodation spaces.

4 Illustrations and instructions in appropriate languages shall be postedin passenger cabins and be conspicuously displayed at muster stations andother passenger spaces to inform passengers of:

.1 their muster station;

.2 the essential actions they must take in an emergency; and

.3 the method of donning lifejackets.

Regulation 9Operating instructions


2 Posters or signs shall be provided on or in the vicinity of survival craftand their launching controls and shall:

.1 illustrate the purpose of controls and the procedures foroperating the appliance and give relevant instructions orwarnings;

.2 be easily seen under emergency lighting conditions; and


297

.3 use symbols in accordance with the recommendations of theOrganization.*

Regulation 10Manning of survival craft and supervision


2 There shall be a sufficient number of trained persons on board formustering and assisting untrained persons.

3 There shall be a sufficient number of crew members, who may bedeck officers or certificated persons, on board for operating the survival craftand launching arrangements required for abandonment by the total numberof persons on board.

4 A deck officer or certificated person shall be placed in charge of eachsurvival craft to be used. However, the Administration, having due regard tothe nature of the voyage, the number of persons on board and thecharacteristics of the ship, may permit persons practised in the handling andoperation of liferafts to be placed in charge of liferafts in lieu of personsqualified as above. A second-in-command shall also be nominated in the caseof lifeboats.

5 The person in charge of the survival craft shall have a list of thesurvival craft crew and shall see that the crew under his command areacquainted with their duties. In lifeboats the second-in-command shall alsohave a list of the lifeboat crew.

6 Every motorized survival craft shall have a person assigned who iscapable of operating the engine and carrying out minor adjustments.

7 The master shall ensure the equitable distribution of persons referredto in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 among the ship’s survival craft.

Regulation 11Survival craft muster and embarkation arrangements

1 Lifeboats and liferafts for which approved launching appliances arerequired shall be stowed as close to accommodation and service spaces aspossible.

2 Muster stations shall be provided close to the embarkation stations.Each muster station shall have sufficient clear deck space to accommodateall persons assigned to muster at that station, but at least 0.35 m2 per person.

* Refer to the Symbols related to life-saving appliances and arrangements adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.760(18), as amended by resolution MSC.82(70).

298


3 Muster and embarkation stations shall be readily accessible fromaccommodation and work areas.

4 Muster and embarkation stations shall be adequately illuminated bylighting supplied from the emergency source of electrical power required byregulation II-1/42 or II-1/43, as appropriate.

5 Alleyways, stairways and exits giving access to the muster andembarkation stations shall be lighted. Such lighting shall be capable of beingsupplied by the emergency source of electrical power required byregulation II-1/42 or II-1/43, as appropriate. In addition to and as part ofthe markings required under regulation II-2/28.1.10,* routes to musterstations shall be indicated with the muster station symbol, intended for thatpurpose, in accordance with the recommendations of the Organization. {

6 Davit-launched and free-fall launched survival craft muster andembarkation stations shall be so arranged as to enable stretcher cases to beplaced in survival craft.

7 An embarkation ladder complying with the requirements of paragraph6.1.6 of the Code extending, in a single length, from the deck to thewaterline in the lightest seagoing condition under unfavourable conditionsof trim of up to 10 and a list of up to 20 either way shall be provided at eachembarkation station or at every two adjacent embarkation stations forsurvival craft launched down the side of the ship. However, theAdministration may permit such ladders to be replaced by approved devicesto afford access to the survival craft when waterborne, provided that thereshall be at least one embarkation ladder on each side of the ship. Othermeans of embarkation enabling descent to the water in a controlled mannermay be permitted for the liferafts required by regulation 31.1.4.

8 Where necessary, means shall be provided for bringing the davit-launched survival craft against the ship’s side and holding them alongside sothat persons can be safely embarked.

Regulation 12Launching stations

Launching stations shall be in such positions as to ensure safe launchinghaving particular regard to clearance from the propeller and steeplyoverhanging portions of the hull and so that, as far as possible, survival

Part B: Requirements for ships Regulations 10, 11, 12

* This relates to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent in the amendedchapter II-2 is 13.3.2.5.1.{ Refer to the Symbols related to life-saving appliances and arrangements adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.760(18), as amended by resolution MSC.82(70), and to theGuidelines for the evaluation, testing and application of low-location lighting on passengerships adopted by the Organization by resolution A.752(18).

299

craft, except survival craft specially designed for free-fall launching, can belaunched down the straight side of the ship. If positioned forward, they shallbe located abaft the collision bulkhead in a sheltered position and, in thisrespect, the Administration shall give special consideration to the strength ofthe launching appliance.

Regulation 13Stowage of survival craft

1 Each survival craft shall be stowed:

.1 so that neither the survival craft nor its stowage arrangementswill interfere with the operation of any other survival craft orrescue boat at any other launching station;

.2 as near the water surface as is safe and practicable and, in the caseof a survival craft other than a liferaft intended for throw overboard launching, in such a position that the survival craft in theembarkation position is not less than 2 m above the waterlinewith the ship in the fully loaded condition under unfavourableconditions of trim of up to 108 and listed up to 208 either way,or to the angle at which the ship’s weather deck edge becomessubmerged, whichever is less;

.3 in a state of continuous readiness so that two crew members cancarry out preparations for embarkation and launching in lessthan 5 min;

.4 fully equipped as required by this chapter and the Code; and

.5 as far as practicable, in a secure and sheltered position andprotected from damage by fire and explosion. In particular,survival craft on tankers, other than the liferafts required byregulation 31.1.4, shall not be stowed on or above a cargo tank,slop tank, or other tank containing explosive or hazardouscargoes.

2 Lifeboats for lowering down the ship’s side shall be stowed as farforward of the propeller as practicable. On cargo ships of 80 m in length andupwards but less than 120 m in length, each lifeboat shall be so stowed thatthe after end of the lifeboat is not less than the length of the lifeboat forwardof the propeller. On cargo ships of 120 m in length and upwards andpassenger ships of 80 m in length and upwards, each lifeboat shall be sostowed that the after end of the lifeboat is not less than 1.5 times the lengthof the lifeboat forward of the propeller. Where appropriate, the ship shall beso arranged that lifeboats, in their stowed positions, are protected fromdamage by heavy seas.

3 Lifeboats shall be stowed attached to launching appliances.

300


4.1 Every liferaft shall be stowed with its painter permanently attached tothe ship.

4.2 Each liferaft or group of liferafts shall be stowed with a float-freearrangement complying with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.6 of theCode so that each floats free and, if inflatable, inflates automatically whenthe ship sinks.

4.3 Liferafts shall be so stowed as to permit manual release of one raft orcontainer at a time from their securing arrangements.

4.4 Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2 do not apply to liferafts required by regulation31.1.4.

5 Davit-launched liferafts shall be stowed within reach of the liftinghooks, unless some means of transfer is provided which is not renderedinoperable within the limits of trim and list prescribed in paragraph 1.2 or byship motion or power failure.

6 Liferafts intended for throw-overboard launching shall be so stowed asto be readily transferable for launching on either side of the ship unlessliferafts, of the aggregate capacity required by regulation 31.1 to be capableof being launched on either side, are stowed on each side of the ship.

Regulation 14Stowage of rescue boats

Rescue boats shall be stowed:

.1 in a state of continuous readiness for launching in not more than5 min;

.2 in a position suitable for launching and recovery;

.3 so that neither the rescue boat nor its stowage arrangements willinterfere with the operation of any survival craft at any otherlaunching station; and

.4 if it is also a lifeboat, in compliance with the requirements ofregulation 13.

Regulation 15Stowage of marine evacuation systems

1 The ship’s side shall not have any openings between the embarkationstation of the marine evacuation system and the waterline in the lightestseagoing condition and means shall be provided to protect the system fromany projections.


301

2 Marine evacuation systems shall be in such positions as to ensure safelaunching having particular regard to clearance from the propeller andsteeply overhanging positions of the hull and so that, as far as practicable, thesystem can be launched down the straight side of the ship.

3 Each marine evacuation system shall be stowed so that neither thepassage nor platform nor its stowage or operational arrangements willinterfere with the operation of any other life-saving appliance at any otherlaunching station.

4 Where appropriate, the ship shall be so arranged that the marineevacuation systems in their stowed positions are protected from damage byheavy seas.

Regulation 16Survival craft launching and recovery arrangements

1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, launching and embarkationappliances complying with the requirements of section 6.1 of the Code shallbe provided for all survival craft except those which are:

.1 boarded from a position on deck less than 4.5 m above thewaterline in the lightest seagoing condition and which have amass of not more than 185 kg; or

.2 boarded from a position on deck less than 4.5 m above thewaterline in the lightest seagoing condition and which arestowed for launching directly from the stowed position underunfavourable conditions of trim of up to 108 and list of up to 208either way; or

.3 carried in excess of the survival craft for 200% of the totalnumber of persons on board the ship and which have a mass ofnot more than 185 kg; or

.4 carried in excess of the survival craft for 200% of the totalnumber of persons on board the ship, are stowed for launchingdirectly from the stowed position under unfavourable condi-tions of trim of up to 108 and list of up to 208 either way; or

.5 provided for use in conjunction with a marine evacuationsystem, complying with the requirements of section 6.2 of theCode and stowed for launching directly from the stowedposition under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 108 andlist of up to 208 either way.

2 Each lifeboat shall be provided with an appliance which is capable oflaunching and recovering the lifeboat. In addition there shall be provisionfor hanging-off the lifeboat to free the release gear for maintenance.

302


3 Launching and recovery arrangements shall be such that the applianceoperator on the ship is able to observe the survival craft at all times duringlaunching and for lifeboats during recovery.

4 Only one type of release mechanism shall be used for similar survivalcraft carried on board the ship.

5 Preparation and handling of survival craft at any one launching stationshall not interfere with the prompt preparation and handling of any othersurvival craft or rescue boat at any other station.

6 Falls, where used, shall be long enough for the survival craft to reachthe water with the ship in its lightest seagoing condition, underunfavourable conditions of trim of up to 108 and list of up to 208 either way.

7 During preparation and launching, the survival craft, its launchingappliance, and the area of water into which it is to be launched shall beadequately illuminated by lighting supplied from the emergency source ofelectrical power required by regulation II-1/42 or II-1/43, as appropriate.

8 Means shall be available to prevent any discharge of water ontosurvival craft during abandonment.

9 If there is a danger of the survival craft being damaged by the ship’sstabilizer wings, means shall be available, powered by an emergency sourceof energy, to bring the stabilizer wings inboard; indicators operated by anemergency source of energy shall be available on the navigating bridge toshow the position of the stabilizer wings.

10 If partially enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements ofsection 4.5 of the Code are carried, a davit span shall be provided, fittedwith not less than two lifelines of sufficient length to reach the water withthe ship in its lightest seagoing condition, under unfavourable conditions oftrim of up to 108 and list of up 208 either way.

Regulation 17Rescue boat embarkation, launching and recoveryarrangements

1 The rescue boat embarkation and launching arrangements shall besuch that the rescue boat can be boarded and launched in the shortestpossible time.

2 If the rescue boat is one of the ship’s survival craft, the embarkationarrangements and launching station shall comply with the requirements ofregulations 11 and 12.

3 Launching arrangements shall comply with the requirements ofregulation 16. However, all rescue boats shall be capable of being launched,


303

where necessary utilizing painters, with the ship making headway at speedsup to 5 knots in calm water.

4 Recovery time of the rescue boat shall be not more than 5 min inmoderate sea conditions when loaded with its full complement of personsand equipment. If the rescue boat is also a lifeboat, this recovery time shallbe possible when loaded with its lifeboat equipment and the approvedrescue boat complement of at least six persons.

5 Rescue boat embarkation and recovery arrangements shall allow forsafe and efficient handling of a stretcher case. Foul weather recovery stropsshall be provided for safety if heavy fall blocks constitute a danger.

Regulation 18Line-throwing appliances

A line-throwing appliance complying with the requirements of section 7.1of the Code shall be provided.

Regulation 19Emergency training and drills


2 Familiarity with safety installations and practice musters

2.1 Every crew member with assigned emergency duties shall be familiarwith these duties before the voyage begins.

2.2 On a ship engaged on a voyage where passengers are scheduled to beon board for more than 24 h, musters of the passengers shall take placewithin 24 h after their embarkation. Passengers shall be instructed in the useof the lifejackets and the action to take in an emergency.

2.3 Whenever new passengers embark, a passenger safety briefing shall begiven immediately before sailing, or immediately after sailing. The briefingshall include the instructions required by regulations 8.2 and 8.4, and shallbe made by means of an announcement, in one or more languages likely tobe understood by the passengers. The announcement shall be made on theship’s public address system, or by other equivalent means likely to be heardat least by the passengers who have not yet heard it during the voyage. Thebriefing may be included in the muster required by paragraph 2.2 if themuster is held immediately upon departure. Information cards or posters orvideo programmes displayed on ships video displays may be used tosupplement the briefing, but may not be used to replace the announcement.

304


3 Drills

3.1 Drills shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actualemergency.

3.2 Every crew member shall participate in at least one abandon ship drilland one fire drill every month. The drills of the crew shall take place within24 h of the ship leaving a port if more than 25% of the crew have notparticipated in abandon ship and fire drills on board that particular ship inthe previous month. When a ship enters service for the first time, aftermodification of a major character or when a new crew is engaged, thesedrills shall be held before sailing. The Administration may accept otherarrangements that are at least equivalent for those classes of ships for whichthis is impracticable.

3.3 Abandon ship drill

3.3.1 Each abandon ship drill shall include:

.1 summoning of passengers and crew to muster stations with thealarm required by regulation 6.4.2 followed by drill announce-ment on the public address or other communication system andensuring that they are made aware of the order to abandon ship;

.2 reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described inthe muster list;

.3 checking that passengers and crew are suitably dressed;

.4 checking that lifejackets are correctly donned;

.5 lowering of at least one lifeboat after any necessary preparationfor launching;

.6 starting and operating the lifeboat engine;

.7 operation of davits used for launching liferafts;

.8 a mock search and rescue of passengers trapped in theirstaterooms; and

.9 instruction in the use of radio life-saving appliances.

3.3.2 Different lifeboats shall, as far as practicable, be lowered in compliancewith the requirements of paragraph 3.3.1.5 at successive drills.

3.3.3 Except as provided in paragraphs 3.3.4 and 3.3.5, each lifeboat shall belaunched with its assigned operating crew aboard and manoeuvred in thewater at least once every three months during an abandon ship drill.

3.3.4 Lowering into the water, rather than launching of a lifeboat arrangedfor free-fall launching, is acceptable where free-fall launching is impractic-able provided the lifeboat is free-fall launched with its assigned operatingcrew aboard and manoeuvred in the water at least once every six months.However, in cases where it is impracticable, the Administration may extend


305

this period to 12 months provided that arrangements are made for simulatedlaunching which will take place at intervals of not more than six months.

3.3.5 The Administration may allow ships operating on short internationalvoyages not to launch the lifeboats on one side if their berthingarrangements in port and their trading patterns do not permit launchingof lifeboats on that side. However, all such lifeboats shall be lowered at leastonce every three months and launched at least annually.

3.3.6 As far as is reasonable and practicable, rescue boats other than lifeboatswhich are also rescue boats, shall be launched each month with theirassigned crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water. In all cases thisrequirement shall be complied with at least once every three months.

3.3.7 If lifeboat and rescue boat launching drills are carried out with the shipmaking headway, such drills shall, because of the dangers involved, bepractised in sheltered waters only and under the supervision of an officerexperienced in such drills.*

3.3.8 If a ship is fitted with marine evacuation systems, drills shall includeexercising of the procedures required for the deployment of such a systemup to the point immediately preceding actual deployment of the system.This aspect of drills should be augmented by regular instruction using theon-board training aids required by regulation 35.4. Additionally everysystem party member shall, as far as practicable, be further trained byparticipation in a full deployment of a similar system into water, either onboard a ship or ashore, at intervals of not longer than two years, but in nocase longer than three years. This training can be associated with thedeployments required by regulation 20.8.2.

3.3.9 Emergency lighting for mustering and abandonment shall be tested ateach abandon ship drill.

3.4 Fire drills

3.4.1 Fire drills should be planned in such a way that due consideration isgiven to regular practice in the various emergencies that may occurdepending on the type of ships and the cargo.

3.4.2 Each fire drill shall include:

.1 reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described inthe muster list required by regulation 8;

.2 starting of a fire pump, using at least the two required jets ofwater to show that the system is in proper working order;

* Refer to the Guidelines on training for the purpose of launching lifeboats and rescue boatsfrom ships making headway through the water adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.624(15).

306


.3 checking of fireman’s outfit and other personal rescue equip-ment;

.4 checking of relevant communication equipment;

.5 checking the operation of watertight doors, fire doors, firedampers and main inlets and outlets of ventilation systems in thedrill area; and

.6 checking the necessary arrangements for subsequent abandoningof the ship.

3.4.3 The equipment used during drills shall immediately be brought backto its fully operational condition and any faults and defects discoveredduring the drills shall be remedied as soon as possible.

4 On-board training and instructions

4.1 On-board training in the use of the ship’s life-saving appliances,including survival craft equipment, and in the use of the ship’s fire-extinguishing appliances shall be given as soon as possible but not later thantwo weeks after a crew member joins the ship. However, if the crewmember is on a regularly scheduled rotating assignment to the ship, suchtraining shall be given not later than two weeks after the time of first joiningthe ship. Instructions in the use of the ship’s fire-extinguishing appliances,life-saving appliances, and in survival at sea shall be given at the same intervalas the drills. Individual instruction may cover different parts of the ship’slife-saving and fire-extinguishing appliances, but all the ship’s life-saving andfire-extinguishing appliances shall be covered within any period of twomonths.

4.2 Every crew member shall be given instructions which shall includebut not necessarily be limited to:

.1 operation and use of the ship’s inflatable liferafts;

.2 problems of hypothermia, first-aid treatment for hypothermiaand other appropriate first-aid procedures;

.3 special instructions necessary for use of the ship’s life-savingappliances in severe weather and severe sea conditions; and

.4 operation and use of fire-extinguishing appliances.

4.3 On-board training in the use of davit-launched liferafts shall takeplace at intervals of not more than four months on every ship fitted withsuch appliances. Whenever practicable this shall include the inflation andlowering of a liferaft. This liferaft may be a special liferaft intended fortraining purposes only, which is not part of the ship’s life-saving equipment;such a special liferaft shall be conspicuously marked.


307

5 Records

The date when musters are held, details of abandon ship drills and fire drills,drills of other life-saving appliances and on board training shall be recordedin such log-book as may be prescribed by the Administration. If a fullmuster, drill or training session is not held at the appointed time, an entryshall be made in the log-book stating the circumstances and the extent ofthe muster, drill or training session held.

Regulation 20Operational readiness, maintenance and inspections

1 This regulation applies to all ships. The requirements of paragraphs 3and 6.2 shall be complied with, as far as is practicable, on ships constructedbefore 1 July 1986.

2 Operational readiness

Before the ship leaves port and at all times during the voyage, all life-savingappliances shall be in working order and ready for immediate use.

3 Maintenance

3.1 Instructions for on-board maintenance of life-saving appliancescomplying with the requirements of regulation 36 shall be provided andmaintenance shall be carried out accordingly.

3.2 The Administration may accept, in lieu of the instructions required byparagraph 3.1, a shipboard planned maintenance programme which includesthe requirements of regulation 36.

4 Maintenance of falls

4.1 Falls used in launching shall be turned end for end at intervals of notmore than 30 months and be renewed when necessary due to deteriorationof the falls or at intervals of not more than five years, whichever is theearlier.

4.2 The Administration may accept in lieu of the ‘‘end for ending’’required in paragraph 4.1, periodic inspection of the falls and their renewalwhenever necessary due to deterioration or at intervals of not more thanfour years, whichever one is earlier.

5 Spares and repair equipment

Spares and repair equipment shall be provided for life-saving appliances andtheir components which are subject to excessive wear or consumption andneed to be replaced regularly.

308


6 Weekly inspection

The following tests and inspections shall be carried out weekly:

.1 all survival craft, rescue boats and launching appliances shall bevisually inspected to ensure that they are ready for use;

.2 all engines in lifeboats and rescue boats shall be run for a totalperiod of not less than 3 min provided the ambient temperatureis above the minimum temperature required for starting andrunning the engine. During this period of time, it should bedemonstrated that the gear box and gear box train are engagingsatisfactorily. If the special characteristics of an outboard motorfitted to a rescue boat would not allow it to be run other thanwith its propeller submerged for a period of 3 min, it should berun for such period as prescribed in the manufacturer’shandbook. In special cases the Administration may waive thisrequirement for ships constructed before 1 July 1986; and

.3 the general emergency alarm system shall be tested.

7 Monthly inspections

Inspection of the life-saving appliances, including lifeboat equipment, shallbe carried out monthly using the checklist required by regulation 36.1 toensure that they are complete and in good order. A report of the inspectionshall be entered in the log-book.

8 Servicing of inflatable liferafts, inflatable lifejackets, marineevacuation systems, and inflated rescue boats

8.1 Every inflatable liferaft, inflatable lifejacket, and marine evacuationsystem shall be serviced:

.1 at intervals not exceeding 12 months, provided where in anycase this is impracticable, the Administration may extend thisperiod to 17 months; and

.2 at an approved servicing station which is competent to servicethem, maintains proper servicing facilities and uses only properlytrained personnel.*

8.2 Rotational deployment of marine evacuation systems

In addition to or in conjunction with the servicing intervals of marineevacuation systems required by paragraph 8.1, each marine evacuationsystem should be deployed from the ship on a rotational basis at intervals to


* Refer to the Recommendation on conditions for the approval of servicing stations forinflatable liferafts adopted by the Organization by resolution A.761(18).

309

be agreed by the Administration provided that each system is to be deployedat least once every six years.

8.3 An Administration which approves new and novel inflatable liferaftarrangements pursuant to regulation 4 may allow for extended serviceintervals on the following conditions:

8.3.1 The new and novel liferaft arrangement has proved to maintain thesame standard, as required by testing procedure, during extended serviceintervals.

8.3.2 The liferaft system shall be checked on board by certified personnelaccording to paragraph 8.1.1.

8.3.3 Service at intervals not exceeding five years shall be carried out inaccordance with the recommendations of the Organization.*

8.4 All repairs and maintenance of inflated rescue boats shall be carriedout in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Emergency repairsmay be carried out on board the ship; however, permanent repairs shall beeffected at an approved servicing station.

8.5 An Administration which permits extension of liferaft service intervalsin accordance with paragraph 8.3 shall notify the Organization of suchaction in accordance with regulation I/5(b).

9 Periodic servicing of hydrostatic release units

Hydrostatic release units, other than disposable hydrostatic release units,shall be serviced:

.1 at intervals not exceeding 12 months, provided where in anycase this is impracticable, the Administration may extend thisperiod to 17 months; { and

.2 at a servicing station which is competent to service them,maintains proper servicing facilities and uses only properlytrained personnel.

10 Marking of stowage locations

Containers, brackets, racks, and other similar stowage locations for life-saving equipment shall be marked with symbols in accordance with therecommendations of the Organization,{ indicating the devices stowed in

* Refer to the Recommendation on conditions for the approval of servicing stations forinflatable liferafts adopted by the Organization by resolution A.761(18).{ Refer to MSC/Circ. 955, Servicing of life-saving appliances and radiocommunicationequipment under the harmonized system of survey and certification (HSSC).{ Refer to the Symbols related to life-saving appliances and arrangements adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.760(18).

310


that location for that purpose. If more than one device is stowed in thatlocation, the number of devices shall also be indicated.

11 Periodic servicing of launching appliancesand on-load release gear

11.1 Launching appliances:

.1 shall be serviced at recommended intervals in accordance withinstructions for on-board maintenance as required by regulation 36;

.2 shall be subjected to a thorough examination at intervals notexceeding 5 years; and

.3 shall upon completion of the examination in .2 be subjected to adynamic test of the winch brake in accordance with para-graph 6.1.2.5.2 of the Code.

11.2 Lifeboat on-load release gear shall be:

.1 serviced at recommended intervals in accordance with instruc-tions for on board maintenance as required by regulation 36;

.2 subjected to a thorough examination and test during the surveysrequired by regulation I/7 and I/8 by properly trained personnelfamiliar with the system; and

.3 operationally tested under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of thelifeboat when loaded with its full complement of persons andequipment whenever the release gear is overhauled. Such over-hauling and test shall be carried out at least once every five years.*

SECTION II – PASSENGER SHIPS(Additional requirements)

Regulation 21Survival craft and rescue boats

1 Survival craft

1.1 Passenger ships engaged on international voyages which are not shortinternational voyages shall carry:

.1 partially or totally enclosed lifeboats complying with therequirements of section 4.5 or 4.6 of the Code on each side


* Refer to the Recommendation on testing of life-saving appliances adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.689(17). For life-saving appliances installed on board on orafter 1 July 1999, refer to the Revised Recommendations on testing of life-saving appliancesadopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.81(70).

311

of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate not less than50% of the total number of persons on board. The Adminis-tration may permit the substitution of lifeboats by liferafts ofequivalent total capacity provided that there shall never be lessthan sufficient lifeboats on each side of the ship to accommodate37.5% of the total number of persons on board. The inflatableor rigid liferafts shall comply with the requirements of section4.2 or 4.3 of the Code and shall be served by launchingappliances equally distributed on each side of the ship; and

.2 in addition, inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with therequirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code of such aggregatecapacity as will accommodate at least 25% of the total number ofpersons on board. These liferafts shall be served by at least onelaunching appliance on each side which may be those providedin compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1.1.1 orequivalent approved appliances capable of being used on bothsides. However, stowage of these liferafts need not comply withthe requirements of regulation 13.5.

1.2 Passenger ships engaged on short international voyages and complyingwith the special standards of subdivision prescribed by regulation II-1/6.5shall carry:

.1 partially or totally enclosed lifeboats complying with therequirements of section 4.5 or 4.6 of the Code of suchaggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 30% of the totalnumber of persons on board. The lifeboats shall, as far aspracticable, be equally distributed on each side of the ship. Inaddition inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the require-ments of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code shall be carried of suchaggregate capacity that, together with the lifeboat capacity, thesurvival craft will accommodate the total number of persons onboard. The liferafts shall be served by launching appliancesequally distributed on each side of the ship; and

.2 in addition, inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with therequirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code of such aggregatecapacity as will accommodate at least 25% of the total number ofpersons on board. These liferafts shall be served by at least onelaunching appliance on each side which may be those providedin compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1.2.1 orequivalent approved appliances capable of being used on bothsides. However, stowage of these liferafts need not comply withthe requirements of regulation 13.5.

1.3 Passenger ships engaged on short international voyages and notcomplying with the special standards of subdivision prescribed by regulation

312


II-1/6.5, shall carry survival craft complying with the requirements ofparagraph 1.1.

1.4 All survival craft required to provide for abandonment by the totalnumber of persons on board shall be capable of being launched with theirfull complement of persons and equipment within a period of 30 min fromthe time the abandon ship signal is given.

1.5 In lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3,passenger ships of less than 500 gross tonnage where the total number ofpersons on board is less than 200, may comply with the following:

.1 they shall carry on each side of the ship, inflatable or rigidliferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 ofthe Code and of such aggregate capacity as will accommodatethe total number of persons on board;

.2 unless the liferafts required by paragraph 1.5.1 are stowed in aposition providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single opendeck level, additional liferafts shall be provided so that the totalcapacity available on each side will accommodate 150% of thetotal number of persons on board;

.3 if the rescue boat required by paragraph 2.2 is also a partially ortotally enclosed lifeboat complying with the requirements ofsection 4.5 or 4.6 of the Code, it may be included in theaggregate capacity required by paragraph 1.5.1, provided that thetotal capacity available on either side of the ship is at least 150%of the total number of persons on board; and

.4 in the event of any one survival craft being lost or renderedunserviceable, there shall be sufficient survival craft available foruse on each side, including those which are stowed in a positionproviding for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open decklevel, to accommodate the total number of persons on board.

1.6 A marine evacuation system or systems complying with section 6.2 ofthe Code may be substituted for the equivalent capacity of liferafts andlaunching appliances required by paragraph 1.1.1 or 1.2.1.

2 Rescue boats

2.1 Passenger ships of 500 gross tonnage and over shall carry at least onerescue boat complying with the requirements of section 5.1 of the Code oneach side of the ship.

2.2 Passenger ships of less than 500 gross tonnage shall carry at least onerescue boat complying with the requirements of section 5.1 of the Code.

2.3 A lifeboat may be accepted as a rescue boat provided it also complieswith the requirements for a rescue boat.


313

3 Marshalling of liferafts

3.1 The number of lifeboats and rescue boats that are carried on passengerships shall be sufficient to ensure that in providing for abandonment by thetotal number of persons on board not more than six liferafts need bemarshalled by each lifeboat or rescue boat.

3.2 The number of lifeboats and rescue boats that are carried on passengerships engaged on short international voyages and complying with the specialstandards of subdivision prescribed by regulation II-1/6.5 shall be sufficientto ensure that in providing for abandonment by the total number of personson board not more than nine liferafts need be marshalled by each lifeboat orrescue boat.


1 Lifebuoys

1.1 A passenger ship shall carry not less than the number of lifebuoyscomplying with the requirements of regulation 7.1 and section 2.1 of theCode prescribed in the following table:

Length of ship in metres Minimum number of lifebuoys

Under 60 860 and under 120 12120 and under 180 18180 and under 240 24240 and over 30

1.2 Notwithstanding regulation 7.1.3, passenger ships of under 60 m inlength shall carry not less than six lifebuoys provided with self-ignitinglights.

2 Lifejackets

2.1 In addition to the lifejackets required by regulation 7.2, everypassenger ship shall carry lifejackets for not less than 5% of the total numberof persons on board. These lifejackets shall be stowed in conspicuous placeson deck or at muster stations.

2.2 Where lifejackets for passengers are stowed in staterooms which arelocated remotely from direct routes between public spaces and musterstations, the additional lifejackets for these passengers required underregulation 7.2.2, shall be stowed either in the public spaces, the musterstations, or on direct routes between them. The lifejackets shall be stowed

314


so that their distribution and donning does not impede orderly movementto muster stations and survival craft embarkation stations.

3 Lifejacket lights

3.1 On all passenger ships each lifejacket shall be fitted with a lightcomplying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code.

3.2 Lights fitted on lifejackets on board passenger ships prior to 1 July1998 and not complying fully with paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code may beaccepted by the Administration until the lifejacket light would normally bereplaced or until the first periodical survey after 1 July 2002, whichever isthe earliest.

4 Immersion suits and thermal protective aids

4.1 All passenger ships shall carry for each lifeboat on the ship at least threeimmersion suits complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of theCode and, in addition, a thermal protective aid complying with therequirements of section 2.5 of the Code for every person to beaccommodated in the lifeboat and not provided with an immersion suit.These immersion suits and thermal protective aids need not be carried:

.1 for persons to be accommodated in totally or partially enclosedlifeboats; or

.2 if the ship is constantly engaged on voyages in warm climateswhere, in the opinion of the Administration, they areunnecessary.

4.2 The provisions of paragraph 4.1.1 also apply to partially or totallyenclosed lifeboats not complying with the requirements of section 4.5 or4.6 of the Code, provided they are carried on ships constructed before 1 July1986.

Regulation 23Survival craft and rescue boat embarkation arrangements

1 On passenger ships, survival craft embarkation arrangements shall bedesigned for:

.1 all lifeboats to be boarded and launched either directly from thestowed position or from an embarkation deck but not both; and

.2 davit-launched liferafts to be boarded and launched from aposition immediately adjacent to the stowed position or from aposition to which, in compliance with the requirements ofregulation 13.5, the liferaft is transferred prior to launching.


315

2 Rescue boat arrangements shall be such that the rescue boat can beboarded and launched directly from the stowed position with the number ofpersons assigned to crew the rescue boat on board. Notwithstanding therequirements of paragraph 1.1, if the rescue boat is also a lifeboat and theother lifeboats are boarded and launched from an embarkation deck, thearrangements shall be such that the rescue boat can also be boarded andlaunched from the embarkation deck.

Regulation 24Stowage of survival craft

The stowage height of a survival craft on a passenger ship shall take intoaccount the requirements of regulation 13.1.2, the escape provisions ofregulation II-2/28,* the size of the ship, and the weather conditions likely tobe encountered in its intended area of operation. For a davit-launchedsurvival craft, the height of the davit head with the survival craft inembarkation position, shall, as far as practicable, not exceed 15 m to thewaterline when the ship is in its lightest seagoing condition.

Regulation 25Muster stations

Every passenger ship shall, in addition to complying with the requirementsof regulation 11, have passenger muster stations which shall:

.1 be in the vicinity of, and permit ready access for the passengersto, the embarkation stations unless in the same location; and

.2 have ample room for marshalling and instruction of thepassengers, but at least 0.35 m2 per passenger.

Regulation 26Additional requirements for ro–ro passenger ships

1 This regulation applies to all ro–ro passenger ships. Ro–ro passengerships constructed:

.1 on or after 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements ofparagraphs 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4 and 5;

.2 on or after 1 July 1986 and before 1 July 1998 shall comply withthe requirements of paragraph 5 not later than the first periodicalsurvey after 1 July 1998 and with the requirements of paragraphs

* This relates to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent in the amendedchapter II-2 is 13.

316


2.3, 2.4, 3 and 4 not later than the first periodical survey after1 July 2000; and

.3 before 1 July 1986 shall comply with the requirements ofparagraph 5 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July1998 and with the requirements of paragraphs 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4,3 and 4 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July 2000.

2 Liferafts

2.1 The ro–ro passenger ship’s liferafts shall be served by marineevacuation systems complying with the requirements of section 6.2 of theCode or launching appliances complying with the requirements ofparagraph 6.1.5 of the Code, equally distributed on each side of the ship.

2.2 Every liferaft on ro–ro passenger ships shall be provided with float-freestowage arrangements complying with the requirements of regulation 13.4.

2.3 Every liferaft on ro–ro passenger ships shall be of a type fitted with aboarding ramp complying with the requirements of paragraph 4.2.4.1 or4.3.4.1 of the Code, as appropriate.

2.4 Every liferaft on ro–ro passenger ships shall either be automaticallyself-righting or be a canopied reversible liferaft which is stable in a seawayand is capable of operating safely whichever way up it is floating.Alternatively, the ship shall carry automatically self-righting liferafts orcanopied reversible liferafts, in addition to its normal complement ofliferafts, of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 50% of thepersons not accommodated in lifeboats. This additional liferaft capacity shallbe determined on the basis of the difference between the total number ofpersons on board and the number of persons accommodated in lifeboats.Every such liferaft shall be approved by the Administration having regard tothe recommendations adopted by the Organization.*

3 Fast rescue boats

3.1 At least one of the rescue boats on a ro–ro passenger ship shall be a fastrescue boat approved by the Administration having regard to therecommendations adopted by the Organization.*

3.2 Each fast rescue boat shall be served by a suitable launching applianceapproved by the Administration. When approving such launchingappliances, the Administration shall take into account that the fast rescueboat is intended to be launched and retrieved even under severe adverseweather conditions, and also shall have regard to the recommendationsadopted by the Organization.*


* Refer to MSC/Circ.809, Recommendation for canopied reversible liferafts, automaticallyself-righting liferafts and fast rescue boats, including testing, on ro–ro passenger ships.

317

3.3 At least two crews of each fast rescue boat shall be trained and drilledregularly having regard to the Seafarers Training, Certification andWatchkeeping (STCW) Code and recommendations adopted by theOrganization,* including all aspects of rescue, handling, manoeuvring,operating these craft in various conditions, and righting them after capsize.

3.4 In the case where the arrangement or size of a ro–ro passenger ship,constructed before 1 July 1997, is such as to prevent the installation of thefast rescue boat required by paragraph 3.1, the fast rescue boat may beinstalled in place of an existing lifeboat which is accepted as a rescue boat or,in the case of ships constructed prior to 1 July 1986, boats for use in anemergency, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

.1 the fast rescue boat installed is served by a launching appliancecomplying with the provisions of paragraph 3.2;

.2 the capacity of the survival craft lost by the above substitution iscompensated by the installation of liferafts capable of carrying atleast an equal number of persons served by the lifeboat replaced;and

.3 such liferafts are served by the existing launching appliances ormarine evacuation systems.

4 Means of rescue{

4.1 Each ro–ro passenger ship shall be equipped with efficient means forrapidly recovering survivors from the water and transferring survivors fromrescue units or survival craft to the ship.

4.2 The means of transfer of survivors to the ship may be part of a marineevacuation system, or may be part of a system designed for rescue purposes.

4.3 If the slide of a marine evacuation system is intended to provide themeans of transfer of survivors to the deck of the ship, the slide shall beequipped with handlines or ladders to aid in climbing up the slide.

5 Lifejackets

5.1 Notwithstanding the requirements of regulations 7.2 and 22.2, asufficient number of lifejackets shall be stowed in the vicinity of the musterstations so that passengers do not have to return to their cabins to collecttheir lifejackets.

5.2 In ro–ro passenger ships, each lifejacket shall be fitted with a lightcomplying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code.

* Refer to the Recommendation on training requirements for crews of fast rescue boats adoptedby the Organization by resolution A.771(18) and to section A-VI/2, table A-VI/2-2,‘‘Specification of the minimum standard of competence in fast rescue boats’’, of the STCWCode.{ Refer to MSC/Circ. 810, Recommendation on means of rescue on ro–ro passenger ships.

318


Regulation 27Information on passengers

1 All persons on board all passenger ships shall be counted prior todeparture.

2 Details of persons who have declared a need for special care orassistance in emergency situations shall be recorded and communicated tothe master prior to departure.

3 In addition, not later than 1 January 1999, the names and gender of allpersons on board, distinguishing between adults, children and infants shallbe recorded for search and rescue purposes.

4 The information required by paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 shall be kept ashoreand made readily available to search and rescue services when needed.

5 Administrations may exempt passenger ships from the requirements ofparagraph 3, if the scheduled voyages of such ships render it impracticablefor them to prepare such records.

Regulation 28Helicopter landing and pick-up areas

1 All ro–ro passenger ships shall be provided with a helicopter pick-uparea approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendationsadopted by the Organization.*

2 Ro–ro{ passenger ships of 130 m in length and upwards, constructedon or after 1 July 1999, shall be fitted with a helicopter landing areaapproved by the Administration having regard to the recommendationsadopted by the Organization.{

Regulation 29Decision support system for masters of passenger ships

1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships. Passenger shipsconstructed before 1 July 1997 shall comply with the requirements of thisregulation not later than the date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1999.


* Refer to the International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue Manual (IAMSARManual).{ Refer to MSC/Circ. 907, Application of SOLAS regulation III/28.2 concerning helicopterlanding areas on non-ro–ro passenger ships.{ Refer to MSC/Circ.895, Recommendation on helicopter landing areas on ro–ro passengerships.

319

2 In all passenger ships, a decision support system for emergencymanagement shall be provided on the navigation bridge.

3 The system shall, as a minimum, consist of a printed emergency planor plans.* All foreseeable emergency situations shall be identified in theemergency plan or plans, including, but not limited to, the following maingroups of emergencies:

.1 fire;

.2 damage to ship;

.3 pollution;

.4 unlawful acts threatening the safety of the ship and the securityof its passengers and crew;

.5 personnel accidents;

.6 cargo-related accidents; and

.7 emergency assistance to other ships.

4 The emergency procedures established in the emergency plan or plansshall provide decision support to masters for handling any combination ofemergency situations.

5 The emergency plan or plans shall have a uniform structure and be easyto use. Where applicable, the actual loading condition as calculated for thepassenger ship’s voyage stability shall be used for damage control purposes.

6 In addition to the printed emergency plan or plans, the Administra-tion may also accept the use of a computer-based decision support systemon the navigation bridge which provides all the information contained inthe emergency plan or plans, procedures, checklists, etc., which is able topresent a list of recommended actions to be carried out in foreseeableemergencies.

Regulation 30Drills

1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships.

2 On passenger ships, an abandon ship drill and fire drill shall take placeweekly. The entire crew need not be involved in every drill, but each crewmember must participate in an abandon ship drill and a fire drill each monthas required in regulation 19.3.2. Passengers shall be strongly encouraged toattend these drills.

* Refer to the Guidelines for a structure of an integrated system of contingency planning forshipboard emergencies adopted by the Organization by resolution A.852(20).

320


SECTION III – CARGO SHIPS(Additional requirements)

Regulation 31Survival craft and rescue boats

1 Survival craft

1.1 Cargo ships shall carry:

.1 one or more totally enclosed lifeboats complying with therequirements of section 4.6 of the Code of such aggregatecapacity on each side of the ship as will accommodate the totalnumber of persons on board; and

.2 in addition, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts, complyingwith the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code, stowedin a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a singleopen deck level, and of such aggregate capacity as willaccommodate the total number of persons on board. If theliferaft or liferafts are not stowed in a position providing for easyside-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, the total capacityavailable on each side shall be sufficient to accommodate thetotal number of persons on board.

1.2 In lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.1, cargo ships maycarry:

.1 one or more free-fall lifeboats, complying with the requirementsof section 4.7 of the Code, capable of being free-fall launchedover the stern of the ship of such aggregate capacity as willaccommodate the total number of persons on board; and

.2 in addition, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts complyingwith the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code, on eachside of the ship, of such aggregate capacity as will accommodatethe total number of persons on board. The liferafts on at leastone side of the ship shall be served by launching appliances.

1.3 In lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.1 or 1.2, cargoships of less than 85 m in length other than oil tankers, chemical tankers andgas carriers, may comply with the following:

.1 they shall carry on each side of the ship, one or more inflatableor rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2or 4.3 of the Code and of such aggregate capacity as willaccommodate the total number of persons on board;


321

.2 unless the liferafts required by paragraph 1.3.1 are stowed in aposition providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single opendeck level, additional liferafts shall be provided so that the totalcapacity available on each side will accommodate 150% of thetotal number of persons on board;

.3 if the rescue boat required by paragraph 2 is also a totallyenclosed lifeboat complying with the requirements of section4.6 of the Code, it may be included in the aggregate capacityrequired by paragraph 1.3.1, provided that the total capacityavailable on either side of the ship is at least 150% of the totalnumber of persons on board; and

.4 in the event of any one survival craft being lost or renderedunserviceable, there shall be sufficient survival craft available foruse on each side, including any which are stowed in a positionproviding for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open decklevel, to accommodate the total number of persons on board.

1.4 Cargo ships where the horizontal distance from the extreme end ofthe stem or stern of the ship to the nearest end of the closest survival craft ismore than 100 m shall carry, in addition to the liferafts required byparagraphs 1.1.2 and 1.2.2, a liferaft stowed as far forward or aft, or one as farforward and another as far aft, as is reasonable and practicable. Such liferaftor liferafts may be securely fastened so as to permit manual release and neednot be of the type which can be launched from an approved launchingdevice.

1.5 With the exception of the survival craft referred to in regula-tion 16.1.1, all survival craft required to provide for abandonment by thetotal number of persons on board shall be capable of being launched withtheir full complement of persons and equipment within a period of 10 minfrom the time the abandon ship signal is given.

1.6 Chemical tankers and gas carriers carrying cargoes emitting toxicvapours or gases* shall carry, in lieu of totally enclosed lifeboats complyingwith the requirements of section 4.6 of the Code, lifeboats with a self-contained air support system complying with the requirements of section4.8 of the Code.

1.7 Oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers carrying cargoes having aflashpoint not exceeding 608C (closed-cup test) shall carry, in lieu of totallyenclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.6 of the

* Refer to the products for which emergency escape respiratory protection is required inchapter 17 of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships CarryingDangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code), adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee byresolution MSC.4(48), as amended, and in chapter 19 of the International Code for theConstruction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC Code), adoptedby the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.5(48), as amended.

322


Code, fire-protected lifeboats complying with the requirements of section4.9 of the Code.

2 Rescue boats

Cargo ships shall carry at least one rescue boat complying with therequirements of section 5.1 of the Code. A lifeboat may be accepted as arescue boat, provided that it also complies with the requirements for arescue boat.

3 In addition to their lifeboats, all cargo ships constructed before 1 July1986 shall carry:

.1 one or more liferafts capable of being launched on either side ofthe ship and of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate thetotal number of persons on board. The liferaft or liferafts shall beequipped with a lashing or an equivalent means of securing theliferaft which will automatically release it from a sinking ship; and

.2 where the horizontal distance from the extreme end of the stemor stern of the ship to the nearest end of the closest survival craft ismore than 100 m, in addition to the liferafts required byparagraph 3.1, a liferaft stowed as far forward or aft, or one as farforward and another as far aft, as is reasonable and practicable.Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3.1, such liferaftor liferafts may be securely fastened so as to permit manual release.


1 Lifebuoys

1.1 Cargo ships shall carry not less than the number of lifebuoyscomplying with the requirements of regulation 7.1 and section 2.1 of theCode prescribed in the following table:

Length of ship in metres Minimum number of lifebuoys

Under 100 8100 and under 150 10150 and under 200 12200 and over 14

1.2 Self-igniting lights for lifebuoys on tankers required by regula-tion 7.1.3 shall be of an electric battery type.

2 Lifejacket lights

2.1 This paragraph applies to all cargo ships.


323

2.2 On cargo ships, each lifejacket shall be fitted with a lifejacket lightcomplying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code.

2.3 Lights fitted on lifejackets on board cargo ships prior to 1 July 1998and not complying fully with paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code may be acceptedby the Administration until the lifejacket light would normally be replacedor until the first periodical survey after 1 July 2001, whichever is the earliest.

3 Immersion suits and thermal protective aids

3.1 This paragraph applies to all cargo ships.

3.2 Cargo ships shall carry for each lifeboat on the ship at least threeimmersion suits complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of theCode or, if the Administration considers it necessary and practicable, oneimmersion suit complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of the Codefor every person on board the ship; however, the ship shall carry in additionto the thermal protective aids required by paragraphs 4.1.5.1.24, 4.4.8.31and 5.1.2.2.13 of the Code, thermal protective aids complying with therequirements of section 2.5 of the Code for persons on board not providedwith immersion suits. These immersion suits and thermal protective aidsneed not be required if the ship:

.1 has totally enclosed lifeboats on each side of the ship of suchaggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number ofpersons on board; or

.2 has totally enclosed lifeboats capable of being launched by free-fall over the stern of the ship of such aggregate capacity as willaccommodate the total number of persons on board and whichare boarded and launched directly from the stowed position,together with liferafts on each side of the ship of such aggregatecapacity as will accommodate the total number of persons onboard; or

.3 is constantly engaged on voyages in warm climates where, in theopinion of the Administration, immersion suits are unnecessary.

3.3 Cargo ships complying with the requirements of regulation 31.1.3shall carry immersion suits complying with the requirements of section 2.3of the Code for every person on board unless the ship:

.1 has davit-launched liferafts; or

.2 has liferafts served by equivalent approved appliances capable ofbeing used on both sides of the ship and which do not requireentry into the water to board the liferaft; or

.3 is constantly engaged on voyages in warm climates where, in theopinion of the Administration, immersion suits are unnecessary.

324


3.4 The immersion suits required by this regulation may be used tocomply with the requirements of regulation 7.3.

3.5 The totally enclosed lifeboats referred to in paragraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2carried on cargo ships constructed before 1 July 1986 need not comply withthe requirements of section 4.6 of the Code.

Regulation 33Survival craft embarkation and launching arrangements

1 Cargo ship survival craft embarkation arrangements shall be sodesigned that lifeboats can be boarded and launched directly from thestowed position and davit-launched liferafts can be boarded and launchedfrom a position immediately adjacent to the stowed position or from aposition to which the liferaft is transferred prior to launching in compliancewith the requirements of regulation 13.5.

2 On cargo ships of 20,000 gross tonnage and upwards, lifeboats shall becapable of being launched, where necessary utilizing painters, with the shipmaking headway at speeds up to 5 knots in calm water.

SECTION IV – LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCESAND ARRANGEMENTS REQUIREMENTS

Regulation 34

All life-saving appliances and arrangements shall comply with the applicablerequirements of the Code.

SECTION V – MISCELLANEOUS

Regulation 35Training manual and on-board training aids


2 A training manual complying with the requirements of paragraph 3shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in eachcrew cabin.

3 The training manual, which may comprise several volumes, shallcontain instructions and information, in easily understood terms illustratedwherever possible, on the life-saving appliances provided in the ship and onthe best methods of survival. Any part of such information may be provided


325

in the form of audio-visual aids in lieu of the manual. The following shall beexplained in detail:

.1 donning of lifejackets, immersion suits and anti-exposure suits,as appropriate;

.2 muster at the assigned stations;

.3 boarding, launching, and clearing the survival craft and rescueboats, including, where applicable, use of marine evacuationsystems;

.4 method of launching from within the survival craft;

.5 release from launching appliances;

.6 methods and use of devices for protection in launching areas,where appropriate;

.7 illumination in launching areas;

.8 use of all survival equipment;

.9 use of all detection equipment;

.10 with the assistance of illustrations, the use of radio life-savingappliances;

.11 use of drogues;

.12 use of engine and accessories;

.13 recovery of survival craft and rescue boats including stowage andsecuring;

.14 hazards of exposure and the need for warm clothing;

.15 best use of the survival craft facilities in order to survive;

.16 methods of retrieval, including the use of helicopter rescue gear(slings, baskets, stretchers), breeches-buoy and shore life-savingapparatus and ship’s line-throwing apparatus;

.17 all other functions contained in the muster list and emergencyinstructions; and

.18 instructions for emergency repair of the life-saving appliances.

4 Every ship fitted with a marine evacuation system shall be providedwith on-board training aids in the use of the system.

Regulation 36Instructions for on-board maintenance

Instructions for on-board maintenance of life-saving appliances shall beeasily understood, illustrated wherever possible, and, as appropriate, shallinclude the following for each appliance:

326


.1 a checklist for use when carrying out the inspections required byregulation 20.7;

.2 maintenance and repair instructions;

.3 schedule of periodic maintenance;

.4 diagram of lubrication points with the recommended lubricants;

.5 list of replaceable parts;

.6 list of sources of spare parts; and

.7 log for records of inspections and maintenance.

Regulation 37Muster list and emergency instructions

1 The muster list shall specify details of the general emergency alarmand public address system prescribed by section 7.2 of the Code and alsoaction to be taken by crew and passengers when this alarm is sounded. Themuster list shall also specify how the order to abandon ship will be given.

2 Each passenger ship shall have procedures in place for locating andrescuing passengers trapped in their staterooms.

3 The muster list shall show the duties assigned to the differentmembers of the crew including:

.1 closing of the watertight doors, fire doors, valves, scuppers,sidescuttles, skylights, portholes and other similar openings inthe ship;

.2 equipping of the survival craft and other life-saving appliances;

.3 preparation and launching of survival craft;

.4 general preparations of other life-saving appliances;

.5 muster of passengers;

.6 use of communication equipment;

.7 manning of fire parties assigned to deal with fires; and

.8 special duties assigned in respect to the use of fire-fightingequipment and installations.

4 The muster list shall specify which officers are assigned to ensure thatlife-saving and fire appliances are maintained in good condition and areready for immediate use.

5 The muster list shall specify substitutes for key persons who maybecome disabled, taking into account that different emergencies may call fordifferent actions.


327

6 The muster list shall show the duties assigned to members of the crewin relation to passengers in case of emergency. These duties shall include:

.1 warning the passengers;

.2 seeing that they are suitably clad and have donned theirlifejackets correctly;

.3 assembling passengers at muster stations;

.4 keeping order in the passageways and on the stairways andgenerally controlling the movements of the passengers; and

.5 ensuring that a supply of blankets is taken to the survival craft.

7 The muster list shall be prepared before the ship proceeds to sea. Afterthe muster list has been prepared, if any change takes place in the crewwhich necessitates an alteration in the muster list, the master shall eitherrevise the list or prepare a new list.

8 The format of the muster list used on passenger ships shall beapproved.

328


CHAPTER IVRadiocommunications


1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

2 Terms and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

3 Exemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

4 Functional requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Part B – Undertakings by Contracting Governments

5 Provision of radiocommunication services . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

5-1 Global maritime distress and safety system identities . . . . . 337

Part C – Ship requirements

6 Radio installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

7 Radio equipment: General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

8 Radio equipment: Sea area A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

9 Radio equipment: Sea areas A1 and A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

10 Radio equipment: Sea areas A1, A2 and A3 . . . . . . . . . . . 343

11 Radio equipment: Sea areas A1, A2, A3 and A4 . . . . . . . . 345

12 Watches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

13 Sources of energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

14 Performance standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

15 Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

16 Radio personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

17 Radio records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

18 Position-updating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

329

Part AGeneral


1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter applies to all ships towhich the present regulations apply and to cargo ships of 300 gross tonnageand upwards.

2 This chapter does not apply to ships to which the present regulationswould otherwise apply while such ships are being navigated within theGreat Lakes of North America and their connecting and tributary waters asfar east as the lower exit of the St Lambert Lock at Montreal in the Provinceof Quebec, Canada.*

3 For the purpose of this chapter:

.1 the expression ships constructed means ‘‘ships the keels of whichare laid or which are at a similar stage of construction’’;

.2 the expression a similar stage of construction means the stage atwhich:

.2.1 construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and

.2.2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material,whichever is less.

4 Every ship shall comply with regulations 7.1.4 (NAVTEX) and 7.1.6(satellite EPIRB) not later than 1 August 1993.

5 Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 4 and 7, the Administrationshall ensure that every ship constructed before 1 February 1995:

.1 during the period between 1 February 1992 and 1 February 1999:

.1.1 either complies with all applicable requirements of thischapter; or

.1.2 complies with all applicable requirements of chapter IV of theInternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in


* Such ships are subject to special requirements relative to radio for safety purposes, as containedin the relevant agreement between Canada and the United States of America.

331

force prior to 1 February 1992; however, passenger shipsirrespective of size shall not be granted any exemption fromthe requirements of regulation 3 of chapter IV of thatConvention; and

.2 after 1 February 1999, complies with all the applicablerequirements of this chapter.

6 Every ship constructed on or after 1 February 1995 shall comply withall the applicable requirements of this chapter.

7 Passenger ships constructed before 1 July 1997 shall, as appropriate,comply with the requirements of regulations 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 and 7.5 not laterthan the date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1997.

8 No provision in this chapter shall prevent the use by any ship, survivalcraft or person in distress, of any means at their disposal to attract attention,make known their position and obtain help.

Regulation 2Terms and definitions

1 For the purpose of this chapter, the following terms shall have themeanings defined below:

.1 Bridge-to-bridge communications means safety communicationsbetween ships from the position from which the ships arenormally navigated.

.2 Continuous watch means that the radio watch concerned shallnot be interrupted other than for brief intervals when the ship’sreceiving capability is impaired or blocked by its owncommunications or when the facilities are under periodicalmaintenance or checks.

.3 Digital selective calling (DSC) means a technique using digitalcodes which enables a radio station to establish contact with, andtransfer information to, another station or group of stations, andcomplying with the relevant recommendations of the Interna-tional Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR).*

.4 Direct-printing telegraphy means automated telegraphy techni-ques which comply with the relevant recommendations of theInternational Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR).*

* The name of the Committee was changed to ‘‘ITU Radiocommunication Sector’’ (ITU-R)due to Article 1 of the International Telecommunication Constitution, Geneva, 1992.

332

Chapter IV: Radiocommunications

.5 General radiocommunications means operational and publiccorrespondence traffic, other than distress, urgency and safetymessages, conducted by radio.

.6 INMARSAT* means the Organization established by theConvention on the International Maritime Satellite Organiza-tion adopted on 3 September 1976.

.7 International NAVTEX service means the co-ordinated broadcastand automatic reception on 518 kHz of maritime safetyinformation by means of narrow-band direct-printing telegra-phy using the English language. {

.8 Locating means the finding of ships, aircraft, units or persons indistress.

.9 Maritime safety information means navigational and meteorolo-gical warnings, meteorological forecasts and other urgent safetyrelated messages broadcast to ships.

.10 Polar orbiting satellite service means a service which is based onpolar orbiting satellites which receive and relay distress alertsfrom satellite EPIRBs and which provides their position.

.11 Radio Regulations means the Radio Regulations annexed to, orregarded as being annexed to, the most recent InternationalTelecommunication Convention which is in force at any time.

.12 Sea area A1 means an area within the radiotelephone coverage ofat least one VHF coast station in which continuous DSCalerting is available, as may be defined by a ContractingGovernment. {

.13 Sea area A2 means an area, excluding sea area A1, within theradiotelephone coverage of at least one MF coast station inwhich continuous DSC alerting is available, as may be definedby a Contracting Government. {

.14 Sea area A3 means an area, excluding sea areas A1 and A2,within the coverage of an INMARSAT geostationary satellite inwhich continuous alerting is available.

.15 Sea area A4 means an area outside sea areas A1, A2 and A3.


* The name of the Organization was changed to ‘‘International Mobile Satellite Organization’’(Inmarsat) by virtue of amendments to its Convention and Operating Agreement adopted bythe 10th (extraordinary) Assembly (5–9 December 1994).{ Refer to the NAVTEX Manual approved by the Organization (publication IMO-951E).{ Refer to resolution A.801(19) concerning provision of radio services for the global maritimedistress and safety system (GMDSS).

333

.16 Global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS) identities meansmaritime mobile services identity, the ship’s call sign, Inmarsatidentities and serial number identity which may be transmitted bythe ship’s equipment and used to identify the ship.

2 All other terms and abbreviations which are used in this chapter andwhich are defined in the Radio Regulations and in the InternationalConvention on Maritime Search and Rescue (SAR), 1979, as may beamended, shall have the meanings as defined in those Regulations and theSAR Convention.


1 The Contracting Governments consider it highly desirable not todeviate from the requirements of this chapter; nevertheless the Adminis-tration may grant partial or conditional exemptions to individual ships fromthe requirements of regulations 7 to 11 provided:

.1 such ships comply with the functional requirements ofregulation 4; and

.2 the Administration has taken into account the effect suchexemptions may have upon the general efficiency of the servicefor the safety of all ships.

2 An exemption may be granted under paragraph 1 only:

.1 if the conditions affecting safety are such as to render the fullapplication of regulations 7 to 11 unreasonable or unnecessary;

.2 in exceptional circumstances, for a single voyage outside the seaarea or sea areas for which the ship is equipped; or

.3 prior to 1 February 1999, when the ship will be takenpermanently out of service within two years of a date prescribedby regulation 1 for the application of a requirement of this chapter.

3 Each Administration shall submit to the Organization, as soon aspossible after the first of January in each year, a report showing allexemptions granted under paragraphs 1 and 2 during the previous calendaryear and giving the reasons for granting such exemptions.

334


Regulation 4Functional requirements*

1 Every ship, while at sea, shall be capable:

.1 except as provided in regulations 8.1.1 and 10.1.4.3, oftransmitting ship-to-shore distress alerts by at least two separateand independent means, each using a different radiocommuni-cation service;

.2 of receiving shore-to-ship distress alerts;

.3 of transmitting and receiving ship-to-ship distress alerts;

.4 of transmitting and receiving search and rescue co-ordinatingcommunications;

.5 of transmitting and receiving on-scene communications;

.6 of transmitting and, as required by regulation V/12(g){ and (h){,receiving signals for locating;{

.7 of transmitting and receiving} maritime safety information;

.8 of transmitting and receiving general radiocommunications toand from shore-based radio systems or networks subject toregulation 15.8; and

.9 of transmitting and receiving bridge-to-bridge communications.


* It should be noted that ships performing GMDSS functions should use the Guidance foravoidance of false distress alerts adopted by the Organization by resolution A.814(19).{ These relate to the chapter V in force before 1 July 2002. The nearest equivalents in theamended chapter V are 19.2.3.7 and 19.2.7.1.{ Refer to resolution A.614(15) concerning carriage of radar operating in the frequency band9,300–9,500 MHz.} It should be noted that ships may have a need for reception of certain maritime safetyinformation while in port.

335

Part BUndertakings by

Contracting Governments*

Regulation 5Provision of radiocommunication services

1 Each Contracting Government undertakes to make available, as itdeems practical and necessary either individually or in co-operation withother Contracting Governments, appropriate shore-based facilities for spaceand terrestrial radiocommunication services having due regard to therecommendations of the Organization.{ These services are:

.1 a radiocommunication service utilizing geostationary satellites inthe Maritime Mobile-Satellite Service;

.2 a radiocommunication service utilizing polar orbiting satellitesin the mobile-satellite service;

.3 the maritime mobile service in the bands between 156 MHz and174 MHz;

.4 the maritime mobile service in the bands between 4,000 kHzand 27,500 kHz; and

.5 the maritime mobile service in the bands between 415 kHz and535 kHz{ and between 1,605 kHz and 4,000 kHz.

2 Each Contracting Government undertakes to provide the Organiza-tion with pertinent information concerning the shore-based facilities in themaritime mobile service, mobile-satellite service and Maritime Mobile-Satellite Service, established for sea areas which it has designated off itscoasts.}

* 1 Each Contracting Government is not required to provide all radiocommunication services.2 The requirements should be specified for shore-based facilities to cover the various sea

areas.{ Refer to resolution A.801(19) concerning provision of radio services for the global maritimedistress and safety system (GMDSS).{ Refer to resolution A.617(15) concerning implementation of the NAVTEX system as acomponent of the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service.} The Master Plan of shore-based facilities for the GMDSS based on information provided byContracting Governments is circulated to all concerned by means of GMDSS circulars.

336


Regulation 5-1Global maritime distress and safety system identities

1 This regulation applies to all ships on all voyages.

2 Each Contracting Government undertakes to ensure that suitablearrangements are made for registering global maritime distress and safetysystem (GMDSS) identities and for making information on these identitiesavailable to rescue co-ordination centres on a 24-hour basis. Whereappropriate, international organizations maintaining a registry of theseidentities shall be notified by the Contracting Government of theseassignments.

Part B: Undertakings by Contracting Governments Regulations 5, 5-1

337

Part CShip requirements

Regulation 6Radio installations

1 Every ship shall be provided with radio installations capable ofcomplying with the functional requirements prescribed by regulation 4throughout its intended voyage and, unless exempted under regulation 3,complying with the requirements of regulation 7 and, as appropriate for thesea area or areas through which it will pass during its intended voyage, therequirements of either regulation 8, 9, 10 or 11.

2 Every radio installation shall:

.1 be so located that no harmful interference of mechanical,electrical or other origin affects its proper use, and so as toensure electromagnetic compatibility and avoidance of harmfulinteraction with other equipment and systems;

.2 be so located as to ensure the greatest possible degree of safetyand operational availability;

.3 be protected against harmful effects of water, extremes oftemperature and other adverse environmental conditions;

.4 be provided with reliable, permanently arranged electricallighting, independent of the main and emergency sources ofelectrical power, for the adequate illumination of the radiocontrols for operating the radio installation; and

.5 be clearly marked with the call sign, the ship station identity andother codes as applicable for the use of the radio installation.

3 Control of the VHF radiotelephone channels, required for navigationalsafety, shall be immediately available on the navigation bridge convenient tothe conning position and, where necessary, facilities should be available topermit radiocommunications from the wings of the navigation bridge.Portable VHF equipment may be used to meet the latter provision.

4 In passenger ships, a distress panel shall be installed at the conningposition. This panel shall contain either one single button which, whenpressed, initiates a distress alert using all radiocommunication installationsrequired on board for that purpose or one button for each individualinstallation. The panel shall clearly and visually indicate whenever anybutton or buttons have been pressed. Means shall be provided to prevent

338


inadvertent activation of the button or buttons. If the satellite EPIRB is usedas the secondary means of distress alerting and is not remotely activated, itshall be acceptable to have an additional EPIRB installed in the wheelhousenear the conning position.

5 In passenger ships, information on the ship’s position shall becontinuously and automatically provided to all relevant radiocommunica-tion equipment to be included in the initial distress alert when the button orbuttons on the distress panel is pressed.

6 In passenger ships, a distress alarm panel shall be installed at theconning position. The distress alarm panel shall provide visual and auralindication of any distress alert or alerts received on board and shall alsoindicate through which radiocommunication service the distress alerts havebeen received.

Regulation 7Radio equipment: General

1 Every ship shall be provided with:

.1 a VHF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving:

.1.1 DSC on the frequency 156.525 MHz (channel 70). It shall bepossible to initiate the transmission of distress alerts on channel70 from the position from which the ship is normallynavigated;* and

.1.2 radiotelephony on the frequencies 156.300 MHz (channel 6),156.650 MHz (channel 13) and 156.800 MHz (channel 16);

.2 a radio installation capable of maintaining a continuous DSCwatch on VHF channel 70 which may be separate from, orcombined with, that required by subparagraph 1.1;*

.3 a radar transponder capable of operating in the 9 GHz band,which:

.3.1 shall be so stowed that it can be easily utilized; and

.3.2 may be one of those required by regulation III/6.2.2 for asurvival craft;

.4 a receiver capable of receiving international NAVTEX servicebroadcasts if the ship is engaged on voyages in any area in whichan international NAVTEX service is provided;

.5 a radio facility for reception of maritime safety information bythe INMARSAT enhanced group calling system

{ if the ship is

Part C: Ship requirements Regulations 6, 7

* Certain ships may be exempted from this requirement (see regulation 9.4).{ Refer to resolution A.701(17) concerning carriage of INMARSAT enhanced group callSafetyNET receivers under the GMDSS.

339

engaged on voyages in any area of INMARSAT coverage but inwhich an international NAVTEX service is not provided.However, ships engaged exclusively on voyages in areas wherean HF direct-printing telegraphy maritime safety informationservice is provided and fitted with equipment capable ofreceiving such service, may be exempt from this requirement.*

.6 subject to the provisions of regulation 8.3, a satellite emergencyposition-indicating radio beacon (satellite EPIRB) { which shall be:

.6.1 capable of transmitting a distress alert either through the polarorbiting satellite service operating in the 406 MHz band or, ifthe ship is engaged only on voyages within INMARSATcoverage, through the INMARSAT geostationary satelliteservice operating in the 1.6 GHz band; {

.6.2 installed in an easily accessible position;

.6.3 ready to be manually released and capable of being carried byone person into a survival craft;

.6.4 capable of floating free if the ship sinks and of beingautomatically activated when afloat; and

.6.5 capable of being activated manually.

2 Until 1 February 1999 or until such other date as may be determinedby the Maritime Safety Committee, every ship shall, in addition, be fittedwith a radio installation consisting of a radiotelephone distress frequencywatch receiver capable of operating on 2,182 kHz. }

3 Until 1 February 1999, every ship shall, unless the ship is engaged onvoyages in sea area A1 only, be fitted with a device for generating theradiotelephone alarm signal on the frequency 2,182 kHz. }

4 The Administration may exempt ships constructed on or after1 February 1997 from the requirements prescribed by paragraphs 2 and 3.

5 Every passenger ship shall be provided with means for two-way on-scene radiocommunications for search and rescue purposes using theaeronautical frequencies 121.5 MHz and 123.1 MHz from the positionfrom which the ship is normally navigated.

* Refer to the Recommendation on promulgation of maritime safety information adopted bythe Organization by resolution A.705(17).{ Refer to resolution A.616(15) concerning search and rescue homing capability.{ Subject to the availability of appropriate receiving and processing ground facilities for eachocean region covered by Inmarsat satellites.} The Maritime Safety Committee, at its sixty-eighth session (28 May to 6 June 1997), decidedthat watchkeeping by GMDSS ships on the frequency 2182 kHz should cease from 1 February1999.} Refer to resolution A.421(XI) concerning operational standards for radiotelephone alarmsignal generators adopted by the Organization.

340


Regulation 8Radio equipment: Sea area A1

1 In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every shipengaged on voyages exclusively in sea area A1 shall be provided with a radioinstallation capable of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore distressalerts from the position from which the ship is normally navigated,operating either:

.1 on VHF using DSC; this requirement may be fulfilled by theEPIRB prescribed by paragraph 3, either by installing theEPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position fromwhich the ship is normally navigated; or

.2 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 406 MHz; thisrequirement may be fulfilled by the satellite EPIRB, required byregulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to,or by remote activation from, the position from which the shipis normally navigated; or

.3 if the ship is engaged on voyages within coverage of MF coaststations equipped with DSC, on MF using DSC; or

.4 on HF using DSC; or

.5 through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service; thisrequirement may be fulfilled by:

.5.1 an INMARSAT ship earth station;* or

.5.2 the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either byinstalling the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activationfrom, the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

2 The VHF radio installation, required by regulation 7.1.1, shall also becapable of transmitting and receiving general radiocommunications usingradiotelephony.

3 Ships engaged on voyages exclusively in sea area A1 may carry, in lieu ofthe satellite EPIRB required by regulation 7.1.6, an EPIRB which shall be:

.1 capable of transmitting a distress alert using DSC on VHFchannel 70 and providing for locating by means of a radartransponder operating in the 9 GHz band;

.2 installed in an easily accessible position;

.3 ready to be manually released and capable of being carried byone person into a survival craft;

Part C: Ship requirements Regulation 8

* This requirement can be met by Inmarsat ship earth stations capable of two-waycommunications, such as Inmarsat-A, Inmarsat-B (resolution A.808(19)) or Inmarsat-C(resolution A.807(19)) ship earth stations. Unless otherwise specified, this footnote applies to allrequirements for an Inmarsat ship earth station prescribed by this chapter.

341

.4 capable of floating free if the ship sinks and being automaticallyactivated when afloat; and

.5 capable of being activated manually.

Regulation 9Radio equipment: Sea areas A1 and A2

1 In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every shipengaged on voyages beyond sea area A1, but remaining within sea area A2,shall be provided with:

.1 an MF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving,for distress and safety purposes, on the frequencies:

.1.1 2,187.5 kHz using DSC; and

.1.2 2,182 kHz using radiotelephony;

.2 a radio installation capable of maintaining a continuous DSCwatch on the frequency 2,187.5 kHz which may be separatefrom, or combined with, that required by subparagraph .1.1; and

.3 means of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore distressalerts by a radio service other than MF operating either:

.3.1 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 406 MHz; thisrequirement may be fulfilled by the satellite EPIRB, requiredby regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRBclose to, or by remote activation from, the position fromwhich the ship is normally navigated; or

.3.2 on HF using DSC; or

.3.3 through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service; thisrequirement may be fulfilled by:

.3.3.1 the equipment specified in paragraph 3.2; or

.3.3.2 the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either byinstalling the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activationfrom, the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

2 It shall be possible to initiate transmission of distress alerts by the radioinstallations specified in paragraphs 1.1 and 1.3 from the position fromwhich the ship is normally navigated.

3 The ship shall, in addition, be capable of transmitting and receivinggeneral radiocommunications using radiotelephony or direct-printingtelegraphy by either:

.1 a radio installation operating on working frequencies in thebands between 1,605 kHz and 4,000 kHz or between 4,000 kHzand 27,500 kHz. This requirement may be fulfilled by the

342


addition of this capability in the equipment required byparagraph 1.1; or

.2 an INMARSAT ship earth station.

4 The Administration may exempt ships constructed before 1 February1997, which are engaged exclusively on voyages within sea area A2, fromthe requirements of regulations 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.2 provided such shipsmaintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHFchannel 16. This watch shall be kept at the position from which the shipis normally navigated.

Regulation 10Radio equipment: Sea areas A1, A2 and A3

1 In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every shipengaged on voyages beyond sea areas A1 and A2, but remaining within seaarea A3, shall, if it does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 2, beprovided with:

.1 an INMARSAT ship earth station capable of:

.1.1 transmitting and receiving distress and safety communicationsusing direct-printing telegraphy;

.1.2 initiating and receiving distress priority calls;

.1.3 maintaining watch for shore-to-ship distress alerts, includingthose directed to specifically defined geographical areas;

.1.4 transmitting and receiving general radiocommunications,using either radiotelephony or direct-printing telegraphy; and

.2 an MF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving,for distress and safety purposes, on the frequencies:

.2.1 2,187.5 kHz using DSC; and

.2.2 2,182 kHz using radiotelephony; and

.3 a radio installation capable of maintaining a continuous DSCwatch on the frequency 2,187.5 kHz which may be separatefrom or combined with that required by subparagraph .2.1; and

.4 means of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore distressalerts by a radio service operating either:


.4.2 on HF using DSC; or


343

.4.3 through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service, by anadditional ship earth station or by the satellite EPIRB requiredby regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRBclose to, or by remote activation from, the position fromwhich the ship is normally navigated.

2 In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every shipengaged on voyages beyond sea areas A1 and A2, but remaining within seaarea A3, shall, if it does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 1, beprovided with:

.1 an MF/HF radio installation capable of transmitting andreceiving, for distress and safety purposes, on all distress andsafety frequencies in the bands between 1,605 kHz and4,000 kHz and between 4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz:

.1.1 using DSC;

.1.2 using radiotelephony; and

.1.3 using direct-printing telegraphy; and

.2 equipment capable of maintaining DSC watch on 2,187.5 kHz,8,414.5 kHz and on at least one of the distress and safety DSCfrequencies 4,207.5 kHz, 6,312 kHz, 12,577 kHz or16,804.5 kHz; at any time, it shall be possible to select any ofthese DSC distress and safety frequencies. This equipment maybe separate from, or combined with, the equipment required bysubparagraph .1; and

.3 means of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore distressalerts by a radiocommunication service other than HF operatingeither:


.3.2 through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service; thisrequirement may be fulfilled by:

.3.2.1 an INMARSAT ship earth station; or

.3.2.2 the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either byinstalling the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remoteactivation from, the position from which the ship is normallynavigated; and

.4 in addition, ships shall be capable of transmitting and receivinggeneral radiocommunications using radiotelephony or direct-printing telegraphy by an MF/HF radio installation operating onworking frequencies in the bands between 1,605 kHz and

344


4,000 kHz and between 4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz. Thisrequirement may be fulfilled by the addition of this capability inthe equipment required by subparagraph .1.

3 It shall be possible to initiate transmission of distress alerts by the radioinstallations specified in paragraphs 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1 and 2.3 from theposition from which the ship is normally navigated.

4 The Administration may exempt ships constructed before 1 February1997, and engaged exclusively on voyages within sea areas A2 and A3, fromthe requirements of regulations 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.2 provided such shipsmaintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel16. This watch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normallynavigated.

Regulation 11Radio equipment: Sea areas A1, A2, A3 and A4

1 In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, ships engagedon voyages in all sea areas shall be provided with the radio installations andequipment required by regulation 10.2, except that the equipment requiredby regulation 10.2.3.2 shall not be accepted as an alternative to that requiredby regulation 10.2.3.1, which shall always be provided. In addition, shipsengaged on voyages in all sea areas shall comply with the requirements ofregulation 10.3.

2 The Administration may exempt ships constructed before 1 February1997, and engaged exclusively on voyages within sea areas A2, A3 and A4,from the requirements of regulations 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.2 provided such shipsmaintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel16. This watch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normallynavigated.

Regulation 12Watches

1 Every ship, while at sea, shall maintain a continuous watch:

.1 on VHF DSC channel 70, if the ship, in accordance with therequirements of regulation 7.1.2, is fitted with a VHF radioinstallation;

.2 on the distress and safety DSC frequency 2,187.5 kHz, if theship, in accordance with the requirements of regulation 9.1.2 or10.1.3, is fitted with an MF radio installation;

.3 on the distress and safety DSC frequencies 2,187.5 kHz and8,414.5 kHz and also on at least one of the distress and safety


345

DSC frequencies 4,207.5 kHz, 6,312 kHz, 12,577 kHz or16,804.5 kHz, appropriate to the time of day and thegeographical position of the ship, if the ship, in accordancewith the requirements of regulation 10.2.2 or 11.1, is fitted withan MF/HF radio installation. This watch may be kept by meansof a scanning receiver;

.4 for satellite shore-to-ship distress alerts, if the ship, inaccordance with the requirements of regulation 10.1.1, is fittedwith an INMARSAT ship earth station.

2 Every ship, while at sea, shall maintain a radio watch for broadcasts ofmaritime safety information on the appropriate frequency or frequencies onwhich such information is broadcast for the area in which the ship isnavigating.

3 Until 1 February 1999 or until such other date as may be determinedby the Maritime Safety Committee,* every ship while at sea shall maintain,when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. Thiswatch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

4 Until 1 February 1999 or until such other date as may be determinedby the Maritime Safety Committee,{ every ship required to carry aradiotelephone watch receiver shall maintain, while at sea, a continuouswatch on the radiotelephone distress frequency 2,182 kHz. This watch shallbe kept at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

Regulation 13Sources of energy

1 There shall be available at all times, while the ship is at sea, a supply ofelectrical energy sufficient to operate the radio installations and to chargeany batteries used as part of a reserve source or sources of energy for theradio installations.

2 A reserve source or sources of energy shall be provided on every ship,to supply radio installations, for the purpose of conducting distress andsafety radiocommunications, in the event of failure of the ship’s main andemergency sources of electrical power. The reserve source or sources ofenergy shall be capable of simultaneously operating the VHF radioinstallation required by regulation 7.1.1 and, as appropriate for the sea areaor sea areas for which the ship is equipped, either the MF radio installation

* The Maritime Safety Committee decided (resolution MSC.77(69)) that all GMDSS ships,while at sea, shall continue to maintain, when practicable, continuous listening watch on VHFchannel 16 until 1 February 2005.{ The Maritime Safety Committee, at its sixty-eighth session (28 May to 6 June 1997), decidedthat watchkeeping by GMDSS ships on the frequency 2182 kHz should cease from 1 February1999.

346


required by regulation 9.1.1, the MF/HF radio installation required byregulation 10.2.1 or 11.1, or the INMARSAT ship earth station requiredby regulation 10.1.1 and any of the additional loads mentioned inparagraphs 4, 5 and 8 for a period of at least:

.1 1 h on ships provided with an emergency source of electricalpower, if such source of power complies fully with all relevantprovisions of regulation II-1/42 or 43, including the supply ofsuch power to the radio installations; and

.2 6 h on ships not provided with an emergency source of electricalpower complying fully with all relevant provisions of regulationII-1/42 or 43, including the supply of such power to the radioinstallations.*

The reserve source or sources of energy need not supply independent HFand MF radio installations at the same time.

3 The reserve source or sources of energy shall be independent of thepropelling power of the ship and the ship’s electrical system.

4 Where, in addition to the VHF radio installation, two or more of theother radio installations, referred to in paragraph 2, can be connected to thereserve source or sources of energy, they shall be capable of simultaneouslysupplying, for the period specified, as appropriate, in paragraph 2.1 or 2.2,the VHF radio installation and:

.1 all other radio installations which can be connected to thereserve source or sources of energy at the same time; or

.2 whichever of the other radio installations will consume the mostpower, if only one of the other radio installations can beconnected to the reserve source or sources of energy at the sametime as the VHF radio installation.

5 The reserve source or sources of energy may be used to supply theelectrical lighting required by regulation 6.2.4.

6 Where a reserve source of energy consists of a rechargeableaccumulator battery or batteries:

.1 a means of automatically charging such batteries shall beprovided which shall be capable of recharging them tominimum capacity requirements within 10 h; and

Part C: Ship requirements Regulation 13

* For guidance, the following formula is recommended for determining the electrical load to besupplied by the reserve source of energy for each radio installation required for distressconditions: 1/2 of the current consumption necessary for transmission + the currentconsumption necessary for reception + the current consumption of any additional loads.

347

.2 the capacity of the battery or batteries shall be checked, using anappropriate method,* at intervals not exceeding 12 months,when the ship is not at sea.

7 The siting and installation of accumulator batteries which provide areserve source of energy shall be such as to ensure:

.1 the highest degree of service;

.2 a reasonable lifetime;

.3 reasonable safety;

.4 that battery temperatures remain within the manufacturer’sspecifications whether under charge or idle; and

.5 that when fully charged, the batteries will provide at least theminimum required hours of operation under all weatherconditions.

8 If an uninterrupted input of information from the ship’s navigationalor other equipment to a radio installation required by this chapter, includingthe navigation receiver referred to in regulation 18, is needed to ensure itsproper performance, means shall be provided to ensure the continuoussupply of such information in the event of failure of the ship’s main oremergency source of electrical power.

Regulation 14Performance standards

1 All equipment to which this chapter applies shall be of a type approvedby the Administration. Subject to paragraph 2, such equipment shallconform to appropriate performance standards not inferior to those adoptedby the Organization.{

_

* One method of checking the capacity of an accumulator battery is to fully discharge andrecharge the battery, using normal operating current and period (e.g. 10 h). Assessment of thecharge condition can be made at any time, but it should be done without significant dischargeof the battery when the ship is at sea.{ Refer to the following resolutions adopted by the Assembly of the Organization:

.1 Resolution A.525(13): Performance standards for narrow-band direct-printingtelegraph equipment for the reception of navigational and meteorologicalwarnings and urgent information to ships.

.2 Resolution A.694(17): General requirements for shipborne radio equipmentforming part of the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS) and forelectronic navigational aids.

.3 Resolution A.808(19): Performance standards for ship earth stations capable oftwo-way communications and resolution A.570(14): Type approval of ship earthstations.

.4 Resolution A.803(19): Performance standards for shipborne VHF radioinstallations capable of voice communication and digital selective calling, asamended, and resolution MSC.68(68), annex 1 (valid for equipment installed onor after 1 January 2000).

(continued on following page)

348


2 Equipment installed prior to the dates of application prescribed byregulation 1 may be exempted from full compliance with the appropriateperformance standards at the discretion of the Administration, provided thatthe equipment is compatible with equipment complying with theperformance standards, having due regard to the criteria which theOrganization may adopt in connection with such standards.

Regulation 15Maintenance requirements

1 Equipment shall be so designed that the main units can be replacedreadily, without elaborate recalibration or readjustment.

_

(footnote continued from previous page)

.5 Resolution A.804(19): Performance standards for shipborne MF radio installa-tions capable of voice communication and digital selective calling, as amended,and resolution MSC.68(68), annex 2 (valid for equipment installed on or after1 January 2000).

.6 Resolution A.806(19): Performance standards for shipborne MF/HF radioinstallations capable of voice communication, narrow-band direct-printing anddigital selective calling, as amended, and resolution MSC.68(68), annex 3 (validfor equipment installed on or after 1 January 2000).

.7 Resolution A.810(19): Performance standards for float-free satellite emergencyposition-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs) operating on 406 MHz (see alsoAssembly resolution A.696(17): Type approval of satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacons (EPIRBs) operating in the COSPAS–SARSATsystem).

.8 Resolution A.802(19): Performance standards for survival craft radar transpon-ders for use in search and rescue operations.

.9 Resolution A.805(19): Performance standards for float-free VHF emergencyposition-indicating radio beacons.

.10 Resolution A.807(19): Performance standards for Inmarsat-C ship earth stationscapable of transmitting and receiving direct-printing communications, asamended, and resolution MSC.68(68), annex 3 (valid for equipment installedon or after 1 January 2000), and resolution A.570(14): Type approval of shipearth stations.

.11 Resolution A.664(16): Performance standards for enhanced group call equip-ment.

.12 Resolution A.812(19): Performance standards for float-free satellite emergencyposition-indicating radio beacons operating through the geostationary Inmarsatsatellite system on 1.6 GHz.

.13 Resolution A.662(16): Performance standards for float-free release and activationarrangements for emergency radio equipment.

.14 Resolution A.699(17): System performance standard for the promulgation andco-ordination of maritime safety information using high-frequency narrow-banddirect printing.

.15 Resolution A.700(17): Performance standards for narrow-band direct-printingtelegraph equipment for the reception of navigational and meteorologicalwarnings and urgent information to ships (MSI) by HF.

.16 Resolution A.811(19): Performance standards for a shipborne integratedradiocommunication system (IRCS) when used in the GMDSS.

.17 Resolution MSC.80(70), annex 1: Performance standards for on-scene(aeronautical) two-way portable VHF radiotelephone apparatus.


349

2 Where applicable, equipment shall be so constructed and installed thatit is readily accessible for inspection and on-board maintenance purposes.

3 Adequate information shall be provided to enable the equipment to beproperly operated and maintained, taking into account the recommenda-tions of the Organization.*

4 Adequate tools and spares shall be provided to enable the equipmentto be maintained.

5 The Administration shall ensure that radio equipment required by thischapter is maintained to provide the availability of the functionalrequirements specified in regulation 4 and to meet the recommendedperformance standards of such equipment.

6 On ships engaged on voyages in sea areas A1 and A2, the availabilityshall be ensured by using such methods as duplication of equipment, shore-based maintenance or at-sea electronic maintenance capability, or acombination of these, as may be approved by the Administration.

7 On ships engaged on voyages in sea areas A3 and A4, the availabilityshall be ensured by using a combination of at least two methods such asduplication of equipment, shore-based maintenance or at-sea electronicmaintenance capability, as may be approved by the Administration, takinginto account the recommendations of the Organization.{

8 While all reasonable steps shall be taken to maintain the equipment inefficient working order to ensure compliance with all the functionalrequirements specified in regulation 4, malfunction of the equipment forproviding the general radiocommunications required by regulation 4.8 shallnot be considered as making a ship unseaworthy or as a reason for delayingthe ship in ports where repair facilities are not readily available, provided theship is capable of performing all distress and safety functions.

9 Satellite EPIRBs shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 12 monthsfor all aspects of operational efficiency with particular emphasis onfrequency stability, signal strength and coding. However, in cases where itappears proper and reasonable, the Administration may extend this periodto 17 months. The test may be conducted on board the ship or at anapproved testing or servicing station.

* Refer to the Recommendation on general requirements for shipborne radio equipmentforming part of the global maritime distress and safety system and for electronic navigationalaids adopted by the Organization by resolution A.694(17) and to resolution A.813(19) ongeneral requirements for electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) for all electrical and electronicship’s equipment.{ Refer to resolution A.702(17) concerning radio maintenance guidelines for the globalmaritime distress and safety system related to sea areas A3 and A4.

350


Regulation 16Radio personnel

1 Every ship shall carry personnel qualified for distress and safetyradiocommunication purposes to the satisfaction of the Administration.*

The personnel shall be holders of certificates specified in the RadioRegulations as appropriate, any one of whom shall be designated to haveprimary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents.

2 In passenger ships, at least one person qualified in accordance withparagraph 1 shall be assigned to perform only radiocommunication dutiesduring distress incidents.

Regulation 17Radio records

A record shall be kept, to the satisfaction of the Administration and asrequired by the Radio Regulations, of all incidents connected with theradiocommunication service which appear to be of importance to safety oflife at sea.

Regulation 18Position-updating

All two-way communication equipment carried on board a ship to whichthis chapter applies which is capable of automatically including the ship’sposition in the distress alert shall be automatically provided with thisinformation from an internal or external navigation receiver, if either isinstalled. If such a receiver is not installed, the ship’s position and the time atwhich the position was determined shall be manually updated at intervalsnot exceeding 4 h, while the ship is under way, so that it is always ready fortransmission by the equipment.

Part C: Ship requirements Regulations 16, 17, 18

* Refer to the STCW Code, chapter IV, section B-IV/2.

351

CHAPTER VSafety of navigation

Page

1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

2 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

3 Examptions and equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

4 Navigational warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

5 Meteorological services and warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

6 Ice Patrol Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

7 Search and rescue services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

8 Life-saving signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

9 Hydrographic services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

10 Ships’ routeing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

11 Ship reporting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

12 Vessel traffic services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

13 Establishment and operation of aids to navigation . . . . . . 365

14 Ships’ manning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

15 Principles relating to bridge design, design andarrangement of navigational systems andequipment and bridge procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

16 Maintenance of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

17 Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

18 Approval, surveys and performance standards ofnavigational systems and equipment andvoyage data recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

19 Carriage requirements for shipborne navigational systemsand equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

20 Voyage data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

21 International Code of Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

22 Navigation bridge visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

23 Pilot transfer arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

24 Use of heading and/or track control systems . . . . . . . . . . 380

25 Operation of steering gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

353

26 Steering gear: testing and drills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

27 Nautical charts and nautical publications . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

28 Records of navigational activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

29 Life-saving signals to be used by ships, aircraftor persons in distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

30 Operational limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

31 Danger messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

32 Information required in danger messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

33 Distress messages: obligations and procedures . . . . . . . . . 386

34 Safe navigation and avoidance of dangerous situations . . . 387

35 Misuse of distress signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Appendix: Rules for the management, operation andfinancing of the North Atlantic Ice Patrol. . . . . . . . . 389

354

Chapter V: Safety of navigation


1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to allships on all voyages, except:

.1 warships, naval auxiliaries and other ships owned or operated bya Contracting Government and used only on Government non-commercial service; and

.2 ships solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America andtheir connecting and tributary waters as far east as the lower exitof the St. Lambert Lock at Montreal in the Province of Quebec,Canada.

However, warships, naval auxiliaries or other ships owned or operated by aContracting Government and used only on Government non-commercialservice are encouraged to act in a manner consistent, so far as reasonable andpracticable, with this chapter.

2 The Administration may decide to what extent this chapter shall applyto ships operating solely in waters landward of the baselines which areestablished in accordance with international law.

3 A rigidly connected composite unit of a pushing vessel and associatedpushed vessel, when designed as a dedicated and integrated tug and bargecombination, shall be regarded as a single ship for the purpose of thischapter.

4 The Administration shall determine to what extent the provisions ofregulations 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 and 28 do notapply to the following categories of ships:

.1 ships below 150 gross tonnage engaged on any voyage;

.2 ships below 500 gross tonnage not engaged on internationalvoyages; and

.3 fishing vessels.


For the purpose of this chapter:

1 Constructed in respect of a ship means a stage of construction where:

.1 the keel is laid; or

.2 construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; or

Regulations 1, 2

355

.3 assembly of the ship has commenced comprising at least50 tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material,whichever is less.

2 Nautical chart or nautical publication is a special-purpose map or book,or a specially compiled database from which such a map or book is derived,that is issued officially by or on the authority of a Government, authorizedHydrographic Office or other relevant government institution and isdesigned to meet the requirements of marine navigation.*

3 All ships means any ship, vessel or craft irrespective of type andpurpose.

Regulation 3Exemptions and equivalents

1 The Administration may grant general exemptions from the require-ments of regulations 15, 17, 18, 19 (except 19.2.1.7), 20, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27and 28 to ships without mechanical means of propulsion.

2 The Administration may grant to individual ships exemptions orequivalents of a partial or conditional nature, when any such ship is engagedon a voyage where the maximum distance of the ship from the shore, thelength and nature of the voyage, the absence of general navigational hazards,and other conditions affecting safety are such as to render the full applicationof this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, provided that the Administra-tion has taken into account the effect such exemptions and equivalents mayhave upon the safety of all other ships.

3 Each Administration shall submit to the Organization, as soon aspossible after 1 January in each year, a report summarizing all newexemptions and equivalents granted under paragraph 2 of this regulationduring the previous calendar year and giving the reasons for granting suchexemptions and equivalents. The Organization shall circulate suchparticulars to other Contracting Governments for information.

Regulation 4Navigational warnings

Each Contracting Government shall take all steps necessary to ensure that,when intelligence of any dangers is received from whatever reliable source,

* Refer to appropriate resolutions and recommendations of the International HydrographicOrganization concerning the authority and responsibilities of coastal States in the provision ofcharting in accordance with regulation 9.

356


it shall be promptly brought to the knowledge of those concerned andcommunicated to other interested Governments.*

Regulation 5Meteorological services and warnings

1 Contracting Governments undertake to encourage the collection ofmeteorological data by ships at sea and to arrange for their examination,dissemination and exchange in the manner most suitable for the purpose ofaiding navigation.{ Administrations shall encourage the use of meteorolo-gical instruments of a high degree of accuracy and shall facilitate thechecking of such instruments upon request. Arrangements may be made byappropriate national meteorological services for this checking to beundertaken, free of charge to the ship.

2 In particular, Contracting Governments undertake to carry out, in co-operation, the following meteorological arrangements:

.1 To warn ships of gales, storms and tropical cyclones by the issueof information in text and, as far as practicable, graphic form,using the appropriate shore-based facilities for terrestrial andspace radiocommunications services.

.2 To issue, at least twice daily, by terrestrial and space radio-communication services,{ as appropriate, weather informationsuitable for shipping containing data, analyses, warnings andforecasts of weather, waves and ice. Such information shall betransmitted in text and, as far as practicable, graphic form,including meteorological analysis and prognosis charts trans-mitted by facsimile or in digital form for reconstitution on boardthe ship’s data processing system.

.3 To prepare and issue such publications as may be necessary forthe efficient conduct of meteorological work at sea and toarrange, if practicable, for the publication and making availableof daily weather charts for the information of departing ships.

.4 To arrange for a selection of ships to be equipped with testedmarine meteorological instruments (such as a barometer, abarograph, a psychrometer and suitable apparatus for measuringsea temperature) for use in this service, and to take, record andtransmit meteorological observations at the main standard timesfor surface synoptic observations (i.e. at least four times daily,

Regulations 3, 4, 5

* Refer to the Guidance on the IMO/IHOWorld-Wide Navigational Warning Service adoptedby the Organization by resolution A.706(17), as amended.{ Refer to the Recommendation on weather routeing adopted by the Organization byresolution A.528(13).{ Refer to regulations IV/7.1.4 and IV/7.1.5.

357

whenever circumstances permit) and to encourage other ships totake, record and transmit observations in a modified form,particularly when in areas where shipping is sparse.

.5 To encourage companies to involve as many of their ships aspracticable in the making and recording of weather observations;these observations to be transmitted using the ship’s terrestrial orspace radiocommunications facilities for the benefit of thevarious national meteorological services.

.6 The transmission of these weather observations is free of chargeto the ships concerned.

.7 When in the vicinity of a tropical cyclone, or of a suspectedtropical cyclone, ships should be encouraged to take andtransmit their observations at more frequent intervals wheneverpracticable, bearing in mind navigational preoccupations ofships’ officers during storm conditions.

.8 To arrange for the reception and transmission of weathermessages from and to ships, using the appropriate shore-basedfacilities for terrestrial and space radiocommunications services.

.9 To encourage masters to inform ships in the vicinity and alsoshore stations whenever they experience a wind speed of50 knots or more (force 10 on the Beaufort scale).

.10 To endeavour to obtain a uniform procedure in regard to theinternational meteorological services already specified, and as faras practicable, to conform to the technical regulations andrecommendations made by the World Meteorological Organi-zation, to which Contracting Governments may refer, for studyand advice, any meteorological question which may arise incarrying out the present Convention.

3 The information provided for in this regulation shall be furnished in aform for transmission and be transmitted in the order of priority prescribedby the Radio Regulations. During transmission ‘‘to all stations’’ ofmeteorological information, forecasts and warnings, all ship stations mustconform to the provisions of the Radio Regulations.

4 Forecasts, warnings, synoptic and other meteorological data intendedfor ships shall be issued and disseminated by the national meteorologicalservice in the best position to serve various coastal and high seas areas, inaccordance with mutual arrangements made by Contracting Governments,in particular as defined by the World Meteorological Organization’s systemfor the preparation and dissemination of meteorological forecasts andwarnings for the high seas under the global maritime distress and safetysystem (GMDSS).

358


Regulation 6Ice Patrol Service

1 The Ice Patrol contributes to safety of life at sea, safety and efficiencyof navigation and protection of the marine environment in the NorthAtlantic. Ships transiting the region of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrolduring the ice season are required to make use of the services provided bythe Ice Patrol.

2 The Contracting Governments undertake to continue an ice patroland a service for study and observation of ice conditions in the NorthAtlantic. During the whole of the ice season, i.e., for the period from15 February through 1 July of each year, the south-eastern, southern andsouth-western limits of the region of icebergs in the vicinity of the GrandBanks of Newfoundland shall be guarded for the purpose of informingpassing ships of the extent of this dangerous region; for the study of iceconditions in general; and for the purpose of affording assistance to ships andcrews requiring aid within the limits of operation of the patrol ships andaircraft. During the rest of the year the study and observation of iceconditions shall be maintained as advisable.

3 Ships and aircraft used for the Ice Patrol Service and the study andobservation of ice conditions may be assigned other duties provided thatsuch other duties do not interfere with the primary purpose or increase thecost of this service.

4 The Government of the United States of America agrees to continuethe overall management of the Ice Patrol Service and the study andobservation of ice conditions, including the dissemination of informationtherefrom.

5 The terms and conditions governing the management, operation andfinancing of the Ice Patrol are set forth in the Rules for the management,operation and financing of the North Atlantic Ice Patrol appended to thischapter, which shall form an integral part of this chapter.

6 If, at any time, the United States and/or Canadian Governmentsshould desire to discontinue providing these services, it may do so and theContracting Governments shall settle the question of continuing theseservices in accordance with their mutual interests. The United States and/orCanadian Governments shall provide 18 months’ written notice to allContracting Governments whose ships entitled to fly their flag and whoseships are registered in territories to which those Contracting Governmentshave extended this regulation benefit from these services before discontinu-ing providing these services.

Regulation 6

359

Regulation 7Search and rescue services

1 Each Contracting Government undertakes to ensure that necessaryarrangements are made for distress communication and co-ordination intheir area of responsibility and for the rescue of persons in distress at seaaround its coasts. These arrangements shall include the establishment,operation and maintenance of such search and rescue facilities as are deemedpracticable and necessary, having regard to the density of the seagoing trafficand the navigational dangers, and shall, so far as possible, provide adequatemeans of locating and rescuing such persons.*

2 Each Contracting Government undertakes to make available informa-tion to the Organization concerning its existing search and rescue facilitiesand the plans for changes therein, if any.

3 Passenger ships to which chapter I applies shall have on board a planfor co-operation with appropriate search and rescue services in the event ofan emergency. The plan shall be developed in co-operation between theship, the company, as defined in regulation IX/1, and the search and rescueservices. The plan shall include provisions for periodic exercises to beundertaken to test its effectiveness. The plan shall be developed based on theguidelines developed by the Organization.

Regulation 8Life-saving signals

Contracting Governments undertake to arrange that life-saving signals areused by search and rescue facilities engaged in search and rescue operationswhen communicating with ships or persons in distress.

Regulation 9Hydrographic services

1 Contracting Governments undertake to arrange for the collection andcompilation of hydrographic data and the publication, dissemination andkeeping up to date of all nautical information necessary for safe navigation.

2 In particular, Contracting Governments undertake to co-operate in

* Refer to the International Convention on Maritime Search and Rescue (SAR), 1979, and tothe following resolutions adopted by the Organization: Homing capability of search and rescue(SAR) aircraft (resolution A.225(VII)), Use of radar transponders for search and rescue purposes(resolution A.530(13)), Search and rescue homing capability (resolution A.616(15)) andInternational Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual (resolutionA.894(21)).

360


carrying out, as far as possible, the following nautical and hydrographicservices, in the manner most suitable for the purpose of aiding navigation:

.1 to ensure that hydrographic surveying is carried out, as far aspossible, adequate to the requirements of safe navigation;

.2 to prepare and issue nautical charts, sailing directions, lists oflights, tide tables and other nautical publications, whereapplicable, satisfying the needs of safe navigation;

.3 to promulgate notices to mariners in order that nautical chartsand publications are kept, as far as possible, up to date; and

.4 to provide data management arrangements to support theseservices.

3 Contracting Governments undertake to ensure the greatest possibleuniformity in charts and nautical publications and to take into account,whenever possible, relevant international resolutions and recommenda-tions.*

4 Contracting Governments undertake to co-ordinate their activities tothe greatest possible degree in order to ensure that hydrographic andnautical information is made available on a world-wide scale as timely,reliably, and unambiguously as possible.

Regulation 10Ships’ routeing

1 Ships’ routeing systems contribute to safety of life at sea, safety andefficiency of navigation and/or protection of the marine environment. Ships’routeing systems are recommended for use by, and may be made mandatoryfor, all ships, certain categories of ships or ships carrying certain cargoes,when adopted and implemented in accordance with the guidelines andcriteria developed by the Organization.{

2 The Organization is recognized as the only international body fordeveloping guidelines, criteria and regulations on an international level forships’ routeing systems. Contracting Governments shall refer proposals forthe adoption of ships’ routeing systems to the Organization. TheOrganization will collate and disseminate to Contracting Governments allrelevant information with regard to any adopted ships’ routeing systems.

3 The initiation of action for establishing a ships’ routeing system is theresponsibility of the Government or Governments concerned. In develop-

Regulations 7, 8, 9, 10

* Refer to the appropriate resolutions and recommendations adopted by the InternationalHydrographic Organization.{ Refer to the General provisions on ships’ routeing adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.572(14), as amended.

361

ing such systems for adoption by the Organization, the guidelines andcriteria developed by the Organization* shall be taken into account.

4 Ships’ routeing systems should be submitted to the Organization foradoption. However, a Government or Governments implementing ships’routeing systems not intended to be submitted to the Organization foradoption or which have not been adopted by the Organization areencouraged to take into account, wherever possible, the guidelines andcriteria developed by the Organization.*

5 Where two or more Governments have a common interest in aparticular area, they should formulate joint proposals for the delineation anduse of a routeing system therein on the basis of an agreement between them.Upon receipt of such proposal and before proceeding with consideration ofit for adoption, the Organization shall ensure that details of the proposal aredisseminated to the Governments which have a common interest in thearea, including countries in the vicinity of the proposed ships’ routeingsystem.

6 Contracting Governments shall adhere to the measures adopted by theOrganization concerning ships’ routeing. They shall promulgate allinformation necessary for the safe and effective use of adopted ships’routeing systems. A Government or Governments concerned may monitortraffic in those systems. Contracting Governments shall do everything intheir power to secure the appropriate use of ships’ routeing systems adoptedby the Organization.

7 A ship shall use a mandatory ships’ routeing system adopted by theOrganization as required for its category or cargo carried and in accordancewith the relevant provisions in force unless there are compelling reasons notto use a particular ships’ routeing system. Any such reason shall be recordedin the ships’ log.

8 Mandatory ships’ routeing systems shall be reviewed by theContracting Government or Governments concerned in accordance withthe guidelines and criteria developed by the Organization.*

9 All adopted ships’ routeing systems and actions taken to enforcecompliance with those systems shall be consistent with international law,including the relevant provisions of the 1982 United Nations Conventionon the Law of the Sea.

10 Nothing in this regulation nor its associated guidelines and criteriashall prejudice the rights and duties of Governments under international lawor the legal regimes of straits used for international navigation andarchipelagic sea lanes.

* Refer to the General provisions on ships’ routeing adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.572(14), as amended.

362


Regulation 11Ship reporting systems*

1 Ship reporting systems contribute to safety of life at sea, safety andefficiency of navigation and/or protection of the marine environment. Aship reporting system, when adopted and implemented in accordance withthe guidelines and criteria developed by the Organization { pursuant to thisregulation, shall be used by all ships or certain categories of ships or shipscarrying certain cargoes in accordance with the provisions of each system soadopted.

2 The Organization is recognized as the only international body fordeveloping guidelines, criteria and regulations on an international level forship reporting systems. Contracting Government shall refer proposals forthe adoption of ship reporting systems to the Organization. TheOrganization will collate and disseminate to Contracting Governments allrelevant information with regard to any adopted ship reporting system.

3 The initiation of action for establishing a ship reporting system is theresponsibility of the Government or Governments concerned. In develop-ing such systems, provision of the guidelines and criteria developed by theOrganization { shall be taken into account.

4 Ship reporting systems not submitted to the Organization foradoption do not necessarily need to comply with this regulation. However,Governments implementing such systems are encouraged to follow,wherever possible, the guidelines and criteria developed by the Organiza-tion. { Contracting Governments may submit such systems to theOrganization for recognition.

5 Where two or more Governments have a common interest in aparticular area, they should formulate proposals for a co-ordinated shipreporting system on the basis of agreement between them. Beforeproceeding with a proposal for adoption of a ship reporting system, theOrganization shall disseminate details of the proposal to those Governmentswhich have a common interest in the area covered by the proposed system.Where a co-ordinated ship reporting system is adopted and established, itshall have uniform procedures and operations.

Regulation 11

* This regulation does not address ship reporting systems established by Governments for searchand rescue purposes, which are covered by chapter 5 of the 1979 SAR Convention, asamended.{ Refer to the Guidelines and criteria adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of theOrganization by resolution MSC.43(64), as amended by resolution MSC.111(73). Refer alsoto the General principles for ship reporting systems and ship reporting requirements, includingguidelines for reporting incidents involving dangerous goods, harmful substances and/or marinepollutants, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.851(20).

363

6 After adoption of a ship reporting system in accordance with thisregulation, the Government or Governments concerned shall take allmeasures necessary for the promulgation of any information needed for theefficient and effective use of the system. Any adopted ship reporting systemshall have the capability of interaction and the ability to assist ships withinformation when necessary. Such systems shall be operated in accordancewith the guidelines and criteria developed by the Organization* pursuant tothis regulation.

7 The master of a ship shall comply with the requirements of adoptedship reporting systems and report to the appropriate authority allinformation required in accordance with the provisions of each such system.

8 All adopted ship reporting systems and actions taken to enforcecompliance with those systems shall be consistent with international law,including the relevant provisions of the United Nations Convention on theLaw of the Sea.

9 Nothing in this regulation or its associated guidelines and criteria shallprejudice the rights and duties of Governments under international law orthe legal regimes of straits used for international navigation and archipelagicsea lanes.

10 The participation of ships in accordance with the provisions ofadopted ship reporting systems shall be free of charge to the shipsconcerned.

11 The Organization shall ensure that adopted ship reporting systems arereviewed under the guidelines and criteria developed by the Organization.

Regulation 12Vessel traffic services

1 Vessel traffic services (VTS) contribute to safety of life at sea, safetyand efficiency of navigation and protection of the marine environment,adjacent shore areas, work sites and offshore installations from possibleadverse effects of maritime traffic.

2 Contracting Governments undertake to arrange for the establishmentof VTS where, in their opinion, the volume of traffic or the degree of riskjustifies such services.

* Refer to the Guidelines and criteria adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of theOrganization by resolution MSC.43(64), as amended by resolution MSC.111(73). Refer alsoto the General principles for ship reporting systems and ship reporting requirements, includingguidelines for reporting incidents involving dangerous goods, harmful substances and/or marinepollutants, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.851(20).

364


3 Contracting Governments planning and implementing VTS shall,wherever possible, follow the guidelines developed by the Organization.*

The use of VTS may only be made mandatory in sea areas within theterritorial seas of a coastal State.

4 Contracting Governments shall endeavour to secure the participationin, and compliance with, the provisions of vessel traffic services by shipsentitled to fly their flag.

5 Nothing in this regulation or the guidelines adopted by theOrganization shall prejudice the rights and duties of Governments underinternational law or the legal regimes of straits used for internationalnavigation and archipelagic sea lanes.

Regulation 13Establishment and operation of aids to navigation

1 Each Contracting Government undertakes to provide, as it deemspractical and necessary, either individually or in co-operation with otherContracting Governments, such aids to navigation as the volume of trafficjustifies and the degree of risk requires.

2 In order to obtain the greatest possible uniformity in aids tonavigation, Contracting Governments undertake to take into account theinternational recommendations and guidelines { when establishing such aids.

3 Contracting Governments undertake to arrange for informationrelating to aids to navigation to be made available to all concerned. Changesin the transmissions of position-fixing systems which could adversely affectthe performance of receivers fitted in ships shall be avoided as far as possibleand only be effected after timely and adequate notice has been promulgated.

Regulation 14Ships’ manning

1 Contracting Governments undertake, each for its national ships, tomaintain, or, if it is necessary, to adopt, measures for the purpose ofensuring that, from the point of view of safety of life at sea, all ships shall besufficiently and efficiently manned.{

2 Every ship to which chapter I applies shall be provided with anappropriate minimum safe manning document or equivalent issued by the

Regulations 12, 13, 14

* Refer to the Guidelines on vessel traffic services adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.857(20).{ Refer to the appropriate Recommendations and guidelines of IALA and to SN/Circ.107,Maritime buoyage system.{ Refer to the Principles of safe manning adopted by the Organization by resolution A.890(21).

365

Administration as evidence of the minimum safe manning considerednecessary to comply with the provisions of paragraph 1.

3 On all ships, to ensure effective crew performance in safety matters, aworking language shall be established and recorded in the ship’s log-book.The company, as defined in regulation IX/1, or the master, as appropriate,shall determine the appropriate working language. Each seafarer shall berequired to understand and, where appropriate, give orders and instructionsand to report back in that language. If the working language is not anofficial language of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, all plansand lists required to be posted shall include a translation into the workinglanguage.

4 On ships to which chapter I applies, English shall be used on thebridge as the working language for bridge-to-bridge and bridge-to-shoresafety communications as well as for communications on board betweenthe pilot and bridge watchkeeping personnel,* unless those directlyinvolved in the communication speak a common language other thanEnglish.

Regulation 15Principles relating to bridge design, design and arrangement ofnavigational systems and equipment and bridge procedures

All decisions which are made for the purpose of applying the requirementsof regulations 19, 22, 24, 25, 27 and 28 and which affect bridge design, thedesign and arrangement of navigational systems and equipment on thebridge and bridge procedures{ shall be taken with the aim of:

.1 facilitating the tasks to be performed by the bridge team and thepilot in making full appraisal of the situation and in navigatingthe ship safely under all operational conditions;

.2 promoting effective and safe bridge resource management;

.3 enabling the bridge team and the pilot to have convenient andcontinuous access to essential information which is presented ina clear and unambiguous manner, using standardized symbolsand coding systems for controls and displays;

.4 indicating the operational status of automated functions andintegrated components, systems and/or sub-systems;

* The IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases (resolution A.918(22)), as amended,may be used in this respect.{ Refer to the Guidelines on ergonomic criteria for bridge equipment and layout (MSC/Circ.982) and the Performance standards for IBS (resolution MSC.64(67), annex 1) and forINS (resolution MSC.86(70), annex 3).

366


.5 allowing for expeditious, continuous and effective informationprocessing and decision-making by the bridge team and thepilot;

.6 preventing or minimizing excessive or unnecessary work andany conditions or distractions on the bridge which may causefatigue or interfere with the vigilance of the bridge team and thepilot; and

.7 minimizing the risk of human error and detecting such error, ifit occurs, through monitoring and alarm systems, in time for thebridge team and the pilot to take appropriate action.

Regulation 16Maintenance of equipment

1 The Administration shall be satisfied that adequate arrangements are inplace to ensure that the performance of the equipment required by thischapter is maintained.

2 Except as provided in regulations I/7(b)(ii), I/8 and I/9, while allreasonable steps shall be taken to maintain the equipment required by thischapter in efficient working order, malfunctions of that equipment shall notbe considered as making the ship unseaworthy or as a reason for delaying theship in ports where repair facilities are not readily available, providedsuitable arrangements are made by the master to take the inoperativeequipment or unavailable information into account in planning andexecuting a safe voyage to a port where repairs can take place.

Regulation 17Electromagnetic compatibility

1 Administrations shall ensure that all electrical and electronic equip-ment on the bridge or in the vicinity of the bridge, on ships constructed onor after 1 July 2002, is tested for electromagnetic compatibility, taking intoaccount the recommendations developed by the Organization.*

2 Electrical and electronic equipment shall be so installed thatelectromagnetic interference does not affect the proper function ofnavigational systems and equipment.

3 Portable electrical and electronic equipment shall not be operated onthe bridge if it may affect the proper function of navigational systems andequipment.


* Refer to the General requirements for electromagnetic compatibility for all electrical andelectronic ship’s equipment adopted by the Organization by resolution A.813(19).

367

Regulation 18Approval, surveys and performance standards of navigationalsystems and equipment and voyage data recorder

1 Systems and equipment required to meet the requirements ofregulations 19 and 20 shall be of a type approved by the Administration.

2 Systems and equipment, including associated back-up arrangements,where applicable, installed on or after 1 July 2002 to perform the functionalrequirements of regulations 19 and 20 shall conform to appropriateperformance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.*

* Refer to the following recommendations adopted by the Organization by the resolutionsindicated:

Recommendations on general requirements for shipborne radio equipment formingpart of the global maritime distress and safety system (GMDSS) and for electronicnavigational aids (resolution A.694(17));Recommendation on performance standards for gyro-compasses (resolutionA.424(XI));Recommendation on performance standards for radar equipment (resolutionMSC.64(67), annex 4);Performance standards for automatic radar plotting aids (resolution A.823(19));Recommendation on performance standards for electronic chart display and informa-tion systems (ECDIS) (resolution A.817(19)), as amended by resolutions MSC.64(67),annex 5, and MSC.86(70), annex 4, as appropriate);Recommendation on accuracy standards for navigation (resolution A.529(13));Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne Loran-C and Chaykareceivers (resolution A.818(19));Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne global positioning systemreceiver equipment (resolution A.819(19), as amended by resolution MSC.112(73));Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne GLONASS receiverequipment (resolution MSC.53(66) as amended by resolution MSC.113(73));Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne DGPS and DGLONASSmaritime radio beacon receiver equipment (resolution MSC.64(67), annex 2, asamended by resolution MSC.114(73));Recommendation on performance standards for combined GPS/GLONASS receiverequipment (resolution MSC.74(69), annex 1, as amended by resolution MSC.115(73));Recommendation on performance standards for heading control systems (resolutionMSC.64(67), annex 3);Recommendation on performance standards for track control systems (resolutionMSC.74(69), annex 2);Recommendation on performance standards for a universal shipborne automaticidentification system (AIS) (resolution MSC.74(69), annex 3);Recommendation on performance standards for echo-sounding equipment (resolutionA.224(VII), as amended by resolution MSC.74(69), annex 4);Recommendation on performance standards for devices to indicate speed and distance(resolution A.824(19), as amended by resolution MSC.96(72));Performance standards for rate-of-turn indicators (resolution A.526(13));Recommendation on unification of performance standards for navigational equipment(resolution A.575(14));Recommendation on methods of measuring noise levels at listening posts (resolutionA.343(IX));

(continued)

368


3 When systems and equipment are replaced or added to on shipsconstructed before 1 July 2002, such systems and equipment shall, in so faras is reasonable and practicable, comply with the requirements ofparagraph 2.

4 Systems and equipment installed prior to the adoption of performancestandards by the Organization may subsequently be exempted from fullcompliance with such standards at the discretion of the Administration,having due regard to the recommended criteria adopted by the Organiza-tion. However, for an electronic chart display and information system(ECDIS) to be accepted as satisfying the chart carriage requirement ofregulation 19.2.1.4, that system shall conform to the relevant performancestandards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization in effect on thedate of installation, or, for systems installed before 1 January 1999, notinferior to the performance standards adopted by the Organization on23 November 1995.*

5 The Administration shall require that the manufacturers have a qualitycontrol system audited by a competent authority to ensure continuouscompliance with the type approval conditions. Alternatively, the Admin-istration may use final product verification procedures where thecompliance with the type approval certificate is verified by a competentauthority before the product is installed on board ships.

6 Before giving approval to systems or equipment embodying newfeatures not covered by this chapter, the Administration shall ensure thatsuch features support functions at least as effective as those required by thischapter.

7 When equipment, for which performance standards have beendeveloped by the Organization, is carried on ships in addition to thoseitems of equipment required by regulations 19 and 20, such equipment shallbe subject to approval and shall, as far as practicable, comply withperformance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.

—————(footnote continued)

Recommendation on performance standards for radar reflectors (resolution A.384(X));Recommendation on performance standards for magnetic compasses (resolutionA.382(X));Recommendation on performance standards for daylight signalling lamps (resolutionMSC.95(72));Recommendation on performance standards for sound reception systems (resolutionMSC.86(70), annex 1);Recommendation on performance standards for marine transmitting magnetic headingdevices (TMHDs) (resolution MSC.86(70), annex 2);Recommendation on performance standards for voyage data recorders (VDRs)(resolution A.861(20));Recommendations on performance standards for marine transmitting heading devices(THDs) (resolution MSC.116(73)).

* Recommendation on performance standards for electronic chart display and informationsystems (ECDIS) (resolution A.817(19)).

Regulation 18

369

8 The voyage data recorder system, including all sensors, shall besubjected to an annual performance test. The test shall be conducted by anapproved testing or servicing facility to verify the accuracy, duration andrecoverability of the recorded data. In addition, tests and inspections shall beconducted to determine the serviceability of all protective enclosures anddevices fitted to aid location. A copy of the certificate of compliance issuedby the testing facility, stating the date of compliance and the applicableperformance standards, shall be retained on board the ship.

Regulation 19Carriage requirements for shipborne navigationalsystems and equipment

1 Application and requirements

Subject to the provisions of regulation 1.4:

1.1 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 2002 shall be fitted withnavigational systems and equipment which will fulfil the requirementsprescribed in paragraphs 2.1 to 2.9.

1.2 Ships constructed before 1 July 2002 shall:

.1 subject to the provisions of paragraphs 1.2.2 and 1.2.3, unlessthey comply fully with this regulation, continue to be fitted withequipment which fulfils the requirements prescribed in regula-tions V/11, V/12 and V/20 of the International Convention forthe Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 in force prior to 1 July 2002;

.2 be fitted with the equipment or systems required in paragraph2.1.6 not later than the first survey after 1 July 2002, at whichtime the radio direction-finding apparatus referred to in V/12(p)of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,1974 in force prior to 1 July 2002 shall no longer be required;and

.3 be fitted with the system required in paragraph 2.4 not later thanthe dates specified in paragraphs 2.4.2 and 2.4.3.

2 Shipborne navigational equipment and systems

2.1 All ships, irrespective of size, shall have:

.1 a properly adjusted standard magnetic compass, or other means,independent of any power supply, to determine the ship’sheading and display the reading at the main steering position;

370


.2 a pelorus or compass bearing device, or other means,independent of any power supply, to take bearings over an arcof the horizon of 360 8 ;

.3 means of correcting heading and bearings to true at all times;

.4 nautical charts and nautical publications to plan and display theship’s route for the intended voyage and to plot and monitorpositions throughout the voyage; an electronic chart display andinformation system (ECDIS) may be accepted as meeting thechart carriage requirements of this subparagraph;

.5 back-up arrangements to meet the functional requirements ofsubparagraph .4, if this function is partly or fully fulfilled byelectronic means;*

.6 a receiver for a global navigation satellite system or a terrestrialradionavigation system, or other means, suitable for use at alltimes throughout the intended voyage to establish and updatethe ship’s position by automatic means;

.7 if less than 150 gross tonnage and if practicable, a radar reflector,or other means, to enable detection by ships navigating by radarat both 9 and 3 GHz;

.8 when the ship’s bridge is totally enclosed and unless theAdministration determines otherwise, a sound reception system,or other means, to enable the officer in charge of thenavigational watch to hear sound signals and determine theirdirection;

.9 a telephone, or other means, to communicate headinginformation to the emergency steering position, if provided.

2.2 All ships of 150 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger shipsirrespective of size shall, in addition to the requirements of paragraph 2.1, befitted with:

.1 a spare magnetic compass, interchangeable with the magneticcompass as referred to in paragraph 2.1.1, or other means toperform the function referred to in paragraph 2.1.1 by means ofreplacement or duplicate equipment;

.2 a daylight signalling lamp, or other means, to communicate bylight during day and night using an energy source of electricalpower not solely dependent upon the ship’s power supply.

Regulation 19

* An appropriate folio of paper nautical charts may be used as a back-up arrangement forECDIS. Other back-up arrangements for ECDIS are acceptable (see appendix 6 to resolutionA.817(19), as amended).

371

2.3 All ships of 300 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger shipsirrespective of size shall, in addition to meeting the requirements ofparagraph 2.2, be fitted with:

.1 an echo-sounding device, or other electronic means, to measureand display the available depth of water;

.2 a 9 GHz radar, or other means, to determine and display therange and bearing of radar transponders and of other surfacecraft, obstructions, buoys, shorelines and navigational marks toassist in navigation and in collision avoidance;

.3 an electronic plotting aid, or other means, to plot electronicallythe range and bearing of targets to determine collision risk;

.4 speed and distance measuring device, or other means, to indicatespeed and distance through the water;

.5 a properly adjusted transmitting heading device, or other means,to transmit heading information for input to the equipmentreferred to in paragraphs 2.3.2, 2.3.3 and 2.4.

2.4 All ships of 300 gross tonnage and upwards engaged on internationalvoyages and cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards not engaged oninternational voyages and passenger ships irrespective of size shall be fittedwith an automatic identification system (AIS), as follows:

.1 ships constructed on or after 1 July 2002;

.2 ships engaged on international voyages constructed before 1 July2002:

.2.1 in the case of passenger ships, not later than 1 July 2003;

.2.2 in the case of tankers, not later than the first survey for safetyequipment* on or after 1 July 2003;

.2.3 in the case of ships, other than passenger ships and tankers, of50,000 gross tonnage and upwards, not later than 1 July 2004;

.2.4 in the case of ships, other than passenger ships and tankers, of10,000 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 50,000 grosstonnage, not later than 1 July 2005;

.2.5 in the case of ships, other than passenger ships and tankers, of3,000 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 10,000 grosstonnage, not later than 1 July 2006;

.2.6 in the case of ships, other than passenger ships and tankers, of300 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 3,000 grosstonnage, not later than 1 July 2007; and

* Refer to regulation I/8.

372


.3 ships not engaged on international voyages constructed before1 July 2002, not later than 1 July 2008;

.4 the Administration may exempt ships from the application ofthe requirements of this paragraph when such ships will be takenpermanently out of service within two years after theimplementation date specified in subparagraphs .2 and .3;

.5 AIS shall:

.1 provide automatically to appropriately equipped shorestations, other ships and aircraft information, including theship’s identity, type, position, course, speed, navigationalstatus and other safety-related information;

.2 receive automatically such information from similarlyfitted ships;

.3 monitor and track ships; and

.4 exchange data with shore-based facilities;

.6 the requirements of paragraph 2.4.5 shall not be applied to caseswhere international agreements, rules or standards provide forthe protection of navigational information; and

.7 AIS shall be operated taking into account the guidelines adoptedby the Organization.*

2.5 All ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards shall, in addition tomeeting the requirements of paragraph 2.3, with the exception ofparagraphs 2.3.3 and 2.3.5, and the requirements of paragraph 2.4, have:

.1 a gyro-compass, or other means, to determine and display theirheading by shipborne non-magnetic means and to transmitheading information for input to the equipment referred inparagraphs 2.3.2, 2.4 and 2.5.5;

.2 a gyro-compass heading repeater, or other means, to supplyheading information visually at the emergency steering positionif provided;

.3 a gyro-compass bearing repeater, or other means, to takebearings, over an arc of the horizon of 3608, using the gyro-compass or other means referred to in subparagraph .1.However, ships of less than 1,600 gross tonnage shall be fittedwith such means as far as possible;

.4 rudder, propeller, thrust, pitch and operational mode indicators,or other means, to determine and display rudder angle, propellerrevolutions, the force and direction of thrust and, if applicable,

Regulation 19

* Refer to the Guidelines for the on-board operational use of shipborne AutomaticIdentification Systems (AIS) adopted by the Organization by resolution A.917(22).

373

the force and direction of lateral thrust and the pitch andoperational mode, all to be readable from the conning position;and

.5 an automatic tracking aid, or other means, to plot automaticallythe range and bearing of other targets to determine collision risk.

2.6 On all ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards, failure of one piece ofequipment should not reduce the ship’s ability to meet the requirements ofparagraphs 2.1.1, 2.1.2 and 2.1.4.

2.7 All ships of 3,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall, in addition tomeeting the requirements of paragraph 2.5, have:

.1 a 3 GHz radar or, where considered appropriate by theAdministration, a second 9 GHz radar, or other means, todetermine and display the range and bearing of other surfacecraft, obstructions, buoys, shorelines and navigational marks toassist in navigation and in collision avoidance, which arefunctionally independent of those referred to in paragraph2.3.2; and

.2 a second automatic tracking aid, or other means, to plotautomatically the range and bearing of other targets to determinecollision risk which are functionally independent of thosereferred to in paragraph 2.5.5.

2.8 All ships of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall, in addition tomeeting the requirements of paragraph 2.7 with the exception of paragraph2.7.2, have:

.1 an automatic radar plotting aid, or other means, to plotautomatically the range and bearing of at least 20 other targets,connected to a device to indicate speed and distance through thewater, to determine collision risks and simulate a trialmanoeuvre; and

.2 a heading or track control system, or other means, toautomatically control and keep to a heading and/or straighttrack.

2.9 All ships of 50,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall, in addition tomeeting the requirements of paragraph 2.8, have:

.1 a rate-of-turn indicator, or other means, to determine anddisplay the rate of turn; and

.2 a speed and distance measuring device, or other means, toindicate speed and distance over the ground in the forward andathwartships direction.

3 When ‘‘other means’’ are permitted under this regulation, such meansmust be approved by the Administration in accordance with regulation 18.

374


4 The navigational equipment and systems referred to in this regulationshall be so installed, tested and maintained as to minimize malfunction.

5 Navigational equipment and systems offering alternative modes ofoperation shall indicate the actual mode of use.

6 Integrated bridge systems* shall be so arranged that failure of one sub-system is brought to the immediate attention of the officer in charge of thenavigational watch by audible and visual alarms and does not cause failure toany other sub-system. In case of failure in one part of an integratednavigational system,{ it shall be possible to operate each other individualitem of equipment or part of the system separately.

Regulation 20Voyage data recorders

1 To assist in casualty investigations, ships, when engaged oninternational voyages, subject to the provisions of regulation 1.4, shall befitted with a voyage data recorder (VDR) as follows:

.1 passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2002;

.2 ro–ro passenger ships constructed before 1 July 2002, not laterthan the first survey on or after 1 July 2002;

.3 passenger ships, other than ro–ro passenger ships, constructedbefore 1 July 2002, not later than 1 January 2004; and

.4 ships, other than passenger ships, of 3,000 gross tonnage andupwards constructed on or after 1 July 2002.

2 Administrations may exempt ships, other than ro–ro passenger ships,constructed before 1 July 2002 from being fitted with a VDR where it canbe demonstrated that interfacing a VDR with the existing equipment on theship is unreasonable and impracticable.

Regulation 21International Code of Signals

All ships which, in accordance with the present Convention, are required tocarry a radio installation shall carry the International Code of Signals as maybe amended by the Organization. The Code shall also be carried by anyother ship which, in the opinion of the Administration, has a need to use it.

Regulations 20, 21

* Refer to resolution MSC.64(67), annex 1, Performance standard for integrated bridgesystems.{ Refer to resolution MSC.86(70), annex 3, Performance standard for integrated navigationalsystems.

375

Regulation 22Navigation bridge visibility

1 Ships of not less than 45 m in length, as defined in regulation III/3.12,constructed on or after 1 July 1998, shall meet the following requirements:

.1 The view of the sea surface from the conning position shall notbe obscured by more than two ship lengths, or 500 m,whichever is less, forward of the bow to 108 on either side underall conditions of draught, trim and deck cargo;

.2 No blind sector, caused by cargo, cargo gear or otherobstructions outside of the wheelhouse forward of the beamwhich obstructs the view of the sea surface as seen from theconning position, shall exceed 108. The total arc of blind sectorsshall not exceed 208. The clear sectors between blind sectorsshall be at least 58. However, in the view described in .1, eachindividual blind sector shall not exceed 58;

.3 The horizontal field of vision from the conning position shallextend over an arc of not less than 2258, that is from right aheadto not less than 22.58 abaft the beam on either side of the ship;

.4 From each bridge wing, the horizontal field of vision shallextend over an arc of at least 2258, that is from at least 458 on theopposite bow through right ahead and then from right ahead toright astern through 1808 on the same side of the ship;

.5 From the main steering position, the horizontal field of visionshall extend over an arc from right ahead to at least 608 on eachside of the ship;

.6 The ship’s side shall be visible from the bridge wing;

.7 The height of the lower edge of the navigation bridge frontwindows above the bridge deck shall be kept as low as possible.In no case shall the lower edge present an obstruction to theforward view as described in this regulation;

.8 The upper edge of the navigation bridge front windows shallallow a forward view of the horizon, for a person with a heightof eye of 1,800 mm above the bridge deck at the conningposition, when the ship is pitching in heavy seas. TheAdministration, if satisfied that a 1,800 mm height of eye isunreasonable and impractical, may allow reduction of the heightof eye but not to less than 1,600 mm;

.9 Windows shall meet the following requirements:

.9.1 To help avoid reflections, the bridge front windows shall beinclined from the vertical plane top out, at an angle of not lessthan 108 and not more than 258;

376


.9.2 Framing between navigation bridge windows shall be kept to aminimum and not be installed immediately forward of anywork station;

.9.3 Polarized and tinted windows shall not be fitted;

.9.4 A clear view through at least two of the navigation bridgefront windows and, depending on the bridge configuration, anadditional number of clear-view windows shall be provided atall times, regardless of weather conditions.

2 Ships constructed before 1 July 1998 shall, where practicable, meetthe requirements of paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2. However, structural alterationsor additional equipment need not be required.

3 On ships of unconventional design which, in the opinion of theAdministration, cannot comply with this regulation, arrangements shall beprovided to achieve a level of visibility that is as near as practical to thatprescribed in this regulation.

Regulation 23Pilot transfer arrangements

1 Application

1.1 Ships engaged on voyages in the course of which pilots are likely to beemployed shall be provided with pilot transfer arrangements.

1.2 Equipment and arrangements for pilot transfer which are installed onor after 1 January 1994 shall comply with the requirements of thisregulation, and due regard shall be paid to the standards adopted by theOrganization.*

1.3 Equipment and arrangements for pilot transfer which are provided onships before 1 January 1994 shall at least comply with the requirements ofregulation 17 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,1974 in force prior to that date, and due regard shall be paid to the standardsadopted by the Organization prior to that date.

1.4 Equipment and arrangements which are replaced after 1 January 1994shall, in so far as is reasonable and practicable, comply with the requirementsof this regulation.

2 General

2.1 All arrangements used for pilot transfer shall efficiently fulfil theirpurpose of enabling pilots to embark and disembark safely. The appliances

Regulations 22, 23

* Refer to the Recommendation on pilot transfer arrangements adopted by the Organization byresolution A.889(21) and to MSC/Circ.568/Rev.1, Required boarding arrangements for pilots.

377

shall be kept clean, properly maintained and stowed and shall be regularlyinspected to ensure that they are safe to use. They shall be used solely for theembarkation and disembarkation of personnel.

2.2 The rigging of the pilot transfer arrangements and the embarkation ofa pilot shall be supervised by a responsible officer having means ofcommunication with the navigation bridge who shall also arrange for theescort of the pilot by a safe route to and from the navigation bridge.Personnel engaged in rigging and operating any mechanical equipment shallbe instructed in the safe procedures to be adopted and the equipment shallbe tested prior to use.

3 Transfer arrangements

3.1 Arrangements shall be provided to enable the pilot to embark anddisembark safely on either side of the ship.

3.2 In all ships where the distance from sea level to the point of access to,or egress from, the ship exceeds 9 m, and when it is intended to embark anddisembark pilots by means of the accommodation ladder, or by means ofmechanical pilot hoists or other equally safe and convenient means inconjunction with a pilot ladder, the ship shall carry such equipment on eachside, unless the equipment is capable of being transferred for use on eitherside.

3.3 Safe and convenient access to, and egress from, the ship shall beprovided by either:

.1 a pilot ladder requiring a climb of not less than 1.5 m and notmore than 9 m above the surface of the water, so positioned andsecured that:

.1.1 it is clear of any possible discharges from the ship;

.1.2 it is within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as ispracticable, within the mid-ship half length of the ship;

.1.3 each step rests firmly against the ship’s side; where construc-tional features, such as rubbing bands, would prevent theimplementation of this provision, special arrangements shall,to the satisfaction of the Administration, be made to ensurethat persons are able to embark and disembark safely;

.1.4 the single length of pilot ladder is capable of reaching thewater from the point of access to, or egress from, the ship anddue allowance is made for all conditions of loading and trim ofthe ship, and for an adverse list of 158; the securing strongpoint, shackles and securing ropes shall be at least as strong asthe side ropes;

378


.2 an accommodation ladder in conjunction with the pilot ladder,or other equally safe and convenient means, whenever thedistance from the surface of the water to the point of access tothe ship is more than 9 m. The accommodation ladder shall besited leading aft. When in use, the lower end of theaccommodation ladder shall rest firmly against the ship’s sidewithin the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as ispracticable, within the mid-ship half length and clear of alldischarges; or

.3 a mechanical pilot hoist so located that it is within the parallelbody length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within themid-ship half length of the ship and clear of all discharges.

4 Access to the ship’s deck

Means shall be provided to ensure safe, convenient and unobstructedpassage for any person embarking on, or disembarking from, the shipbetween the head of the pilot ladder, or of any accommodation ladder orother appliance, and the ship’s deck. Where such passage is by means of:

.1 a gateway in the rails or bulwark, adequate handholds shall beprovided;

.2 a bulwark ladder, two handhold stanchions rigidly secured tothe ship’s structure at or near their bases and at higher pointsshall be fitted. The bulwark ladder shall be securely attached tothe ship to prevent overturning.

5 Shipside doors

Shipside doors used for pilot transfer shall not open outwards.

6 Mechanical pilot hoists

6.1 The mechanical pilot hoist and its ancillary equipment shall be of atype approved by the Administration. The pilot hoist shall be designed tooperate as a moving ladder to lift and lower one person on the side of theship, or as a platform to lift and lower one or more persons on the side of theship. It shall be of such design and construction as to ensure that the pilotcan be embarked and disembarked in a safe manner, including a safe accessfrom the hoist to the deck and vice versa. Such access shall be gaineddirectly by a platform securely guarded by handrails.

6.2 Efficient hand gear shall be provided to lower or recover the person orpersons carried, and kept ready for use in the event of power failure.

6.3 The hoist shall be securely attached to the structure of the ship.Attachment shall not be solely by means of the ship’s side rails. Proper and

Regulation 23

379

strong attachment points shall be provided for hoists of the portable type oneach side of the ship.

6.4 If belting is fitted in the way of the hoist position, such belting shall becut back sufficiently to allow the hoist to operate against the ship’s side.

6.5 A pilot ladder shall be rigged adjacent to the hoist and be available forimmediate use so that access to it is available from the hoist at any point ofits travel. The pilot ladder shall be capable of reaching the sea level from itsown point of access to the ship.

6.6 The position on the ship’s side where the hoist will be lowered shallbe indicated.

6.7 An adequate protected stowage position shall be provided for theportable hoist. In very cold weather, to avoid the danger of ice formation,the portable hoist shall not be rigged until its use is imminent.

7 Associated equipment

7.1 The following associated equipment shall be kept at hand ready forimmediate use when persons are being transferred:

.1 two man-ropes of not less than 28 mm in diameter, properlysecured to the ship, if required by the pilot;

.2 a lifebuoy equipped with a self-igniting light;

.3 a heaving line.

7.2 When required by paragraph 4, stanchions and bulwark ladders shallbe provided.

8 Lighting

Adequate lighting shall be provided to illuminate the transfer arrangementsoverside, the position on deck where a person embarks or disembarks andthe controls of the mechanical pilot hoist.

Regulation 24Use of heading and/or track control systems

1 In areas of high traffic density, in conditions of restricted visibility andin all other hazardous navigational situations where heading and/or trackcontrol systems are in use, it shall be possible to establish manual control ofthe ship’s steering immediately.

2 In circumstances as above, the officer in charge of the navigationalwatch shall have available without delay the services of a qualifiedhelmsperson who shall be ready at all times to take over steering control.

380


3 The change-over from automatic to manual steering and vice versashall be made by, or under the supervision of, a responsible officer.

4 The manual steering shall be tested after prolonged use of headingand/or track control systems and before entering areas where navigationdemands special caution.

Regulation 25Operation of steering gear

In areas where navigation demands special caution, ships shall have morethan one steering gear power unit in operation when such units are capableof simultaneous operation.

Regulation 26Steering gear: testing and drills

1 Within 12 hours before departure, the ship’s steering gear shall bechecked and tested by the ship’s crew. The test procedure shall include,where applicable, the operation of the following:

.1 the main steering gear;

.2 the auxiliary steering gear;

.3 the remote steering gear control systems;

.4 the steering positions located on the navigation bridge;

.5 the emergency power supply;

.6 the rudder angle indicators in relation to the actual position ofthe rudder;

.7 the remote steering gear control system power failure alarms;

.8 the steering gear power unit failure alarms; and

.9 automatic isolating arrangements and other automatic equip-ment.

2 The checks and tests shall include:

.1 the full movement of the rudder according to the requiredcapabilities of the steering gear;

.2 a visual inspection of the steering gear and its connectinglinkage; and

.3 the operation of the means of communication between thenavigation bridge and steering gear compartment.

3.1 Simple operating instructions with a block diagram showing thechange-over procedures for remote steering gear control systems and


381

steering gear power units shall be permanently displayed on the navigationbridge and in the steering compartment.

3.2 All ships’ officers concerned with the operation and/or maintenance ofsteering gear shall be familiar with the operation of the steering systemsfitted on the ship and with the procedures for changing from one system toanother.

4 In addition to the routine checks and tests prescribed in paragraphs 1and 2, emergency steering drills shall take place at least once every threemonths in order to practise emergency steering procedures. These drillsshall include direct control within the steering gear compartment, thecommunications procedure with the navigation bridge and, whereapplicable, the operation of alternative power supplies.

5 The Administration may waive the requirements to carry out thechecks and tests prescribed in paragraphs 1 and 2 for ships which regularlyengage on voyages of short duration. Such ships shall carry out these checksand tests at least once every week.

6 The date upon which the checks and tests prescribed in paragraphs 1and 2 are carried out and the date and details of emergency steering drillscarried out under paragraph 4 shall be recorded.

Regulation 27Nautical charts and nautical publications

Nautical charts and nautical publications, such as sailing directions, lists oflights, notices to mariners, tide tables and all other nautical publicationsnecessary for the intended voyage, shall be adequate and up to date.

Regulation 28Records of navigational activities

All ships engaged on international voyages shall keep on board a record ofnavigational activities and incidents which are of importance to safety ofnavigation and which must contain sufficient detail to restore a completerecord of the voyage, taking into account the recommendations adopted bythe Organization.* When such information is not maintained in the ship’slog-book, it shall be maintained in another form approved by theAdministration.

* Refer to the Guidelines for recording events related to navigation adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.916(22).

382


Regulation 29Life-saving signals to be used by ships, aircraft or personsin distress

An illustrated table describing the life-saving signals* shall be readilyavailable to the officer of the watch of every ship to which this chapterapplies. The signals shall be used by ships or persons in distress whencommunicating with life-saving stations, maritime rescue units and aircraftengaged in search and rescue operations.

Regulation 30Operational limitations

1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships to which chapter Iapplies.

2 A list of all limitations on the operation of a passenger ship, includingexemptions from any of these regulations, restrictions in operating areas,weather restrictions, sea state restrictions, restrictions in permissible loads,trim, speed and any other limitations, whether imposed by the Adminis-tration or established during the design or the building stages, shall becompiled before the passenger ship is put in service. The list, together withany necessary explanations, shall be documented in a form acceptable to theAdministration, which shall be kept on board readily available to the master.The list shall be kept updated. If the language used is not English or French,the list shall be provided in one of the two languages.

Regulation 31Danger messages

1 The master of every ship which meets with dangerous ice, adangerous derelict, or any other direct danger to navigation, or a tropicalstorm, or encounters sub-freezing air temperatures associated with galeforce winds causing severe ice accretion on superstructures, or winds offorce 10 or above on the Beaufort scale for which no storm warning hasbeen received, is bound to communicate the information by all means at hisdisposal to ships in the vicinity, and also to the competent authorities. Theform in which the information is sent is not obligatory. It may betransmitted either in plain language (preferably English) or by means of theInternational Code of Signals.

Regulations 27, 28, 29, 30, 31

* Such life-saving signals are described in the International Aeronautical and Maritime Searchand Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual, volume III, Mobile Facilities, and illustrated in theInternational Code of Signals, as amended pursuant to resolution A.80(IV).

383

2 Each Contracting Government will take all steps necessary to ensurethat when intelligence of any of the dangers specified in paragraph 1 isreceived, it will be promptly brought to the knowledge of those concernedand communicated to other interested Governments.

3 The transmission of messages regarding the dangers specified is free ofcost to the ships concerned.

4 All radio messages issued under paragraph 1 shall be preceded by thesafety signal, using the procedure as prescribed by the Radio Regulations asdefined in regulation IV/2.

Regulation 32Information required in danger messages

The following information is required in danger messages:

1 Ice, derelicts and other direct dangers to navigation:

.1 The kind of ice, derelict or danger observed.

.2 The position of the ice, derelict or danger when last observed.

.3 The time and date (Universal Co-ordinated Time) when thedanger was last observed.

2 Tropical cyclones (storms):*

.1 A statement that a tropical cyclone has been encountered. Thisobligation should be interpreted in a broad spirit, andinformation transmitted whenever the master has good reasonto believe that a tropical cyclone is developing or exists in theneighbourhood.

.2 Time, date (Universal Co-ordinated Time) and position of shipwhen the observation was taken.

.3 As much of the following information as is practicable should beincluded in the message:– barometric pressure,{ preferably corrected (stating millibars,

millimetres, or inches, and whether corrected or uncor-rected);

– barometric tendency (the change in barometric pressureduring the past three hours);

– true wind direction;– wind force (Beaufort scale);

* The term tropical cyclone is the generic term used by national meteorological services of theWorld Meterological Organization. The terms hurricane, typhoon, cyclone, severe tropical storm,etc., may also be used, depending on the geographical location.{ The standard international unit for barometric pressure is the hectopascal (hPa), which isnumerically equivalent to the millibar (mbar).

384


– state of the sea (smooth, moderate, rough, high);– swell (slight, moderate, heavy) and the true direction from

which it comes. Period or length of swell (short, average,long) would also be of value;

– true course and speed of ship.

Subsequent observations

3 When a master has reported a tropical cyclone or other dangerousstorm, it is desirable, but not obligatory, that further observations be madeand transmitted hourly, if practicable, but in any case at intervals of notmore than 3 hours, so long as the ship remains under the influence of thestorm.

4 Winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort scale for which no stormwarning has been received. This is intended to deal with storms other thanthe tropical cyclones referred to in paragraph 2; when such a storm isencountered, the message should contain similar information to that listedunder the paragraph but excluding the details concerning sea and swell.

5 Sub-freezing air temperatures associated with gale force winds causingsevere ice accretion on superstructures:

.1 Time and date (Universal Co-ordinated Time).

.2 Air temperature.

.3 Sea temperature (if practicable).

.4 Wind force and direction.

Examples

IceTTT ICE. LARGE BERG SIGHTED IN 4506 N, 4410W, AT 0800UTC. MAY 15.

DerelictsTTT DERELICT. OBSERVED DERELICT ALMOST SUBMERGEDIN 4006 N, 1243 W, AT 1630 UTC. APRIL 21.

Danger to navigationTTT NAVIGATION. ALPHA LIGHTSHIP NOT ON STATION.1800 UTC. JANUARY 3.

Tropical cycloneTTT STORM. 0030 UTC. AUGUST 18. 2004 N, 11354 E.BAROMETER CORRECTED 994 MILLIBARS, TENDENCY DOWN 6MILLIBARS. WIND NW, FORCE 9, HEAVY SQUALLS. HEAVYEASTERLY SWELL. COURSE 067, 5 KNOTS.

TTT STORM. APPEARANCES INDICATE APPROACH OF HURRI-CANE. 1300 UTC. SEPTEMBER 14. 2200 N, 7236 W. BAROM-

Regulation 32

385

ETER CORRECTED 29.64 INCHES, TENDENCY DOWN .015INCHES. WIND NE, FORCE 8, FREQUENT RAIN SQUALLS.COURSE 035, 9 KNOTS.

TTT STORM. CONDITIONS INDICATE INTENSE CYCLONE HASFORMED. 0200 UTC. MAY 4. 1620 N, 9203 E. BAROMETERUNCORRECTED 753 MILLIMETRES, TENDENCY DOWN 5MILLIMETRES. WIND S BY W, FORCE 5. COURSE 300, 8KNOTS.

TTT STORM. TYPHOON TO SOUTHEAST. 0300 UTC. JUNE 12.1812 N, 12605 E. BAROMETER FALLING RAPIDLY. WINDINCREASING FROM N.

TTT STORM. WIND FORCE 11, NO STORM WARNING RE-CEIVED. 0300 UTC. MAY 4. 4830 N, 30 W. BAROMETERCORRECTED 983 MILLIBARS, TENDENCY DOWN 4 MILLI-BARS. WIND SW, FORCE 11 VEERING. COURSE 260, 6KNOTS.

IcingTTT EXPERIENCING SEVERE ICING. 1400 UTC. MARCH 2.69 N, 10 W. AIR TEMPERATURE 188F (-7.88C). SEA TEM-PERATURE 298F (-1.78C). WIND NE, FORCE 8.

Regulation 33Distress messages: obligations and procedures

1 The master of a ship at sea which is in a position to be able to provideassistance, on receiving a signal from any source that persons are in distressat sea, is bound to proceed with all speed to their assistance, if possibleinforming them or the search and rescue service that the ship is doing so. Ifthe ship receiving the distress alert is unable or, in the special circumstancesof the case, considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to proceed to theirassistance, the master must enter in the log-book the reason for failing toproceed to the assistance of the persons in distress, taking into account therecommendation of the Organization to inform the appropriate search andrescue service accordingly.

2 The master of a ship in distress or the search and rescue serviceconcerned, after consultation, so far as may be possible, with the masters ofships which answer the distress alert, has the right to requisition one ormore of those ships as the master of the ship in distress or the search andrescue service considers best able to render assistance, and it shall be theduty of the master or masters of the ship or ships requisitioned to complywith the requisition by continuing to proceed with all speed to theassistance of persons in distress.

3 Masters of ships shall be released from the obligation imposed byparagraph 1 on learning that their ships have not been requisitioned and that

386


one or more other ships have been requisitioned and are complying with therequisition. This decision shall, if possible, be communicated to the otherrequisitioned ships and to the search and rescue service.

4 The master of a ship shall be released from the obligation imposed byparagraph 1 and, if his ship has been requisitioned, from the obligationimposed by paragraph 2 on being informed by the persons in distress or bythe search and rescue service or by the master of another ship which hasreached such persons that assistance is no longer necessary.

5 The provisions of this regulation do not prejudice the Convention forthe Unification of Certain Rules of Law relating to Assistance and Salvage atSea, signed at Brussels on 23 September 1910, particularly the obligation torender assistance imposed by article 11 of that Convention.*

Regulation 34Safe navigation and avoidance of dangerous situations

1 Prior to proceeding to sea, the master shall ensure that the intendedvoyage has been planned using the appropriate nautical charts and nauticalpublications for the area concerned, taking into account the guidelines andrecommendations developed by the Organization. {

2 The voyage plan shall identify a route which:

.1 takes into account any relevant ships’ routeing systems;

.2 ensures sufficient sea room for the safe passage of the shipthroughout the voyage;

.3 anticipates all known navigational hazards and adverse weatherconditions; and

.4 takes into account the marine environmental protectionmeasures that apply, and avoids, as far as possible, actions andactivities which could cause damage to the environment.

3 The owner, the charterer, or the company, as defined in regulationIX/1, operating the ship or any other person shall not prevent or restrict themaster of the ship from taking or executing any decision which, in themaster’s professional judgement, is necessary for safe navigation andprotection of the marine environment.

Regulations 33, 34

* International Convention on Salvage, 1989, done at London on 28 April 1989, entered intoforce on 14 July 1996.{ Refer to the Guidelines for voyage planning adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.893(21).

387

Regulation 35Misuse of distress signals

The use of an international distress signal, except for the purpose ofindicating that a person or persons are in distress, and the use of any signalwhich may be confused with an international distress signal are prohibited.

388


Appendix to chapter VRules for the management, operation and financing of

the North Atlantic Ice Patrol

1 In these Rules:

.1 Ice season means the annual period between 15 February and1 July.

.2 Region of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol means the south-eastern, southern and south-western limits of the region oficebergs in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland.

.3 Routes passing through regions of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrolmeans:

.3.1 routes between Atlantic coast ports of Canada (includinginland ports approached from the North Atlantic through theGut of Canso and Cabot Straits) and ports of Europe, Asia orAfrica approached from the North Atlantic through or northof the Straits of Gibraltar (except routes which pass south ofthe extreme limits of ice of all types);

.3.2 routes via Cape Race, Newfoundland, between Atlantic coastports of Canada (including inland ports approached from theNorth Atlantic through the Gut of Canso and Cabot Straits)west of Cape Race, Newfoundland, and Atlantic coast portsof Canada north of Cape Race, Newfoundland;

.3.3 routes between Atlantic and Gulf Coast ports of the UnitedStates of America (including inland ports approached from theNorth Atlantic through the Gut of Canso and Cabot Straits)and ports of Europe, Asia or Africa approached from theNorth Atlantic through or north of the Straits of Gibraltar(except routes which pass south of the extreme limits of ice ofall types);

.3.4 routes via Cape Race, Newfoundland, between Atlantic andGulf Coast ports of the United States of America (includinginland ports approached from the North Atlantic through theGut of Canso and Cabot Straits) and Atlantic Coast ports ofCanada north of Cape Race, Newfoundland.

Regulation 35, Appendix to chapter V

389

.4 Extreme limits of ice of all types in the North Atlantic Ocean isdefined by a line connecting the following points:

A – 428 23’.00 N, 598 25’.00 W J – 398 49’.00 N, 418 00’.00 W

B – 418 23’.00 N, 578 00’.00 W K – 408 39’.00 N, 398 00’.00 W

C – 408 47’.00 N, 558 00’.00 W L – 418 19’.00 N, 388 00’.00 W

D – 408 07’.00 N, 538 00’.00 W M – 438 00’.00 N, 378 27’.00 W

E – 398 18’.00 N, 498 39’.00 W N – 448 00’.00 N, 378 29’.00 W

F – 388 00’.00 N, 478 35’.00 W O – 468 00’.00 N, 378 55’.00 W

G – 378 41’.00 N, 468 40’.00 W P – 488 00’.00 N, 388 28’.00 W

H – 388 00’.00 N, 458 33’.00 W Q – 508 00’.00 N, 398 07’.00 W

I – 398 05’.00 N, 438 00’.00 W R – 518 25’.00 N, 398 45’.00 W.

.5 Managing and operating means maintaining, administering andoperating the Ice Patrol, including the dissemination ofinformation received therefrom.

.6 Contributing Government means a Contracting Governmentundertaking to contribute to the costs of the Ice Patrol Servicepursuant to these Rules.

2 Each Contracting Government specially interested in these serviceswhose ships pass through the region of icebergs during the ice seasonundertakes to contribute to the Government of the United States ofAmerica its proportionate share of the costs for the management andoperation of the Ice Patrol Service. The contribution to the Government ofthe United States of America shall be based on the ratio which the averageannual gross tonnage of that contributing Government’s ships passingthrough the region of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol during the previousthree ice seasons bears to the combined average annual gross tonnage of allships that passed through the region of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrolduring the previous three ice seasons.

3 All contributions shall be calculated by multiplying the ratio describedin paragraph 2 by the average actual annual cost incurred by theGovernments of the United States of America and Canada of managingand operating ice patrol services during the previous three years. This ratioshall be computed annually, and shall be expressed in terms of a lump sumper-annum fee.

4 Each of the contributing Governments has the right to alter ordiscontinue its contribution, and other interested Governments mayundertake to contribute to the expense. The contributing Governmentwhich avails itself of this right will continue to be responsible for its currentcontribution up to 1 September following the date of giving notice ofintention to alter or discontinue its contribution. To take advantage of thesaid right it must give notice to the managing Government at least sixmonths before the said 1 September.

390


5 Each contributing Government shall notify the Secretary-General ofits undertaking pursuant to paragraph 2, who shall notify all ContractingGovernments.

6 The Government of the United States of America shall furnishannually to each contributing Government a statement of the total costincurred by the Governments of the United States of America and Canadaof managing and operating the Ice Patrol for that year and of the averagepercentage share for the past three years of each contributing Government.

7 The managing Government shall publish annual accounts including astatement of costs incurred by the Governments providing the services forthe past three years and the total gross tonnage using the service for the pastthree years. The accounts shall be publicly available. Within three monthsafter having received the cost statement, contributing Governments mayrequest more detailed information regarding the costs incurred in managingand operating the Ice Patrol.

8 These Rules shall be operative beginning with the ice season of 2002.

Appendix to chapter V

391

CHAPTER VICarriage of cargoes

Part A – General provisions Page

1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

2 Cargo information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

3 Oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment . . . . . . . . . . 396

4 The use of pesticides in ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

5 Stowage and securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

Part B – Special provisions for bulk cargoes other than grain

6 Acceptability for shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

7 Loading, unloading and stowage of bulk cargoes . . . . . . . . 398

Part C – Carriage of grain

8 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

9 Requirements for cargo ships carrying grain . . . . . . . . . . . 401

393

Part AGeneral provisions


1 This chapter applies to the carriage of cargoes (except liquids in bulk,gases in bulk and those aspects of carriage covered by other chapters) which,owing to their particular hazards to ships or persons on board, may requirespecial precautions in all ships to which the present regulations apply and incargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage. However, for cargo ships of lessthan 500 gross tonnage, the Administration, if it considers that the shelterednature and conditions of voyage are such as to render the application of anyspecific requirements of part A or B of this chapter unreasonable orunnecessary, may take other effective measures to ensure the required safetyfor these ships.

2 To supplement the provisions of parts A and B of this chapter, eachContracting Government shall ensure that appropriate information on cargoand its stowage and securing is provided, specifying, in particular,precautions necessary for the safe carriage of such cargoes.*

Regulation 2Cargo information

1 The shipper shall provide the master or his representative withappropriate information on the cargo sufficiently in advance of loading toenable the precautions which may be necessary for proper stowage and safecarriage of the cargo to be put into effect. Such information{ shall be

Part A: General provisions Regulations 1, 2

* Refer to:

.1 the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.714(17), as amended;

.2 the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes adopted bythe Organization by resolution A.715(17), as amended; MSC/Circ.525,Guidance note on precautions to be taken by the masters of ships of below100 metres in length engaged in the carriage of logs; and MSC/Circ.548,Guidance note on precautions to be taken by masters of ships engaged in thecarriage of timber cargoes; and

.3 the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (BC Code) adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.434(XI), as amended.

{ Refer to MSC/Circ.663, Form for cargo information.

395

confirmed in writing* and by appropriate shipping documents prior toloading the cargo on the ship.

2 The cargo information shall include:

.1 in the case of general cargo, and of cargo carried in cargo units, ageneral description of the cargo, the gross mass of the cargo or ofthe cargo units, and any relevant special properties of the cargo.For the purpose of this regulation the cargo informationrequired in sub-chapter 1.9 of the Code of Safe Practice forCargo Stowage and Securing, adopted by the Organization byresolution A.714(17), as may be amended, shall be provided.Any such amendment to sub-chapter 1.9 shall be adopted,brought into force and take effect in accordance with theprovisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerningthe amendment procedures applicable to the annex other thanchapter I;

.2 in the case of bulk cargo, information on the stowage factor ofthe cargo, the trimming procedures, likelihood of shiftingincluding angle of repose, if applicable, and any other relevantspecial properties. In the case of a concentrate or other cargowhich may liquefy, additional information in the form of acertificate on the moisture content of the cargo and itstransportable moisture limit.

.3 in the case of a bulk cargo not classified in accordance with theprovisions of regulation VII/2, but which has chemical proper-ties that may create a potential hazard, in addition to theinformation required by the preceding subparagraphs, informa-tion on its chemical properties.

3 Prior to loading cargo units on board ships, the shipper shall ensurethat the gross mass of such units is in accordance with the gross massdeclared on the shipping documents.

Regulation 3Oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment

1 When transporting a bulk cargo which is liable to emit a toxic orflammable gas, or cause oxygen depletion in the cargo space, an appropriateinstrument for measuring the concentration of gas or oxygen in the air shallbe provided together with detailed instructions for its use. Such aninstrument shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

* Reference to documents in this regulation does not preclude the use of electronic dataprocessing (EDP) and electronic data interchange (EDI) transmission techniques as an aid topaper documentation.

396

Chapter VI: Carriage of cargoes

2 The Administration shall take steps to ensure that crews of ships aretrained in the use of such instruments.

Regulation 4The use of pesticides in ships*

Appropriate precautions shall be taken in the use of pesticides in ships, inparticular for the purposes of fumigation.

Regulation 5Stowage and securing

1 Cargo and cargo units carried on or under deck shall be so loaded,stowed and secured as to prevent as far as is practicable, throughout thevoyage, damage or hazard to the ship and the persons on board, and loss ofcargo overboard.

2 Cargo carried in a cargo unit shall be so packed and secured within theunit as to prevent, throughout the voyage, damage or hazard to the ship andthe persons on board.

3 Appropriate precautions shall be taken during loading and transport ofheavy cargoes or cargoes with abnormal physical dimensions to ensure thatno structural damage to the ship occurs and to maintain adequate stabilitythroughout the voyage.

4 Appropriate precautions shall be taken during loading and transport ofcargo units on board ro–ro ships, especially with regard to the securingarrangements on board such ships and on the cargo units and with regard tothe strength of the securing points and lashings.

5 Containers shall not be loaded to more than the maximum grossweight indicated on the Safety Approval Plate under the InternationalConvention for Safe Containers (CSC).

6 All cargoes, other than solid and liquid bulk cargoes, shall be loaded,stowed and secured throughout the voyage in accordance with the CargoSecuring Manual approved by the Administration. In ships with ro–ro cargospaces, as defined in regulation II-2/3.14,{ all securing of such cargoes, inaccordance with the Cargo Securing Manual, shall be completed before theship leaves berth. The Cargo Securing Manual shall be drawn up to a standardat least equivalent to relevant guidelines developed by the Organization.{

Part A: General provisions Regulations 3, 4, 5

* Refer to the IMO Recommendation on the Safe Use of Pesticides in Ships, as amended.{ This relates to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent in the amendedchapter II-2 is 3.41.{ Refer to the Guidelines on the preparation of the Cargo Securing Manual approved by theMaritime Safety Committee of the Organization and promulgated by circular MSC/Circ.745.

397

Part BSpecial provisions

for bulk cargoes other than grain

Regulation 6Acceptability for shipment

1 Prior to loading a bulk cargo, the master shall be in possession ofcomprehensive information on the ship’s stability and on the distribution ofcargo for the standard loading conditions. The method of providing suchinformation shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.*

2 Concentrates or other cargoes which may liquefy shall only be acceptedfor loading when the actual moisture content of the cargo is less than itstransportable moisture limit. However, such concentrates and other cargoesmay be accepted for loading even when their moisture content exceeds theabove limit, provided that safety arrangements to the satisfaction of theAdministration are made to ensure adequate stability in the case of cargoshifting and further provided that the ship has adequate structural integrity.

3 Prior to loading a bulk cargo which is not a cargo classified inaccordance with the provisions of regulation VII/2 but which has chemicalproperties that may create a potential hazard, special precautions for its safecarriage shall be taken.

Regulation 7Loading, unloading and stowage of bulk cargoes{

1 For the purpose of this regulation, terminal representative means aperson appointed by the terminal or other facility, where the ship is loadingor unloading, who has responsibility for operations conducted by thatterminal or facility with regard to the particular ship.

_* Refer to:

.1 the Recommendation on intact stability for passenger and cargo ships under 100metres in length adopted by the Organization by resolution A.167(ES.IV) and toamendments to this Recommendation adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.206(VII); and

.2 the Recommendation on a severe wind and rolling criterion (weather criterion) forthe intact stability of passenger and cargo ships of 24 metres in length and overadopted by the Organization by resolution A.562(14).

{ Refer to the Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers (BLUCode) adopted by the Organization by resolution A.862(20).

398


2 To enable the master to prevent excessive stresses in the ship’sstructure, the ship shall be provided with a booklet, which shall be writtenin a language with which the ship’s officers responsible for cargo operationsare familiar. If this language is not English, the ship shall be provided with abooklet written also in the English language. The booklet shall, as aminimum, include:

.1 stability data, as required by regulation II-1/22 ;

.2 ballasting and deballasting rates and capacities;

.3 maximum allowable load per unit surface area of the tank topplating;

.4 maximum allowable load per hold;

.5 general loading and unloading instructions with regard to thestrength of the ship’s structure including any limitations on themost adverse operating conditions during loading, unloading,ballasting operations and the voyage;

.6 any special restrictions such as limitations on the most adverseoperating conditions imposed by the Administration ororganization recognized by it, if applicable; and

.7 where strength calculations are required, maximum permissibleforces and moments on the ship’s hull during loading, unloadingand the voyage.

3 Before a solid bulk cargo is loaded or unloaded, the master and theterminal representative shall agree on a plan* which shall ensure that thepermissible forces and moments on the ship are not exceeded duringloading or unloading, and shall include the sequence, quantity and rate ofloading or unloading, taking into consideration the speed of loading orunloading, the number of pours and the deballasting or ballasting capabilityof the ship. The plan and any subsequent amendments thereto shall belodged with the appropriate authority of the port State.

4 Bulk cargoes shall be loaded and trimmed reasonably level, asnecessary, to the boundaries of the cargo space so as to minimize the risk ofshifting and to ensure that adequate stability will be maintained throughoutthe voyage.

5 When bulk cargoes are carried in ’tween-decks, the hatchways of such’tween-decks shall be closed in those cases where the loading informationindicates an unacceptable level of stress of the bottom structure if thehatchways are left open. The cargo shall be trimmed reasonably level andshall either extend from side to side or be secured by additional longitudinaldivisions of sufficient strength. The safe load-carrying capacity of the

Part B: Bulk cargoes other than grain Regulations 6, 7

* Refer to the Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers (BLUCode) adopted by the Organization by resolution A.862(20).

399

’tween-decks shall be observed to ensure that the deck-structure is notoverloaded.

6 The master and terminal representative shall ensure that loading andunloading operations are conducted in accordance with the agreed plan.

7 If during loading or unloading any of the limits of the ship referred toin paragraph 2 are exceeded or are likely to become so if the loading orunloading continues, the master has the right to suspend operation and theobligation to notify accordingly the appropriate authority of the port Statewith which the plan has been lodged. The master and the terminalrepresentative shall ensure that corrective action is taken. When unloadingcargo, the master and terminal representative shall ensure that the unloadingmethod does not damage the ship’s structure.

8 The master shall ensure that ship’s personnel continuously monitorcargo operations. Where possible, the ship’s draught shall be checkedregularly during loading or unloading to confirm the tonnage figuressupplied. Each draught and tonnage observation shall be recorded in a cargolog-book. If significant deviations from the agreed plan are detected, cargoor ballast operations or both shall be adjusted to ensure that the deviationsare corrected.


400

Part CCarriage of grain


For the purposes of this part, unless expressly provided otherwise:

1 International Grain Code means the International Code for the SafeCarriage of Grain in Bulk adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of theOrganization by resolution MSC.23(59) as may be amended by theOrganization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought intoforce and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of thepresent Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable tothe annex other than chapter I.

2 The term grain includes wheat, maize (corn), oats, rye, barley, rice,pulses, seeds and processed forms thereof whose behaviour is similar to thatof grain in its natural state.

Regulation 9Requirements for cargo ships carrying grain

1 In addition to any other applicable requirements of the presentregulations, a cargo ship carrying grain shall comply with the requirementsof the International Grain Code, and hold a document of authorization asrequired by that Code. For the purpose of this regulation, the requirementsof the Code shall be treated as mandatory.

2 A ship without such a document shall not load grain until the mastersatisfies the Administration, or the Contracting Government of the port ofloading on behalf of the Administration, that the ship will comply with therequirements of the International Grain Code in its proposed loadedcondition.

Part C: Carriage of grain Regulations 8, 9

401

CHAPTER VIICarriage of dangerous goods*

Page

Part A – Carriage of dangerous goods in packaged formor in solid form in bulk

1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

2 Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

3 Packaging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

4 Marking, labelling and placarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

5 Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

6 Stowage and securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

7 Explosives in passenger ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

7-1 Reporting of incidents involving dangerous goods. . . . . . . 409

Part B – Construction and equipment of shipscarrying dangerous liquid chemicals in bulk

8 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

9 Application to chemical tankers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

10 Requirements for chemical tankers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Part C – Construction and equipment of shipscarrying liquefied gases in bulk

11 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

12 Application to gas carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

13 Requirements for gas carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

* See also resolution A.851(20), General principles for ship reporting systems and ship reportingrequirements, including guidelines for reporting incidents involving dangerous goods, harmfulsubstances and/or marine pollutants.

403

Part D – Special requirements for the carriage ofpackaged irradiated nuclear fuel,plutonium and high-level radioactivewastes on board ships

14 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

15 Application to ships carrying INF cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

16 Requirements for ships carrying INF cargo . . . . . . . . . . . 416

404

Chapter VII: Carriage of dangerous goods

Part ACarriage of dangerous goods in packaged form

or in solid form in bulk*


1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to dangerousgoods classified under regulation 2 which are carried in packaged form or insolid form in bulk (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘dangerous goods’’), in all shipsto which the present regulations apply and in cargo ships of less than 500gross tonnage.

2 The provisions of this part do not apply to ships’ stores and equipment.

3 The carriage of dangerous goods is prohibited except in accordancewith the provisions of this part. In addition, the requirements of part D shallapply to the carriage of INF cargoes as defined in regulation 14.2.

4 To supplement the provisions of this part, each ContractingGovernment shall issue, or cause to be issued, detailed instructions on safepackaging and stowage of dangerous goods which shall include theprecautions necessary in relation to other cargo.{

Regulation 2Classification

Dangerous goods shall be divided into the following classes:

Class 1 – Explosives

Class 2 – Gases: compressed, liquefied or dissolved underpressure

Class 3 – Flammable{ liquids

Part A: Carriage in packaged or solid form Regulations 1, 2

* Refer to MSC/Circ.559, Form for reporting incidents involving dangerous goods and marinepollutants in packaged form on board ships and in port areas.{ Refer to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.716(17), and to the relevant sections and the related parts ofappendix B of the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (BC Code), adopted by theOrganization by resolution A.434(XI), as may be amended by the Maritime Safety Committee.{ Flammable has the same meaning as inflammable.

405

Class 4.1 – Flammable* solids

Class 4.2 – Substances liable to spontaneous combustion

Class 4.3 – Substances which, in contact with water, emitflammable gases

Class 5.1 – Oxidizing substances

Class 5.2 – Organic peroxides

Class 6.1 – Toxic substances

Class 6.2 – Infectious substances

Class 7 – Radioactive materials

Class 8 – Corrosives

Class 9 – Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles, i.e.any other substance which experience has shown, ormay show, to be of such a dangerous character thatthe provisions of this part shall apply to it.

Regulation 3Packaging

1 The packaging of dangerous goods shall be:

.1 well made and in good condition;

.2 of such a character that any interior surface with which thecontents may come in contact is not dangerously affected by thesubstance being conveyed; and

.3 capable of withstanding the ordinary risks of handling andcarriage by sea.

2 Where the use of absorbent or cushioning material is customary in thepackaging of liquids in receptacles, that material shall be:

.1 capable of minimizing the dangers to which the liquid may giverise;

.2 so disposed as to prevent movement and ensure that thereceptacle remains surrounded; and

.3 where reasonably possible, of sufficient quantity to absorb theliquid in the event of breakage of the receptacle.

3 Receptacles containing dangerous liquids shall have an ullage at thefilling temperature sufficient to allow for the highest temperature during thecourse of normal carriage.

* Flammable has the same meaning as inflammable.

406


4 Cylinders or receptacles for gases under pressure shall be adequatelyconstructed, tested, maintained and correctly filled.

5 Empty uncleaned receptacles which have been used previously for thecarriage of dangerous goods shall be subject to the provisions of this part forfilled receptacles, unless adequate measures have been taken to nullify anyhazard.

Regulation 4Marking, labelling and placarding

1 Packages containing dangerous goods shall be durably marked withthe correct technical name; trade names alone shall not be used.

2 Packages containing dangerous goods shall be provided withdistinctive labels or stencils of the labels, or placards, as appropriate, so asto make clear the dangerous properties of the goods contained therein.

3 The method of marking the correct technical name and of affixinglabels or applying stencils of labels, or of affixing placards on packagescontaining dangerous goods, shall be such that this information will still beidentifiable on packages surviving at least three months’ immersion in thesea. In considering suitable marking, labelling and placarding methods,account shall be taken of the durability of the materials used and of thesurface of the package.

4 Packages containing dangerous goods shall be so marked and labelledexcept that:

.1 packages containing dangerous goods of a low degree of hazardor packed in limited quantities;* or

.2 when special circumstances permit, packages that are stowedand handled in units that are identified by labels or placards;

may be exempted from labelling requirements.

Regulation 5Documents

1 In all documents relating to the carriage of dangerous goods by seawhere the goods are named, the correct technical name of the goods shall beused (trade names alone shall not be used) and the correct description givenin accordance with the classification set out in regulation 2.

2 The shipping documents prepared by the shipper shall include, or beaccompanied by, a signed certificate or declaration that the shipment offered

Part A: Carriage in packaged or solid form Regulations 3, 4, 5

* Refer to the specific exemptions provided for in the IMDG Code.

407

for carriage is properly packaged and marked, labelled or placarded, asappropriate, and in proper condition for carriage.

3 The persons responsible for the packing of dangerous goods in afreight container or road vehicle shall provide a signed container packingcertificate or vehicle packing declaration stating that the cargo in the unithas been properly packed and secured and that all applicable transportrequirements have been met. Such a certificate or declaration may becombined with the document referred to in paragraph 2.

4 Where there is due cause to suspect that a freight container or roadvehicle in which dangerous goods are packed is not in compliance with therequirements of paragraph 2 or 3, or where a container packing certificate orvehicle packing declaration is not available, the freight container or vehicleshall not be accepted for shipment.

5 Each ship carrying dangerous goods shall have a special list or manifestsetting forth, in accordance with the classification set out in regulation 2, thedangerous goods on board and the location thereof. A detailed stowage plan,which identifies by class and sets out the location of all dangerous goods onboard, may be used in place of such a special list or manifest. A copy of oneof these documents shall be made available before departure to the person ororganization designated by the port State authority.

Regulation 6Stowage and securing

1 Dangerous goods shall be loaded, stowed and secured safely andappropriately in accordance with the nature of the goods. Incompatiblegoods shall be segregated from one another.

2 Explosives (except ammunition) which present a serious risk shall bestowed in a magazine which shall be kept securely closed while at sea. Suchexplosives shall be segregated from detonators. Electrical apparatus andcables in any compartment in which explosives are carried shall be sodesigned and used as to minimize the risk of fire or explosion.

3 Dangerous goods in packaged form which give off dangerous vapoursshall be stowed in a mechanically ventilated space or on deck. Dangerousgoods in solid form in bulk which give off dangerous vapours shall bestowed in a well ventilated space.

4 In ships carrying flammable liquids or gases, special precautions shallbe taken where necessary against fire or explosion.

5 Substances which are liable to spontaneous heating or combustionshall not be carried unless adequate precautions have been taken tominimize the likelihood of the outbreak of fire.

408


6 All cargoes, other than solid and liquid bulk cargoes, shall be loaded,stowed and secured throughout the voyage in accordance with the CargoSecuring Manual approved by the Administration. In ships with ro–ro cargospaces, as defined in regulation II-2/3.14,* all securing of such cargoes, inaccordance with the Cargo Securing Manual, shall be completed before theship leaves berth. The Cargo Securing Manual shall be drawn up to astandard at least equivalent to relevant guidelines developed by theOrganization.{

Regulation 7Explosives in passenger ships{

1 Explosives in division 1.4, compatibility group S, may be carried inany amount in passenger ships. No other explosives may be carried exceptany one of the following:

.1 explosive articles for life-saving purposes, if the total netexplosives mass of such articles does not exceed 50 kg per ship; or

.2 explosives in compatibility groups C, D and E, if the total netexplosives mass does not exceed 10 kg per ship; or

.3 explosive articles in compatibility group G other than thoserequiring special stowage, if the total net explosives mass doesnot exceed 10 kg per ship; or

.4 explosive articles in compatibility group B, if the total netexplosives mass does not exceed 5 kg per ship.

.5 articles in compatibility group N shall only be allowed inpassenger ships if the total net explosive mass does not exceed50 kg per ship and no other explosives, apart from division 1.4compatibility group S, are carried.

2 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1, additional quantitiesor types of explosives may be carried in passenger ships in which specialsafety measures approved by the Administration are taken.

Regulation 7-1Reporting of incidents involving dangerous goods

1 When an incident takes place involving the loss or likely lossoverboard of packaged dangerous goods into the sea, the master, or other

Part A: Carriage in packaged or solid form Regulations 6, 7, 7-1

* This relates to the chapter II-2 in force before 1 July 2002. The equivalent in the amendedchapter II-2 is 3.41.{ Refer to the Guidelines on the preparation of the Cargo Securing Manual approved by theMaritime Safety Committee of the Organization and promulgated by circular MSC/Circ.745.{ Refer to class 1 of the IMDG Code.

409

person having charge of the ship, shall report the particulars of such anincident without delay and to the fullest extent possible to the nearestcoastal State. The report shall be based on the guidelines and generalprinciples adopted by the Organization.*

2 In the event of the ship referred to in paragraph 1 being abandoned, orin the event of a report from such a ship being incomplete or unobtainable,the owner, charterer, manager or operator of the ship, or their agents shall,to the fullest extent possible, assume the obligations placed upon the masterby this regulation.

* Refer to the General principles for ship reporting systems and ship reporting requirements,including guidelines for reporting incidents involving dangerous goods, harmful substancesand/or marine pollutants adopted by the Organization by resolution A.851(20).

410


Part BConstruction and equipment of ships carrying

dangerous liquid chemicals in bulk


For the purpose of this part, unless expressly provided otherwise:

1 International Bulk Chemical Code (IBC Code) means the InternationalCode for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying DangerousChemicals in Bulk adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of theOrganization by resolution MSC.4(48), as may be amended by theOrganization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought intoforce and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of thepresent Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable tothe annex other than chapter I.

2 Chemical tanker means a cargo ship constructed or adapted and usedfor the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in chapter 17 of theInternational Bulk Chemical Code.

3 For the purpose of regulation 9, ship constructed means a ship the keelof which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction.

4 At a similar stage of construction means the stage at which:



Regulation 9Application to chemical tankers

1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to chemical tankersconstructed on or after 1 July 1986 including those of less than 500 grosstonnage. Such tankers shall comply with the requirements of this part inaddition to any other applicable requirements of the present regulations.

2 Any chemical tanker, irrespective of the date of construction, whichundergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto

Part B: Ships carrying dangerous liquid chemicals Regulations 8, 9

411

shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicableto the ship. Such a ship, if constructed before 1 July 1986, shall, as a rule,comply with the requirements for a ship constructed on or after that date toat least the same extent as before undergoing such repairs, alterations,modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a majorcharacter, and outfitting related thereto, shall meet the requirements for aship constructed on or after 1 July 1986 in so far as the Administrationdeems reasonable and practicable.

3 A ship, irrespective of the date of construction, which is converted toa chemical tanker shall be treated as a chemical tanker constructed on thedate on which such conversion commenced.

Regulation 10Requirements for chemical tankers

1 A chemical tanker shall comply with the requirements of theInternational Bulk Chemical Code and shall, in addition to the require-ments of regulation I/8, I/9, and I/10, as applicable, be surveyed and certifiedas provided for in that Code. For the purpose of this regulation, therequirements of the Code shall be treated as mandatory.

2 A chemical tanker holding a certificate issued pursuant to theprovisions of paragraph 1 shall be subject to the control established inregulation I/19. For this purpose such certificate shall be treated as acertificate issued under regulation I/12 or I/13.

412


Part CConstruction and equipment of ships carrying

liquefied gases in bulk



1 International Gas Carrier Code (IGC Code) means the InternationalCode for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying LiquefiedGases in Bulk as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of theOrganization by resolution MSC.5(48), as may be amended by theOrganization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought intoforce and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of thepresent Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable tothe annex other than chapter I.

2 Gas carrier means a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for thecarriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other product listed in chapter 19 ofthe International Gas Carrier Code.

3 For the purpose of regulation 12, ship constructed means a ship the keelof which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction.

4 At a similar stage of construction means the stage at which:



Regulation 12Application to gas carriers

1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to gas carriersconstructed on or after 1 July 1986 including those of less than 500 grosstonnage. Such gas carriers shall comply with the requirements of this part inaddition to any other applicable requirements of the present regulations.

2 Any gas carrier, irrespective of the date of construction, whichundergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto

Part C: Ships carrying liquefied gases in bulk Regulations 10, 11, 12

413

shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicableto the ship. Such a ship if constructed before 1 July 1986 shall, as a rule,comply with the requirements for a ship constructed on or after that date toat least the same extent as before undergoing such repairs, alterations,modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a majorcharacter, and outfitting related thereto, shall meet the requirements for aship constructed on or after 1 July 1986 in so far as the Administrationdeems reasonable and practicable.

3 A ship, irrespective of the date of construction, which is converted toa gas carrier shall be treated as a gas carrier constructed on the date on whichsuch conversion commenced.

Regulation 13Requirements for gas carriers

1 A gas carrier shall comply with the requirements of the InternationalGas Carrier Code and shall, in addition to the requirements of regulationI/8, I/9 and I/10, as applicable, be surveyed and certified as provided for inthat Code. For the purpose of this regulation, the requirements of the Codeshall be treated as mandatory.

2 A gas carrier holding a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions ofparagraph 1 shall be subject to the control established in regulation I/19. Forthis purpose such certificate shall be treated as a certificate issued underregulation I/12 or I/13.

414


Part DSpecial requirements for the carriage of packaged irradiatednuclear fuel, plutonium and high-level radioactive wastes

on board ships



1 INF Code means the International Code for the Safe Carriage ofPackaged Irradiated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-Level RadioactiveWastes on Board Ships, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of theOrganization by resolution MSC.88(71), as may be amended by theOrganization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought intoforce and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of thepresent Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable tothe annex other than chapter I.

2 INF cargo means packaged irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium andhigh-level radioactive wastes carried as cargo in accordance with class 7 ofthe IMDG Code, schedule 10, 11, 12 or 13.

3 Irradiated nuclear fuel means material containing uranium, thoriumand/or plutonium isotopes which has been used to maintain a self-sustainingnuclear chain reaction.

4 Plutonium means the resultant mixture of isotopes of that materialextracted from irradiated nuclear fuel from reprocessing.

5 High-level radioactive wastes means liquid wastes resulting from theoperation of the first stage extraction system or the concentrated wastesfrom subsequent extraction stages, in a facility for reprocessing irradiatednuclear fuel, or solids into which such liquid wastes have been converted.

6 IMDG Code means the International Maritime Dangerous GoodsCode adopted by the Assembly of the Organization by resolutionA.716(17), as amended and may be amended by the Maritime SafetyCommittee.

Part D: Special requirements for nuclear materials Regulations 14, 15

415

Regulation 15Application to ships carrying INF cargo

1 Except as provided for in paragraph 2, this part shall apply to all shipsregardless of the date of construction and size, including cargo ships of lessthan 500 gross tonnage, engaged in the carriage of INF cargo.

2 This part and the INF Code do not apply to warships, naval auxiliaryor other vessels owned or operated by a Contracting Government and used,for the time being, only on government non-commercial service; however,each Administration shall ensure, by the adoption of appropriate measuresnot impairing operations or operational capabilities of such ships owned oroperated by it, that such ships carrying INF cargo act in a mannerconsistent, so far as reasonable and practicable, with this part and the INFCode.

3 Nothing in this part or the INF Code shall prejudice the rights andduties of governments under international law and any action taken toenforce compliance shall be consistent with international law.

Regulation 16Requirements for ships carrying INF cargo

1 A ship carrying INF cargo shall comply with the requirements of theINF Code in addition to any other applicable requirements of the presentregulations and shall be surveyed and certified as provided for in that Code.

2 A ship holding a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions ofparagraph 1 shall be subject to the control established in regulations I/19 andXI/4. For this purpose, such certificate shall be treated as a certificate issuedunder regulation I/12 or I/13.


416

CHAPTER VIIINuclear ships

Page

1 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

2 Application of other chapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

3 Exemptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

4 Approval of reactor installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

5 Suitability of reactor installationfor service on board ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

6 Radiation safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

7 Safety assessment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

8 Operating manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

9 Surveys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

10 Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

11 Special control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

12 Casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

417


This chapter applies to all nuclear ships except ships of war.

Regulation 2Application of other chapters

The regulations contained in the other chapters of the present Conventionapply to nuclear ships except as modified by this chapter.*


A nuclear ship shall not, in any circumstances, be exempted fromcompliance with any regulations of this Convention.

Regulation 4Approval of reactor installation

The design, construction and standards of inspection and assembly of thereactor installation shall be subject to the approval and satisfaction of theAdministration and shall take account of the limitations which will beimposed on surveys by the presence of radiation.

Regulation 5Suitability of reactor installationfor service on board ship

The reactor installation shall be designed having regard to the specialconditions of service on board ship both in normal and exceptionalcircumstances of navigation.

Regulation 6Radiation safety

The Administration shall take measures to ensure that there are nounreasonable radiation or other nuclear hazards, at sea or in port, to thecrew, passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resources.

Regulations 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

* Refer to the Code of Safety for Nuclear Merchant Ships (resolution A.491(XII)), whichsupplements the requirements of this chapter.

419

Regulation 7Safety assessment

(a) A safety assessment shall be prepared to permit evaluation of thenuclear power plant and safety of the ship to ensure that there are nounreasonable radiation or other hazards, at sea or in port, to the crew,passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resources. TheAdministration, when satisfied, shall approve such safety assessment whichshall always be kept up to date.

(b) The safety assessment shall be made available sufficiently in advance tothe Contracting Governments of the countries which a nuclear ship intendsto visit so that they may evaluate the safety of the ship.

Regulation 8Operating manual

A fully detailed operating manual shall be prepared for the information andguidance of the operating personnel in their duties on all matters relating tothe operation of the nuclear power plant and having an important bearingon safety. The Administration, when satisfied, shall approve such operatingmanual and a copy shall be kept on board the ship. The operating manualshall always be kept up to date.

Regulation 9Surveys

Survey of nuclear ships shall include the applicable requirements ofregulation 7 of chapter I, or of regulations 8, 9 and 10 of chapter I, exceptin so far as surveys are limited by the presence of radiation. In addition, thesurveys shall include any special requirements of the safety assessment. Theyshall in all cases, notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 8 and 10 ofchapter I, be carried out not less frequently than once a year.

Regulation 10Certificates

(a) The provisions of paragraph (a) of regulation 12 of chapter I and ofregulation 14 of chapter I shall not apply to nuclear ships.

(b) A certificate, called a Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shallbe issued after inspection and survey to a nuclear passenger ship whichcomplies with the requirements of chapters II-1, II-2, III, IV and VIII, andany other relevant requirements of the present regulations.

Chapter VIII: Nuclear ships

420

(c) A certificate, called a Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate shall beissued after inspection and survey to a nuclear cargo ship which satisfies therequirements for cargo ships on survey set out in regulation 10 of chapter I,and complies with the requirements of chapters II-1, II-2, III, IV and VIIIand any other relevant requirements of the present regulations.

(d) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo ShipSafety Certificates shall state: ‘‘That the ship, being a nuclear ship, compliedwith all requirements of chapter VIII of the Convention and conformed tothe Safety Assessment approved for the ship’’.

(e) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo ShipSafety Certificates shall be valid for a period of not more than 12 months.

(f) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo ShipSafety Certificates shall be issued either by the Administration or by anyperson or organization duly authorized by it. In every case, thatAdministration assumes full responsibility for the certificate.

Regulation 11Special control*

In addition to the control established by regulation 19 of chapter I, nuclearships shall be subject to special control before entering the ports and in theports of Contracting Governments, directed towards verifying that there ison board a valid Nuclear Ship Safety Certificate and that there are nounreasonable radiation or other hazards at sea or in port, to the crew,passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resources.

Regulation 12Casualties

In the event of any accident likely to lead to an environmental hazard themaster of a nuclear ship shall immediately inform the Administration. Themaster shall also immediately inform the competent governmental authorityof the country in whose waters the ship may be, or whose waters the shipapproaches in a damaged condition.

Regulations 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12

* Refer to the IMO/IAEA Safety Recommendation on the Use of Ports by Nuclear MerchantShips.

421

CHAPTER IXManagement for thesafe operation of ships

Page

1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

2 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

3 Safety management requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

4 Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

5 Maintenance of conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

6 Verification and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

423



1 International Safety Management (ISM) Code means the InternationalManagement Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for PollutionPrevention adopted by the Organization by resolution A.741(18), as may beamended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted,brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions ofarticle VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendmentprocedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.

2 Company means the owner of the ship or any other organization orperson such as the manager, or the bareboat charterer, who has assumed theresponsibility for operation of the ship from the owner of the ship and whoon assuming such responsibility has agreed to take over all the duties andresponsibilities imposed by the International Safety Management Code.

3 Oil tanker means an oil tanker as defined in regulation II-1/2.12.

4 Chemical tanker means a chemical tanker as defined in regulation VII/8.2.

5 Gas carrier means a gas carrier as defined in regulation VII/11.2.

6 Bulk carrier means a ship which is constructed generally with singledeck, top-side tanks and hopper side tanks in cargo spaces, and is intendedprimarily to carry dry cargo in bulk, and includes such types as ore carriersand combination carriers.*

7 Mobile offshore drilling unit (MODU) means a vessel capable ofengaging in drilling operations for the exploration for or exploitation ofresources beneath the sea-bed such as liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons,sulphur or salt.

8 High-speed craft means a craft as defined in regulation X/1.


1 This chapter applies to ships, regardless of the date of construction, asfollows:

.1 passenger ships including passenger high-speed craft, not laterthan 1 July 1998;

Regulations 1, 2

* Refer to resolution MSC.79(70) relating to interpretation of provisions of SOLAS chapterXII on additional safety measures for bulk carriers.

425

.2 oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers, bulk carriers and cargohigh-speed craft of 500 gross tonnage and upwards, not laterthan 1 July 1998; and

.3 other cargo ships and mobile offshore drilling units of 500 grosstonnage and upwards, not later than 1 July 2002.*

2 This chapter does not apply to government-operated ships used fornon-commercial purposes.

Regulation 3Safety management requirements

1 The company and the ship shall comply with the requirements of theInternational Safety Management Code. For the purpose of this regulation,the requirements of the Code shall be treated as mandatory.

2 The ship shall be operated by a company holding a Document ofCompliance referred to in regulation 4.

Regulation 4Certification

1 A Document of Compliance shall be issued to every company whichcomplies with the requirements of the International Safety ManagementCode. This document shall be issued by the Administration, by anorganization recognized by the Administration, or at the request of theAdministration by another Contracting Government.

2 A copy of the Document of Compliance shall be kept on board theship in order that the master can produce it on request for verification.

3 A Certificate, called a Safety Management Certificate, shall be issuedto every ship by the Administration or an organization recognized by theAdministration. The Administration or organization recognized by it shall,before issuing the Safety Management Certificate, verify that the companyand its shipboard management operate in accordance with the approvedsafety-management system.

* The Maritime Safety Committee, at its sixty-sixth session, decided that mobile offshoredrilling units not propelled by mechanical means need not comply with the requirements of thechapter.

Chapter IX: Management for the safe operation of ships

426

Regulation 5Maintenance of conditions

The safety-management system shall be maintained in accordance with theprovisions of the International Safety Management Code.

Regulation 6Verification and control

1 The Administration, another Contracting Government at the requestof the Administration or an organization recognized by the Administrationshall periodically verify the proper functioning of the ship’s safety-management system.

2 A ship required to hold a certificate issued pursuant to the provisionsof regulation 4.3 shall be subject to control in accordance with theprovisions of regulation XI/4. For this purpose such certificate shall betreated as a certificate issued under regulation I/12 or I/13.


427

CHAPTER XSafety measures for high-speed craft

Page

1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

2 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

3 Requirements for high-speed craft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

429



1 High-Speed Craft Code, 1994 (1994 HSC Code) means theInternational Code of Safety for High-Speed Craft adopted by the MaritimeSafety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.36(63), as maybe amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments areadopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with theprovisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning theamendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.

2 High-Speed Craft Code, 2000 (2000 HSC Code) means the Inter-national Code of Safety for High-Speed Craft, 2000, adopted by theMaritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolutionMSC.97(73), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that suchamendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordancewith the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning theamendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.

3 High-speed craft is a craft capable of a maximum speed, in metres persecond (m/s), equal to or exceeding:

3:7r0:1667

where: r ¼ volume of displacement corresponding to thedesign waterline (m3),

excluding craft the hull of which is supported completely clear above thewater surface in non-displacement mode by aerodynamic forces generatedby ground effect.

4 Craft constructed means a craft the keel of which is laid or which is at asimilar stage of construction.

5 Similar stage of construction means a stage at which:

.1 construction identifiable with a specific craft begins; and

.2 assembly of that craft has commenced comprising at least 50tonnes or 3% of the estimated mass of all structural material,whichever is the less.


1 This chapter applies to high-speed craft constructed on or after1 January 1996, as follows:

Regulations 1, 2

431

.1 passenger craft which do not proceed in the course of theirvoyage more than 4 h at operational speed from a place of refugewhen fully laden; and

.2 cargo craft of 500 gross tonnage and upwards which do notproceed in the course of their voyage more than 8 h atoperational speed from a place of refuge when fully laden.

2 Any craft, irrespective of the date of construction, which undergoesrepairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shallcontinue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicableto the craft. Such a craft, if constructed before 1 July 2002, shall, as a rule,comply with the requirements for a craft constructed on or after that date toat least the same extent as it did before undergoing such repairs, alterations,modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a majorcharacter, and outfitting related thereto, shall meet the requirements for acraft constructed on or after 1 July 2002 in so far as the Administrationdeems reasonable and practicable.

Regulation 3Requirements for high-speed craft

1 Notwithstanding the provisions of chapters I to IV and regulationsV/18, 19 and 20:

.1 a high-speed craft constructed on or after 1 January 1996 butbefore 1 July 2002 which complies with the requirements of theHigh-Speed Craft Code, 1994 in its entirety and which has beensurveyed and certified as provided in that Code shall be deemedto have complied with the requirements of chapters I to IV andregulations V/18, 19 and 20. For the purpose of this regulation,the requirements of that Code shall be treated as mandatory;

.2 a high-speed craft constructed on or after 1 July 2002 whichcomplies with the requirements of the High-Speed Craft Code,2000 in its entirety and which has been surveyed and certified asprovided in that Code shall be deemed to have complied withthe requirements of chapters I to IV and regulations V/18, 19and 20.

2 The certificates and permits issued under the High-Speed Craft Codeshall have the same force and the same recognition as the certificates issuedunder chapter I.

432

Chapter X: Safety measures for high-speed craft

CHAPTER XISpecial measures to enhance

maritime safetyPage

1 Authorization of recognized organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

2 Enhanced surveys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

3 Ship identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

4 Port State control on operational requirements . . . . . . . . . 436

433

Regulation 1Authorization of recognized organizations

Organizations referred to in regulation I/6 shall comply with the guidelinesadopted by the Organization by resolution A.739(18), as may be amendedby the Organization, and the specifications adopted by the Organization byresolution A.789(19), as may be amended by the Organization, providedthat such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect inaccordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Conventionconcerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other thanchapter I.

Regulation 2Enhanced surveys*

Bulk carriers as defined in regulation IX/1.6 and oil tankers as defined inregulation II-1/2.12 shall be subject to an enhanced programme ofinspections in accordance with the guidelines adopted by the Assembly ofthe Organization by resolution A.744(18), as may be amended by theOrganization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought intoforce and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of thepresent Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable tothe annex other than chapter I.

Regulation 3Ship identification number

1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships of 100 gross tonnage andupwards and to all cargo ships of 300 gross tonnage and upwards.

2 Every ship shall be provided with an identification number whichconforms to the IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by theOrganization.{

3 The ship’s identification number shall be inserted on the certificatesand certified copies thereof issued under regulation I/12 or regulation I/13.

4 For ships constructed before 1 January 1996, this regulation shall takeeffect when a certificate is renewed on or after 1 January 1996.

Regulations 1, 2, 3

* Refer to MSC/Circ.655 on guidance for planning the enhanced programme of inspectionssurveys of bulk carriers and oil tankers and MSC/Circ.686, Guidelines on the means of accessto structures for inspection and maintenance of oil tankers and bulk carriers.{ Refer to the IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organization byresolution A.600(15).

435

Regulation 4Port State control on operational requirements*

1 A ship when in a port of another Contracting Government is subjectto control by officers duly authorized by such Government concerningoperational requirements in respect of the safety of ships, when there areclear grounds for believing that the master or crew are not familiar withessential shipboard procedures relating to the safety of ships.

2 In the circumstances defined in paragraph 1 of this regulation, theContracting Government carrying out the control shall take such steps aswill ensure that the ship shall not sail until the situation has been brought toorder in accordance with the requirements of the present Convention.

3 Procedures relating to the port State control prescribed in regulationI/19 shall apply to this regulation.

4 Nothing in the present regulation shall be construed to limit the rightsand obligations of a Contracting Government carrying out control overoperational requirements specifically provided for in the regulations.

* Refer to the Procedures for port State control adopted by the Organization byresolution A.787(19), as amended by resolution A.882(21).

Chapter XI: Special measures to enhance maritime safety

436

CHAPTER XIIAdditional safety measures for bulk carriers

Page

1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

2 Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

3 Implementation schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

4 Damage stability requirements applicable to bulk carriers . . 440

5 Structural strength of bulk carriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

6 Structural and other requirements for bulk carriers . . . . . . 441

7 Survey of the cargo hold structure of bulk carriers. . . . . . . 442

8 Information on compliance with requirementsfor bulk carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

9 Requirements for bulk carriers not being capableof complying with regulation 4.2 due to the designconfiguration of their cargo holds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

10 Solid bulk cargo density declaration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

11 Loading instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

437



1 Bulk carrier means a bulk carrier as defined in regulation IX/1.6.

2 Bulk carrier of single side skin construction means a bulk carrier in whicha cargo hold is bounded by the side shell.

3 Length of a bulk carrier means the length as defined in theInternational Convention on Load Lines in force.

4 Solid bulk cargo means any material, other than liquid or gas, consistingof a combination of particles, granules or any larger pieces of material,generally uniform in composition, which is loaded directly into the cargospaces of a ship without any intermediate form of containment.

5 Bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strength standards means the‘‘Standards for the evaluation of scantlings of the transverse watertight verticallycorrugated bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds and for theevaluation of allowable hold loading of the foremost cargo hold’’ adopted byresolution 4 of the Conference of Contracting Governments to theInternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, on 27November 1997, as may be amended by the Organization, provided that suchamendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance withthe provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning theamendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.

6 The term ships constructed has the same meaning as defined inregulation II-1/1.1.3.1.

Regulation 2Application*

Bulk carriers shall comply with the requirements of this chapter in additionto the applicable requirements of other chapters.

Regulation 3Implementation schedule

(This regulation applies to bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 1999)

Bulk carriers to which regulations 4 or 6 apply shall comply with theprovisions of such regulations according to the following schedule, with

Regulations 1, 2, 3

* Refer to the Interpretation of the provisions of SOLAS chapter XII on additional safetymeasures for bulk carriers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization byresolution MSC.79(70).

439

reference to the enhanced programme of inspections required by regulationXI/2:

.1 bulk carriers which are 20 years of age and over on 1 July 1999,by the date of the first intermediate survey or the first periodicalsurvey after 1 July 1999, whichever comes first;

.2 bulk carriers which are 15 years of age and over but less than 20years of age on 1 July 1999, by the date of the first periodicalsurvey after 1 July 1999, but not later than 1 July 2002; and

.3 bulk carriers which are less than 15 years of age on 1 July 1999,by the date of the first periodical survey after the date on whichthe ship reaches 15 years of age, but not later than the date onwhich the ship reaches 17 years of age.

Regulation 4Damage stability requirements applicable to bulk carriers

1 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single side skinconstruction, designed to carry solid bulk cargoes having a density of1,000 kg/m3 and above, constructed on or after 1 July 1999 shall, whenloaded to the summer load line, be able to withstand flooding of any onecargo hold in all loading conditions and remain afloat in a satisfactorycondition of equilibrium, as specified in paragraph 3.

2 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single side skinconstruction, carrying solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1,780 kg/m3

and above, constructed before 1 July 1999 shall, when loaded to thesummer load line, be able to withstand flooding of the foremost cargo holdin all loading conditions and remain afloat in a satisfactory condition ofequilibrium, as specified in paragraph 3. This requirement shall be compliedwith in accordance with the implementation schedule specified inregulation 3.

3 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 6, the condition of equilibriumafter flooding shall satisfy the condition of equilibrium laid down in theannex to resolution A.320(IX), Regulation equivalent to regulation 27 ofthe International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, as amended byresolution A.514(13). The assumed flooding need only take into accountflooding of the cargo hold space. The permeability of a loaded hold shall beassumed as 0.9 and the permeability of an empty hold shall be assumed as0.95, unless a permeability relevant to a particular cargo is assumed for thevolume of a flooded hold occupied by cargo and a permeability of 0.95 isassumed for the remaining empty volume of the hold.

4 Bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 1999 which have been assigneda reduced freeboard in compliance with regulation 27(7) of the InternationalConvention on Load Lines, 1966, as adopted on 5 April 1966, may beconsidered as complying with paragraph 2 of this regulation.

440

Chapter XII: Additional safety measures for bulk carriers

5 Bulk carriers which have been assigned a reduced freeboard incompliance with the provisions of paragraph (8) of the regulation equivalentto regulation 27 of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966,adopted by resolution A.320(IX), as amended by resolution A.514(13), maybe considered as complying with paragraphs 1 or 2, as appropriate.

6 On bulk carriers which have been assigned reduced freeboard incompliance with the provisions of regulation 27(8) set out in annex B of theProtocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention on Load Lines,1966, the condition of equilibrium after flooding shall satisfy the relevantprovisions of that Protocol.

Regulation 5Structural strength of bulk carriers

(This regulation applies to bulk carriers constructed on or after 1 July 1999)

Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single side skinconstruction, designed to carry solid bulk cargoes having a density of1,000 kg/m3 and above, shall have sufficient strength to withstand floodingof any one cargo hold in all loading and ballast conditions, taking also intoaccount dynamic effects resulting from the presence of water in the hold,and taking into account the recommendations adopted by the Organiza-tion.*

Regulation 6Structural and other requirements for bulk carriers


1 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single side skinconstruction, carrying solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1,780 kg/m3

and above, shall comply with the requirements of this regulation inaccordance with the implementation schedule specified in regulation 3.

2 The transverse watertight bulkhead between the two foremost cargoholds and the double bottom of the foremost cargo hold shall have sufficientstrength to withstand flooding of the foremost cargo hold, taking also intoaccount dynamic effects resulting from the presence of water in the hold, incompliance with the bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strengthstandards. For the purpose of this regulation, the bulk carrier bulkhead anddouble bottom strength standards shall be treated as mandatory.

Regulations 4, 5, 6

* Refer to resolution 3, Recommendation on compliance with SOLAS regulation XII/5,adopted by the 1997 SOLAS Conference.

441

3 In considering the need for, and the extent of, strengthening of thetransverse watertight bulkhead or double bottom to meet the requirementsof paragraph 2, the following restrictions may be taken into account:

.1 restrictions on the distribution of the total cargo weight betweenthe cargo holds; and

.2 restrictions on the maximum deadweight.

4 For bulk carriers using either of, or both, the restrictions given inparagraphs 3.1 and 3.2 above for the purpose of fulfilling the requirementsof paragraph 2, these restrictions shall be complied with whenever solidbulk cargoes having a density of 1,780 kg/m3 and above are carried.

Regulation 7Survey of the cargo hold structure of bulk carriers


A bulk carrier of 150 m in length and upwards of single side skinconstruction, of 10 years of age and over, shall not carry solid bulk cargoeshaving a density of 1,780 kg/m3 and above unless it has satisfactorilyundergone either:

.1 a periodical survey in accordance with the enhanced programmeof inspections required by regulation XI/2; or

.2 a survey of all cargo holds to the same extent as required forperiodical surveys in the enhanced survey programme ofinspections required by regulation XI/2.

Regulation 8Information on compliance with requirementsfor bulk carriers

1 The booklet required by regulation VI/7.2 shall be endorsed by theAdministration or on its behalf to indicate that regulations 4, 5, 6 and 7 asappropriate, are complied with.

2 Any restrictions imposed on the carriage of solid bulk cargoes having adensity of 1,780 kg/m3 and above in accordance with the requirements ofregulation 6 shall be identified and recorded in the booklet referred to inparagraph 1.

3 A bulk carrier to which paragraph 2 applies shall be permanentlymarked on the side shell at amidships, port and starboard, with a solidequilateral triangle having sides of 500 mm and its apex 300 mm below thedeck line, and painted a contrasting colour to that of the hull.

442


Regulation 9Requirements for bulk carriers not being capableof complying with regulation 4.2 due to thedesign configuration of their cargo holds


For bulk carriers being within the application limits of regulation 4.2, whichhave been constructed with an insufficient number of transverse watertightbulkheads to satisfy that regulation, the Administration may allow relaxationfrom the application of regulations 4.2 and 6 on condition that they shallcomply with the following requirements:

.1 for the foremost cargo hold, the inspections prescribed for theannual survey in the enhanced programme of inspectionsrequired by regulation XI/2 shall be replaced by the inspectionsprescribed therein for the intermediate survey of cargo holds;

.2 are provided with bilge well high water level alarms in all cargoholds, or in cargo conveyor tunnels, as appropriate, giving anaudible and visual alarm on the navigation bridge, as approvedby the Administration or an organization recognized by it inaccordance with the provisions of regulation XI/1; and

.3 are provided with detailed information on specific cargo holdflooding scenarios. This information shall be accompanied bydetailed instructions on evacuation preparedness under theprovisions of section 8 of the International Safety Management(ISM) Code and be used as the basis for crew training and drills.

Regulation 10Solid bulk cargo density declaration

1 Prior to loading bulk cargo on a bulk carrier, the shipper shall declarethe density of the cargo, in addition to providing the cargo informationrequired by regulation VI/2.

2 For bulk carriers to which regulation 6 applies, unless such bulkcarriers comply with all the relevant requirements of this chapter applicableto the carriage of solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1,780 kg/m3 andabove, any cargo declared to have a density within the range 1,250 kg/m3 to1,780 kg/m3 shall have its density verified by an accredited testingorganization.*


* In verifying the density of solid bulk cargoes, reference may be made to MSC/Circ.908,Uniform method of measurement of the density of bulk cargoes.

443

Regulation 11Loading instrument

(This regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of construction)

1 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards shall be fitted with aloading instrument capable of providing information on hull girder shearforces and bending moments, taking into account the recommendationadopted by the Organization.*

2 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards constructed before1 July 1999 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 1 not later thanthe date of the first intermediate or periodical survey of the ship to be carriedout after 1 July 1999.

* Refer to resolution 5, Recommendation on loading instruments, adopted by the 1997SOLAS Conference.


444

APPENDIXCertificates*

Page

&P88 Form of Passenger Ship Safety Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

&P88 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate . . . . . . . . . 456

&P88 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate . . . . . . . . . . 462

&P88 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

&P88 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

&P88 Form of Exemption Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495

Form of Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . 498

Form of Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

* The regulations relating to life-saving appliances and arrangements referred to in the forms ofcertificates and related records of equipment are those of SOLAS chapter III as amended byresolution MSC.47(66).

445

&P88 Form of Safety Certificate for Passenger Ships

PASSENGER SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment(Form P)

(Official seal) (State)

foran1

a shortinternational voyage

Issued under the provisions of the

INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFEAT SEA, 1974, as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto

under the authority of the Government of

(name of the State)

(person or organization authorized)by

_1 Delete as appropriate

447

Particulars of ship2

Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Distinctive number or letters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Port of registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross tonnage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sea areas in which ship is certified to operate (regulation IV/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IMO Number3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similarstage of construction or, where applicable, date onwhich work for a conversion or an alteration ormodification of a major character was commenced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements ofregulation I/7 of the Convention.

2 That the survey showed that:

2.1 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards:

.1 the structure, main and auxiliary machinery, boilers and other pressurevessels;

.2 the watertight subdivision arrangements and details;

.3 the following subdivision load lines:

Subdivision load lines assigned andmarked on the ship’s side amidships

(regulation II-1/13)

Freeboard To apply when the spaces in whichpassengers are carried include the

following alternative spaces

C.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regardsstructural fire protection, fire safety systems and appliances and fire controlplans;

_2 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.3 In accordance with IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organization byresolution A.600(15).

448

Appendix

2.3 the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts andrescue boats were provided in accordance with the requirements of theConvention;

2.4 the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and radio installationsused in life-saving appliances in accordance with the requirements of theConvention;

2.5 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radioinstallations;

2.6 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances compliedwith the requirements of the Convention;

2.7 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regardsshipborne navigational equipment, means of embarkation for pilots andnautical publications;

2.8 the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals anddistress signals, in accordance with the requirements of the Convention and theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;

2.9 in all other respects the ship complied with the relevant requirements of theConvention.

3 That an Exemption Certificate has/has not1 been issued.

This certificate is valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Issued at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Place of issue of certificate)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official

issuing the certificate)

(Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)

_1 Delete as appropriate.

Certificates

449

Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regulationI/14(d) applies

The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and thiscertificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(d) of the Convention, be acceptedas valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port ofsurvey or for a period of grace where regulation I/14(e) or I/14(f) applies

This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(e)/I/14(f)1 of theConvention, be accepted as valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



450

Appendix

RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR THE PASSENGER SHIPSAFETY CERTIFICATE (FORM P)

This Record shall be permanently attached to thePassenger Ship Safety Certificate

RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR COMPLIANCE WITHTHE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY

OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, AS MODIFIED BY THE PROTOCOLOF 1988 RELATING THERETO

1 Particulars of ship

Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Number of passengers for which certified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Minimum number of persons with required qualifications to operate the radioinstallations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 Details of life-saving appliances

1 Total number of persons for which life-savingappliances are provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Port side Starboardside

2 Total number of lifeboats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Total number of persons accommodated by them . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2 Number of partially enclosed lifeboats(regulation III/21 and LSA Code, section 4.5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.3 Number of totally enclosed lifeboats(regulation III/21 and LSA Code, section 4.6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4 Other lifeboats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.1 Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.2 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Certificates

451

2 Details of life-saving appliances (continued)

3 Number of motor lifeboats included in the totallifeboats shown above

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 Number of lifeboats fitted with searchlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 Number of rescue boats . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1 Number of boats which are included in the totallifeboats shown above

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 Liferafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.1 Those for which approved launching appliances arerequired . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.1.1 Number of liferafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.1.2 Number of persons accommodated by them . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.2 Those for which approved launching appliances are notrequired . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



6 Buoyant apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.1 Number of apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.2 Number of persons capable of being supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 Number of lifebuoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8 Number of lifejackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9 Immersion suits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.1 Total number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.2 Number of suits complying with the requirements forlifejackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10 Number of thermal protective aids1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11 Radio installations used in life-saving appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.1 Number of radar transponders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.2 Number of two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

_1 Excluding those required by the LSA Code, paragraphs 4.1.5.1.24; 4.4.8.31 and 5.1.2.2.13.

452

Appendix

3 Details of radio facilities

Item Actual provision

1 Primary systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1 VHF radio installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1.2 DSC watch receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.2 MF radio installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.2.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.2.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3 MF/HF radio installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.3.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3.4 Direct-printing radiotelegraphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.4 INMARSAT ship earth station . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 Secondary means of alerting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 Facilities for reception of maritime safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 NAVTEX receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2 EGC receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.3 HF direct-printing radiotelegraph receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 Satellite EPIRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1 COSPAS–SARSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 INMARSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 VHF EPIRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 Ship’s radar transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 Radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver on2,182 kHz2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8 Device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on2,182 kHz3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 Methods used to ensure availability of radio facilities(regulations IV/15.6 and 15.7)

4.1 Duplication of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 Shore-based maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.3 At-sea maintenance capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

_2 Unless another date is determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, this item need not bereproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.3 This item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February

1999.

Certificates

453

5 Details of navigational systems and equipment


1.1 Standard magnetic compass* ................

1.2 Spare magnetic compass* ................

1.3 Gyro-compass* ................

1.4 Gyro-compass heading repeater* ................

1.5 Gyro-compass bearing repeater* ................

1.6 Heading or track control system* ...............

1.7 Pelorus or compass bearing device* ...............

1.8 Means of correcting heading and bearings ...............

1.9 Transmitting heading device (THD)* ...............

2.1 Nautical charts/Electronic chart display and information system(ECDIS){

...............

2.2 Back-up arrangements for ECDIS ................

2.3 Nautical publications ...............

2.4 Back-up arrangements for electronic nautical publications ................

3.1 Receiver for a global navigation satellite system/terrestrialradionavigation system*,{

................

3.2 9 GHz radar* ...............

3.3 Second radar (3 GHz/9 GHz{)* ...............

3.4 Automatic radar plotting aid (ARPA)* ...............

3.5 Automatic tracking aid* ................

3.6 Second automatic tracking aid* ...............

3.7 Electronic plotting aid* ...............

4 Automatic identification system (AIS) ................

5 Voyage data recorder (VDR) ................

6.1 Speed and distance measuring device (through the water)* ................

6.2 Speed and distance measuring device (over the ground in theforward and athwartship direction)*

................

7 Echo-sounding device* ................

8.1 Rudder, propeller, thrust, pitch and operational mode indicator* ................

8.2 Rate-of-turn indicator* ................

_* Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case ofother means they shall be specified.{ Delete as appropriate.

454

Appendix

5 Details of navigational systems and equipment (continued)


9 Sound reception system* ................

10 Telephone to emergency steering position* ................

11 Daylight signalling lamp* ................

12 Radar reflector* ................

13 International Code of Signals ................

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects

Issued at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Place of issue of the Record)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of duly authorized official

issuing the Record)


_* Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case ofother means they shall be specified.

Certificates

455

&P88 Form of Safety Construction Certificatefor Cargo Ships

CARGO SHIP SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE



INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974,as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto


(name of the State)



Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Port of registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross tonnage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deadweight of ship (metric tons)2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IMO Number3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

_1 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.2 For oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers only.3 In accordance with IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organization byresolution A.600(15).

456

Appendix

Type of ship4

Bulk carrier

Oil tanker

Chemical tanker

Gas carrier

Cargo ship other than any of the above

Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similarstage of construction or, where applicable, date onwhich work for a conversion or an alteration ormodification of a major character was commenced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:


2 That the survey showed that the condition of the structure, machinery andequipment as defined in the above regulation was satisfactory and the shipcomplied with the relevant requirements of chapters II-1 and II-2 of theConvention (other than those relating to fire safety systems and appliances andfire control plans).

3 That the last two inspections of the outside of the ship’s bottom took place

on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(dates)


This certificate is valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 subjectto the annual and intermediate surveys and inspections of the outside of the ship’sbottom in accordance with regulation I/10 of the Convention

Issued at. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Place of issue of certificate)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)




_4 Delete as appropriate.5 Insert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulationI/14(a) of the Convention. The day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversarydate, as defined in regulation I/2(n) of the Convention, unless amended in accordance withregulation I/4(h).

Certificates

457

Endorsement for annual and intermediate surveys

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation I/10 of the Convention,the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

Annual survey: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Annual/Intermediate4 survey: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



458

Appendix

Annual/intermediate survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an annual/intermediate survey4 in accordance withregulation I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, this ship was found to comply with therelevant requirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Endorsement for inspections of the outside of the ship’s bottom6

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an inspection required by regulation I/10 of theConvention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of theConvention.

First inspection: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Second inspection: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


_4 Delete as appropriate.6 Provision may be made for additional inspections.

Certificates

459

Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for less than 5 years whereregulation I/14(c) applies

The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and thiscertificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(c) of the Convention, be acceptedas valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and thiscertificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(d) of the Convention, be acceptedas valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



The certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(e)/I/14(f)4 of the Convention,be accepted as valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



460

Appendix

Endorsement for advancement of anniversary date where regulation I/14(h)applies

In accordance with regulation I/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Certificates

461

&P88 Form of Safety Equipment Certificatefor Cargo Ships

CARGO SHIP SAFETY EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATE

This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment(Form E)



INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974,as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto


(name of the State)



Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Port of registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross tonnage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

_1 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.

462

Appendix


Length of ship (regulation III/3.12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IMO Number3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Type of ship4

Bulk carrier

Oil tanker

Chemical tanker

Gas carrier


Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similarstage of construction or, where applicable, date onwhich work for a conversion or an alteration ormodification of a major character was commenced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:



2.1 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards firesafety systems and appliances and fire control plans;




_2 For oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers only.3 In accordance with IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organization byresolution A.600(15).4 Delete as appropriate.

Certificates

463

2.5 the ship was provided with lights, shapes and means of making sound signalsand distress signals in accordance with the requirements of the Conventionand the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;



This certificate is valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 subject to theannual and periodical surveys in accordance with regulation I/8 of the Convention.


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)




_4 Delete as appropriate.5 Insert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulationI/14(a) of the Convention. The day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversarydate as defined in regulation I/2(n) of the Convention, unless amended in accordance withregulation I/14(h).

464

Appendix

Endorsement for annual and periodical surveys

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation I/8 of the Convention, theship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Annual/Periodical4 survey: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Certificates

465

Annual/periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an annual/periodical4 survey in accordance withregulation I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, this ship was found to comply with therelevant requirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



466

Appendix




Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Certificates

467

RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR THE CARGO SHIP SAFETYEQUIPMENT CERTIFICATE

(FORM E)

This Record shall be permanently attached to theCargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate




Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .








2.3 Number of lifeboats with a self-containedair support system (regulation III/31 and LSA Code,section 4.8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4 Number of fire-protected lifeboats (regulation III/31and LSA Code, section 4.9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5 Other lifeboats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.1 Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.2 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

468

Appendix


2.6 Number of freefall lifeboats . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.1 Totally enclosed (regulation III/31 and LSA Code, section 4.7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.2 Self-contained (regulation III/31 and LSA Code, section 4.8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.3 Fire-protected (regulation III/31 and LSA Code, section 4.9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 Number of motor lifeboats (included in the totallifeboats shown above)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .




. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 Liferafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .







5.3 Number of liferafts required by regulation III/31.1.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



8 Immersion suits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.1 Total number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .






_1 Excluding those required by the LSA Code, paragraphs 4.1.5.1.24; 4.4.8.31 and 5.1.2.2.13.

Certificates

469





1.3 Gyro-compass* ................








...............





................

3.2 9 GHz radar* ...............










................




_*Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case

of other means they shall be specified.{

Delete as appropriate.

470

Appendix






12 Radar reflector* ................




. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)


issuing the Record)


_*Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case

of other means they shall be specified.

Certificates

471

&P88 Form of Safety Radio Certificatefor Cargo Ships

CARGO SHIP SAFETY RADIO CERTIFICATE

This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipmentof Radio Facilities (Form R)





(name of the State)



Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Port of registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross tonnage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


472

Appendix


IMO Number2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similarstage of construction or, where applicable, date onwhich work for a conversion or an alteration ormodification of a major character was commenced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:




2.2 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances compliedwith the requirements of the Convention.


This certificate is valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 subject to theperiodical surveys in accordance with regulation I/9 of the Convention.


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)




_2 In accordance with the IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organizationby resolution A.600(15).3 Delete as appropriate.4 Insert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regu-lation I/14(a) of the Convention. The day and the month of this date correspond to theanniversary date as defined in regulation 1/2(n) of the Convention, unless amended inaccordance with regulation I/14(h).

Certificates

473

Endorsement for periodical surveys


Periodical survey: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


474

Appendix

Periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a periodical survey in accordance with regula-tion I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevantrequirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Certificates

475




Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



476

Appendix

RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR THE CARGO SHIPSAFETY RADIO CERTIFICATE (FORM R)

This Record shall be permanently attached to theCargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate

RECORD OF EQUIPMENT OF RADIO FACILITIES FOR COMPLIANCEWITH THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETYOF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, AS MODIFIED BY THE PROTOCOL

OF 1988 RELATING THERETO


Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Minimum number of persons with requiredqualifications to operate the radio installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



1 Primary systems

1.1 VHF radio installation

1.1.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.1.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.2.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.2.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.3.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.3.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3.4 Direct-printing telegraphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



3 Facilities for reception of maritime safety information

3.1 NAVTEX receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2 EGC receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


4 Satellite EPIRB

4.1 COSPAS–SARSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 INMARSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Certificates

477

2 Details of radio facilities (continued)


5 VHF EPIRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



8 Device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signalon 2,182 kHz2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .


3.1 Duplication of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



4 Ships constructed before 1 February 1995 which do not comply with all theapplicable requirements of chapter IV of the Convention as amended in 19882

4.1 For ships required to be fitted with radiotelegraphy in accordance with theConvention in force prior to 1 February 1992.

Requirements ofregulations

Actualprovision

Hours of listening by operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether auto alarm fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether main installation fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether reserve installation fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether main and reserve transmitterselectrically separated or combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 For ships required to be fitted with radiotelephony with the Convention in forceprior to 1 February 1992.


Actualprovision

Hours of listening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

_1 Unless another date is determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, this item need not bereproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.2 This item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February1999.

478

Appendix



. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)


issuing the Record)


Certificates

479

&P88 Form of Safety Certificate for Cargo Ships

CARGO SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment(Form C)





(name of the State)



Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Port of registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross tonnage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


480

Appendix


Length of ship (regulation III/3.12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


IMO Number3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Type of ship4

Bulk carrier

Oil tanker

Chemical tanker

Gas carrier


Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similarstage of construction or, where applicable, date onwhich work for an alteration or modification of amajor character was commenced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements ofregulations I/8, I/9 and I/10 of the Convention.


2.1 the condition of the structure, machinery and equipment as defined inregulation I/10 was satisfactory and the ship complied with the relevantrequirements of chapter II-1 and chapter II-2 of the Convention (other thanthose relating to fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans);

2.2 the last two inspections of the outside of the ship’s bottom took place on

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(dates)

2.3 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards firesafety systems and appliances and fire control plans;


_2 For oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers only.3 In accordance with IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organization byresolution A.600(15).4 Delete as appropriate.

Certificates

481



2.7 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances compliedwith the requirements of the Convention;


2.9 the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals anddistress signals in accordance with the requirements of the Convention and theInternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;



This certificate is valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 subject tothe annual, intermediate and periodical surveys and inspections of the outside of theship’s bottom in accordance with regulations I/8, I/9 and I/10 of the Convention.

Issued at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Place of issue of certificate)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)




_4 Delete as appropriate.5 Insert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulationI/14(a) of the Convention. The day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversarydate as defined in regulation I/2(n) of the Convention, unless amended in accordance withregulation I/14(h).

482

Appendix

Endorsement for annual and intermediate surveys relating to structure, machineryand equipment referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this certificate

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation I/10 of the Convention,the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Certificates

483

Annual/intermediate survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an annual/intermediate4 survey in accordance withregulations I/10 and I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply withthe relevant requirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Endorsement for inspections of the outside of the ship’s bottom6

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an inspection required by regulation I/10 of theConvention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of theConvention.

First inspection: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Second inspection: Signed: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Signature of authorized official)

Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


_4 Delete as appropriate.6 Provision may be made for additional inspections.

484

Appendix

Endorsement for annual and periodical surveys relating to life-saving appliancesand other equipment referred to in paragraphs 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.8 and 2.9 of thiscertificate



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Certificates

485

Annual/periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an annual/periodical4 survey in accordance withregulations I/8 and I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply withthe relevant requirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



486

Appendix

Endorsement for periodical surveys relating to radio installations referred to inparagraphs 2.6 and 2.7 of this certificate



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Certificates

487

Periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a periodical survey in accordance with regula-tions I/9 and I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with therelevant requirements of the Convention.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


488

Appendix




Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .





Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .




Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Certificates

489

RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR THECARGO SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE (FORM C)

This Record shall be permanently attached to theCargo Ship Safety Certificate




Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Minimum number of persons with required qualifications to operate the radioinstallations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .







2.3 Number of lifeboats with a self-containedair support system (regulation III/31 and LSA Code,section 4.8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4 Number of fire-protected lifeboats (regulation III/31and LSA Code, section 4.9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5 Other lifeboats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.1 Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5.2 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

490

Appendix


2.6 Number of freefall lifeboats . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.1 Totally enclosed (regulation III/31 and LSA Code, section 4.7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.2 Self-contained (regulation III/31 and LSA Code, section 4.8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.6.3 Fire-protected (regulation III/31 and LSA Code, section 4.9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 Number of motor lifeboats included in the totallifeboats shown above

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .




. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 Liferafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .







5.3 Number of liferafts required by regulation III/31.1.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



8 Immersion suits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.1 Total number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .






_1 Excluding those required by the LSA Code, paragraphs 4.1.5.1.24, 4.4.8.31 and 5.1.2.2.13.

Certificates

491



1 Primary systems

1.1 VHF radio installation

1.1.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.1.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.2.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.2.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.3.1 DSC encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


1.3.3 Radiotelephony . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.3.4 Direct-printing telegraphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



3 Facilities for reception of maritime safety information

3.1 NAVTEX receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2 EGC receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


4 Satellite EPIRB

4.1 COSPAS–SARSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2 INMARSAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 VHF EPIRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



8 Device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signalon 2,182 kHz3

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .


4.1 Duplication of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



_2 Unless another date is determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, this item need not bereproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.3 This item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February1999.

492

Appendix





1.3 Gyro-compass* ................








...............





................

3.2 9 GHz radar* ...............










................




_* Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case of

other means they shall be specified.{ Delete as appropriate

Certificates

493






12 Radar reflector* ................




. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)


issuing the Record)


_* Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case of

other means they shall be specified.

494

Appendix

&P88 Form of Exemption Certificate

EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE



INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFEAT SEA, 1974, as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto,


(name of the State)



Name of ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Certificates

495

Port of registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross tonnage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IMO Number2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

That the ship is, under the authority conferred by regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .of the Convention, exempted from the requirements of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . of the Convention.

Conditions, if any, on which the Exemption Certificate is granted:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Voyages, if any, for which the Exemption Certificate is granted:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

This certificate is valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . subjectto the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Certificate,to which this certificate is attached, remaining valid.


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Date of issue)




_2 In accordance with IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organization byresolution A.600(15)

496

Appendix


This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(c) of the Convention, beaccepted as valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . subject tothe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certificate, to which this certificateis attached, remaining valid.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(d) of the Convention, beaccepted as valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . subject tothe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certificate, to which this certificateis attached, remaining valid.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



The certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(e)/I/14(f)3 of the Convention,be accepted as valid until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . subject tothe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Certificate, to which this certificateis attached, remaining valid.


Place: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



Certificates

497

Form of Nuclear Passenger ShipSafety Certificate

NUCLEAR PASSENGER SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE



INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE ATSEA, 1974

Name of ship Distinctivenumber orletters

Port ofregistry

Grosstonnage

Particulars of voyages,if any, sanctioned underregulation 27(c)(vii) of

chapter III*

Date onwhich keelwas laid(see NOTEbelow)

The

I; the undersigned

ðNameÞGovernment certifies

ðNameÞ certify

I. that the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with theprovisions of the Convention referred to above.

II. that the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all the requirements ofchapter VIII of the Convention and conformed to the safety assessment approved forthe ship.

III. that the survey showed that the ship complied with the requirements of theregulations annexed to the said Convention as regards:

_

* Now regulation III/21.1.2.

498

Appendix

(1) the structure, main and auxiliary boilers and other pressure vessels andmachinery;

(2) the watertight subdivision arrangements and details;

(3) the following subdivision load lines:

Subdivision load lines assigned andmarked on the ship’s side at amidships

(regulation 11 of chapter II-1)*

Freeboard To apply when the spaces in whichpassengers are carried include the

following alternative spaces

C.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IV. that the life-saving appliances provide for a total number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .persons and no more, viz.:

. . . . . lifeboats (including . . . . . . motor lifeboats) capable of accom-modating . . . . . persons, and . . . . . motor lifeboats fitted withradiotelegraph installation and searchlight (included in the total lifeboatsshown above) and . . . . . motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only (alsoincluded in the total lifeboats shown above), requiring . . . . . certificatedlifeboatmen;

. . . . . liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable ofaccommodating . . . . . persons; and

. . . . . liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capableof accommodating . . . . . persons;

. . . . . buoyant apparatus capable of supporting . . . . . persons;

. . . . . lifebuoys;

. . . . . lifejackets.

V. that the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisionsof the regulations.

VI. that the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and portable radioapparatus for survival craft, in accordance with the provisions of the regulations.

VII. that the ship complied with the requirements of the regulations as regardsradiotelegraph installations, viz.:

_

* Now regulation II-1/13.

Certificates

499


Actualprovision

Hours of listening by operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether auto alarm fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether main installation fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether reserve installation fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether main and reserve transmitters electricallyseparated or combined

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether direction-finder fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether radio equipment for homing on the radio-telephone distress frequency fitted

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether radar fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of passengers for which certificated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VIII. that the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with theprovisions of the regulations.

IX. that the ship complied with the requirements of the regulations as regards fire-detecting and fire-extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, pilot ladder, and means ofmaking sound signals, and distress signals in accordance with the provisions of theregulations and also the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

X. that in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of theregulations, so far as these requirements apply thereto.

This certificate is issued under the authority of the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Government. It will remain in force until. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Issued at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the . . . . . . . . . . . . . day of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19. . . . .

Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.

(Seal)

If signed, the following paragraph is to be added:

The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issuethis certificate.

(Signature)

NOTE: In the case of a ship which is converted as provided in regulation 1(b)(i) ofchapter II-1* or regulation 1(a)(i) of chapter II-2{, the date on which the work of conversionwas begun should be given.

_

* Now regulation II-1/1.1.3.3.{ Now regulation II-2/1.1.2.3.

500

Appendix

Form of Nuclear Cargo ShipSafety Certificate

NUCLEAR CARGO SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE



INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE ATSEA, 1974

Name of ship Distinctive numberor letters

Port of registry Gross tonnage Date on whichkeel was laid

The

I; the undersignedðNameÞGovernment certifies

ðNameÞ certify

I. that the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with theprovisions of the Convention referred to above.

II. that the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all the requirements ofchapter VIII of the Convention and conformed to the safety assessment approved forthe ship.

III. that the survey showed that the ship satisfied the requirements set out inregulation 10 of chapter I of the Convention as to hull, machinery and equipment, andcomplied with the relevant requirements of chapter II-1 and chapter II-2.

IV. that the life-saving appliances provide for a total number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .persons and no more, viz.:

Certificates

501

. . . . . lifeboats on port side capable of accommodating . . . . . persons;

. . . . . lifeboats on starboard side capable of accommodating . . . . . persons;

. . . . . motor lifeboats (included in the total lifeboats shown above) including. . . . . motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation andsearchlight, and . . . . . motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only;

. . . . . liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable ofaccommodating . . . . . persons; and

. . . . . liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capableof accommodating . . . . . persons;

. . . . . lifebuoys;

. . . . . lifejackets.

V. that the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisionsof the regulations annexed to the Convention.

VI. that the ship was provided with a line-throwing apparatus and portable radioapparatus for survival craft in accordance with the provisions of the regulations.

VII. that the ship complied with the requirements of the regulations as regardsradiotelegraph installations, viz.:


Actualprovision

Hours of listening by operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether auto alarm fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether main installation fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether reserve installation fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether main and reserve transmitters electricallyseparated or combined

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether direction-finder fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether radio equipment for homing on the radio-telephone distress frequency fitted

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Whether radar fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VIII. that the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with theprovisions of the regulations.

IX. that the inspection showed that the ship complied with the requirements of thesaid Convention as regards fire-extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding deviceand gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, pilot ladder,and means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with theprovisions of the regulations and the International Regulations for PreventingCollisions at Sea in force.

Appendix

502

X. that in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of theregulations, so far as these requirements apply thereto.

This certificate is issued under the authority of the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Government. It will remain in force until . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Issued at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the . . . . . . . . . . . . . day of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19. . . .

Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.

(Seal)

If signed, the following paragraph is to be added:

The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issuethis certificate.

(Signature)

NOTE: In the case of a ship which is converted as provided in regulation 1(b)(i) ofchapter II-1* or regulation 1(a)(i) of chapter II-2{, the date on which the work of conversionwas begun should be given.

_

* Now regulation II-1/1.1.3.3.{ Now regulation II-2/1.1.2.3.

Certificates

503

Part 2

CONTENTS

Page

Annex 1 – Resolution A.883(21): Global and uniformimplementation of the harmonized system ofsurvey and certification (HSSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

Annex 2 – Certificates and documents required to be carriedon board ships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

Annex 3 – List of resolutions adopted by the SOLAS Conferences 529

507

Annex 1

Resolution A.883(21)

Global and uniform implementationof the harmonized system of survey

and certification (HSSC)

THE ASSEMBLY,

RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International MaritimeOrganization concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation toregulations and guidelines concerning maritime safety and the preventionand control of marine pollution from ships,

RECALLING ALSO that the International Conference on the HarmonizedSystem of Survey and Certification, 1988 (1988 HSSC Conference),adopted the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention forthe Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (1988 SOLAS Protocol), and the Protocol of1988 relating to the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 (1988Load Line Protocol), which introduce, inter alia, the harmonized system ofsurvey and certification under the International Convention for the Safety ofLife at Sea, 1974 (1974 SOLAS Convention) and the InternationalConvention on Load Lines, 1966 (1966 Load Line Convention),

NOTING that the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols are due to enterinto force on 3 February 2000, resulting in the harmonized system ofsurvey and certification taking effect as from that date with respect to shipsentitled to fly the flag of States Parties to the 1988 SOLAS and Load LineProtocols,

NOTING ALSO that, by the resolutions given below, amendments have beenadopted to introduce the harmonized system of survey and certification inthe following instruments:

(a) Annexes I and II of the International Convention for thePrevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by theProtocol of 1978 relating thereto (MARPOL 73/78), byresolution MEPC.39(29);

(b) the International Code for the Construction and Equipment ofShips Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code), byresolutions MEPC.40(29) and MSC.16(58);

(c) the International Code for the Construction and Equipment ofShips Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC Code), byresolution MSC.17(58); and

Annex 1: Resolution A.883(21)

509

(d) the Code for the Construction and Equipment of ShipsCarrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (BCH Code), byresolutions MEPC.41(29) and MSC.18(58),

NOTING FURTHER that the aforementioned amendments to the aboveinstruments will also enter into force on 3 February 2000, and that:

(a) amendments to MARPOL 73/78, the IBC Code and BCHCode will take effect with respect to ships entitled to fly the flagsof States Parties to MARPOL 73/78; and

(b) amendments to the IBC Code and the IGC Code will takeeffect with respect to ships entitled to fly the flags of States theGovernments of which are Contracting Governments of the1974 SOLAS Convention,

irrespective of whether or not they are also Parties to the 1988 SOLAS andLoad Line Protocols,

BEING DESIROUS that all States apply a single and uniform system of surveyand certification to all types of ships entitled to fly their flags,

RECOGNIZING the need for the change-over from the existing system ofsurvey and certification to the harmonized system in a uniform manner,

RECALLING resolution A.718(17) on early implementation of theharmonized system of survey and certification, which encourages States tointroduce the harmonized system of survey and certification prior to theentry into force of the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols,

BEING CONVINCED that the harmonized system of survey and certificationis at least equivalent to the system prescribed in the existing SOLAS andLoad Line Conventions,

BELIEVING that the implementation of a single and uniform system ofsurvey and certification could best be achieved through the introduction ofthe harmonized system of survey and certification also by States which arenot Parties to the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols, as equivalent tothe existing system,

BELIEVING ALSO that the global and uniform implementation of theharmonized system of survey and certification by all States could avoidpossible problems or confusion by contributing to the determination of theduration and validity of certificates issued,

HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendations made by the Maritime SafetyCommittee at its seventy-first session and by the Marine EnvironmentProtection Committee at its forty-third session,

1. INVITES States to introduce the harmonized system of survey andcertification in the manner provided for in annex 1 to the presentresolution;

510

Annexes

2. AGREES that States which are Contracting Governments to the 1974SOLAS Convention and the 1966 Load Line Convention, but not Partiesto the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols, may:

(a) implement the harmonized system of survey and certification asfrom 3 February 2000; and

(b) issue certificates in the form prescribed by the 1988 SOLAS andLoad Line Protocols as modified in accordance with annex 2 tothe present resolution;

3. INVITES port States, whether or not they are Parties to the 1988SOLAS and Load Line Protocols, to accept the certificates issued inaccordance with paragraph 1 above as equivalent to the certificates issuedunder the SOLAS and Load Line Convention or Protocols in force forthose States;

4. REQUESTS Governments that implement the harmonized system ofsurvey and certification in accordance with the provisions of this resolutionto inform the Secretary-General of their action and of the date when it willtake effect;

5. REQUESTS ALSO that the Secretary-General keep Governmentsinformed of those Governments that are introducing the harmonizedsystem of survey and certification in accordance with the provisions of thisresolution;

6. URGES States which have not yet become Party to the 1988 SOLASand Load Line Protocols to do so as soon as possible.

Annex 1Introduction of the harmonized system of survey and certification

1 The current certificates that are on board a particular ship on 3February 2000 will remain valid until they expire.

2 The date for the introduction of the harmonized system of survey andcertification (HSSC) after 3 February 2000 should normally be the latestexpiry date of certificates issued under the SOLAS, Load Line andMARPOL Conventions, unless another convenient date, e.g. the expirydate of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, the date of dry-docking or date of repair or renovation, is agreed upon between theshipowner or company and the Administration.

3 In the case where an existing certificate has expired before the date ofintroduction of the harmonized system, a new certificate using the formprescribed under the harmonized system may be issued after the renewal


511

survey has been carried out. The validity of the new certificate may belimited to the date of introduction of the harmonized system as provided forin paragraph 2 above.

4 Notwithstanding that some certificates may still be valid when theharmonized system of survey and certification is introduced on a particularship, renewal surveys should be carried out whether or not they are due, anda new set of the relevant certificates under the harmonized system should beissued and the anniversary date common to all certificates should bespecified. In general, renewal surveys completed within three months of thedate of introduction of the harmonized system may be valid, and the extentof renewal surveys to be carried out may take account of the date and extentof the previous renewal surveys if carried out only recently.

5 When implementing the harmonized system of survey and certifica-tion, it should be applied to all types of ships and in respect of all relevantinstruments.

Annex 2Modifications to the forms of certificates

prescribed by the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols

Passenger Ship Safety CertificateCargo Ship Safety Construction CertificateCargo Ship Safety Equipment CertificateCargo Ship Safety Radio CertificateCargo Ship Safety Certificate

After the words ‘‘Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONALCONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974’’ delete ‘‘asmodified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto’’ and insert ‘‘inaccordance with Assembly resolution A.883(21) relating to the globalimplementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification’’.

Record of Equipment for the Passenger Ship SafetyCertificate (Form P)Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship SafetyEquipment Certificate (Form E)Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship SafetyRadio Certificate (Form R)Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship SafetyCertificate (Form C)

After the words ‘‘RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THEINTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974’’

512

Annexes

delete ‘‘as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto’’ and insert ‘‘inaccordance with Assembly resolution A.883(21) relating to the globalimplementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification’’.

International Load Line CertificateInternational Load Line Exemption Certificate

After the words ‘‘Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONALCONVENTION ON LOAD LINES, 1966’’ delete ‘‘as modified by the Protocolof 1988 relating thereto’’ and insert ‘‘in accordance with Assemblyresolution A.883(21) relating to the global implementation of theharmonized system of survey and certification’’.


513

Annex 2Certificates and documents required

to be carried on board ships

(Note: All certificates to be carried on board must be originals)

Reference

1 All ships

International Tonnage Certificate (1969)An International Tonnage Certificate (1969) shall beissued to every ship, the gross and net tonnage ofwhich have been determined in accordance with theConvention.

TonnageConvention,art. 7

International Load Line CertificateAn International Load Line Certificate shall be issuedunder the provisions of the International Conventionon Load Lines, 1966, to every ship which has beensurveyed and marked in accordance with theConvention or the Convention as modified by the1988 LL Protocol, as appropriate.

LLConvention,art. 16;1988 LL Protocol,art. 18

International Load Line Exemption CertificateAn International Load Line Exemption Certificateshall be issued to any ship to which an exemption hasbeen granted under and in accordance with article 6of the Load Line Convention or the Convention asmodified by the 1988 LL Protocol, as appropriate.

LLConvention,art. 6;1988 LL Protocol,art. 18

Intact Stability BookletEvery passenger ship regardless of size and everycargo ship of 24 m and over shall be inclined oncompletion and the elements of their stabilitydetermined. The master shall be supplied with aStability Booklet containing such information as isnecessary to enable him, by rapid and simpleprocedures, to obtain accurate guidance as to theship under varying conditions of loading. For bulkcarriers, the information required in a bulk carrierbooklet may be contained in the stability booklet.

SOLAS 1974,regs. II-1/22and II-1/25-8;1988 LL Protocol,reg. 10

Annex 2: Documents and certificates required to be carried

515

Reference

Damage control bookletsOn passenger and cargo ships, there shall bepermanently exhibited plans showing clearly foreach deck and hold the boundaries of the watertightcompartments, the openings therein with the meansof closure and position of any controls thereof, andthe arrangements for the correction of any list due toflooding. Booklets containing the aforementionedinformation shall be made available to the officers ofthe ship.

SOLAS 1974,regs. II-1/23,23-1, 25-8

Minimum safe manning documentEvery ship to which chapter I of the Conventionapplies shall be provided with an appropriate safemanning document or equivalent issued by theAdministration as evidence of the minimum safemanning.

SOLAS 1974(1989 amdts.),reg. V/13(b)

Certificates for masters, officers or ratingsCertificates for masters, officers or ratings shall beissued to those candidates who, to the satisfaction ofthe Administration, meet the requirements forservice, age, medical fitness, training, qualificationsand examinations in accordance with the provisionsof the STCW Code annexed to the Convention onStandards of Training, Certification and Watch-keeping for Seafarers, 1978. Formats of certificatesare given in section A-I/2 of the STCW Code.Certificates must be kept available in their originalform on board the ships on which the holder isserving.

STCW 1978(1995 amdts.),art. VI, reg. I/2;STCW Code,section A-I/2

International Oil Pollution Prevention CertificateAn International Oil Pollution Prevention Certifı̀-cate shall be issued after survey in accordance withregulation 4 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78, to anyoil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above and anyother ship of 400 gross tonnage and above which areengaged in voyages to ports or offshore terminalsunder the jurisdiction of other Parties to MARPOL73/78. The certificate is supplemented by a Recordof Construction and Equipment for Ships OtherThan Oil Tankers (Form A) or a Record ofConstruction and Equipment for Oil Tankers (FormB), as appropriate.

MARPOL 73/78,Annex I, reg. 5

516

Annexes

Reference

Oil Record BookEvery oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above andevery ship of 400 gross tonnage and above other thanan oil tanker shall be provided with an Oil RecordBook, Part I (Machinery space operations). Every oiltanker of 150 gross tonnage and above shall also beprovided with an Oil Record Book, Part II (Cargo/ballast operations).


Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency PlanEvery oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above andevery ship other than an oil tanker of 400 grosstonnage and above shall carry on board a ShipboardOil Pollution Emergency Plan approved by theAdministration.


Garbage Management PlanEvery ship of 400 gross tonnage and above and everyship which is certified to carry 15 persons or moreshall carry a garbage management plan which thecrew shall follow.

MARPOL 73/78,Annex V, reg. 9

Garbage Record BookEvery ship of 400 gross tonnage and above and everyship which is certified to carry 15 persons or moreengaged in voyages to ports or offshore terminalsunder the jurisdiction of other Parties to theConvention and every fixed and floating platformengaged in exploration and exploitation of the sea-bed shall be provided with a Garbage Record Book.

MARPOL 73/78,Annex V, reg. 9

Cargo Securing ManualCargo units, including containers, shall be loaded,stowed and secured throughout the voyage inaccordance with the Cargo Securing Manual ap-proved by the Administration. The Cargo SecuringManual is required on all types of ships engaged inthe carriage of all cargoes other than solid and liquidbulk cargoes, which shall be drawn up to a standardat least equivalent to the guidelines developed by theOrganization.

SOLAS 1974,regs. VI/5, VII/6;MSC/Circ.745

Document of ComplianceA document of compliance shall be issued to everycompany which complies with the requirements ofthe ISM Code. A copy of the document shall be kepton board.

SOLAS 1974,reg. IX/4;ISM Code,paragraph 13


517

Reference

Safety Management Certificate

A Safety Management Certificate shall be issued toevery ship by the Administration or an organizationrecognized by the Administration. The Administra-tion or an organization recognized by it shall, beforeissuing the Safety Management Certificate, verifythat the company and its shipboard managementoperate in accordance with the approved safetymanagement system.

SOLAS 1974,reg. IX/4;ISM Code,paragraph 13

2 In addition to the certificates listed insection 1 above, passenger ships shall carry:

Passenger Ship Safety Certificate*

A certificate called a Passenger Ship Safety Certificateshall be issued after inspection and survey to apassenger ship which complies with the require-ments of chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV and any otherrelevant requirements of SOLAS 1974. A Record ofEquipment for the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate(Form P) shall be permanently attached.

SOLAS 1974,reg. I/12,as amended by theGMDSS amdts.;1988 SOLASProtocol, reg. I/12

Exemption Certificate{

When an exemption is granted to a ship under and inaccordance with the provisions of SOLAS 1974, acertificate called an Exemption Certificate shall beissued in addition to the certificates listed above.

SOLAS 1974,reg. I/12;1988 SOLASProtocol, reg. I/12

Special trade passenger shipsA form of safety certificate for special trade passengerships, issued under the provisions of the SpecialTrade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971.

STP Agreement,reg. 6

Special Trade Passenger Ships Space Certificate issuedunder the provisions of the Protocol on SpaceRequirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.

SSTP 73,rule 5

Search and rescue co-operation planPassenger ships to which chapter I of the Conventionapplies, trading on fixed routes, shall have on board aplan for co-operation with appropriate search andrescue services in event of an emergency.

SOLAS 1974(1995 Conferenceamdts),reg. V/15(c)

* The form of the certificate and its Record of Equipment may be found in the GMDSSamendments to SOLAS 1974.{ SLS.14/Circ.115 and Add. 1 refers to the issue of exemption certificates.

518

Annexes

Reference

List of operational limitationsPassenger ships to which chapter I of the Conventionapplies shall keep on board a list of all limitations onthe operation of the ship, including exemptions fromany of the SOLAS regulations, restrictions inoperating areas, weather restrictions, sea state restric-tions, restrictions in permissible loads, trim, speedand any other limitations, whether imposed by theAdministration or established during the design orthe building stages.

SOLAS 1974(1995 Conferenceamdts), reg. V/23

Decision support system for mastersIn all passenger ships, a decision support system foremergency management shall be provided on thenavigation bridge.

SOLAS 1974,reg. III/29

3 In addition to the certificates listed insection 1 above, cargo ships shall carry:

Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate*

A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety ConstructionCertificate shall be issued after survey to a cargo shipof 500 gross tonnage and over which satisfies therequirements for cargo ships on survey, set out inregulation I/10 of SOLAS 1974, and complies withthe applicable requirements of chapters II-1 and II-2,other than those relating to fire-extinguishingappliances and fire control plans.


Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate{

A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety EquipmentCertificate shall be issued after survey to a cargo shipof 500 gross tonnage and over which complies withthe relevant requirements of chapters II-1, II-2 andIII and any other relevant requirements of SOLAS1974. A Record of Equipment for the Cargo ShipSafety Equipment Certificate (Form E) shall bepermanently attached.



* The form of the certificate may be found in the GMDSS amendments to SOLAS 1974.{ The form of the certificate and its Record of Equipment may be found in the GMDSSamendments to SOLAS 1974.

519

Reference

Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate*

A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety RadioCertificate shall be issued after survey to a cargoship of 300 gross tonnage and over, fitted with aradio installation, including those used in life-savingappliances which complies with the requirements ofchapters III and IV and any other relevant require-ments of SOLAS 1974. A Record of Equipment forthe Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate (Form R)shall be permanently attached.


Cargo Ship Safety CertificateA certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Certificatemay be issued after survey to a cargo ship whichcomplies with the relevant requirements of chaptersII-1, II-2, III, IV and V and other relevantrequirements of SOLAS 1974 as modified by the1988 SOLAS Protocol, as an alternative to the abovecargo ship safety certificates.

1988 SOLASProtocol, reg. I/12

Exemption Certificate{

When an exemption is granted to a ship under and inaccordance with the provisions of SOLAS 1974, acertificate called an Exemption Certificate shall beissued in addition to the certificates listed above.

SOLAS 1974,reg. I/12;1988 SOLASProtocol, reg. I/12

Document of compliance with the special requirementsfor ships carrying dangerous goodsAn appropriate document as evidence of compliancewith the construction and equipment requirementsof that regulation.

SOLAS 1974,reg. II-2/54.3

Dangerous goods manifest or stowage planEach ship carrying dangerous goods shall have aspecial list or manifest setting forth, in accordancewith the classification set out in regulation VII/2, thedangerous goods on board and the location thereof.A detailed stowage plan which identifies by class andsets out the location of all dangerous goods on board,may be used in place of such a special list or manifest.A copy of one of these documents shall be madeavailable before departure to the person or organiza-tion designated by the port State authority.

SOLAS 1974,reg. VII/5(5);MARPOL 73/78,Annex III, reg. 4

* The form of the Certificate and its Record of Equipment may be found in the GMDSSamendments to SOLAS 1974.{ SLS.14/Circ.115 and Add. 1 refers to the issue of exemption certificates.

520

Annexes

Reference

Document of authorization for the carriage of grainA document of authorization shall be issued for everyship loaded in accordance with the regulations of theInternational Code for the Safe Carriage of Grain inBulk either by the Administration or an organizationrecognized by it or by a Contracting Government onbehalf of the Administration. The document shallaccompany or be incorporated into the grain loadingmanual provided to enable the master to meet thestability requirements of the Code.

SOLAS 1974,reg. VI/9;InternationalCode for the SafeCarriage of Grainin Bulk, section 3

Certificate of insurance or other financial security inrespect of civil liability for oil pollution damageA certificate attesting that insurance or other financialsecurity is in force shall be issued to each shipcarrying more than 2,000 tons of oil in bulk as cargo.It shall be issued or certified by the appropriateauthority of the State of the ship’s registry afterdetermining that the requirements of article VII,paragraph 1, of the CLC Convention have beencomplied with.

CLC 69,art. VII

Enhanced survey report fileBulk carriers and oil tankers shall have a surveyreport file and supporting documents complyingwith paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 of annex A and annex Bof resolution A.744(18), Guidelines on the enhancedprogramme of inspections during surveys of bulkcarriers and oil tankers.

MARPOL 73/78,Annex I,reg. 13G;SOLAS 1974,reg. XI/2

Record of oil discharge monitoring and control system forthe last ballast voyageSubject to provisions of paragraphs (4), (5), (6) and(7) of regulation 15 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78,every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above shallbe fitted with an oil discharge monitoring andcontrol system approved by the Administration.The system shall be fitted with a recording deviceto provide a continuous record of the discharge inlitres per nautical mile and total quantity discharged,or the oil content and rate of discharge. This recordshall be identifiable as to time and date and shall bekept for at least three years.

MARPOL 73/78,Annex I,reg. 15(3)(a)


521

Reference

Bulk Carrier BookletTo enable the master to prevent excessive stress inthe ship’s structure, the ship loading and unloadingof solid bulk cargoes shall be provided with a bookletreferred to in SOLAS regulation VI/7.2. As analternative to a separate booklet, the requiredinformation may be contained in the intact stabilitybooklet.

SOLAS 1974(1996 amdts),reg. VI/7;the Code ofPractice for theSafe Loading andUnloading ofBulk Carriers(BLU Code)

4 In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1and 3 above, where appropriate, any shipcarrying noxious liquid chemical substancesin bulk shall carry:

International Pollution Prevention Certificate for theCarriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk (NLSCertificate)An international pollution prevention certificate forthe carriage of noxious liquid substances in bulk(NLS Certificate) shall be issued, after survey inaccordance with the provisions of regulation 10 ofAnnex II of MARPOL 73/78, to any ship carryingnoxious liquid substances in bulk and which isengaged in voyages to ports or terminals under thejurisdiction of other Parties to MARPOL 73/78. Inrespect of chemical tankers, the Certificate of Fitnessfor the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk andthe International Certificate of Fitness for theCarriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, issuedunder the provisions of the Bulk Chemical Code andthe International Bulk Chemical Code, respectively,shall have the same force and receive the samerecognition as the NLS Certificate.

MARPOL 73/78Annex II,regs. 12 and 12A

Cargo Record BookEvery ship to which Annex II of MARPOL 73/78applies shall be provided with a Cargo Record Book,whether as part of the ship’s official log-book orotherwise, in the form specified in appendix IV tothe Annex.

MARPOL 73/78,Annex II, reg. 9

522

Annexes

Reference

Procedures and Arrangements Manual (P & A Manual)Every ship certified to carry noxious liquid substancesin bulk shall have on board a Procedures andArrangements Manual approved by the Administration.

ResolutionMEPC.18(22),chapter 2;MARPOL 73/78,Annex II, regs. 5,5A and 8

Shipboard Marine Pollution Emergency Plan for Nox-ious Liquid SubstancesEvery ship of 150 gross tonnage and above certifiedto carry noxious liquid substances in bulk shall carryon board a shipboard marine pollution emergencyplan for noxious liquid substances approved by theAdministration. This requirement shall apply to allsuch ships not later than 1 January 2003.

MARPOL 73/78,Annex II, reg. 16

5 In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1and 3 above, where applicable, any chemicaltanker shall carry:

Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of DangerousChemicals in BulkA certificate called a Certificate of Fitness for theCarriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, the modelform of which is set out in the appendix to the BulkChemical Code, should be issued after an initial orperiodical survey to a chemical tanker engaged ininternational voyages which complies with therelevant requirements of the Code.

BCH Code,section 1.6;BCH Code asmodified byresolutionMSC.18(58)section 1.6

Note: The Code is mandatory under Annex II ofMARPOL 73/78 for chemical tankers constructedbefore 1 July 1986.

or

International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage ofDangerous Chemicals in BulkA certificate called an International Certificate ofFitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals inBulk, the model form of which is set out in theappendix to the International Bulk Chemical Code,should be issued after an initial or periodical survey to achemical tanker engaged in international voyages whichcomplies with the relevant requirements of the Code.

IBC Code,section 1.5; IBCCode as modifiedby resolutionsMSC.16(58) andMEPC.40(29),section 1.5


523

Reference

Note: The Code is mandatory under both chapter VIIof SOLAS 1974 and Annex II of MARPOL 73/78for chemical tankers constructed on or after 1 July1986.

6 In addition to the certificates listed insections 1 and 3 above, where applicable,any gas carrier shall carry:

Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gasesin BulkA certificate called a Certificate of Fitness for theCarriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk, the model formof which is set out in the appendix to the Gas CarrierCode, should be issued after an initial or periodicalsurvey to a gas carrier which complies with therelevant requirements of the Code.

GC Code,section 1.6

or

International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage ofLiquefied Gases in BulkA certificate called an International Certificate ofFitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk,the model form of which is set out in the appendix tothe International Gas Carrier Code, should be issuedafter an initial or periodical survey to a gas carrierwhich complies with the relevant requirements ofthe Code.

IGC Code,section 1.5;IGC Code asmodified byresolutionMSC.17(58),section 1.5

Note: The Code is mandatory under chapter VII ofSOLAS 1974 for gas carriers constructed on or after1 July 1986.

7 In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1and 3 above, where applicable, high-speedcraft shall carry:

High-Speed Craft Safety CertificateA certificate called a High-Speed Craft SafetyCertificate should be issued after completion of aninitial or renewal survey to a craft which complieswith the requirements of the High-Speed Craft(HSC) Code in its entirety.

SOLAS 1974,reg. X/3;HSC Code,paragraph 1.8

524

Annexes

Reference

Permit to Operate High-Speed CraftA certificate called a Permit to Operate High-SpeedCraft should be issued to a craft which complies withthe requirements set out in paragraphs 1.2.2 to 1.2.7and 1.8 of the HSC Code.

HSC Code,paragraph 1.9

8 In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1and 3 above, where applicable, any shipcarrying INF cargo shall carry:

International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriageof INF Cargo*

A ship carrying INF cargo shall comply with therequirements of the International Code for the SafeCarriage of Packaged Irradiated Nuclear Fuel,Plutonium and High-Level Radioactive Wastes onBoard Ships (INF Code) in addition to any otherapplicable requirements of the SOLAS regulationsand shall be surveyed and be provided with theInternational Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage ofINF Cargo.

SOLAS 1974(1999 amdts), reg.16; INF Code(resolutionMSC.88(71)),paragraph 1.3

Other miscellaneous certificates

Special purpose ships

Special Purpose Ship Safety CertificateIn addition to SOLAS certificates as specified inparagraph 7 of the Preamble of the Code of Safety forSpecial Purpose Ships, a Special Purpose Ship SafetyCertificate shall be issued after survey in accordancewith the provisions of paragraph 1.6 of the Code ofSafety for Special Purpose Ships. The duration andvalidity of the certificate should be governed by therespective provisions for cargo ships in SOLAS 1974.If a certificate is issued for a special purpose ship ofless than 500 gross tonnage, this certificate shouldindicate to what extent relaxations in accordancewith 1.2 were accepted.

ResolutionA.534(13) asamended byMSC/Circ.739;SOLAS 1974,reg. I/12;1988 SOLASProtocol,reg. I/12


* Subject to anticipated entry into force (1 January 2001) of the amendments to SOLAS 1974,adopted by resolution MSC.87(71) on 27 May 1999.

525

Offshore support vessels

Certificate of Fitness for Offshore Support VesselsWhen carrying such cargoes, offshore support vesselsshould carry a Certificate of Fitness issued under the‘‘Guidelines for the transport and handling of limitedamounts of hazardous and noxious liquid substancesin bulk on offshore support vessels’’.

ResolutionA.673(16);MARPOL 73/78,Annex II,reg. 13(4)

If an offshore support vessel carries only noxiousliquid substances, a suitably endorsed InternationalPollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage ofNoxious Liquid Substances in Bulk may be issuedinstead of the above Certificate of Fitness.

Diving systems

Diving System Safety CertificateA certificate should be issued either by the Adminis-tration or any person or organization duly authorizedby it after survey or inspection to a diving system whichcomplies with the requirements of the Code of Safetyfor Diving Systems. In every case, the Administrationshould assume full responsibility for the certificate.

ResolutionA.536(13),section 1.6

Dynamically supported craft

Dynamically Supported Craft Constructionand Equipment CertificateTo be issued after survey carried out in accordancewith paragraph 1.5.1(a) of the Code of Safety forDynamically Supported Craft.

ResolutionA.373(X),section 1.6

Mobile offshore drilling units

Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit Safety CertificateTo be issued after survey carried out in accordancewith the provisions of the Code for the Constructionand Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units,1979, or, for units constructed on or after 1 May1991, the Code for the Construction and Equipmentof Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, 1989.

ResolutionA.414(XI),section 1.6;resolution A.649(16),section 1.6;resolution A.649(16)as modified byresolutionMSC.38(63),section 1.6

526

Annexes

Reference

Noise levels

Noise Survey ReportA noise survey report should be made for each shipin accordance with the Code on Noise Levels onBoard Ships.

ResolutionA.468(XII),section 4.3


527

Annex 3List of resolutions adopted

by the SOLAS Conferences

International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (October 1974)

Resolution 1 – Comprehensive revision of the International Conventionfor the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

Resolution 2 – Rapid amendment procedure and entry into force of theInternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

Resolution 3 – Voting rights in the Maritime Safety Committee for theadoption of amendments

Resolution 4 – Recommendations of the 1960 Safety Conference andresolutions of the Assembly of the Organization related to regulations of theInternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

Resolution 5 – Recommendations on the use of a system of units in theInternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

Conference of Contracting Governments to the InternationalConvention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (May 1994)

Resolution 1 – Adoption of amendments to the annex to the InternationalConvention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

Resolution 2 – Implementation of chapter IX of the 1974 SOLASConvention on management for the safe operation of ships

Resolution 3 – Implementation of the International Safety Management(ISM) Code for cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage

Resolution 4 – Accelerated tacit acceptance procedure under the 1974SOLAS Convention in exceptional circumstances

Resolution 5 – Future amendments to chapter XI of the 1974 SOLASConvention on special measures to enhance maritime safety

Conference of Contracting Governments to the InternationalConvention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (November 1995)


Resolution 2 – Fire-extinguishing arrangements in machinery spaces ofpassenger ships

Resolution 3 – Escape arrangements in ships constructed before 1 July1997

Annex 3: List of resolutions

529

Resolution 4 – Maximum evacuation time for new ro–ro passenger ships

Resolution 5 – Amendments to chapter III of the 1974 SOLASConvention

Resolution 6 – Low-powered radio homing devices for liferafts on ro–ropassenger ships

Resolution 7 – Development of requirements, guidelines and performancestandards

Resolution 8 – Distress messages: obligations and procedures

Resolution 9 – Automatic ship identification transponder/transceiversystems

Resolution 10 – Establishment of working languages on ships

Resolution 11 – Operational limitations on passenger ships

Resolution 12 – Voyage data recorders

Resolution 13 – Cargo securing equipment

Resolution 14 – Regional agreements on specific stability requirements forro–ro passenger ships

Conference of Contracting Governments to the InternationalConvention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (November 1997)


Resolution 2 – Adoption of amendments to the Guidelines on theenhanced programme of inspections during surveys of bulk carriers and oiltankers (resolution A.744(18))

Resolution 3 – Recommendation on compliance with SOLAS regulationXII/5

Resolution 4 – Standards for the evaluation of scantlings of the transversewatertight vertically corrugated bulkhead between the two foremost cargoholds and for the evaluation of allowable hold loading of the foremost cargohold

Resolution 5 – Recommendation on loading instruments

Resolution 6 – Interpretation of the definition of ‘‘bulk carrier’’, as givenin chapter IX of SOLAS 1974, as amended in 1994

Resolution 7 – Enhanced surveys carried out prior to entry into force ofthe amendments

Resolution 8 – Further work on the safety of bulk carriers

Resolution 9 – Implementation of the International Safety Management(ISM) Code

530

Annexes

How to Search SOLAS on CD-ROM (page 1 of 3)

Brief explanation of the program for searching and displaying the SOLAS information

Below are set out some of the features for finding information using Acrobat Reader with Search 4.0 or higher.

The program used to store the SOLAS text is Adobe Acrobat 5.0. You will find comprehensive information about AcrobatReader by clicking on Help at the top right of your screen. All the pages of SOLAS on CD-ROM plus the menus for findingthese are stored in PDF files (Acrobat portable document file) on this CDROM,

SOLAS on CD-ROM is best used with Acrobat Reader with Search 5.0. If you do not have this programon your computer you can install it by going to Start, Run and <CD drive letter>:\ACROBAT\RP505ENU.EXE

This online manual consists of the following items:

1. Contents “How to Search SOLAS on CD-ROM”

2. Buttons in Acrobat Reader 5.0

3. Links

4. Example of Split Screen with Thumbnails

5. Example of Split Screen with Bookmarks


The buttons on the third and fourth row at the top of the screen (in Acrobat Reader 5.0) have the following functions

Open a PDF file

Save a Copy (of this PDF file)

Print

Find (Not Recommended) - does a linear search

Search - uses the available index to search

Show/Hide Navigation Pane - toggle between Full Screen Page and Split Screen - Bookmarks/Thumbnails

First Page - takes you to the first page of the file you are viewing

Previous Page

Next Page

Last Page

Go to Previous View - if you have used a link you can go back to where you came from

Go to Next View - after moving back you can use this to move forward again

Hand Tool - turns your pointer into a hand to move the page on your screen (default)

Zoom in Tool - turns your pointer into a magnifying glass to zoom in on part of the screen

Text Select Tool - allows you to mark part of the text for copying and pasting

Graphics Select Tool - allows you to mark images (in the text) for copying and pasting

Visit Adobe on the World Wide Web - a link to Adobes Web site

Zoom Out (Percentage Zoom indicated to the right of this button)

Zoom In (Percentage Zoom indicated to the left of this button)

Actual Size - displays page at 100% size

Fit Window - displays the whole page

Fit Width - displays the page at full width

Reflow text

Rotate page

Page 1 - Contents “How to Search SOLAS on CD-ROM”

Page 3 - Links


Links

SOLAS on CD-ROM contains several hundred links in the text:

1. Links in Contents pages to relevant chapters

2. Links in the text to Annexes

3. Links in the text to other text on remote pages

Page 1 - Contents “How to Search SOLAS on CD-ROM”

Page 2 - Buttons in Acrobat Reader 5.0

List of Certificates from SOLAS

These certificates are also available on this CDROM as separate MSWord for Windows files (extension .DOC)*:

Form of Safety Certificate for Cargo Ships CargoSaf.doc

Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Certificate (Form C) CargSafC.doc

Form of Safety Equipment Certificate for Cargo Ships CarSafeq.doc

Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (Form E) CargSafE.doc

Form of Safety Radio Certificate for Cargo Ships CarSafRa.doc

Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate (Form R) CarRaEq.doc

Form of Safety Construction Certificate for Cargo Ships CargCnstr.doc

Form of Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate NuCaSaf.doc

Form of Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate NuPaSaf.doc

Form of Safety Certificate for Passenger Ships PassSaf.doc

Record of Equipment for the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate (Form P) PassSafP.doc

Form of Exemption Certificate Exempt.doc

All SOLAS Certificates in one document SOLAS.doc

* The location of the above files is <CDROM Drive>:\ENGLISH\FORMS\e.g. CARGOSAF.DOC on a CDROM drive “E:” will be at: E:\ENGLISH\FORMS\CARGOSAF.DOC

See also: Information about the Certificates from SOLAS

Information about the Certificates from SOLAS*

So that users can readily make use of forms of certificates this CDROM contains these as MSWord for Windows files- with the extension .DOC

The following forms (and records) are available:1 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Certificate

- Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Certificate (Form C)2 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate3 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate

- Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (Form E)4 Form of Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate

- Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate (Form R)5 Form of Exemption Certificate6 Form of Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate

- Record of Equipment for the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate (Form P)7 Form of Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate8 Form of Passenger Ship Safety Certificate

For exact file names and location see: List of Certificates from SOLAS

* The regulations relating to life-saving appliances and arrangements referred to in the forms ofcertificates and related records of equipment are those of SOLAS chapter III as amended byresolution MSC.47(66).

About the International Maritime Organization IMO

IMO is a technical organization established in 1958. Today, it has 159 Member States plus two Associate Members.Formal arrangements for co-operation and/or consultative status have been established with a large number ofinternational organizations. The Organization's chief task, especially in the early years, was to develop a comprehensivebody of international conventions, codes and recommendations which could be implemented by all MemberGovernments. This international approach is essential, or the effectiveness of IMO measures depends upon how widelythey are accepted and how they are implemented. The fact that the most important IMO conventions are nowaccepted by countries whose combined merchant fleets represent 98% of the world total indicates how successful thispolicy has been.

The governing body of IMO is the Assembly, which meets every two years. In between Assembly sessions a Council,consisting of 32 Member States elected by the Assembly, acts as governing body. The technical work of IMO iscarried out by a series of committees. The Maritime Safety Committee is the most senior of these and has sub-committees dealing with the following subjects: safety of navigation, radiocommunications, life-saving, search andrescue, standards of training and watchkeeping, carriage of dangerous goods, ship design and equipment, fireprotection, stability and load lines, fishing vessel safety, containers and cargoes, bulk chemicals and flag Stateimplementation. The Maritime Environment Protection Committee deals with pollution prevention. IMO also has aLegal Committee, originally established to deal with legal problems resulting from the Torrey Canyon pollution disasterof 1967 but later made a permanent body. The Technical Co-operation Committee handles IMO's growing technicalco-operation programme, which is designed to help Member Governments implement the technical measures adoptedby the Organization, and the Facilitation Committee deals with measures to simplify the documentation and formalitiesrequired in international shipping. The Secretariat consists of some 300 international civil servants headed by aSecretary-General. The IMO Headquarters is in London, just across the River Thames from the Houses of Parliament.

The objective of IMO's publishing activities is to provide the world maritime community with the numerous texts(conventions, codes, recommendations, guidelines, etc.) prepared by the Organization as part of its work programme.The world-wide dissemination of this information plays an important role in the promotion of maritime safety and theprevention of marine pollution. Today, IMO has over 200 titles available in English. The majority are translated intoFrench and Spanish and an increasing number into Arabic, Chinese and Russian. Since October 1993 IMO has alsolaunched several electronic publications, 'The Computerized IMDG Code' (available on CD and diskette), 'The IMO-Vega Database' (CD only), the Assembly Resolutions on CD-ROM (CD only),the GMDSS Manual (CD only), Ships’Routeing (CD only), the IAMSAR Manual (CD only), IMO Labels and Symbols (CD only), MARPOL on CD-ROM(CD only) and SOLAS on CD-ROM. A catalogue of publications (on paper and on diskette) is available on request.

Administrator

See also the pages from IMOs website

Administrator

See also the pages from IMOs website

Address of the IMO Publishing Service

Please address all enquiries to:Publications Section Electronic SalesInternational Maritime Organization4 Albert EmbankmentLondon SE1 7SRUnited KingdomTelephone: +44 (0)20 7735 7611Fax: +44 (0)20 7587 3241email: [email protected]: http://www.imo.org

http://www.imo.org

Colophon and Copyright Notice to 'SOLAS on CD-ROM' Version 2.0

Edition of September 2002

INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR

IMO PUBLICATION Sales number: CD-902

© IMO 2002 Copyright to the Information© 2002 Design and Production:

InterWise, Amersfoort, the NetherlandsTel/fax: +31 33 4627165email [email protected]: http://utopia.knoware.nl/users/intrwise/

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may, for sales purposes, be reproduced, stored in aretrieval system or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, electrostatic, magnetic tape,mechanical, photcopying or otherwise, without prior permission in writing from the InternationalMaritime Organization.

http://utopia.knoware.nl/users/intrwise